Skip to main content

Full text of "The travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia, 1608-1667"

See other formats 


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



WORKS ISSUED BY 



Cfie Hafelupt feocietp 



THE TRAVELS 

OF 

PETER MUNDY 



Vol. IV 



SECOND SERIES 
No. LV 



ISSUED FOR 1924 



COUNCIL 

OF 

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY 



Sir Albert Gray, K.C.B., K.C., President. 

Sir John Scott Keltib, LL.D., Vice-PresidenU 

Sir Charles Prestwood Lucas, K.C.B., K.C.M.G., Vice-President. 

Admiral of the Fleet the Right Hon. Sir Edward Hobart 

Seymour, G.C.B., O.M., G.C.V.O., LL.D., Vice-President. 
John F. Baddeley, Esq. 
Sir William Foster, CLE. 
Douglas W. Freshfield, Esq., D.C.L. 
Edward Heawood, Esq., Treasurer. 
Arthur R. Hinks, Esq., C.B.E., F.R.S. 
Sir John F. F. Horner, K.C.V.O. 
Sir Everard im Thurn, K.C.M.G., K.B.E., C.B. 
Sir Frederic G. Kenyon, K.C.B., F.BA., Litt.D. 
Alfred P. Maudslay, Esq., D.Sc. 
Edgar Prestage, Esq. 
The Right Hon. James Parker Smith. 
F. P. Sprent, Esq. 

Brig.-Gen. Sir Percy M. Sykes, K.C.LE., C.B., C.M.G. 
Lt.-Colonel Sir Richard Carnac Temple, Bt., C.B., CLE,, F.S.A. 
Sir Basil Home Thomson, K.CB. 
Sir Reginald Tower, K.C.M.G,, C.V.O. 
J. A. J. DE ViLLiERS, Esq. 
T. A. Joyce, Esq., O.B.E., Hon. Secretary. 



THE TRAVELS 

OF 

PETER MUNDY 
IN EUROPE AND ASIA 

1608— 1667 



EDITED BY 

Lt.-Col. sir RICHARD CARNAC TEMPLE, Bt., 

CB., CI«£.) F.S«A« 

EDITOR OF "a geographical ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES 
ROUND THE BAY OF BENGAL" 



Vol. IV 

TRAVELS IN EUROPE 

I 639-1 647 



LONDON 
PRINTED FOR THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY 

MCMXXV 



PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN 

BY W. LEWIS AT THE 
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS 



^' ' PREFACE 

THE fourth section of the Mundy MS. is concerned with 
England and Wales, the Netherlands, Prussia, Poland 
and Russia. No other copy of this portion of Mundy's 
work, beyond that existing in the Bodleian Library (MS. 
Rawl. A. 113), is known to exist. 

As regards punctuation, contractions, spelling and marginal 
notes, the same system adopted in the previous volumes has 
been followed. Two contemporary MSS., one dealing with 
England and the other with the Continent, have, been freely 
used to support or elucidate Mundy 's statements. The 
former, Lansd. MS. 213, to be found at the British Museum, 
describes a " Seven Weekes Journey," starting from Norwich 
in August 1634, and the latter, MS. Rawl. C. 799, at the 
Bodleian Library, is a "Relation of simdry Voyages" made 
by Robert Bargrave in the years 1 646-1 656. Bolii MSS. have 
yielded valuable information and both are worthy the atten- 
tion of a careful editor. 

The only reference in general literature to this fourth 
section of Mimdy's MS. that has come to my notice is in 
Morfill's History of Poland^ p. 137, where the author writes: 
"An old English traveller, Peter Mundy, has left a MS. 
account of his adventures, still preserved in the Bodleian 
Library, containing some curious details about Poland which 
he had visited among other countries. He was present when 
the new Queen entered Poland, and has described some of 
the festivities which took place; among other cities the 
reception given at Danzig was very magnificent. He tells us 
that neither bridegroom nor bride were young; *Hee then 
about 50, and shee 37 yeares of age^.'" Morfill also alludes 
to Mundy on p. 271, but no other writer of European history 
in the middle of the seventeenth century appears to have taken 
advantage of Mundy's notes of contemporary happenings. 

The illustrations, with the exception of the " greatt Tonne " 
and two of the figures in the costume plates, are all the work 
of Mundy's pen and pencil. They have been photographed 

^ See pp. 210-21 1 of this volume. 



VIU PREFACE 

by the Oxford University Press and the detail, in many cases 
blurred, has nevertheless been preserved. 

For the maps I have had the advantage of consulting the 
material at the R.G.S. and Mundy's routes have been traced 
under my direction by Miss Alice J. Mayes with her cus- 
tomary care and reproduced by Mr H. F. Milne, of the 
Royal Geographical Society, in a most satisfactory manner. 

The wide scope of the present volume and thie difficulties 
encountered in verifying Mundy's statements, historical, 
geographical, linguistic and scientific have compelled me to 
seek assistance from all quarters, and this, as heretofore, has 
been most generously accorded me. The list of helpers is 
even longer than in previous volumes and in every instance 
I have endeavoured to express my obligation in the notes to 
the text. I would also here tender my hearty thanks to the 
Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens and his Staff at Kew 
for identification of plants; to Mr H. E. Balch, F.S.A., and 
Miss Balch for notes on Glastonbury, Wells and Bath ; to the 
Rev. Canon Bazeley, F.S.A., for much information on Bristol 
and Gloucester; to Mr C. B. Shuttleworth for valuable notes 
on Worcester; to Messrs J. and J. Colman for contributions 
to the history of Tewkesbury mustard; to Miss Bertha 
Phillpotts, and Miss Margaret Ashdown for help with Danish 
puzzles; to Mr H. E. Maiden, F.S.A., for identifying Mundy's 
" Bazingstone " ; to Dr F. A. Bather and Mr W. L. Sclater 
for furnishing valuable natural history notes ; to the Rev, H. 
Salter for information regarding Magdalen College Chapel, 
Oxford; to Mr W. H. Stevenson of St John's College, 
Oxford, for help regarding the Chapel of that institution ; to 
Dr T. A. Walker, Bursar of Peterhouse, Cambridge, for his 
researches into the history of the Chapel there ; to Mr 
Bernard P. Scattergood, F.S.A. and Mrs Maunder, Secretary 
of the Royal Astronomical Society, for examining Mundy's 
Appendices and obtaining expert opinion thereon; to Mr 
H. S. Kingsford of the Society of Antiquaries who put me in 
touch with many scholars ; and to Notes and Queries through 
the medium of which several points were settled. 

My special acknowledgements are also due to Mr J. G. 



PREFACE IX 

Wood, F.S.A., who supplied me with copious information 
relative to Mundy's tour in Wales; to Lieut.-Commr. G. T. 
Temple, R.N., retired, for valuable comments on Mundy's 
nautical observations; to Mrs Sonia E. Howe who placed her 
wide knowledge of Russian history and customs at my 
disposal; and to Mr Malcolm Letts, F.R.Hist.S., the well- 
known authority on seventeenth century European Travel, 
who most kindly read the whole volume in typescript and 
made many corrections and additions. 

With regard to my own helpers, I wish to express my 
appreciation of the services of Miss E. G. Parker for her 
careful transcript of the MS., the hand-writing of which 
becomes increasingly difficult to read in its later stages; of 
the work of Miss Marie Vagner in unearthing little-known 
works by German authors to elucidate Mundy's text, in 
suppljdng historical notes and in giving me substantial 
assistance with Mundy's Samoyed vocabulary; and of the 
care and accuracy of my typist. Miss J. M. Foster. Lastly, 
I beg to acknowledge the valuable help given by the Reader 
of the Cambridge Press and to thank the Press itself for the 
excellence of its printing. 

I cannot close these remarks without once more acknow- 
ledging my gratitude to Miss L. M. Anstey, my co-worker in 
the editing of the huge MS. of Peter Mimdy. She has been 
with me since the work was imdertaken, now nearly five and 
twenty years ago, and this time her labours have been more 
important to me than ever, as that indefatigable traveller's 
journeys recorded in this volume were wholly in England and 
Europe — ^more particularly in her line of study. The end of 
the work is at last within sight, as he took only one more voyage 
abroad — ^to the now almost forgotten factory of Rajapur in 
Western India in 1655. The rest of his MS., which he 
carried on to 1667, is concerned with matters that he thought 
worthy of record in England, and some of his observations 
are valuable indeed. 

R. C. TEMPLE 
montreux 

Switzerland 

January 1925 



CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS IN PREVIOUS 
VOLUMES WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES^ 

Volume II 

p. 158, 1. 12 

"They use a Cheere to their Guing." 

"Guing" is probably for "ging," i,e, gang = boat's crew. w.f. 

Volume III, Parts I and II 

p. 8, last 1. and note 

"Portland... Stones... sent downe in Carts made of purpose." 

I do not think that the Portlanders altered their ways much, until 
recent years. With regard to those solid-wheeled stone carts, the 
way they used to hold them back when going down hill was by 
inserting a stick or iron bar through a hole in the solid wheel. This 
caught in some part of the cart beyond the wheel, stopped it from 
revolving and formed a very effective brake. I saw this method 
followed as late as 1885. N.M.R. 

p. 17 

"The Ann Royall cast away in the Thames." 

See The Autobiography of Phineas Petty ed. W. G. Perrin (Navy 
Records Soc, vol. li), p. 163. r.c.t. 

. p. 28, n. 4 
**Blowne by the board." 

Read "overboard" for "blown close to the ship's deck." wj. 

p. 65, n. 7 

"A Quintal is 128 arrates." 

Mundy's quintal of Goa corresponds closely with the Chinese tan 
or shih (picul) of Canton. His 128+2 per cent. =130-5 ; he notes 
the Canton pikoe or peeco as being 1301b.; and the theoretic 
Canton tan is 132*5. About 1730 the Company's supercargoes 
persuaded the Hong Merchants to fix the picul at 133*3 lb., partly 

^ The greater part of these corrections and additions has been supplied 
by the kindness of Sir Wm Foster, Dr H. B. Morse, Mr C. Otto Blagden 
and Mr Nelson M. Richardson, and my indebtedness is acknowledged 
by the addition of their initials after the note or emendation. 



Xll CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS 

for convenience of calculation, but chiefly because they had more 
tea to buy than they had lead to sell; and by the treaties 1842-44 
this weight was accepted as the weight of the Customs picul. H3 jm. 

p. 113, n. 4 
** Paulas steeple." 

For "steeple" read "tower." The steeple had been destroyed 
by fire. w.F. 

p. 136, n. 2 
Terms for a tael. 

In China the string of 1000 cash, nominally of value of i tael, 
now called a t*iao, was in the Mongol (i 280-1 368) and Ming 
(i 368-1 644) periods called kivan (cf, my Trade and Administration , 
p. 141). This is the term noted as used in Cochin-China. h.b.m, 

p. 78, n. I 

**Palma de Matte or Wild Palme." 

My impression is that palma de matto means jungly, i,e, wild, 
palm, and that wild cinnamon was also termed canella de matto, v/s, 

p. 136, n. 3 

Exchange value of the tael. 

I cannot understand that any tael of currency should have been 
so heavy as to have an exchange value of 4 Rs. of 8. No actual tael 
that I know in the Chinese world is outside the ex-values of 
$1.40-1.60, except that the "Shanghai Convention" tael is $1,375 
at par of exchange. h.b.m. 

pp. 137, n. I, 338, n. 3 

Value of the " Casse." 

These are apparently statements of the value of one coin in terms 
of another coin ; both to be distinguished from the units of account 
on p. 309. 

p. 143 n. 

Paragraph beginning "The King of Johor." 

This King died c. May 1623 (not in 1637 as stated in the note) 
on the island of Great ZambSlan, having been driven from Lingga 
by an Achinese fleet in March of that year. His sister did not 
marry Iskandar Muda of Achin, but he himself married Iskandar 
Muda's sister, see G. P. Rouffaer*s article in Bijdragen tot de Land, 
Taal en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indie y Deel 77, p. 596. 
Wilkinson, however. History of the Peninsular Malays, 3rd ed. 1923, 
still gives 1637 as the date of the death of Raja 'Abdu'llah, ruler of 
Johor. C.O.B. 



<< 



CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS Xlll 

pp. 146-148, and maps facing p. 152 
Passed through the old straightt." 

The "old straightt'* could not have been the passage north of 
Singapore Island. See Barnes mjoum. Straits Sett. (R.A.S.), 1911, 
No. 60, pp. 24-34, who makes it quite clear that the "old" strait 
is the one through which the P. and O. and other mail steamers go 
at the present time, but which was the old historic passage from 
before the fifteenth century. Mundy's ship certainly went through it. 
He could not have gone through the passage north of the island for 
he says (p. 146) it is ** aboutt a good league in length" and there are 
**many little... Hands." The passage round the neck must be at 
least 4-5 leagues, and there are not many islands in it. 

Further to the south still, is the passage, called in old days, 
"Governor's Straits," which is still used by coasting boats, etc. 
that intend to lie in the roads and not to go alongside in the New 
Harbour. 

So there are three well known passages, Mundy's being the 
middle, and really the old classic one. C.O.B. 

Note 3 on p. 146 and the route shown on the map should be 
rectified accordingly, r.c.t. 

p. 149, n. I 

"Point Romaina" (Tanjong Panyuso, Point Wet-nurse). 

The proper spelling is Pfenyusok (the final k being mute) which 
excludes the connection with susUy "breast milk" and the inferred 
"wet-nurse" etymology. It merely means "projecting," from 
susoky "point," "cock's spur," etc. C.O.B. 

pp. 165, 172 

"The Caphila...From Cantan." 

In referring to a commercial fleet as a kdfila, Mundy is following 
the practice of the time in Western India (cf. Eng, Fact. 1651-54, 
pp. 216, 217). WJ. 

p. 187, n. 3 

"A towne called Fumaone." 

"Fumaone" must be Fumun (Cant.) =Hu-m6n (Mand.) =Boca 
Tigris. The " towne " was probably a village near by. h.b.m. 

p. 190 

"A Pagode or China Church." 

Pagode in French is always a Buddhist temple, never what we 
in China call a pagoda. Mundy thus uses the term in a sense now 
never employed by English but still used by French and other 
Latin peoples. h.b.m. 



XIV CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS 

p. 192, n. 4 

"The Morrow of the New Moone." 

For ''feasts occurring at the new and fiill moons on the 8th and 
23rd of the month" read "new and full moons and on the 8th" 
etc. H3JM. 

p. 208, U. 12-14 

"An annuall investment of 1,500,000 taies, which is Nere to 
1,000,000 of Ryall [of] eightt." 

Mundy has his figures inverted. The rate given in n. 4 is 
approximately correct, 10 : 7, at which rate i ,000,000 taels = i ,428,571 
Rs. of 8. But the Spanish dollar was in those days taken at 94 fine, 
while the Canton Szema tael was and is nominally 100 fine; and the 
equivalent of 100 taels would be 15 1*9756 dollars. In modem times 
the silver of Mexican dollars is taken to be 90 fine, and the equivalent 
is not '7 but -72, and actually 100 taels =152*777 dollars. See 
Trade and Administration of Ctnna^ Ch. V (Canton tael, p. 157 in 
ed. of 1913). H.B.M. 

p. 213, 1. 8 
"Tootan who is viceroy." 

I find that, though the Gov. Genl. is addressed and styles himself 
Tu-pu-t'ang, he is also designated Tu-t'ang. I never came across 
it in my personal experience, but it is in the dictionary. There is 
another high official styled Tu-t'ung, but he is Manchu, and 
Mundy was at Canton just before the fall of the Ming dynasty. 
Each of the eight Manchu Ki or Banners was divided into three 
Kusai (Nations) , the Manchu, Mongol , and Chinese of the Conquest ; 
each Kusai had at its head a Tutung, usually translated Lievitenant 
General. 

Tut'ang is in Cantonese takfang, or in seventeenth century 
English romanisation tucktong. Peter Auber has for the Viceroy 
** Isontock," his misreading of the full style Tsungtu Putang (Cant/ 
Tsimgtak Putong). h.b.m. 

p. 214, 1. 23 
"The Visetador [Judicial inspector] and Viceroy." 

Visitador is a literal rendering of Hsiin-fu = visiting inspector. 
His proper designation is Fu-pu-yuen, colloquially Fu-t'ai = 
Governor of a province, ranking with, but after, the Viceroy. h.b.m. 

p. 221, 1. 4 

"For 2U000 peeces [loaves] of sugar" read "2U000 peecos 
[picul] of sugar." r.c.t. 



CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS XV 

p. 282, n. I 

" A little Hand in the midst of the ryver." 

The "little Hand" is probably the Pearl of the Sea. Cf. Inter- 
national Relations of the Chinese Empire, vol. i., illust. at p. 498. 

H.B.M. 

p. 288, 11. lO-II. 

"Hee was brought in an open Chaire beetweene 2 Men." 

The chair with two bearers indicates that the man was not of the 
official hierarchy, but that he held an official position (e,g. Clerk of 
Court) imder such an official; i.e. the ensignes, hautboies, etc. 
indicate official position, but two bearers show its low degree. (I am 
assuming that customs imder the Ming were the same as under the 
Tsing.) 

The official hierarchy went in four-bearer chairs : those appointed 
from Peking, including Hien, Viceroys and Governors, were 
entitled to eight bearers, but I never saw them use more than four, 
except Li Himgchang once in the foreign setdements at Shanghai. 
The two-bearer chair was the conveyance of all from the simple 
subject up to the topmost of those not holding the Imperial 
Conmiission. That Mundy was much impressed by the Mandarin 
in the two-bearer chair does not surprise me, since to early comers 
omne ignotum, etc. But the officer he describes appears to be the 
Tsotang. The Portuguese in Macao were kept imder the control of 
the Chinese in matters territorial, judicial, and fiscal. The terri- 
torial and judicial responsibility for them was on the Hien of 
Hiangshan, in which hien Macao lay. He appointed a Tsotang 
(colloquial term, the official designation being Hien-ch'eng), 
Assistant District Magistrate. We read constantly of the Tsotang 
as exercising his functions in Macao — giving license to build a house, 
collecting land tax, conducting judicial inquiries, detailing a pilot 
for a ship — all functions, in fact, except those pertaining to Customs 
dues. H.B.M. 

p. 304, 1. 4 

**For II tymes soe much in silver" etc. 

As the silver of Rs. of 8 is 900 fine, this makes the ratio i : 10. 
The natural inference is that the gold was of less than 100 touch, 
but on the ratio in theory see Trade and AdnUnistrationy pp. 122, 143. 

p. 309, n. 4 

** I Casse vallued att 10 Aguos." 

The liang, or tael, has not been constant in Chinese history. 
Under the Chow dynasty 1122-255 B.C. the liang probably weighed 
about 6*3 grammes =97*5 grains. The reforming "First Emperor" 
in 221 B.C. ordained a new standard of weight, by which on the 

PM h 



XVI CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS 

authority of a bronze inscribed weight of that date described by 
Mr F. H. Chalfant, the liang was 16*35 grammes =252*5 grains. 
This lasted presumably through the Han and the centuries of 
disturbance following it. When the standard was again raised, I do 
not know, but when the Tang dynasty (a.d. 618-906) issued the 
first coins with dynastic or regnal inscriptions, they were in weight 
^\j^th (and in value jirinr^) ^^ ^^ modem liang, which now-a-<lay8 
ranges, according to the standard, from about 570 to 583 grains. 
Thus we have in history three standards for the liang ; and all three 
could not have been based on the abrus. h.b.m. 

p. 309, n. 5 

"The Decimation of their Coine" : tael worth 1000 cash. 

This was probably true, but it does not follow from Mundy's 
statement. Cf, Trade and Administratian (ed. 191 3) p. 122. The 
It, the thousandth part of a tael, is always in theory the coin (cash), 
but in the last century and more, not in practice. The alloy of 
coins from the mints is of copper and zinc (yellow coins), from 
some mints of copper and lead, giving red coins. For cost see 
Trade and Administration, p. 124. H.B.M. 

p. 313 
"Same Maane," etc. 

Mundy is mistaken. Man is a myriad, not a lakh. No Chinese 
would ever say "forty-five thousand,'* but "four myriads five 
thousand." 

100,000 =ten myriads. 

1,000,000 =one himdred myriads or (not in general use) one chao, 
345678 =(in Cantonese) Sam shap sz man ng tsHn luk pa'k ts*at 

shap pat, 

p. 318 near bottom 

"January 1637. Monday, the First Day of the Yeare, Month and 
Weeke." 

This is a curious mixture of (English) Old Style and (Portu- 
guese) New Style. By O.S. the year is 1637, and by N.S. it should 
be 1638 ; while it is only by N.S. that it is the first day of the year. 

p. 346, n. 1, 1. 6 

" Magnet,.. Uhu-chy (Cant, ts'z' shak).'* 

Tchu^chy is French romanisation. In Wade's system it is chih-skih. 
Modem Chinese (Mandarin) for compass is Chih-nan-MS =ddrect^ 
ing-south carriage ; the compass needle is chih-nan-chin (chin beings 
a sewing needle). h.b.m. 



CORRECTIONS OF ERRORS XVll 

p. 414, 8 11. from end 

** Some had the Month of May," etc. 

In guessing that Dutch reckoning was from March (see note 3) 
Mimdy forgot that Dutch used New Style. However -^^ cannot 
mean 29 February, since neither 1637 nor 1638 was a leap year. 
Perhaps it should be ^. w.F. 

p. 482 
Cargo shipped home. 

On the basis of figures given by Mundy (Sugar Rs. 3*60, Sugar 
Candy about Rs. 5, Ginger Rs. 7J^) I have made a rough estimate 
of the cost of the cargoes shipped and find it to be about, but not 
less than 60,000 Rs. of 8. As the Merchants had from first to last 
52,000 Rs. at Canton, this leaves about 10,000 Rs. for the ''lim- 
mitted trade " at Macao, which seems to be enough. The Merchants 
then were able to have the whole of their 52,000 Rs. for the purchase 
of goods ; and it would seem that the intervention of Viceroy and 
Governor had rescued them from the clutches of the military 
officers (Haitao and Tsungping), leaving them to be fleeced only 
by the prices paid to the Cantonese traders. 

The military in China have always been of low estate and little 
consideration, literates going into the civil service only; hence it is 
that Viceroys and Governors have always commanded armies 
engaged in active operations. h.b.m. 

p. 482, 1. II 
**3oJ [picoes] loose gould, coste about 4333 Rs. 8." 

There is evidently an error here. 4333 Rs. 8 at 4/6 =£97S> 
equivalent to about 200 oz. troy = i6f lb. troy. They were unlikely 
to pay more than English value for gold, and in fact the price at 
Canton then was about one for ten or eleven : for a ten-tael shoe of 
94 gold, 94 taels weight of dollar silver was paid, or thereabouts. 
If the "gould** was alloyed more than half, the 30 J may have 
been lb. troy; if alloyed more than two-thirds the 30 J may have 
been catties. 

The suggestion of [picoes] does not seem justified. 

The cost is not probably wrong, as they had 80,000 Rs. of 8 left 
after they had completed their investment. h.b.m. 



6-2 



CONTENTS 

PAGB 

Preface • vii 

Addenda to Vol. Ill xi 

Introduction xxv 

Relation XXXI 1-52 

Mundy leaves Penryn for Stratton, i. Visits 
Bideford, Barnstaple, Tiverton, Taunton and Bridge- 
water, 2-4. Glastonbury, the Holy Thorn, and 
Glastonbury Tor, 4-6. Bath, 7. Bristol, 8-9. 
Shooting for a prize, 10. Turnspit dogs, the Hotwell, 
Coalpits, II. Gloucester Cathedral, 12-14. Aber- 
gavenny, Monmouth, Craig Fawr, Brecknock, 14-18. 
Hereford, the Wonder, 19-20. Tewkesbury mustard, 
20-22. Worcester city and Cathedral, 22-24. 
Malvern Hills, the bore of the Severn, Cotswold 
Downs, 24-25. Oxford Colleges, 25-28. Woodstock 
and Rosamund's Well, 28. Theobalds, 29. Hatfield, 
29. St Alban's Abbey, 30-31. Royston, 31. Stur- ^ 
bridge Fair, 32. Cambridge Colleges, 33. Great 
Bed of Ware, 34. Rochester Bridge, 34. The Chain 
at Chatham, 35. The Royal Sovereign, 35-36. Can- 
terbury Cathedral, 37. Great fleet in the Downs, 
37-39. Maidstone, 40. Battle of the Downs, 41-43. 
Banqueting House, Whitehall, 44. York House, 45. 
The Earl of Arundel's and Mr Hubert's curiosities, 
46. The New Exchange, 47. St Faith's, 47. Seven 
things in which England excels, 47-5 1 . The chiefest 
end of travel, 51-52. Computation of miles travelled, 

Relation XXXII 53-81 

Mundy starts for Holland, 53. Arrives at Graves- 
end, 53. Queenborough town and Castle, 54-56. 
Minster-in-Sheppy, 56. Making of Copperas, 57. 
In danger of shipwreck, 58-60. Anchors at Brielle, 
60. A warning, 61. Rotterdam, 61-2. Rotterdam 
to Delft, 62-63. The Hague, 63-64. Making of peat, 
64. Haarlem, Muiden and Weesp, 65. Foimdation 
of Dutch Houses, 66-67. Amsterdam, population, 
funeral customs, churches, streets, 67-70. Jews at 



XX CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Amsterdam, 70. Arts and commerce, 70-72. Dutch 
ingenuity, 72, Public buildings in Amsterdam, 72- 
74. Clocktowers, 74. Dykes, 74. Tulip roots, 75. 
A Marriage custom, 76. Music-houses, 76-77. A 
Great tun, 78. Cranes, 78. The Dutch huke, 79. 
Coins in Holland, 79-80. 

Relation XXXIII 82-1 11 

Mundy sets out for Danzig in company with a 
fleet, 82-84. Passes Jutland and Skagen, 84. Hel- 
singdr, a Lutheran church and a good inn, 84-86. 
The Sound, 86-87. Passes Copenhagen, 87. Arrives 
at Danzig, 88. Goes to Elbing and Kdnigsberg, 89- 
90. The Elector of Brandenburg, 90. Trade in 
timber, 91-92. The Exchange and bridge at Kdnigs- 
berg, 92. The Haff, 93. Wild ducks and tame geese, 
93. A long walk, 93. Castles, 94. Prussia and Russia 
compared, 94. Tapiau and Weelaw, 94. A boom 
described, 95. The Frisches Haff, 95. Corn-lighters, 
96. Mundy starts for Thorn, 96. Towns passed, 97. 
Extreme cold, 97-99. Thorn described, 99-100. A 
Great Fair, 100. Jews at Thorn, loo-ioi. Mundy 
returns to Danzig, loi. Description of the journey, 
102-106. A Barytone, 104-105. Fishing in frozen 
water, 106. An elk described, 107. Amber, 107-108. 
Wolves and bees, 108-109. Country inns described, 
109. Stoves and Cackleovens, no. Estimate of 
miles travelled, in. 

Relation XXXIV 112-166 

Mundy sets out for Archangel, 112. Arrives at 
LUbeck, 113. Oldesloe, 114. The song of the 
nightingale, 114. Hamburg described, 11 5-1 17. 
Costumes at Hamburg, 117-118. Neumiihlen and 
Stade, 118. GlUckstadt described, 1 19-120. Chris- 
tian IV and the Hamburgers, 120. Astronomical 
observations, 1 21-124. North Cape, 125. The 
Mother and the Daughters, 125-126. Stockfish, 127. 
Finns and Lapps, 128. Vard5 Islands, 129. Astro- 
nomical observations, 130-131. Sviatoi Nos, 131. 
Driftwood, 132. Ponoi and Cape Kuiski, 133. 
Mosquitoes, 134. The White Sea, 134-135. Arch- 
angel, 135-^136. Samoyeds described, 136-138. 
Samoyied vocabulary, 1 39-141. Russian religion, 
churches, houses and stoves, 142-144. Russian 
costume, 145-146. Russian coins and weights, 147. 



CONTENTS XXi 

PAGE 
Productions, 148-149. Punishment of thieves, 150. 
Measurement of time, 151. The Wyche family, 151- 

152. Russian boats, 152. Mundy sets sail for Danzig, 

153. The Malstr5m, 154-155. Heligoland, 165. 
Gluckstadt Castle, 157. The Bishop of Bremerv6rde, 
158. Bremen described, 159-160. Costumes at 
Bremen, 161. LUbeck described, 162-163. Cos- 
tumes at LUbeck, 164. Mundy reaches Danzig, 165. 
Estimate of miles travelled, 166. 

Relation XXXV 167-225 

Situation of Danzig, 167. Its streets, religion, 
parish church, city-wall and arsenal described, 168- 
172. Methods of punishment and remarks on the 
executioner, 172-177. Amusements at Danzig, 177- 
178. The Junkerhof, 179-181. English comedians, 
181-182. Productions and trade, 182-184. The 
Clocktower and the Great Mill, 184. The Zuchthaus, 
185. Street-singers, 185-186. Organs in the Parish 
Church, 186. " Spitts-Garres," 187. Prussia and 
India compared, 188. A parasite-bearer described, 
189. Costumes at Danzig, 190-192. Cocks and Ca- 
pons, 192-193. A Journey from Danzig to Warsaw, 
194-199. Thorn Bridge described, 196-198. A 
"Monster" on Warsaw Castle Gate, 199. The 
Reichstag at Warsaw, 200. Luxury of Polish nobles 
and slavery of the peasants, 201-202. Gardens and 
mechanical contrivances at Warsaw, 202-204. Ar- 
senal, 204. Journey from Warsaw to Danzig, 205- 
207. Grev Waldemar of Denmark at Danzig, 208- 
210. Festivities in honour of Marie Louise, second 
wife of Vladislaus IV of Poland, 210-21 1. English 
acrobats at Danzig, 212-213. Tilting described, 213- 
214. Specialities of Danzig, 214-215. Astronomical 
remarks, 216-218. Mundy sails for England, 1647, 
219. Hveen and Tycho Brahe, 220. Reaches Skagen, 
221. A curious method of fishing, 222. Herring- 
busses noted, 223. Anchors at Gravesend, 224. 
Arrives in London, 224. Starts for Cornwall, 224. 
Arrives at Falmouth, 225. Estimate of miles tra- 
velled, 225. 

Appendices . . *. 226-234 

Appendix II. Of travelling round the world east- 
ward or westward, 226-227. 



XXll CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Appendix III. Concerning the Paradox of the 
Earth's Motion, 228-229. 

Appendix IV. Of the Spots in the Moon, the Eye 
of a Fly, etc., 230-232. 

Appendix V. Of the Ringing of Bells in Changes, 
233-234- 

List of Fuller Titles of Books and Manuscripts 

quoted in the notes .... 235-252 

Index • 253-280 



PLATE 

I. No. I. 

II. No. 2. 

III. No. 3. 

IV. No. 4. 



V. No. 5. 

No. 6. 

VI. No. 7. 

VII. No. 8. 
VIII. No. 9. 
IX. No. 10. 
X. No. II. 

XI. No. 12. 
XII. No. 13. 

XIII. No. 14. 

XIV. No. 15. 
No. 16. 

XV. No. 17. 



ILLUSTRATIONS 

A greatt Tonne . 

Brabants Huke 

Habitts at Hamburg 

Gluckstad: the kings gardein: the 
banquetting house therin . 

The North Cape . 

The Mother and the Daughters 

The Steeremans TroUe 

A Samoyed: his habitt . 

Arckangell : their churches 

Habitt of the Russe or Moscovite 

Heiligland : der Munck 

Bremen: habitts there . 

Lubeck: weomens habitts 

Execution of Justice at Dantzigk 

Habitts used hereawaies (Dantzigk) 

Cocks and Capons 

Two Arches of the Bridge att Tome 

An Instrument or Spheare 

Jupiter with his 4 satellites 

[Phases of] the Moone . 

The Moone 12 daies old 

The head and eye of a Fly 

The Changes in Ringing of Bells 



PAGE 

To face 78 

79 
117 



>> 



>> 



>» 



»> 



»» 



119 
126 
126 
127 
To face 138 

138 
146 

156 

To face 161 
164 
177 
190 

193 
To face 197 

228 
To face zy^ 
232 
232 

^34 



»> 



>> 



>> 



>9 



>> 



99 



MAPS 

No. I. General Map showing the extent of 
Mundy's Four Journeys 1639 to 1647 

No. II. Map showing Mundy's Petty Tour in 
England and his Tour round the 
Coast 

No. III. Map sihowing Mundy's Journeys in the 
Netherlands, Germany and Denmark 

No. IV. Map showing Mundy's Journeys Inland 
from Kdnigsberg and Wehlau to 
Thorn and Warsaw 



PAGE 

To face 1 
88 



»t 



199 



INTRODUCTION 

THE journeys related by Mundy in this volume differ 
greatly from those previously recorded, in that they 
were undertaken at his own expense as a private 
individual, whereas hitherto he had travelled as an agent at 
the expense of his employers. His object was twofold: — "to 
Follow my habituall disposition off travelling, and partly (to 
Free my sellffe off some inconveniences I Found by living att 
home in the Country) to seek some other residence" (p. i). 
Mundy is habitually reserved as to his personal affairs and 
his MS. gives no hint of the nature of the "inconveniences." 
It is uncertain whether his remark, after being the only 
spectator at a maniage (p. 47) at ** St. Faithes Church under 
[old St.] Paules," viz. "A licence was delivered the Minister, 
who speedily perfformed his office, and then sodainely de- 
parted ; a businesse quickly don, butt [not] soe easily dissolved 
againe," refers to his unwillingness to enter the married 
state or to an unhappy experience after so doing. As already 
stated (vol. 11. pp. Ixxv-lxxvi) no record of his marriage has 
yet been traced, but as the elder son of Peter and Anne 
Mundy of Penryn was not baptised until December 1648, it 
seems reasonable to assume that Mundy was unmarried when 
he started on his European travels. 

The journeys are recorded in five Relations, Nos. XXXI 
to XXXV, and they cover eight years, 1639 to 1647 — im- 
portant years in English history, for he left his native land 
in its normal condition and found it on his return in a state 
of civil war between Cromwell and Charles I. In Relation 
XXXI he makes a "Petty Progresse through some part of 
England and Wales." In Relation XXXII he travels over 
Holland, and from Amsterdam he continues his journey in 
Relation XXXIII to Danzig, vtd the Zuider Zee and round 
Denmark, with excursions from Danzig to Thorn and to 
Konigsberg by the Frisches Haff . In Relation XXXIV he 
makes a very long journey from Danzig to Liibeck, and 
overland to Hamburg, and thence round the North Cape to 



XXVI INTRODUCTION 

Archangel, returning vid Heligoland to Bremen, again over- 
land to Hamburg and Liibeck, and back by sea to Danzig. 
In Relation XXXV he travels from Danzig to Thorn and 
Warsaw and back, and then he goes by sea through the 
Sound to the Skaw (Skagen), thence to the East Coast of 
England and round the coast (with a short stay in Londpo) 
to Pljmiouth, and finally to Falmouth, finding a vast change 
in his native country. 

This volume thus differs from all those preceding it in 
being entirely concerned with Northern Europe, and at a 
most interesting period — ^the days of Christian IV of Den- 
mark, Gustavus Adolphus of Sweden, Vladislaus IV of 
Poland, the Great Elector of Prussia, Mikhail Romanoff of 
Russia and the course of theThirty Years' War, to say nothing 
of the Civil War in England. It affords a curious insight into 
the life of private citizens of many countries in a time of 
great historical stress, and shows how little individual life 
was affected by the continuous war then being carried on. 

The above outline of the contents of the joume5rs gives an 
indication of their great interest, which is enhanced by 
Mundy's methods of remarking on everjrthing he saw or 
read. There is his now familiar habit of observing the people 
and the places he visited, their ways and their history, and 
the animals that were strange to him. There is also once 
again his accuracy of ear and his attempt to learn a strange 
language, this time that of the Samoyeds of Archangel. He 
proves himself also a navigator of skill and high knowledge 
and a diligent student of the music, astronomy and mathe- 
matics of his time. In his Appendices to his text in this 
volume he touches on such very different subjects as as- 
trology, astronomy, mathematics, animal physiology and 
bell-ringing. 

As always, he is the ideal traveller — courageous, good- 
tempered and kindly, for there is hot a harsh expression 
about anyone in the whole volume and never any grumbling. 
Of himself he seldom writes at all, except to illustrate the life 
of those amongst whom he found his lot cast, and wherever 
he goes he is on the look out to learn. Again and again he 



INTRODUCTION XXVU 

shows the astuteness of his judgment of affairs and things, 
being always slow to believe "folk tales " : compare his views 
on the Holy Thorn at Glastonbury (p. 5), the Labjrrinth at 
Woodstock (p. 28), the mandrake (p. 46), Clawgeese (the 
Bemicle goose, p. 51), the origin of amber (pp. 107-8), the 
Malstrom myth (p. 154), the Monster on the gate of Warsaw 
(p. 199) and other wonders. 

Travel seems to be almost an obsession with Mundy. He 
felt he had to move about, and he took an intense interest in 
all he saw, whether in his own or in any foreign land. He 
starts on the "Petty Progresse" recorded in Relation XXXI 
on the 19th June 1639 (p. i). From "Penrin in Comewall" 
he makes for Bristol, going to Stratton, where he notices the 
now defunct garlic industry, and then passing into Devon- 
shire to "Biddifford," where he remarks on the great bridge. 
Then at "Bamestable" he tells us of the curious "Toune 
Stone"; at Tiverton of the great destructive fires there and 
of a heavy fall of snow in the summer on Exmoor, not 
otherwise recorded. Passing by Taunton and Bridgewater, 
he has much to say of "Glacenbury" and its great kitchen, 
and is cautious as to the tales of the Holy Thorn and its 
flowering on Christmas Day. He is very interesting about 
Bath and Wells, rather shocked at the mixed bathing then 
prevailing at the former and full of wonder at the "excellent 
diall" at the latter place (p. "6). At Bath he is struck by the 
"pretty passionate Monumentt" to Jane Lady Waller whom 
he calls "the Lady Mary Walles" (p. 8). 

Of Bristol which he styles "even a little London" (pp. 
8-1 1 ), he has a long account, being greatly taken with its 
drainage system and consequent cleanliness. Among other 
things he notices "the Many Cole pitts, although None of 
the proffitablest" at Kingswood. On the i6th July he 
arrives at Gloucester, where he admires the Cathedral, the 
tombs of "Robert Courtoise, Brother to William Ruffus," 
and of Edward II, and the Whispering Gallery (pp. 12-13). 
Finally he saw "the proceeding off a whole assizes" and 
records seven instances of burning in the hand under the 
privilege of Benefit of Clergy. 



XXVUl INTRODUCTION 

Then he goes into Wales to "Rosse and Abergayny." At 
the latter place he meets ''one Rice Morgan," a harper, and 
tells in a rather plaintive story how he lost ''allmost all my 
Mony" and had to "pawne My sword" at Langrwyne "to 
carry Mee backe to Gloster to Fetch More to redeeme my 
sword againe" (pp. 14-15). On the road he finds himself at 
Monmouth and in the Forest of Dean. After duly redeeming 
his sword, he returns to Wales and describes the "Craig 
Vaor at St. Michaells Moimtt" and reaches " Brecknocke," 
where he gives a valuable account of the hill called " Manuc- 
denny" (p. 17). After that he goes to Hereford, where he 
has a quaint story of the "quire" in the presence of the 
Judges of Assize (p. 19); but what chiefly occupies his 
attention in this neighbourhood is "The Wonder," as the 
famous landslip of 1575 on Marcle Hill near Kynaston 
Green was long called (pp. 19-20). Finally he comes back 
once again to Gloucester. 

On the I St August 1639 he leaves Gloucester and arrives 
at Tewkesbury, where the now lost trade in mustard, 
mentioned by Shakespeare, attracts his attention, though he 
does not think much of that form of the condiment: "a 
Farthing worth off the ordinary sort will give better content 
in my opinion" (p. 22). Next day he is at Worcester, where 
the well-paved streets "high into the Middle with keimells 
[gutters] on both sides" and the "paire off Organs" in the 
Cathedral please him very much (pp. 22-23). Then back he 
goes once more to Gloucester (vtd the Malvern Hills), and 
describes the bore in the Severn (pp. 24-25). 

On the 7th August he leaves Gloucester for the fourth 
time and reaches Oxford vid the Cotswolds and Burford. 
With the University and its buildings he is much impressed, 
giving valuable notices of the Chapels of Magdalen, St John's 
and Christchurch, especially of the windows (pp. 26-27). 
Thence he reaches London by the old road along the Thames 
on the 1 6th August (p. 29). 

On the loth September he leaves again for "Sturbridge 
Faire" near Cambridge. Passing by Theobalds, Enfield 
Chase and Hatfield (p. 30), he stops at St Albans, where he 



INTRODUCTION XXIX 

makes interesting notes on St Alban, Duke Humphrey of 
Gloucester and Sir John Mandeville. He tries unsuccessfully 
to get into the palace built by James I at Royston and reaches 
Cambridge on the nth September, where "Thatt evening 
I lay in Trinity Collidge " (p. 32). Next day he goes " downe 
the River Grauntt in a tilted boate" to **Sturbridge Faire," 
of which he gives a valuable description. Cambridge he finds 
**on the outtside hath Nothing Neare the Faire prospecte 
thatt OxfFord hath," but he has useful descriptions of the 
Chapels of King's College and Peterhouse (p. 33). On the 
13th September he leaves Cambridge, passing by Ware, with 
a note on the great bed there, and reaches London next day. 
On the 26th he starts for Rochester "towards the Downes 
to see the greatt Fleete then riding there." He goes on to 
Chatham and "Jillingame, beffore which rode the great 
Royall Sovereigne^^ (p. 35), as regards which he is enthu- 
siastic, and incidentally he makes a remark that helps to fix 
the date of Pa3me's engraving of her. He finds Chatham very 
full because of men and ships impressed for the Fleet off 
the Downs. He passes through Canterbury on his way and 
remarks on the wonders of the Cathedral (p. 37), and on the 
27th September reaches Deal, where he finds the great fleets 
of the English, Dutch and Spanish. Of them he gives a very 
valuable and accurate account and forcibly depicts the way 
in which battle preparations were carried on in his time 
{pp. 38-40) — an almost incredible proceeding to those who 
live in the present day. He goes on board "the Spanish 
Admirall, called Santiago*^ (p. 38) and also on "the Santa 
Tereza^ galleon of Portugall," the " Fairest and biggest shippe 
off them all" (p. 38). He was also "aboard the English 
Admirall, Sir Jhon [sic] Pennington, in the Unicome^ and 
From thence aboard the Atnelie^ Admiral off Holland" (p. 
39). It is clear to him that the Dutch are the better men and 
he is unhappy (and with reason) as to the position of the 
English. However, on the 28th he left Deal and lodged at 
■"Sandwych," and from there made his way to Maidstone 
with which he was very pleased, mentioning the trade in 
linen thread founded by the Walloons from Belgium. Thence 



XXX INTRODUCTION 

he reaches London on ist October 1639 and finds the City 
full of excitement. 

On the 14th he starts again for Deal ^'Uppon the rumour 
off the Fightt to bee beegun beetweene the Hollanders and 
the Spaniard" (p. 41). But he is too late. The Battle of the 
Downs had been fought and he sees but the remains of the 
Spanish Fleet and the misery of the survivors on shore. 
However, he gives quite a wonderful account of "The 
Manner how the fightt beegan : by Relation " (p. 42) and then 
he returns to London. 

The rest of Relation XXXI is taken up partly with accounts 
of ** Matters off Note which I saw att London since now my 
last comming uppe" (p. 44), and they are indeed of interest, 
including Whitehall, "Yorckhouse" and "the New Ex- 
chaunge" (pp. 44, 45). Then, after the fashion of his day, 
Mundy winds up the "Petty Progresse" with a statement of 
"7 things wherein England may bee said to excell" (pp. 

47-49)- 

In Relation XXXII our author records his visit to Holland 

in 1640. Starting on the journey on March i6th from London, 
he meant to go "on a smalle Catche" to Rotterdam, but 
eventually he made an unfortunate voyage in a larger ship, 
"the Contentt.^' At Gravesend they waited for the first Earl 
of Craven, afterwards so much connected with the East 
India Company (see Foster, East India House , p. 22). The 
Earl failed to arrive and the delay thus caused brought 
disaster on the passengers and crew. The weather was bad, 
cold and snowy (p. 54), but Mundy nevertheless took the 
opportimity to see " Quinburrough " and has a long descrip- 
tion of the Castle, and also a notice of the trade in copperas 
there (pp. 55-57), which lasted from 1579 to 1866. He heara 
of a mishap to James Ley, third "Earle of Malbrow," at the 
hands of the Dunkirk pirates, then powerful, and the news 
puts fear of them into his ship's crew. 

Then we have a long account told with much feeling (pp. 
58-60), of a disastrous and dangerous passage commencing 
on the 28th March, until "wee had a Pilate thatt brought us 
into the Brill, one off the Cautionary townes delivered unto 



INTRODUCTION XXXI 

Queene Elizabeth" (p. 60) for her aid to the Dutch in 1585. 
It had, however, been handed back by James I in 161 6. This 
voyage over the North Sea is worth reading to show the sort 
of thing that happened in those days to mariners in bad 
weather. It lasted from 28th March to 7th April. Next day 
Mundy left for Rotterdam, and went on the daily boat to 
"the Haghe" (p. 62), a journey he describes in an instructive 
manner. He has not much to say of "Delphe" or "the 
Haghe or Gravenhaage" and returns to Rotterdam to meet 
his ship which had "undergon 2 hazards More in her way" 
(p. 64). On the 13th April he goes by canal boat to Amster- 
dam and has some interesting remarks on "turffe," i.e. peat 
squares, for burning on the domestic hearth (p. 64). Before 
giving us a long disquisition on Amsterdam, he makes 
excursions to "Harleim, Muiden and Wesop [Weesp]" 
(p. 65). At Haarlem he notices "certaine Sandhills called 
dounes, where breed store of Cunnies" for the Amsterdam 
market. At Muiden he finds "a very delightsome seat, said 
to bee the habitation off the Earles of Holland" and at 
Weesp he describes the Water supply of Amsterdam, as to 
which he has some instructive information. He then goes 
into a long account of Amsterdam and its people (pp. 66-78) 
for whose trade in the face of great natural difficulties, he has 
evidently much respect and admiration. He is greatly 
interested, too, in the question of water-carriage from town 
to town, and in the reason why, in the conditions, the town 
should be healthy and inhabitable. "The incredible prices 
For tulip rootes " (p. 75) strike him, as the craze was then at 
its height; and so do various "Curiosities" among which is 
"A greatt Tonne" like the famous Heidelberg Tun. Then, 
with a remark on, and an illustration of the "Brabantts 
Huke" — one of the most curious among female fashions — 
and a valuable note on contemporary Dutch currency (p. 79), 
he concludes his account of Holland. 

Relation XXXIII takes us from Amsterdam through the 
Zuider Zee round Denmark to Danzig and on to Konigsberg 
and Thorn. Before following Mundy on this journey, it is 
necessary to explain the political situation he found in the 

PM C 



XXXll INTRODUCTION 

countries he visited. Scandinavia and the Baltic States, and 
indeed all Northern Europe, were in a state of transition owing 
to the Thirty Years' War (1618-1648), which had by the 
date of his visit been in progress 24 years. It was not until 
1648 that the frontiers of the various states concerned were 
adjusted by the Treaty of Westphalia, the Duchy of Prussia 
having been released from dependence on Poland in 1647. 
Mundy's time on the Continent from 1640 to 1647 "^^ ^^ 
period of the greatest advance of Sweden and Russia, both 
at the cost of Poland, and the great possessions of the King 
of Denmark, Christian IV, were being gradually taken from 
him; but he still held them in 1640 and later. 

His line, the House of Oldenburg, were rulers of Denmark 
and Norway, which last included the S.W. coast of the 
Scandinavian Peninsula and the Norwegian provinces east of 
the mountains. Up till 1645 Christian IV also held the 
islands of Gothland, Dago and Oesel, which he then lost to 
Sweden. Part, too, of the Duchies of Schleswig and Holstein 
and the country round Hamburg in the Bishoprics of 
Bremen and Werden were in his possession. 

Sweden held the West coast of the Baltic from the Danish 
frontier northward on both sides the gulf of Bothnia and 
both sides of the Gulf of Finland, including Carelia, Inger- 
manland and Esthonia. Riga and the greater part of Livonia 
had been conquered from Poland in 1621-1625, and in 1630 
Sweden also occupied the Island of Riigen. The Thirty 
Years' War made the Swedish Kings temporarily considerable 
potentates in Northern Germany, and the Peace of Westphalia 
confirmed to them West Prussia and the Bishoprics of Bremen 
and Werder. These facts have to be borne in mind when 
taking the references in the text into consideration. 

On the 17th August 1640 Mundy left Amsterdam in the 
Hope and sailed up the Zuider Zee (p. 82). On the 26th he 
left **the Vlie" with a convoy for fear of the **Dunkerkers'' 
(p. 83) and on the 29th the whole fleet was off ** Juttland or 
Yuttland" (p. 84). On the 30th they rounded **Schagen,** 
the northernmost point of Denmark, as far as "Lesow an 
Hand." On the 31st they saw the peaks of the Kullaberg in 



INTRODUCTION XXXlll 

Sweden, which Mundy calls "young Cole and old Cole 
[KuUa] *'(p.84)and anchored by "Elsenour," where he landed, 
and gives an interesting account of the Lutherans of his time, 
of the Church at Elsinore and of the " Fetherbeds at the inn " 
(p. 86). The ship was now in the Sound, but did not stay 
at ** Copenhaven," and was off "the Hand of Bumholme" by 
the 3rd September 1640 (p. 88), Mimdy merely remarking 
that' there was " Now No daunger off Enemies, Nor Need off 
Conveyers." Next day they found themselves "thwart of 
Cassoobea, a province of the King of Poland, having passed 
by Pomerania, which was yett in sightt, aperteyning unto the 
king of Sweden (as I was told)." Here he is only partly 
right, as both Cassubia and Pomerania were then in Swedish 
hands. That same evening (4th September) they "were 
turning into the roade of Dantzig," and next morning Mundy 
landed with the skipper and others (p. 88). 

Mimdy has no remarks on his first visit to Danzig, though 
he was there nearly three weeks before starting for Konigsberg 
on the 23rd September. That same night he makes acquaint- 
ance with " a crooh " or crewe, as travellers at that time called 
country inns in Northern Europe (p. 89), and next day he 
reaches Elbing on the Nogat, formerly the English "staple" 
or factory. On the 26th he goes down the Nogat to "the 
Bulwarke " or embankment on the Frisches Haff, and thence 
sails on the 27th to " Coninxberg," which he reaches "in 
8 howers." Mundy finds Konigsberg in the possession of 
Georg Wilhelm, Elector, or as he calls him Marquis, of 
Brandenburg. Of him Mundy says : " Hee is of greatt Titles, 
as Duke of Prussia, etts., and of large Dominions! allthough 
Now Most part taken From him by his Brother in law, the 
king of Sweden, who Married this Dukes Sister; and this 
Duke Married the Palsgraves sister, who Married the king of 
Englands sister, etts." (p. 90) — ^ statement that covers much 
of the European history of the time. He further adds a 
valuable account of Konigsberg, of "The Hoffe" or Frisches 
Haff, and the wild fowl on it. 

On the 29th September Mundy goes on to Wehlau and 
shrewdly remarks that the people could not eat a seventh of 

^-2 



XXXIV INTRODUCTION 

the com they grew, and also that the "Slotts [Schlosser] or 
Castles resembled some off our gentlemen's houses in 
England." Incidentally he describes the log-houses, which were 
new to him, and the " Boome '* in the Pregel near Konigsberg 
— a. device which appears to have been little known in his day. 

On the 7th October he sails back over the Haff towards 
Danzig, and reaching the Western end, he goes by a route 
(somewhat difficult to follow) as far as the Vistula (Weichsel) 
to the point where it divides itself into two at the Danziger 
Haupt, which he calls **the HaflFt " (p. 95), and thence down 
the great river to Danzig on the 9th October. On the way 
he remarks on the great Polish corn-lighters or "canes'* 
(Ger. Kahn). 

On the 24th October he starts by road "in a waggon 
towards Thorun" (p. 96), 95 miles distant, on the Vistula. 
The places he briefly describes on the way are Neuenburg, 
Graudenz and Kulmsee. The day after he started, the 25th 
October, he very nearly brought his earthly career to an end 
by not being properly protected from the severity of the 
weather, through inability to imderstand how great the cold 
of a Prussian winter can be. He gives a lively account (p. 98) 
of the sufferings of himself and others who travel at that 
season in open "CuUasses" (caliches). However, he reaches 
"Thorun" in safety, but is too much upset to tell us the 
date of his arrival. He has a short but useful description of 
Thorn, its great bridge, the number of "Scotts" in it, the 
Epiphany Fair and the Jews that attended it (pp. 99-100). 
He describes Thorn as on the Prussian Frontier: "note thatt 
over the River is properly termed Poland or Polonia " (p. 100). 
Prussia, however, was in his time held by the Elector of 
Brandenburg as a Polish fief. On the 7th January 1641 he 
returned to Danzig "in a Callais, which is a kind off an open 
Coache" and arrived there on the 19th (p. loi). 

He was not long in Danzig, for on the 29 th he started 
again for " Coninxberg," this time over the ice along the 
Frisches Haff, which he reached by a new route close by the 
sea. First he went to "Gantts Crooe" (p. 102), i.e, Gans 
Krug or the Goose Inn, near Danzig — a famous hostelry, 



INTRODUCTION XXXV 

where Peter the Great and his consort afterwards lodged in 
1716. Then he put up at the ** Armell Crooe" or Sleeve Inn 
at Frauenburg on the Haff . He went nearly all the way on 
the ice on skates, which Were as new to him in 1640 (p. 103) 
as they were to Pepys in 1662. While at Konigsberg Mundy 
made the acquaintance of a great musician there, an English- 
man named Walter Rowe, who "Among the rest of his 
Instruments hee had one Named a Barretone," a kind of bass 
viol. But he found **att present a sadde court" for the 
Elector had died and his heir Friedrich Wilhelm, afterwards 
the Great Elector of Prussia, was very ill. 

On the 6th February 1641 Mundy goes back to Danzig 
overland as far as Frauenburg, where he crosses the Haff, to 
the Frische Nehrung, and thence travelling along the sea 
coast, he gets back to Danzig on the 9th (p. 106). He then 
winds up his account of this journey as usual by notices, 
some of them very valuable, of the country and its people. 
There are, inter aliUy accounts of fishing in the ice on the 
Frisches Haff (p. 108) and of the amber trade, with a shrewd 
** opinion'* that amber is really the gum of the "firretree" 
(p. 108). He also notices cairns or ** heaps of Bushes" to 
mark the places where persons have met a violent death. He 
gives further a fine account of **Croohes, Crewes, these 
countre limes" (p. 109), of a German ** stove" (Stube) or 
heated room, and of the ** Cackle Oven" or tiled stove that 
heats it (p. no). 

Three months later, on the 3rd May 1641, Mundy starts 
on his great journey from Danzig to Archangel and back, as 
told in his Relation XXXIV. He is now in the Justice of 
Lubecke, but bad weather prevents her from getting beyond 
Helaon the Putziger Nehrung, which he describes as being like 
" Quinsburrough " (p. 112). However, on the 6th May he 
reaches "the 2 Hands of Bomeholme." On the 9th he is off 
Rostock and Wismar and next day at Liibeck. In a few notes 
on that place he tells a little piece of interesting local history 
by remarking; "no other religion permitted in the Citty then 
the Lutherans" (p. 113). 

With no delay at Liibeck he makes for Hamburg over- 



XXXVl INTRODUCTION 

land by " Old Sloe." Here he is much struck with the "night- 
ingalls siiiguing...at all tymes of the Nightt" (p. 114), a song 
probably new to him as a Comishman. On the 12th he 
reaches Hamburg, of which he gives a long description, with 
some notes on the clothing of the women (pp. 11 5-1 18). On 
the 17th June he sails for Russia in the St John Evangelist^ 
a vessel which had been in the Spanish fleet and had escaped 
after running ashore in the Battle of the Downs (p. 118). 
Going down the River Elbe "as low as Stode, the old English 
Staple," which, however, is not on the Elbe itself, Mundy 
reaches Gliickstadt, of which he has a long and valuable 
account (pp. 1 19-120) — ^valuable because so little has been 
put on record about this favourite residence of Christian IV. 
The Hamburgers were always at enmity with their powerful 
and unwelcome neighbour, and Mundy records a pretty 
little quarrel between them and the King in relation to a 
ship's anchor hung on the Church tower at Gliickstadt. 
Mundy seemato have returned from Gliickstadt to Hamburg, 
for on the 20tn June "Wee sett saile from Altnoe," i.e. from 
Altona, a suburb of Hamburg, and that evening " saw a small 
Hand called Holy Land [Heligoland]" (p. 121). 

The ship then rapidly travelled to the North, and by the 
25th the nights were quite short. By the 2nd July there was 
no night at all, a circumstance which elicits a disquisition on 
the "Midnight Sun" from Mundy, in a manner that has 
drawn from Lieut.-Comdr. G. T. Temple, R.N., the author 
of the Admiralty Pilots for Norway, the remark that Mundy's 
observations "bear eloquent testimony to the painstaking 
thoroughness of his work," in spite of the very poor instru- 
ments at his command. On the 12th July the North Cape 
is sighted, and Mundy makes some valuable remarks on the 
surrounding land (p. 125). After some allusions to the trade 
in " Stockeffish," or dried cod (p. 127), he turns his attention 
to the "Fj^nnes and Lappes, Fishermen," who came in "a 
YohoU [yawl]" from "Wardhouse [Vardo]" (p. 128). 

On the 19th July the ship is "thwart off Sweattnose 
[Sviatoi Nos]." The next day they are off Lumbovsk, where 
they saw many scales and "greatt drifftts off wood" from 



INTRODUCTION XXXVll 

up-country (p. 132), and that evening they are off Ponoi at 
the entrance of the White Sea, where they first meet with 
Russian lodias (p. 133), lighters and coasting boats. Next day 
with a strong fair wind, sailing along the White Sea, they see 
the "Catsnose or Blauhooke" at the entrance to the Gulf of 
Archangel and ride off "St. Nicholas Cloister," and on the 
26th July Mundy comes "uppe the River Dwyna in an 
English boate" and is plagued with "Mosqueetos" and 
other flies. Mundy makes also an interesting contribution 
here to the old dispute about the name "White Sea " (p. 134). 
That evening he arrives at "St. Michael Arckangel." 

After reaching Ponoi Mundy remarks: "From Wardhouse 
hither accompted Lapland and apertaines to the great duke 
of Moscovia" (p. 133). At the time of his visit to Archangel, 
Russia was imder Mikhail Romanov, the first of the last line 
of Emperors. He therefore found himself, though he did not 
know it, looking at the people and things at a time of transition 
when much that he saw was new. It is therefore necessary 
to give a brief sketch of the conditions that brought about 
the Russian Empire as Mundy saw it. 

The Great Russian monarchy of Mundy's day developed 
out of the Grand Duchy of Kiev, the most prominent ruler 
of which was St Vladimir (980-1015 A.D.), who was in course 
of time succeeded by the Grand Dukes of Russia, commencing 
with St Alexander Nevsky (i 255-1 263), ruling from Nov- 
gorod. These were followed by the Hospodars (Gospodar, 
Gosyudar), or Rulers of all Russia, from Ivan III, the Great 
( 1 462-1 505) , ruling from Moscow (Moscwa) . They developed 
into the Tsars (Kaisar, Caesar), the all-Russian Emperors 
(often erroneously, as Sir Herbert Maxwell points out in the 
Creevy Papers^ 11. 15 n., called " Emperors of All the Russias '*), 
imder Ivan IV, the Terrible (i 543-1 584). At the time of 
Mimdy's visit (1641) the Ruler of Russia was the all-Russian 
Tsar, Mikhail Romanov (1612-1645), the first of that House, 
known to Western Europeans by the traditional and then 
familiar title of the Grand Duke of Muscovy or Muscovia. 
Finally the Tsars, who were scions of the House of Romanov, 
became Emperors (Imperator) of Russia, under Peter the 



XXXVlll INTRODUCTION 

Great (1689-1725), ruling from Moscow and St Petersburg. 
They were generally known to Western Europeans as the 
Tsars (Czars) of Russia, and familiarly to their own people 
as the Gosyudars par excellence. 

To get at the social atmosphere through which Peter 
Mundy viewed what he saw in Archangel and neighbourhood, 
it must be understood that the since familiar social and 
political situation of the people was then of recent origin. 
After the death of Ivan the Terrible, Russia was subjected 
to the rule of two usurpers, Boris GodunofF (i 598-1 605) and 
the False Dmitri (1605-1606), and then to six years of 
anarchy (1606-1612), until a young Russian boyar or noble, 
Mikhail Romanov, son of the Patriarch Philaret, became the 
all-Russian Tsar by election, i,e,^ by the will of the people. 
The rule of Boris GodunofF, short as it was, had imwittingly 
had an enormous effect on the people of Russia. In order to 
keep himself in power, he successively did three great things : 
(i) to ingratiate the people he founded several towns, among 
them Archangel (Arkhangelsk) ; (2) to ingratiate the Church 
he converted the Metropolitan See of Moscow into the 
Patriarchate of all Russia by getting the Patriarch of Con- 
stantinople to consecrate Job, the Metropolitan, as Patriarch 
in return for gifts and benefits conferred, and he thus created 
the autonomous Church of Russia; (3) to ingratiate the lower 
nobility he abolished the liberty of movement of the peasants 
and thus turned a free people into the Russian Serfs. In 1641 , 
when Peter Mundy visited Russia, Archangel was a new 
town; the Russian Church had a new constitution as a 
national institution; the old free people of Russia were 
becoming gradually accustomed to the new idea of serfdom ; 
and the Tsar ruled by a new authority, i,e, by election and not 
by divine right. Richard Chancellor, the first Englishman in 
Russia, found no Archangel in 1 553 , but only Fort St Nicholas^. 

* I am indebted to Mrs Sonia E. Howe for the information on which 
these remarks are based. For details, see her works: A Thousand Years 
of Russian History; The False Dmitri; Some Russian Heroes ^ Saints and 
Sinners, I haye also had the advantage of reading her unpublished MS. 
Boris Godunoff: The Man for whom Queen Elizabeth [of England] said 
Prayers Daily, 



INTRODUCTION XXXIX 

The feature of Archangel that struck Mundy most was the 
presence of the Samoyeds, whom he carefully describes and 
gives a short and valuable and, according to his wont, 
accurate, vocabulary of the Yuriak dialect they spoke (pp. 
136-141). He also has useful things to say about the Russian 
religion of his time, Russian Churches, and Russian houses, 
and he describes the peculiar Russian ** stove," which differs 
from the German variety in that it can be used as a sleeping 
place (pp. 142-144). He has, too, a good account of the 
clothing of the people he saw, and of the climate, currency 
and animal life (pp. 145-149). Finally, he tells us of **4 
Sundry accidentts" by which he means "occurrences" and 
of many other things of interest that go to make up a good 
story of his visit, winding up with the tale of an intended 
return overland to Danzig, which did not take place (p. 153). 

On the 2nd September* 1 641 he sets sail from Archangel in 
the ^^ Fortune offHambro^^ (p. 153), reaching the North Cape 
on the 22nd and passing Soro Island on the Norwegian Coast 
next day, and the day after the "Maelstrome," in which 
myth he has, for his time, a remarkable disbelief. He has a 
splendid run down the coast in "very strong Northerly 
windes" and remarks on **a greatt and sodaine alteration off 
climate, the ayre beecomming warmer and warmer, allthough 
winter came on." On the 3rd October he sees Heligoland 
again, and describes it. In the foul ground near it "Our 
shippe sodajmely strooke to all our amazementt" (p. 157), 
but without damage. 

As energetic as ever, on the 4th, Mundy lands at Gliickstadt 
and goes over it, and next day he goes to Stade. On the 6th 
October he is at Bremervorde, the seat of "the Bishoppe off 
Breme," son of Christian IV and afterwards Frederik III, of 
whom he gives a quaint description (p. 158). On the 7th he 
goes to Bremen and has a useful account of it, alluding to 
the curious female costumes — the huik or horned head-dress 
and the Hufte-Wulst or pad round the waist (p. 161). By the 
13th he is back at "Hambro," where he finds Christian IV 
**enschaunst" in a military camp at Fuhlsbiittel, four miles 
away. On the i6th he is once more in Ltibeck, of which he 



xl INTRODUCTION 

gives some valuable details, again including costumes (p. 164). 
On the 25th he goes on board the ** Fortune offLvheck ** once 
again for Danzig and tells some illuminating facts as to the 
method of dealing with fares on board ship. Finally, on the 
ist November 1641 he lands*' att the Munde and From thence 
to the Citty " of Danzig, after six busy months of absence. 

In Relation XXXV, the last in the volume, Mimdy is back 
in Danzig and commences his story with a long detailed 
account of that city. His opening remark requires a little 
elucidation. "The Citty of Dantzigk is in the Province of 
Pommerella, reckoned under the Crowne of Poland, reckoned 
allso in Prussia" (p. 167). Danzig was, however, a free 
Hanseatic town and Prussia was then a fief of Poland. As 
described by Zeiler in 1630 {Itin, Germcmiae nov.-antiquaey 
pp. 529-30) Poland still consisted of Great Poland; Little 
Poland, capital Cracow; the Grand-Duchy of Lithuania; 
Samogitia; Masovia; Volhynia, Podolia; Black or Little 
Russia, chief town Leopolis (Lemberg) ; Podlassia (between 
Masovia and Lithuania), chief town Kmyssin; Livland (in 
Mundy's time in Swedish hands); and Prussia. Thus this 
kingdom stretched from the Sarmatian Mountains and 
Transylvania to the Principality of Teschen in Silesia, where 
the Vistula rises ; thence through Silesia to the Oder and the 
Mark of Brandenburg; further, through Pomerania to the 
Baltic Sea, along that coast to the North through Samogitia, 
Courland and Livonia, almost to Finland, which belonged to 
the King of Sweden. Thence Poland extended into Russia 
nearly as far as Moscow to the Maeotic Marshes, across the 
river Borysthenes to the Black Sea, and from thence through 
Podolia, Moldavia and Wallachia, once more to Transylvania 
and the Zips. Its frontiers were therefore: to the West, 
Silesia, Brandenburg and Pomerania; to the North, the 
Baltic, and the Kingdom of Sweden ; to the East, Russia, the 
Tartar Steppes and Moscovia, and to the South, Moldavia, 
Wallachia and Hungary^. 

Mundy became well acquainted with Danzig, for he went 

* See Freeman, Hist. Geog. p. 213, etc.; see also Zeiler, op. cit, pp. 
419-420. 



INTRODUCTION xli 

to live there in 1641 and left it finally in 1647, and his 
account is valuable and accurate as well as detailed. He 
names suburbs, streets and buildings still existing and 
describes the lordly style of life of the richer citizens (p. 168), 
He mentions the sumptuary laws and many of the customs. 
He notices the defences against the danger of the hills so 
near the town, and also the district of Alt Schottland (p. 170), 
so called after the great number of Scots then resident there. 
He describes the Zeughaus or Arsenal and various punish- 
ments, including "breaking with a wheele" (p. 173), which 
was evidently more horrid to look at than to undergo — 
clearly invented to strike terror into the living. He must 
have been impressed by the appearance and position of the 
**8harpe Righter," the public hangman, for he has a long 
informing account of him (p. 175). 

Mundy next gives a most interesting narrative of re- 
creations and amusements and of the places for them (pp. 
177-181) — Heiligenbrunn, Oliva, Zoppot and others. He is 
obviously impressed by the pleasures of the Junkerhof , where 
the mercantile classes, the Junkers as they styled themselves 
in their overweening pride, held high festival on occasion. 
Incidentally he mentions companies of English comedians in 
the service of "the prince Elector of Brandenburge " (p. 182) 
or of the King of Poland and notices the English origin of 
the German term Pickelhdring for a clown. 

Turning to more serious matters, Mundy remarks on 
the trade of the place and has an illuminating note on life at 
the "English staple" (p. 183), incidentally noticing the 
religious tolerance that then distinguished the City. 

He describes the sights: the Clock-Tower, the Great Mill, 
the Zuchthaus or House of Correction, which he calls the 
"Zeucht hause" by a natural error, and the "Singuing off 
poore schoUers" — the peculiar German custom of the 
Kurrende Jungen. He mentions the great organist Paul 
Siefert and has a good account of the organs in "the Pharre 
Churche" and of their "bagpipes" (p. 186). 

Mundy then turns his attention to the animal life of the 
place, repeating the old story of the hibernation of swallows. 






xlii INTRODUCTION 

with some caution however (p. 187), and he asks a question 
which it is even now not easy to answer — ^what would happen 
if one part of an animal's body were planted on to another 

while the bloud is yett warme" (p. 193). He next makes 

a Comparison between Prusse and India" (p. 188), which 
is instructive. After notices of the celebrated parasite-bearer, 
Lazarus CoUoreto (p. 188), who happened to be in Danzig 
when Mundy was there, and of the town's method of keeping 
its citizens at home (p. 190), he launches into a description 
of the costumes of the inhabitants in a manner that is very 
entertaining (pp. 190-192). 

Then on the loth March 1643, under the new style of 
reckoning dates, sixteen months after he had returned to 
Danzig, he starts for Warsaw (pp. 194-199) by road, and 
here it has not been easy to follow him. Of the places he 
mentions specially on the way are the following: Gross- 
Lichtenau, of which he tells an interesting legend, noticing 
the excessive drunkenness then prevalent; Marienburg, 
where stood the great Schloss of the Teutonic knights, and 
Stuhm where they had an ancient castle. He also mentions 
the Knoblauchkrug or Garlic Inn at Garmsel near Graudenz, 
and Graudenz on the Vistula itself. 

Next Mundy describes the great bridge of **Thorunia or 
Toorn" (Thorn), the action of the ice on the Vistula in 
spring, the ** Canes" (Kahn) or lighters used on it, and the 
method of crossing it (pp. 196-198). He reaches * * Breseschee,"^ 
or Brzezie, a provincial capital, and then goes on to Kowal, 
where he buys **2 hinder quarters of veal of the Jewes" (p. 
198), which reminds him of the story of ** Jacobs wrestling 
with the Angell." He remarks also on the freedom of the 
Jews in Poland. At Gostynin he finds **the sepulchers of 
2 Moscoveterissen Lords," Demetrius Shuisky and one of 
his brothers (p. 199). Finally he arrives at Warsaw where he 
sees **a Monster Fastned over the Castle gate,'* which, 
however, he does not believe in, but thinks to be cut out of 
a ray after a fashion practised in his day. He does not say 
when he arrived at Warsaw, but he left it on the ist April, 
three weeks after his departure from Danzig. 



INTRODUCTION xllii 

Mundy has a long account of Warsaw (pp. 200-205), to 
understand which it is necessary to go a little into the Life 
of Poland in his time. Down to the seventeenth century it 
was generally of a simple and even primitive character. In 
some country districts the whole household still shared with 
their stock of cattle and fowls one large common room in a 
wooden house. The numerous German colonists, however, 
had a higher standard of life, and had introduced stone-built 
houses. Also there was a widespread desire for learning, and 
a knowledge of foreign tongues, German and Latin in 
particular, was very genei'al. The daughters of both nobles 
and burghers were taught to read and write Polish and Latin, 
in the convents or at home, and as they grew up they learnt 
all household work, cooking, the care of cattle, spinning and 
sewing. Boys were trained to agriculture, or some handicraft 
or trade, or sought service with the Great. The nobles lived 
on their estates and there were no distinctions of rank 
amongst them. 

Heavy drinking was the national failing, and though the 
^abit of toasting had decreased amongst the travelled, 
Bishop Cromer^ complains of the increasing excesses in 
eating and drinking and of the luxury in clothing. The 
country had become less subject to the consequences of 
warlike invasions, and the nobles gave greater care to the 
administration of their estates and lived with greater splendour 
than before : some of the more leisured seeking enjoyment in 
convivial gatherings. "At these, and at the banquets, which 
it is the custom to hold at festivals, the neighbours and 
nearest friends came together in one man's house, either 
alone or with their womenfolk." It was accounted "no 
dishonour for maidens to be present, and for young men in 
the presence of parents, relatives and other persons of mature 
age to converse with them, disport themselves at table, and 
dance together. In this manner many marriages were brought 
about," says the worthy Bishop. Unfortunately, these feasts 

^ Cromer : Beschreihung des Komgreichs Poletiy pp. 72, 85-87, 100 et seq., 
and Neugebauer, Description de la Pologne in Blaeu's Cosmograpkie 
Blaviane, F* Livre, 



xliv INTRODUCTION 

often ended in bloodshed, owing to quarrels, generally 
beginning amongst the servants and retainers under the 
influence of the heavy drinking in which they also took part. 
It was indeed a point of honour that the latter should have 
their share; and the more fruitful the estate, the greater was 
the excess of eating, drinking, and the number of guests. 

At Warsaw Mimdy describes the "Reichs tag or Par- 
liament" (p. 200) and the pomp of the attendant nobles with 
their "heyducks" or bodyguard, and also the miserable 
condition of "the Common Sort of people." He gives an 
instructive account of the Court of Vladislaus IV and of his 
gardens, and winds up with a description of the Arsenal, of 
the historical personages present when he was there, and of 
Praga across the Vistula, including the "Coneetspoleskees," 
by which he means the Palace of Stanislas Koniecpolski, 
Castellan of Cracow (pp. 203-205). 

On the I St April 1643 ^^ starts back for Danzig, this time 
along the Vistula in a Kahn or boat. He makes a muddle of 
his record of the journey, but it is still quite traceable. He 
goes via Flock to Thorn by the river and then on to Danzig; 
by a road different from those on which he had previously 
travelled. He briefly but accurately notices the places en 
route y arriving on the 13th April 1643 after what he calls "An 
odde voyage," by which must be understood "a bad passage." 
This accounts for his mistaking his distances and mixing up 
places in his memory of it. It was freezing hard when he 
arrived at Danzig and "our hoUandish guests wentt over the 
Ice on the Motlaw with shrittshooes " or skates (p. 208). 

Mundy's next record is 13 th April 1644 when Grev 
Waldemar, the son of Christian IV by his morganatic wife 
Christina Monk, passed through Danzig on his way to 
Moscow for the proposed marriage with the daughter of 
Mikhail Romanov, which came to nothing. Mundy's version 
of the story is told in a quaint amusing manner (p. 209). In 
the February of the following year Marie Louise daughter of 
the Duke of Nevers arrived at Danzig as the wife (by proxy) 
of Vladislaus IV of Poland, and had a tremendous reception, 
which is described at some length by our author (p. 210). 



INTRODUCTION xlv 

After this Miindy talks of various events and matters at 
Danzig. Among other things he gives a lengthy account of 
** Running att tilt after a Rustick Maimer " at " Braimsberge " 
on the Frisches HafF (p. 213). He evidently read much at 
this period on astronomical matters, which interested him as 
a sailor, and he has much to say about Copernicus, Linemann, 
Eichstadt, Hovelke and other writers, including Franckenberg 
the astrologer, Giordano Bruno and Anaximander (pp. 
216-218). 

Finally, " Having spentt allmost 7 yeares tyme in this place 
and to and Fro," he feels he must leave it "by reason of the 
troubles in England [the Civil War] which were not yett 
stilled." On the 28th July 1647 he starts on "a voiag from 
Dantzigk to England" in "the shippe Prophett Daniell of 
Lubecke" (p. 219). Bad weather, however, prevents him 
from getting beyond Hela till the 5th August. Next day he 
reaches Bomholm, where the wind kept him two days more, 
and gives a short quaint description of the fishing craft there. 
On the nth he reached " Coppenhaven " and notices the 
signs of the recent struggle (i 643-1 645) between the Danes 
and the Swedes. He does not stay there, but he fortunately 
gives a valuable note on "Uraniburgum the habitation of 
Ticho Brache on Huena" (p. 220), which he says is a little 
pretty Island [Hven], " called by some of us English, Scarlett 
Hand." On the 13th August he was through the Soimd and 
" thwart of old Cole and new Col," the heights of the Kulla- 
berg, where he states that strangers had to pay for their 
footing by a little feast to the crew. He reaches Skagen on 
the i6th, and notes and describes "A strange Manner of 
Fishing" for "Coddalau" (cod, p. 222). 

He then crosses the North Sea, passing, among other ships, 
**a couple of herring busses " (p. 223), and "a Norman," i.e., 
a Norwegian boat. On the 25th August 1647 he sails along 
the East coast of England southwards from "North Yar- 
mouth" to Gravesend, whence he "tooke boate for London 
and landed att Billingsgate, I beeing then Just 50 years of 
age" (p. 224), a valuable biographical statement, for it gives 
the year of his birth as 1597. 



xlvi INTRODUCTION 

He stays in London until the 5th October, but makes no 
comment on what he saw there, which is odd, considering 
the civil war conditions then obtaining, but nevertheless 
characteristic. He joins the Morning Starre in the Downs 
and "came into Catte Water" at Plymouth on the 17th 
October. There he finds much evidence of the Royalist 
investment of the Parliamentarians then occupying the place. 
On the 19th October 1647 he arrives in the harbour of 
Falmouth, "here making an end of a most tedious, trouble- 
some, Crosse and Costly voyage, and amongst all the rest 
the worst of the Many in this booke." 

Four of the Appendices attached to Mundy's MS. belong 
to this set of voyages, Nos. II to V. They contain matters 
that interested him and others of his time greatly, but it has 
not been considered worth while to print them in fiill. 
Appendix No. II purports to demonstrate by means of "an 
Instrument," of which an illustration is given, how a man 
going round the world to the Eastward gains a day of time, 
while going round to the Westward he loses a day. Of this, 
only the quaint parts have been reproduced. Appendix III 
is concerned with the "Paradox of the Earthes Motion,'* 
where again only what is quaintly expressed has been printed. 
Here Mundy quotes Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy and 
Vincent Wing's Hannonicum Coeleste and his "Almanacke 
1648." The fourth Appendix contains various observations 
on "the spottes in the moone," the "Proportion" of flies, 
worms, etc. Not much is here given of the first subject, but 
Mundy quotes Hovelke's Selmographia and has a very 
interesting ireference to Franckenberg's Octdus sidereus which 
he calls Occult Sideralis. He then gives a remarkable de- 
scription of the eye of a fly under the microscope, showing 
his habitual accuracy of observation. He observes that 
"Flies breed yong under their bellies," thus describing the 
Gamasid mite. Also separately he talks about the itch-mite, 
which he calls "the worme in Mens hands." His last 
Appendix is on "the Ringing of Bells in Changes or Var3dng 
Numbers," on which some of his remarks are quaint indeed. 



RELATION XXXI 

A PETTY PROGRESSE THROUGH SOME PART 
OF ENGLAND AND WALES 

The igth June Anno 1639^. All the Voyages, Joumeies, 
etts., Mentioned in the 30 severall Relationes afForegoing 
were perfformed in the service and att the cost off others, 
my superiours, as my calling or trade off living: the Following 
voluntary, which I nndertooke partly to Follow my habituall 
disposition off travelling, and partly (to Free my sellfFe off 
some inconveniences I Found by living att home in the 
Country) to seeke some other residence. 

Every particuler daies Journey is Nott here sett, only 
places and Matters Most Notable hapning in my way, 
directing my course First towards BristoU. 

The day abovesaid I departed from Penrin in Comewall. 

The Next day I came to Stratton, an Auntient towne off 
that County, Noted to have the best garlicke in all those 
parts^. 

A little beeyond this place I crost over the River off Tamar 
which divides Comewall From Devonshire, having his head 

^ As in the previous volumes, the various ways in which Mundy enters 
his dates have been ignored and one system has been followed throughout. 

* The garlic of Stratton is praised by Richard Carew in 1602 : " Stratton 
Hundred... the Inhabitants... reape large benefit from their orchyards and 
gardens, but especially from their Garlick (the Countryman's Triacle), 
which they vent, not onely into Cornwall, but many other shires besides." 
Survey of Cornwall, ed. 1769, fol. 117. 

Childrey, Britannia Baconica, pub. 1660, also remarks (pp. 23, 27): 
'*The Country men in Cornwall are great eaters of Garlick for healths 
sake, whence they call it there, the Country mans Treacle... At Stratton 
in Cornwall grows the best Garlick in all the Countrey." 

Cruttwell, writing in 1801 (Tour through the whole Island of Great 
Britain, 11. 300), says : ** Stratton has been long celebrated for its gardens, 
and especially for garlic." 

Sir David Prain, Ex-Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 
informed me that nothing has been traced regarding any garlic industry 
at Stratton. He was of opinion that the plant referred to by Mundy (and 
still abundant, so Mr C. D. Kingdon informs me, in the neighbourhood 
of Stratton) is the species of garlic known as Allium ursinum^ formerly 
much used in the West of England as a tonic sauce. 



PM 



2 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

butt Few Miles From the North Sea, wanting butt little to 
Make Comewall an Hand. 

To my remembraunce all the Rivers here (which were very 
Many) ran southward in to the Channell thatt divideth 
England From Fraunce^. 

BiddifFord: a large stone bridge*. 

I passed through BiddifFord, where to comes a Creeke, 
over which is a stone bridge off aboutt 25 arches', the largest 
I have yett scene in England ; there bee smalle vessells bee- 
longuing to this place. 

Bamestable. 

I lay att Barnestable, a bigge towne and Neatt, a sea port, 
a Creeke comming to the towne* ; many vessells beelonguing 
to itt, For att a weekes daies Morning prayer there were above 
30 perticulerly named and prayed for, absent in sundry 
voyages. I know not whither they did all appertaine to this 
place. There is a pretty exchaunge, a large stone beeffore itt 
Made uppe in the Manner off a tombe, 3 Foot high. And 
as by some lettres yett extant theron May bee gathered, itt 
was a Tombe stone indeed aboutt 200 yeares since, itt serving 
Now as I was told to pay or tender Mony theron uppon bills, 
bonds, etts.; allsoe to scale writings, Covenantts, etts.; called 

^ Mundy's recollection is not quite accurate. The Tamar and its 
tributaries, with the Lynher, Fowey, Fal, and numerous small streams, 
flow into the English Channel, but the Camel and its tributaries, with 
some half dozen small rivers, empty themselves into the Bristol Channel. 

^ This and the following paragraph headings appear as marginal notes 
in the original MS. 

' Bideford Bridge, erected c, 1550, is thus described by Leland (ed. 
L. Toulmin Smith, i. 171--2): "The bridge at Bedeforde upon Turege 
[Torridge] is a very notable worke, and hath xxiiii arches of stone, and 
is fairly waullid on eche side...." See also Defoe, Tour through the whole 
Island of Great Britain^ 11. 12-13, 14; Maton, Observations ^ 11. 58. 

For a detailed history of the Bridge from 1685 to the end of the 19th 
cent, see The Long Bridge of Bideford, by Alexr. G. Duncan. The author 
informs me that during extensive repairs begun in 191 5, strong oak posts 
were discovered in some of the piers, evidently used as supports when 
the Bridge was building. From a portion of one of these a chair has 
been made for the use of the Chairman of the Trustees of the Bridge. 

* Barnstaple is situated on the Taw, a tidal river. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 3 

by the Name off Bastable stone^. In Fine, a handsome, Nett 
[clean] and well governed place and off much trafEck. 

Tiverton: Ex River. 

Tiverton, twice burned by accidentt^, a large towne; a 
Capacious Church^, and therin was the greatest audience att 
one sermon thatt yett I ever saw to my remembrance. The 
River of Ex runneth by itt, who hath his head in Exmore, 
where I was told thatt within these 3 or 4 daies ther Fell soe 
much snow thatt itt lay 2 or 3 Foote deepe, soe thatt Many 
sheepe perished thereby : straunge att this tyme off the yeare*. 

Taunton. 

A Fine towne with a very Faire 4 square tower or steeple 
with 4 very curious artifficial pinacles, the best I have yett 
scene ^. 

^ The "pretty exchaunge" was the "Walking Place," erected for the 
transaction of business on the principal quay, in 1609 and enclosed and 
roofed in 1639. At the latter date the "Toune Stone" was set up like 
a writing table and over this bargains were made between sellers and 
buyers and the place was then dubbed the " Merchants Exchange." The 
stone still bears the names of three 17th century merchants cut on the 
rim and it is probable that Mundy mistook these names for an inscrip- 
tion on a tombstone. I am indebted to Mr Alexander G. Duncan for 
the above information. 

2 These destructive fires occurred on the 3rd April 1598 and 5th August 
1 61 2. They are quaintly described in two tracts, reprinted in the Ap- 
pendix to Harding's History of Tiverton, entitled (i) ** The true lamentable 
discourse of the burning of Teverton in Devon : shire," &c.; (2) "Wofull 
Newes From the West parts of England, Being the lamentable Burning 
of the Town of Tiverton in Devonshire," &c. In the first fire 600 houses 
were burnt; in the second, the damage was estimated at £35,000; and a 
third fire occurred in 173 1 occasioning a loss of £150,000. See Cruttwell, 
Tour through Great Britain, 11. 305-6. 

• St Peter's Church, built in the early part of the 15th century and 
restored and added to by John Greenway in 1577. 

* This remark is interesting, for, so far as I have been able to ascertain, 
there are no records existing of the weather in the S.W. of England 
in 1639. 

' Mundy is alluding to the tower, 150 ft. high, of the Parish Church 
of St Mary Magdalene, one of the largest Perpendicular churches in 
England. The writer of Lansdoume MS. 213 speaks (fol. 377) of Taunton 
as ** grac'd with a fayre Church and a stately high steeple, with a sweet 
and tunable Ring of bells." See also Maton, Observations on the Western 
Counties of England, 11. 41 ; Fiennes, Through England on a Side Saddle, 
p. 204. 

1-2 



4 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Bridgewater. 
A greatt towne with a very Faire high stone spire*. 

Glacenbury. 

Here were the Ruines off a Famous Abby, Most part 
downe, the rest dayly decaying. It appears to have bin a 
Magnifficentt Fabricke. Among the Ruines, as they Now 
digge For stones For other buildings, there are many tombes, 
it seemes thatt beeing the Floore off the Church. Among 
the rest one side off a tombe or Coffin appeared, either off 
toutchstone^ or excellent shining polished blacke Marble with 
ancient Charactars round aboutt; a Ritch peece, though 
plaine*. The kitchin aperteyning to this abby is yett entire, 
off hewen stone. No timber att all, beeing off a stately Forme, 
8 square, drawing Narrow towards the toppe, off a great 
heightt, making a very Faire shew, built as it is said, made 
on this occasion. The king of England sent word to the 
Ritch Abbott thatf hee purposed to come and sett Fire off 
his kitchin, intymating thereby thatt when hee came hee 
Meantt to have good cheare which would require greatt Fires. 
The Abbott, allthough hee knew the kings Meaning, Yett 
Merrily seeming to prevent the kings intentt (allthough hee 
understood itt No otherwise then the very words do give), 
Caused the said kitchen to bee built all off hewen stone 
withoutt any timber worke in it as afforementioned. Itt now 
serves to keepe turffe etts. [and other] Fewell off a gentlemans 
dwelling in some off the houses aperteyning to the said Abby, 
beeing repayred and kept uppe*. 

* The tall slender spire of the Parish Church of St Mary the Virgin, 
114 ft. high, springing from a red sandstone tower, 60 ft. high. See 
Jarman, History of Bridgwater, p. 201 . 

* Touchstone, a black or dark-coloured variety of jasper (Basanite). 
The term was also applied to black marble and similar stones resembling 
the true touchstone. 

* Mundy may be referring to the reputed tomb of St Joseph of Arima- 
thsea. Ray, the antiquary, states that he saw the tomb as late as 1662 in 
the Lady Chapel, but the statement is discredited. See Holmes, Wells 
and Glastonbury^ pp. 217, 218, 246. 

^ Mundy is repeating one of the popular legends of his day regarding 
the erection of the Abbey Kitchen. For a variation of his story see 
Cruttwell, Tour through Great Britatity 11. 349-35o« The tradition is pre- 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 5 

The holy Thome. 

About [blank] Miles From this place is a thome tree off 
a straunge property, thatt contrary to all other, itt Flowrisheth 
aboutt Middewinter by some straunge operation in Nature. 
This I beeleive, itt beeing affirmed by Many thereaboutts, 
off whome I enquired. Butt that, as some say, it should have 
No appearance off anything att all on Christmas Eave and 
thatt on Christmas day in the Morning itt shallbee Full off 
leaves and blossomes requires to bee prooved. For then itt 
were an aparentt Miracle and deserved More admiration and 
respect then now it hath, standing Neglected by the highe 
waies side. Now ready to Fall downe For age. There are by 
report others off the same quality aboutt the towne, beeing 
setters off the same tree. Itt is by the Country people termed 
the Holy Thomei. 

served by Grose (Antiquities , v. 34), but the building is older than the 
time of Henry VIII, to whom the story is usually attached. It was begun 
by Abbot Fromond (1303-13 22) and completed by his successor, John 
de Breynton (1334-1342). For descriptions of the Kitchen see Warner, 
History of the Abbey of Glaston, p. xlv; Phelps, Hist, and Antiquities of 
Somersetshire, i. 549; Holmes, Wells and Glastonbury, p. 224. The writer 
of Lansd, MS. 213 remarks of the building (fol. 377): "The Abbots 
Mansion, his large and spacious Cellers all archt, his care[ful]ly moddell'd 
round. Freestone, large and high kitchen, built in that manner by the 
Abbott to prevent his Princes threat, doe all still most plainly represent 
and shew the splendour and magnificent greatnesse of this place and 
what bounteous Hospitalitie itt afforded." 

Eighty years later the Kitchen is thus described: "It is all built of 
Stone, and hath not so much as a Peg of Wood about it, for it's better 
Security from Fire. The Outside... is a four Square, and the Inside 
of it is drawn into an eight Square Figure.... It is at present made use of 
for a Bam " (Hist, and Antiquities of Glastonbury, p. 79). See also Fiennes, 
p. 204. 

* The Holy Thorn grew on the South side of Weary-all Hill, later 
known as Werrall Park. It had two trunks, one of which was cut down 
in the reign of Elizabeth and the other, which Mundy saw, during the 
Great Rebellion. The Holy Thorn is the Crataegus oxyacantha which 
blossoms in December and also in the spring. See Warner, op, cit,, 
pp. c-ci; Heame, Preface, pp. 1-2 and 109-111; Cruttwell, 11. 354; 
Fiennes, p. 204; Collinson, 11. 265. As regards the " setters '* from the 
same tree, the writer of Lansd, MS, 213 remarks (fol. 377): "I found a 
young Bud and offspring of itt planted in a Taveme Garden in the 
Towne.** See also Fuller, Church Hist of Britain^ p. 8. 



6 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Glacenbury torr. 

A very high round picked [peaked] hill with a tower on 
the topp off itt, seene very Farre ofFe^. 

Welles: Bath and Wells, allthough two citties lo 
Miles asunder, yett accompted but one. 

Welles, allthough a Uttle Citty, yett thus gives the terme, 
The Citty off Bathe and Wells, the Bishoppe living here, 
allthough Bath hath the preheminence. This hath a very 
Faire Cathedrall Church and an excellent diall within itt, 
shewing Not only the whole howers, halfFe and quarters, butt 
allsoe every Minutt off the hower, The age off the Moone 
allsoe, demonstrating her proportion as shee increases and 
decreases by a sphericall Figure^. Here is an excellent con- 
fFormity in two rowes off buildings serving For dwelling 
houses to the Churchmen thatt sitt in the quire^. 

* Glastonbury Tor, 500 ft. high, surmounted by the tower of St 
Michael, all that remains of a chapel and monastery dating from Norman 
times. The tower was rebuilt early in the 14th century. See Holmes, 
op, cit,y pp. 262-3; Collinson, 11. 264-5. 

For the greater part of the notes relating to Glastonbury, Wells and 
Bath I am indebted to Mr H. £. and Miss Batch. 

* Mundy is describing the so-called Glaston Abbey clock, the work 
of Peter Lightfoot, an early example of a clock striking the hours auto- 
matically with a count wheel. It is said to have been presented to 
Glastonbury Abbey by Adam de Sodbury (1322-1335) and to have been 
removed to Wells at the time of the Dissolution of the Monasteries, but 
it was undoubtedly at Wells long before that date, probably in the 
14th century, and certainly in the early part of the 15th century when 
entries of expenditure for its repair and decoration appear in the Account 
Rolls. In 1835 the old works were replaced by a new train and the original 
movement is now to be seen at South Kensington Museum; but the 
ancient dial showing the phases of the moon and the solar motions, as 
Mundy saw it, is still in situ. See Holmes, op. cit.y p. 58 ; Warner, op. cit., 
pp. 1-li; Britten, Old Clocks and Watches ^ p. 28; Maton, op. cit.y 11. 143 ; 
Cox, English Church Fittings^ &c.; Lansd. MS. 213, p. 337. 

' Mundy is alluding to the Vicars College, a secular foiindation, erected 
in 1329-1363, known as the Vicars* Close. There were originally 42 
houses, 21 on each side, each house being alike. See Holmes, op. cit., 
p. 58; Maton, op. cit.y p. 146. 

Compare the following quaint description of these buildings by the 
writer of Lansd. MS. 213, fols. 337-8: "A stately long Vicars Col- 
ledge... not the least Benefactor to this Sacred place is the Monument 
of that Famous Bishop, Raphe of Shrewsbury in Alablaster 1363 who 
was the Founder an'd Builder of the new CoUedge for the Vicars : their 
neat Chappell, faire Hall, Buttry and other Offices. These curious com- 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 7 

Bathe : The hotte Bath. 

From thence I came to Bathe, a pretty little citty and a Fine 
Markett house^. Butt off all Englands wonders the kings 
bathe there deserves the First place, Found and Founded 
by king Bladud, having continued soe Many ages in the same 
temper off heatt, itt beeing all most as Much as a Man can 
well suffer att the springs. I saw Men and weomen goe in 
togeather, and those thatt will May have guides. No in- 
civility permitted under paine off punishmentt^. At thatt 
tyme was there the Earle off Northumberland^, and washed, 
where one off his guides to make him sport, lay uppon the 
water on his backe and on each side with botih his hands 
under his head, as if hee lay on the ground; the Manner 
pretty, and I thinck difficult*. This place much Frequented 
by gentry, especially att the spring and Fall off the leafFe. 

pacted Buildings of 160 Paces in length are contriv'd and handsomely 
order 'd into a large uniforme Files, every entrance guarded, with a 
pleasant little Court and Gate most delightfidl to the Spectator. At the 
one end of this long streight Colledge they performe their Devotions: 
at the other end they receive their Sustenance, so as they that are neerest 
to the Chappell for their Soules food has furthest [to go] to the Hall 
for their Bodyes food, For both which this pious and zealous Bishop 
provided.** 

^ The old Town-hall and Market-House was built in 1625 after a 
plan by Inigo Jones and was therefore a new building when Mundy 
saw it. It was taken down in 1777. See Warner, op. cit,y p. 227. 

* Two distinct legends ascribe the foundation of Bath to a British 
King, Bladud, in 863 B.C. In Mundy's time patients were treated in open 
public baths. The temperature of the "Kings Bath" which has been 
preserved intact, is 118° Fahr. Leland, Itinerary, ed. L. Toulmin Smith, 
I. 142, describes it as " very faire and large, standing almost in the middle 
of the towne, and at the west end of the cathedral church." The Kings 
Bath is thus described in Lansd, MS, 213, fol. 339: "There met 
wee all kinde of Persons, of all Shapes and Formes, of all degrees of all 
Countryes, and of all Diseases, of both Sexes : for to see yoiing and Old, 
rich and poore, blind and lame, diseased and sound, English and French, 
men and Women, Boyes and Girles, one with another, peepe up in their 
Caps and appeare so nakedly and fearefuUy in their uncouth naked 
Postures would a little astonish and putt one in mind of the Resurrection." 
See also Pepys' remarks on the mixed bathing in 1668 (Diary, ed. Bray- 
brooke, p. 519). 

' Algernon Percy, loth Earl of Northumberland (i 602-1 668), Lord 
High Admiral in 1638 and General of all the forces South of the Trent 
in 1639. 

* Pepys (Diary, p. 520) paid a shilling "to make a boy dive in the 
Kings bath." 



8 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

In the greatt Church is a pretty passionate Monumentt off 
the Lady Mary Walles [«ic], wife to Sir [William] Wales, 
knight, hee yett alive^. 

Bristol. 

The 2^th off June [1639]. I came to the Citty off BristoU. 
There is a straunge Narrow creeke commeth From the sea 
uppe to the Citty, sufficientt For smalle vessells, the greater 
shippes taking in their lading at Hungroade and Crocke and 
Pill, adjoyning together, and when they are redy to sett saile, 
the[y] ride outt in Kingroade, a Mile or two lower^. The 
Citty is very cleane and dry by reason they say every or Most 
off their houses have vaulted sincks which convey the water 
and Filth to other greater, and soe into the River. And For 

^ There seems little doubt that Mundy has confused the names, and 
that his "pretty passionate monument," i.e. a monument moving the 
beholder to compassion, is the one erected to Jane Lady Waller, ist wife 
of Sir William Waller, Kt. who died in 1668. She died in May 1633 
and was buried in the Bath Abbey Church. On her tomb in the South 
end of the Transept is the epitaph: "To the deare memory of the right 
vertuous and worthy lady, Jane Lady Waller, sole daughter and heir to 
Sir Richd. Reynell, wife to Sir Wm. Waller, Kt. 

" Sole issue of a matchless paire, 
Both of their state and vertues heyre ; 
In graces great, in stature small. 
As full of spirit as void of gall ; 
Cheerfully brave, bounteously close. 
Stranger to all vain-glorious showes ; 
Happy, and yet from envy free. 
Learn *d without pride, witty yet wise — 
Reader, this riddle read with mee. 
Here the good Lady Waller lyes." 

See Britton, Hist, and Antiquities of Bath Abbey Churchy P» 74; Warner, 
Hist, of Bath f p. 256. 

The writer of Lansd. MS. 213 also noticed the tomb at a later date 
than Mundy (p. 340) : " Monuments. . .Bath Abbey Church. Att the north 
end of the lie is Sir William Wallers in Armour, and his pious Lady in 
Alablaster [sic], the Fillers thereof of blacke Touchstone." 

• Kingroad is situated at the Western extremity of Portishead Point, 
and Pill or Crockem Pill (Mundy *s "Crocke and Pill"), a pilot town on 
the Somersetshire side of the Avon, about 3 miles above it. Hungroad 
lies 4 miles down the river and 2 miles above Kingroad. Leland (Itinerary, 
ed. L. Toulmin Smith, v. 91) remarks : " Hunge Rode about 3 miles lower 
in the haven then Brightstow [Bristol].... Aboute a myle lowere is Kyngs 
Rode." See Corry, Hist, of Bristol, i. 247; Index Nauticus, p. 217. 
M. Jorevin (quoted by Evans, Hist, of Bristol, 11. 307) refers to "the 
port of Conguerol in the village Depill." 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 9 

the same reason they use sleads and nott Carts, beecause off 
shaking those hollow vaultts, allthough one horse in a cart 
shall doe More service then 2 with a slead^. 

The great church att Rattcliffe. 

Here att Ratcliffe is a greatt Church Not quite Finished, 
built att the Charge off Mr Canon, a Citizen off this place 
and a greatt owner off shipping; among the rest, some off 
1000 tonnes (as I remember), itt beeing written on his Monu- 
mentt^. 

The Exchaimge: The Bridge: The Ruinated Castle. 

By the high Crosse® is the exchaimge where are many 
curious costly cast pillars off brasse, about 3 or 4 Foote high, 

^ The underground drainage and consequent cleanliness of Bristol were 
a source of wonder to i6th and 17th century travellers. The comments 
of three among them are worth repeating here. 

"Bristow.... There is no dunghill in all the cittie, nor any sinck that 
Cometh from any howse, but all convaid iinder the ground : neither use 
they any cartes in their streets, but all sleades." William Smith, Desc, 
of Ettg., 1588, ed. Wheatley, p. 34. 

"Bristow doth worthily deserve the name Brightstad: whose pleasant- 
nesse is the more by reason that the river Avon scowres through the 
most of it, which together with the benefit of Sewe[r]s under all the streets, 
cleares the dttie of all noysome filth and uncleannesse." Speed, Great 
BriUdne, 1 631, p. 23. 

" The City is very sweet and cleane, in respect of the quotidian Tydes 
that wash and cleanse her lower parts, and the vaults and Sewers that 
are under all or most of the Channells of her upper parts." Lansd, MS, 
213 (1634), fol. 335 a, 

Pepys, who visited Bristol in 1668, also remarks {Diary, ed. Braybrooke, 
p. 519): "No carts, it standing generally on vaults, only dog-carts." 

For further 17th century allusions to the drainage of Bristol see Corry, 
Hist, of Bristol t i. 249; A Topographical Desc, of Gloucestershire y p. 9. 

• The Norman Church of St Mary Redcliff was partly rebuilt in the 
14th century, mainly by William Canynges (or Canynge) the elder, a 
merchant who was six times mayor of Bristol. The work of restoration 
was carried on by his grandson, William Canynge {c, 1 399-1474/5). It 
is to the latter that Mundy alludes. There are two monuments to the 
second William Canynge in St Mary's Chiu-ch, one in the robes of a 
magistrate and the other in clerical attire, for he became a priest seven 
years after the death of his wife Joanna in 1460. On the back of the 
former is a long inscription to his memory with "the names of his 
shiping and their burthens." For a description of the two effigies see 
Transactions of the Bristol and Glouces. Archaol, Soc, ix. 69; xviii. 260 
(and Plate IV); xxvii. 55-62. 

• The High Cross was erected in High Street in 1373 and later adorned 
with the statues of John, Henry III, Edward III, and Edward IV, bene- 



10 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

broad att the Foote and toppe, sett off purpose For Men to 
leane on, pay and tell Mony, etts.^ A pretty bridge with a 
little streete on itt like thatt att London: butt here is No 
opening^. Here hath bin a Faire and spatious castle, Now 
ruinated^. 

^hooting For a prize oflF plate. 

They have here a pretty custom off exercising their small 
shotte about this tyme, who are to shoote att a round board 
called the buckler For a prize off plate. The best shotte 
carries the prize, butt outt of thatt the second, third and 
Fourth have somwhatt. Itt is understood thatt First every 
man putt in his proportionable share to Make upp the 
valuation oflF the said plate. Every Man is to make 3 shotte*. 

factors to the City of Bristol. In 1633 it was taken down, enlarged, and 
made higher, and the statues of four other sovereigns added. It is to 
these additions that the writer of Lansd. MS. 213 refers (fol. 335 a) in 
his remarks on " Bristow. . . with an ascent to the heart thereof, where 
stands a fayre Cross in the middest betweene both Bridges: lately and 
richly beautify'd, and not much inferiour to that in Coventry." 

In 1736 the Cross was transferred to College Green, and in 1763 it 
was again taken down and subsequently given to Mr Henry Hoare, who 
removed it to Stourhead Park, Wilts. A model of the old High Cross 
now stands at the east angle of College Green. See Latimer, Annals of 
Bristol) Corry, Hist, of Bristol y 11. 10. 

^ Some of the brass pillars which stood in the old Tolzey or Exchange, 
a shed extending along the north side of All Saints* Church, are now in 
front of the Exchange in Com Street. They are dated 1550, 1594, 1624 
and 1 63 1. The custom of paying for purchases on these brass pillars 
is said to have given rise to the proverb, "Down on the nail." Macky, 
writing in 17 14 {Journey through England^ 11. 133), says that the pillars 
were "erected by eminent Merchants for the Benefit of writing and dis- 
patching their affairs on them, as at tables." See Bristol Past and Present y 
p. 261 ; Fiennes, p. 200. 

* The stone bridge, which replaced one of wood, was built in 1247. 
It copies the London Bridge of c. 1 140. Tall rows of houses stood on 
either side and there was a gateway in the centre with a chapel over it. 
It was taken down in 1761. See Wm. Smith, Desc. ofEng., ed. Wheatley, 
p. 34; Rogers, Travels, p. 28; Lansd. MS. 213, fol. 335 a; Bristol Past 
and Present f pp. 91-92; Corry, Hist, of Bristol y 1. 250. 

' Bristol Castle, built by Robert Earl of Gloucester, natural son of 
Henry I, was, when Mundy saw it, in a ruinous state. It was repaired 
in 1643 and demolished by Cromwell's orders in 1655-6. See Leland's 
description of the "Castle of Brightestow" (Itinerary , ed. L. Toulmin 
Smith, v. 87). See also Lansd, MS. 213, fol. 336 a; Fiennes, p. 201. 

* Such competitions as Mundy describes were usual in all parts of 
England in his day. They took the place of archery matches. See 
Shakespeare*s England, p. 352. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 1 1 

There is a very Fine prospectt over the Citty From St. 
James ^. 

In Conclusion, Bristoll is even a little London For Mer- 
chants, shipping, and greatt and well Furnished Marketts, 
etts., and I thinck second to it in the kingdom off England 
For those jparticulers and others. 

2 pretty Customes. 

Here is a generall Custom to serve beere in large silver 
beakers in all Innes and Tappehouses, beeing off such a size. 
Allsoe scarce a house thatt hath Nott a dogge to tume the 
spitt in a little wooden wheele^. 

A warme spring. 

Aboutt 2 Mile downe the Creeke is a warme spring 
comming Forth under the hill att halfFe sea Marck^, ac- 
compted Midicinable and resorted unto. It is aboutt Milke- 
warme. Right over against it on the other side oflF the Creeke 
was the greatest spring off water came gushing Forth From 
under the rocks thatt yett I ever saw*. 

Allsoe Near the Citty are Many Cole pitts, allthough None 
of the proffitablest, beeing butt off a small veine^. 

I was allmost invited, through the Commodiousnesse, 
plenty, and pleasantnesse off the place to have taken uppe 
my habitation here ; butt I had a Mind to see Farther First. 

* The Church of the Priory of St James, founded in the 12th century, 
was made parochial in 1374, and the parishioners were bound by in- 
denture to build the tower at their own expense. See Bristol Guide 
(1815), p. 30. 

* I have found no other reference to the silver beakers mentioned by 
Mundy. 

Turnspit dogs were evidently new to Mundy and he was probably 
accustomed to seeing lads performing this duty. See Shakespeare's 
England, p. 139. 

' ** HaMe sea Marck/' i.e, a sea-mark or boundary. 

* St Vincent's Spring, or the Hotwell, quarter of a mile West of Bristol, 
in the parish of Clifton. Its temperature is about 70° Fahr. For descrip- 
tions see Lansd. MS, 213, fol. 337 a; Rogers, Travels, p. 30; Childrey, 
p. 36; Fiennes, p. 201. 

' Mundy is probably alluding to the Kingswood coalpits which are 
within half a mile of dbe city. Childrey, Britannia Baconica, p. 71, re- 
marks: "The parts about Bristol afford great store of Coals that cake as 
New Castle Coal doth, but yet differ from it." See also Fiennes, Through 
England on a Side Saddle, p. 199. 



12 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Gloucester: The Cathedrall church and steeple. 

The i6th off July [1639]. ^ o^me to the Citty off Gloucester. 
It is a reasonable, handsome, quiett and cleanly place; no 
great trafficking For land nor Sea. A Faire Cathedrall 
Churche And the fairest, highest, largest Foursquare steeple 
thatt yett I have seene^, with 4 suteable pinacles*. In the 
said Church, among the rest, are 3 things worth Notice. 
One is the tombe off Robert Courtoise, Brother to William 
Ruffus, his Image or statue Made off Irish oake laid theron, 
yett imcorrupt, Firme and solid, it beeing aboutt 540 yeares 
since hee died^. 

Next the tombe off Edward the 2d who was Miserably 
Murdered in Barckly Castle* (1327, September 2ith)^. 

The 3d is the whispring place alofft, beeing 24 yeards 
through an arched somwhatt Narrow passage to goe From 
end to end. Butt it hath this property thatt if a Man doe 
butt whisper in att the one end itt is playnely hea[r]d att the 
other, the voice or Noise seeming to bee within a yard off 

* The cential tower of Gloucester Cathedral was begun in the time 
of Abbot Seabrooke (1450-1457) and completed by 1457. See Fosbroke, 
Hist, of Gloucester f pp. 118, 120, 122. 

* By "suteable** Mundy means "to match,** or "in conformity with," 
the tower. 

* The armour of the effigy of Robert Duke of Normandy, eldest son 
of William the Conqueror, who died in Cardiff Castle in 1135, is of the 
period of Henry III, or about a hundred years after his death. The 
monument was destroyed c. 1642 by Parliamentary troops. The frag- 
ments were bought by Sir Humphrey Tracy who, after the Restoration, 
had the tomb repaired and the effigy put together and repainted. It now 
stands in the middle of the Presbytery and is one of the oldest specimens 
of an effigy in wood. 

It is described in Lansd. MS. 213, fol. 334 a : " His [Robert Courthose*8] 
Portraicture is of Irish Wood painted, which neither rotts, nor worme- 
eats. Hee lyeth crosse-Legg*d, with his Sword and Buckler, and soe as 
any man may with ease lift up this his wooden Statue; this is in the 
midst of the Chancell.** See Lansd, MS. 874; Trans, of the Bristol 
and Glouces. Arch, Soc, xxvii, 289-291 ; Macky, journey through England, 
II. 122; The Gloucester Guide (1792), p. 48; Gent. Mag. Library, iv. 264, 
511, 512; Gloucestershire N, & Q., iv. 206, v. 187; Fiennes, p. 198. 

* The alabaster effigy of Edward II, erected by Edward III, in the 
north choir aisle. "His body in Alablaster in his kingly Roabs, the 
Foundation Marble, and the workmanship over head curiously cut in 
Free stone.** Lansd, MS, 213, fol. 334 a. See also Trans, of the Bristol 
and Glouces, Arch, Soc, xxvii. 295-8. 

* The words in brackets appear in the margin in the original. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 1 3 

you. This is somwhatt straunge, butt itt may [be] alleadged 
thatt the continuance off the Narrow concavity conveyes the 
sound immediately to the other end withoutt permitting dis- 
pertion. 

A strange conclusion. 

But this is straunger. The passage afforesaid consists off 
7 squares, all roimding to a semicircle. The 4th or Middle- 
most is open as a large Church window. Yett, thatt if a third 
man should stand there in the Middway att the said window, 
hee shall Not hear whatt is said soe well as hee thatt stands 
att the Farther end. Itt requires farther triall^. 

A Faire quire and Cloister, or quadrangle. 

Aloft in the Church are many Faire spacious places, where 
questionlesse in old tyme were altars. The pillars off the 
Church are perfitt round and aboUtt 7 yards compasse; a 
compleatt quire and the Fairest cloyster that I have yett 
seene in England^. 

Here is a strong prison lying within the Ruines off an old 

^ The Whispering Gallery, a space of 75 feet by 3 feet, in width behind 
the East window, constructed of Norman masonry, was built c, 1350. 
The opening referred to by Mundy is a doorway leading into the Abbot's 
Chapel at the West end of the 15th century Lady Chapel. I am indebted 
for this note as well as several of the preceding notes on Bristol and 
Gloucester, together with others on the latter City, to the kindness of 
Canon Bazeley. 

Compare the description of the Whispering Gallery in Lansd, MS, 
213, fol. 334a: "But a thing most admirable is that strange and un- 
paralell'd whispering Place of 24 yards circular passage, above the high 
Altar, next to the Lady Chappell, the relation whereof I leave to such 
as have beene (like us) both Spectators and Auditors of that miraculous 
worke and artifidall devise." 

See also Childrey, Britannia Baconica, pp. 72-73; Macky, Journey 
through England, n. 122; Gloucester Guide (1792), p. 68; Fiennes, p. 198. 

* Canon Bazeley writes: **The original Norman Church contained 
fifteen apsidal chapels on three floors. Five remain intact in the crypt 
but only four m the choir ambulatory and four in the choir triforium, 
though we may consider the Abbot's Chapel a restoration of the fifth." 

The 14 piers of the nave, twelve of them Norman, measure 21 ft. 4 in. 
in circumference. By a "compleatt quire" Mundy seems to mean a 
choir with aisles continued round the altar. 

The Cloisters were built in 1381-1412. 



14 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Castle^, and in itt a paire off stockes thatt had about! 20 holes 
and would hold a good company^. 

St Nicholas high spire stands bentt^. 

Part off Seveme runs by the Citty, the other braunch 
J Mile Farther, Making an Hand off 3 or 4 Mile long*. 

Here I saw the proceeding off a whole assizes, the Mercifull 
Manner in Mittigation off our Most severe law by giving the 
booke, with the rest. There were 6 burned in the hand ; none 
executed^. There sate Judge Jones and Trevers*. 

A JOURNEY FROM GLOSTER INTO WALES. 

Rosse : Abergayny . 

Beeing Now att Gloster, and Wales soe Neare, I had a 
desire to see some of thatt Country allsoe, Soe tooke my 
journey thitherwards. First I came to Rosse, then to Aber- 
gayny, where one Rice Morgan or Rice a gant, a Welsh 
harper', with his excellent playing on thatt Instrumentt and 
my own plying® Welsh Ale, I was att length soe Charmed 
thatt allmost all my Mony (which was Not Much), with 
divers things were gon outt off my pockett. And riding From 
thence, aboutt a Mile From the towne. My horse threw mee 

* The present Gloucester Gaol stands on the site of the Castle, part 
of which was used for centuries as a prison. 

* Canon Bazeley is of opinion that no remains of the stocks exist, and 
I have been unable to trace them in any work on the subject. 

* The "bentt" spire stood until 1783, when it was considered unsafe 
and the upper part was removed. See Records of Gloucester Cathedral, 
III. 58-72. 

* Mundy is speaking of the City as it was before the cutting of the 
Berkeley Ship Canal. 

* Mundy is alluding to the privilege known as Benefit of Clergy, which 
permitted offenders who could read verse i of Psalm li (the " neck- verse ") 
to be branded in the hand instead of hanged. It was abolished by statutes 
of 1827 and 1 841. See Maitland, Collected Papers , ii, 464-5. 

* Sir Thomas Jones, d. 1692, knighted in 1671, Chief Justice of 
Common Pleas, 1683-1686. Sir Thomas Trevor, judge, 1 586-1656, 
knighted in 16 19, brother of Sir Sackvill Trevor. Both are noticed in the 
Diet. Nat, Biog. 

'' Mr J. G. Wood, to whom I am indebted for many of the following 
notes on S. Wales, suggests that Mundy heard Rice called "y cantor," 
the singer, and miswrote the term as ** a gant." 

* The meaning of this passage appears to be that what with "tipping" 
Rice and "standing drinks all round," all his money went. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 1 5 

• 

into a deepe dirty poole off water, over head and eares. Att 
length I gotte uppe againe, sore bruised against some stones 
thatt my side mett withall, and came to Langroyna^, a village 
where I was faine to pawne My sword For a little Mony to 
carry Mee backe to Gloster to Fetch More to redeeme my 
sword againe. Munmouth. 

I came to Munmouth where stands the Ruines off a Castle 
in which Henry the Fifft was borne^. Near this place is the 
worst hill to bee travelled over thatt yett I ever wentt^. From 
thence I came to the towne off Deane, From whence the 
Forest takes his Name*; this part off the Country wonderfuU 
Full off woodes ; and soe came to Gloster, wher supplying 
my selfFe with More coine, I returned the 2d tyme to per- 
secute [prosecute] my Welsh expedition and to redeeme My 
sword as afforesaid, which lay in pawne. 

Craig Vaor or St Michaells Mountt; a high hill 
and a very farre prospect. 

Comming Near to Abergavenny or Aberga)my, I ascended 
a very high hill by the towne called St Michaells Mountt, 
and in Welsh Craig Vaor [Craig Fawr, the Great Rock]^. In 

* Mr J. G. Wood tells me that this village is Langrwyne, 4 miles 
out, where the Brecon road crosses the river Grywne. Lan here is a 
syncopation of glatiy i,e, bank, and so has a single /. Many mistakes 
arise from assuming that an initial / in Welsh is in all cases double. 
Ogilby*s Travellers* Guide (1720), p. 143, calls the place Llangrenay. 

' Only a small fragment of the Great Hall of the castle of Monmouth, 
where Henry V was bom in 1388, now remains. 

* Mundy must have travelled up the old road from Weybridge over 
the Cymin to Stanton. The modem road goes round 3 miles to avoid 
this. Neither road crossed the 954 foot level of Stanton Hill. That is 
the level of the Buckstone, which is 220 feet above either road. Informa- 
tion from Mr J. G. Wood. 

* Mundy is alluding to Micheldean, but Mr J. G. Wood tells me that 
in his etymology he has reversed the order of things. Micheldean took 
its name from the Forest; which again took its name from the great 
basin-like hollow peculiar to that coal basin. 

* The Skirrid (Scyrrid) Fawr, 1498 ft. high, called the Holy Mount 
on account of a curious fissure supposed to be caused by the earthquake 
at the time of the Crucifixion. Near the top, in Mundy 's day, stood a 
small chapel dedicated to St Michael, which was the resort of Catholic 
pilgrims on Michaelmas Eve. 

Mr J. G. Wood's comment here is as follows: "The Skirrid Fawr 
certainly had acquired the names of St Michael's Mount and the Holy 



l6 A PETTY PROGRESSB [REL. XXXI 

m 

my opinion there is nott a Farther ken^ (in the kingdome off 
England) southards. On the very toppe stands a beacon and 
a Ruined Chappell, Before which I found a woman att her 
devotion on her knees (reliques off the old [Roman Catholic] 
Religion). Shee understood Nott a word off English, soe 
descended and came to the towne, which is accompted the 
Neatest in all the Principality off Wales. 

From thence I wentt and released my sword, past Forward, 
and not able to Fetch Brecknocke thatt Night, lay shortt att 
a village called Skitchroke^. And then I made accomptt I 
came into Wales indeed, For Few off the common or poorer 
sort understand any English att all; the Coimtry very Moun- 
taynous, allthough little wast land (excepting the very toppes 
off the said hills) ; the rest fulle off woodes, Rivers, pasture 
and tillage. Here my Inne was None of the Richest, Nor my 
hostesse None off the yonguest, being io8 yeares off age, 
Starke [utterly] blinde, halffe deaffe, with Never a word off 
English, the govemement off the house in the ordring off 
a yong kinsman off hers. With my white bread I had oaten 
csikes which I did rather eat For a raritie, and savoured very 
well. Our drincking in little hooped cuppes like tubbes, as 
it is all hereaboutts^ ; My bed off good Fresh straw, on which 
I slept as well as on Feathers. 

Mount, by the middle of the 17th century. See the evidence of John 
Arnold and John Scudamore before the Anti-Popery Committees of the 
House of Commons (1678) as to religious observances on the hill. 

"But I doubt if it had that name much earlier. Before that time 
the name of the parish was, and still is, Llanfihangel Crucomey; so St 
Michael had the dedication of the parish church. This was probably 
transferred to the chapel on the hill in the 'troublous times.* The 
Beacon on the top, mentioned by Mundy, is the hillock or tumulus (crug) 
which gives the first element in Crug-comeu. Comeu (plural of <;om) 
means the horns or peaks separated by the great fissure (ysgaruieth)^ 
which gives the corrupted form Skirrid. See my paper on * Crucomey 
and the Skirrids' in Woolhope Transactions ^ 1905, p. 192." 

* " Ken " is here used in its now rare sense of " range of sight or vision.** 
Here Mr J. G. Wood remarks : " Mundy did not go to Mynydd Caerau 
(the highest hill in Glamorgan) or he would have had a still * farther ken 
southards.* I have thence seen over Exmoor.** 

* Scethrog, about five miles South of Brecknock. 

' Mundy *s "hooped cuppes** were apparently like the firkin (pro- 
nounced virkin) of Devon and Sonierset, in common use among agri- 
cultural labourers up to the end of the 19th century. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 1 7 

Brecknocke. 

Next Morning I came to Brecknocke, where I heard service 
in Welsh, having the bible and booke of common prayer 
printed in the said language, though the lettres bee such as 
wee use. On Sondaies their service is halfFe English, halfFe 
Welsh; The Epistle in English, the gospell in Welsh; the 
First lesson in English and the 2d in Welsh. Their sermons 
and psalmes are preached and sung sometymes in English, 
sometymes in Welsh. 

Within 2 or 3 Miles off this place are many high hills, 
among which Manucdenny, spoken off in the Chronicles to 
have thatt straunge quallity thatt if any thing (excepting 
Metall or stones), as staves, hatts, cloakes, etts., bee throwne 
From the toppe off itt, they will nott Fall, butt will bee re- 
turned backe againe. I enquired therof here, butt could hear 
little off itt; only the Minister thatt said the Welsh service 
who spake good English, said thatt if the wind blow hard 
when any thing is thrown downe, it will bee carried one way 
or other: a likely matter^. 

^ Pen y Fan, the highest point of the Brecknockshire Beacons, or Vans 
(formerly called Cader Arthur), 2910 ft. high. This hill was well known 
to early travellers. 

The references here are difficult and Mr Wood has sent me a long and 
valuable note thereon. Rewrites: "Mundyhere refers to the Chronicles 
as authority for the phenomenon he describes ; but in fact he uses the 
very words of Speed {Great Britainef Bk. 11. p. 109) so closely that it 
seems certain that he had that book before him when he wrote. I copy 
the passage fully from the first edition (161 1) as follows: 

'** Mountains... of this shire, whereof one in the south and 3 miles 
from Breknock is of such a hight and operation as is uncredible ; and 
were it not that I have witnes to affirme what I shall speake I should 
blush to let the report thereof passe from my penne. 

" * In my perambulations in these parts, remaining in Breknock to 
observe the site of that towne, the Aldermen or chiefe seniors thereof 
regarding my paines with friendly and courteous entertainments; at 
my departure no less than eight of them that had been Bailiffes of 
the town came to visite me, where they reported upon their credit 
and trials that from the toppe of that hill in the Welch called Mounch 
Denny or Cadier Arthur they had oftentimes cast from them and 
downe the north east rocke their cloakes hattes and staves, which not- 
withstanding would never fall, but were with the air and winde still 
returned backe and blowne up ; neither, said they, will anything descend 
from that cliffe being so cast, unless it be stone or some metalline 
substance; affirming the cause to bee the clouds which are sene to 
racke mudh lower than the top of that hill.' 



PM 



1 8 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

" It will be observed that there is no suggestion in Speed, of any 
magnetic influence. ChUdreyf Britannia Bacomca,p, 136, repeats Speed's 
remarks. See also Malkin, Scenery,,. of S, Wales, p. 196. 

"The above passage, omitting entirely the mention of the visit of the 
Bailiffs, is, with a few slight variations in the order of some words and 
in spelling, copied verbatim in the Cambrian Travellers Guide (18 13), 
col. 188; and is there attributed to Holinshed {ob. circa 1580). This is 
entirely incorrect. I have examined in the Lincoln's Inn Library with 
the assistance of the Librarian all the three editions (two in the i6th 
century, black letter, and the last of 1808) and particularly his chapter 
on the ' Marvels of Britain ' ; and we are satisfied that no such passage, 
nor any mention of the phenomenon, is to be found in Holinshed ; and 
it would be inconsistent with Speed's statement that he had the account 
at first hand from the Bailiffs. 

''As to the name Mounch Denny, I found that Speed in his map of 
16 10 wrote the name in two places on the same hill; but first as Mounch 
Denye, secondly as Monuch Denny. The Cambrian Travellers Guide, 
in the passage wrongly attributed to Holinshed, printed it as Monuch 
Denny; and (in col. 309 of the Guide) speaks of *a view terminating by 
the peaks of Monuchdeny called the Breconshire Beacons,' and (col. 897) 
of * the vale below Mount Denny at a spot called Ban-uwch Denni or 
Cadar Arthur,* and of (col. 895) 'the two peaks of Mount Denny or 
Cader Arthur one of the Brecon Beacons.* 

" Giraldus does not mention either the name or any variant, or the 
story. H. P. Wyndham (1777), Tour through Monmouthshire and Wales, 
p. 194, says the highest point of the Beacons is called Monuchdenny; 
but as far as I know the name has quite gone out of use. 

" I may say that a few years ago I spent a week at Brecon on a com- 
mission to take and report on evidence as to commonable rights on the 
Brecon hills ; and particularly on Torglas Common, immediately on the 
south of and extending to the highest peak, now known as Y Fan Com 
ddu, and during that week had before me many shepherds and other 
Welshmen who worked on the hills, and I never heard of, or saw on 
any plan or other paper, any name like Monuchdenny. 

" I think the correct form is the second on Speed's map, though not in 
the text; that is Monuch Denny. All others are un- Welsh, I divide it 
as Mon-uch-denny. The only question is as to the third element; but 
I think it can be explained by analogy. 

" The parish in Monmouthshire now known as Landenny (but wrongly 
spelt Llandenny) was formerly Mathenni; and took its name from the 
stream Dywenydd (see Liber Landavensis^ pp. 208 and 376, Evans' edition). 
The names mean the Bank (glan) or area (Ma) of the Dywenydd or Denny. 

" Inmiediately under the precipice of Y Fan Com ddu is a small pool 
from which a stream runs into the Tarell and thence into the Usk. This, 
unlike all other streams on the hills, has no name on the maps. 

" If this stream was the Dywenydd, the name Monuch-Denny, i,e, the 
point above the Denny, would derive, according to rule of Welsh ortho- 
graphy, from Dywenydd. There is also a Denny Island in the Severn. 

"Speed's form *Cadier Arthur,' followed by the Cambrian Guide, is 
quite incorrect. The correct one is 'Cadair,' as in Giraldus. A per- 
missible variant is * Cader,* though the meaning is slightly different. 
As to the meaning of * Arthur ' in that connection, see my paper on the 
Arthur Stone read in 1920 before the 'Woolhope Club.*" 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 1 9 

Here itt seemes hath bin a very Faire large Castle, as 
apeare by the Ruines ; part yett standing^. 

From Brecknocke or Breheenocke^ I tooke my Journy to- 
wards Herefford. Aboutt 2 Miles in my way is a Faire lake®, 
off which as yett I have seene None in any part of England 
where I have bin. I passed through a towne called Haies, with 

a Ruined castle*. tt rr j 

Hereiiord. 

I came to the Citty off Herefford. Itts is [sic] Neither soe 
greatt, handsome. Nor cleanly as either BristoU or Glocester. 
There is a greatt Cathedrall Church and good voices, espe- 
cially the boies (when they sang alltogether with the rest off 
the quire), very loud and steddy, butt single starcke Naught 
broken [and] Faintly weake, itt may bee daunted by the 
presence of the Judges Jones and Trevers, shreive, etts. 
Audience^, the assizes off that shire Now kept here. In the 
Church are Many monumentts off bishoppes off old tyme. 

The Wonder. 

from Herefford I returned towards Glocester, butt having 
read off a peece of land thatt walked Forward For 3 daies 

* The Castle Hotel occupies part of the site of the ancient Castle, built 
c. 1092, of which only the ruins of two square towers and the mound on 
which stood the keep (or Ely Tower) remain. The greater part of the 
Castle is generally supposed to have been pulled down after the outbreak 
of the Civil War in 1642, but much remained in and after Mundy's time. 
See the plans and drawings in Theophilus Jones' Hist, of Brecknock^ 
c. 1805, re-edited by Lord Glanusk, 1908, seq, 

^ Brycheiniog, of which Brecknock is the anglicised form. 

' Llyn Safaddan or Brecknock Mere, now generally known as Langorse 
Lake, which Mr Wood informs me is the site of a prehistoric lake dwelling. 
See WooUwpe Transactions , 1870, p. loi ; Archaeolog. Cambr. 1870 stnd 1872, 
and Munro's Lake Dtoellings, pp. 464 and 490. 

* Mr Wood writes here : " The pre-Norman Castle at the Hay, 21 miles 
from Hereford, was near the site of the present Church. The Norman 
Castle built by or under the direction of William FitzOsbem, Earl of 
Hereford (1066-1070), was one of the chain of border castles (all on the 
"Welsh side of the Wye) from Chepstow to Wigmore so built or renewed. 
Hay Castle was destroyed by Henry H and was rebuilt by Henry HL 
(See note in Hoare's Giraldus.) It was damaged in the Welsh wars of 
Edward HL" 

* Mundy seems to mean that when singing together the volume of 
sound by tlie choir was loud and sustained, but that the solos were weak 
and utterly worthless (stark-naught), the lads being intimidated by the 
presence of the judges and sheriffs. 

2-2 



20 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

together, I had a Mind to see itt, and enquiring, I was told 
thatt Nott much outt off my way there was such a place, 
called by the Country people The Wonder, within J a Mile 
off Kenneston [Kynaston Green]. I came and saw itt. And 
it seemes to mee thatt thatt parcell off ground, beeing a 
boutt a Flight shotte in length, was once levell with the other 
Feilds or Face off the ground, and thatt beeing hollow under- 
neath, in t3mie suncke in and Fell down in the Manner as 
now itt lies. Thus a Man would have judged [it] to have 
come by the outward appearance, and perhaps No otherwise. 
Falling by degrees. Not all at once^. 

In my Journey From Gloster into Wales I went through 
part offe these shires Following, viz. 

Glocester / Brecknocke 

Radnor 



Outtwards \ , - Homewards 

Munmouth 



Herefford and 
^Glocester 



. Brecknocke 

Tewkesbury. 

The first off August 1639. I sett outt From Glocester to- 
wards Worcester. Thatt Night I lay att Tewkesbury. The 
Mustard off this place (For want off other Matter) is much 
spoken off. Made upp in balles as bigge as henns egges^, att 

^ Mundy is alluding to the famous landslip which occurred in 1575 
on the Eastern slope of Marde Hill, near Kynaston Green, 8 miles North 
of Ross. Kynaston itself is 4 miles West of Ross. The phenomenon 
caused widespread terror and was known as The Wonder. It is noticed 
by Camden, Fuller, Drayton and other writers of the day. For their 
exaggerated descriptions, and a full account of the occurrence, see H. W. 
Cooke, History and Antiquities of the County of Hereford^ in. 33-35. 
Mr J. G. Wood remarks here : ** Mundy *s explanation is not correct. For 
an exact account of what really happened and the geological cause of it, 
see Murchison's Silurian System, 434, where he gives quotations from 
the authors above named and a much more marvellous account from 
Baker's Chronicle" 

* Tewkesbury mustard was famous in Shakespeare's day and main- 
tained its popularity until the i8th century when it was superseded by 
the so-called Durham mustard, said to have been introduced by a Mrs 
Clements of that City. In spite of such celebrity, no record has been 
discovered of any of its manufacturers nor of the site of their works, nor 
have I been able to ascertain the exact date of the discontinuance of the 
manufacture. In these circumstances, although entailing a long note, it 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 21 

seems advisable to print some of the information that I have succeeded 
in collecting on the subject. 

To make the Tewkesbury mustard balls, the seed of the Brassica Nigra 
was pounded in a mortar, sifted, moistened with an infusion of horse- 
radish, and again pounded. The resultant mixture was so pungent that 
it gave rise to the proverb noted below. 

The following are the most important references to the condiment, 
given in their chronological order: 

1 597 — His wit is as thick as Tewkesbury mustard. Shakespeare, Henry IV, 
Pt. 2, II. 4. 

1605 — ^Tewkesbury... famous for... excellent mustard. Fynes Moryson, 
Itinerary f iv. 148. 

1634 — We did not will to goe out of our way to be bit by the Nose at 
Tewkesberry. Lansd, MS. 213, fol. 334. a, 

1660 — ^Tewkesbury hath a name for excellent mustard. Childrey, 
Britannia Baconica, p. 72. 

1662 — Gloucestershire,... Mustard.... The best in England (to take no 
larger compasse) is made at Tewkesberry.... Pro verbs: "He looks 
as if he had liv*d on Tewkesbury Mustard.*' It is spoken partly 
of such who always have a sad, severe and tetrick [gloomy] coun- 
tenance... partly of such as are snappish, captious and prone to 
take exceptions, where they are not given, such as will crispare 
nasum, in derision of what they slight or neglect. Fuller, Worthies 
of England (1662), ed. 1811, i. 374, 377. 

1670 — -Proverb as above. Ray, Collection of... Proverbs, The proverb is 
found as late as 1855 in Bohn's republication of Ray*s collection. 

1679 — ^The Deponent. . .met with Blundell and... asked him what he had, 
and he replied Tewkesbury Mustard balls, a notable biting Sawce, 
and would furnish Westminster when he had enough of them. 
Deponent saith that by Tewkesbury Mustard-balls we are to 
understand Fire-balls. Titus Oates, Narrative of the Horrid Plot 
and Conspiracy, &c., p. 48. 

1699 — ^Tewkesbury... is famous for its Mustard-Balls. Ogilby, Travellers* 
Gtdde, p. III. 

17 12 — Similar remark. Topog, Desc^ of Glocester shire, p. 12. 

1720 — ^Tewkesbury... the Town is famous for its excellent Chephalick 
[cephalic] Mustard Balls, which occasioned the Proverb for a 
Sharp fellow : " He looks as if he lived on Tewkesbury Mustard." 
Owen, Britannia Depicta, p. 153. 

1774 — ^Tewkesbury.... It has been long noted for mustard-balls made 
here, and sent into other parts. Postlethwayt, Diet, of Trade and 
Commerce, i. s.v. Glocestershire. 

1779 — ^Tewkesbury.... The making of mustard-balls, as taken notice of 
in every book that treats of this place, has been so long discontinued 
as not to be within the remembrance of any person living. Rudder, 
Hist, of Gloucestershire, p. 738. 

1787 — ^Tewkesbury... famous for its mustard which is extremely hot and 
pungent, and therefore, by this property, supposed to com- 
municate its qualities to persons fed with it. [Proverb, as above, 
quoted.] Grose, Provincial Glossary, s.v, Gloucestershire. See 
also 2nd ed. 1790. 

1790 — ^Tewkesbury was... remarkable for its mustard balls, which... occa- 
sioned this proverb &c. Dyde, Hist, of Tewkesbury, p. 63. 



22 A PETTY PROGRESSE [rEL. XXXI 

3d and 4d each, allthough a Farthing worth off the ordinary 
sort^ will give better content in my opinion, this beeing in 
sight and tast Much like the old dried thicke scurffe thatt 
sticks by the sides off a Mustard pott, but you May see 
whatt opinion [favourable estimate] will doe. Att this place 
is a double sluce^ (such as are betweene Venice and Padoa)* 
To Convey vessells outt off Seveme upp into Avon. 

Worcester. 

The zd ditto [At^ust 1639]. I came to the Citty off Wor- 
cester. Itt is about the bignesse off Glocester : Faire and well 
paved streetes*, high into the Middle with kennells^ on both 
sides: Many Cloathiers: A Faire Cathedrall Church, espe- 
cially From the Chauncell or quire inwards, where I was told 
are 1230 grey Marble pillars, beesides other; it is likely*. 

1830 — Bennett, in his History of Tewkesbury ^ says (p. 200 and note) that 

in his day the Tewkesbury mustard manufacture might have been 

easily revived since abundance of mustard, like that cultivated in 

Durham, was then growing wild. 
1 841 — ^Tewkesbury has been long noted for its mustard, but it is at 

present chiefly distinguished for its manufacture of stockings. 

Pop, Encyc.y s.v. Tewkesbury. 
1845 — ^Tewkesbury. This town was once noted for. its mustard. Encyc, 

Metropolitana. 

See also Gloucestershire Notes and Queries y i. 45 ; The Tewkesbury 

Yearly Register and Magazine ^ 1849, p. 447. 
^ By the "ordinary sort" Mundy probably meant used in the "or- 
dinary" way at that period, that is, consumed whole not crushed and 
made into balls. 

* The great lock and weir on the Severn below its junction with the 
Avon. 

* See vol. I. p. 98. 

* Rogers, Travels, p. no, and Macky, Jowmey through England, ii. 124, 
both conunend the well-paved streets of Worcester. The city was first 
paved by Bishop Giffard as early as 1281. See Noake*s Worcester in the 
Olden Times t p. 97 footnote. 

* Cannels, channels = gutters, surface drains. Shakespeare* s Europe 
(Moryson), p. 385, remarks that in the Netherlands, the "kennells" of 
the streets were not in the "midst as with us," but on "each syde." 
See also Noake, op. cit,, p. 95. 

* Mr C. B. Shuttleworth tells me that he counted (on 17th January 
1924) the marble pillars or shafts in the Choir, Eastern Transept and 
Lady Chapel of the Cathedral, but they only reached to 645. To this 
note Canon J. M. Wilson adds: "If the taller pillars (made of two or 
more shafts connected by marble collars or brass rings) are counted as 
two, and the East end shafts are included, I think the number given by 
Mundy is probably right, or nearly so." 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 23 

The fairest paire off Organs (allthough Nott the biggest) 
thatt I have yett seene^. Beeffore the Altar lyeth the Monu- 
ment off King John, And Prince Arthur, King Henry the 
7th eldest Sonne, lyeth in a pretty Chappell, allthough a 
plaine tombe^. 

By the Church stands a large high 8 square (as I take itt) 
tower, Now off No use, only For a Citty Monument^. Here 
is a waterhouse such as is att London, which serveth the 
Citty, Most houses having pipes; others have itt brought 
them in leather baggs on Horses*. 

^ Mundy seems to be alluding to the double organs made by Thomas 
Dallem in 161 3. They were damaged in 1634 and taken down in 1646. 
See Noake, Worcester Cathedral^ pp. 477, 479 ; Green, Hist, of Worcester^ 
I. 113, 114. 

' Of the monument to King John in the choir, the earliest sepulchral 
effigy of an English king in England, the writer of Lansd. MS. 213 re- 
marks (fol. 333): "In the middle of the Quire in blacke Marble the 
Monument of that great withstander of the Pope, king John (whoe lost 
his Life by the divelish practise of a Monke) with his Pourtraiture thereon, 
in his Princely Roabes." And of Prince Arthur's monument he writes 
{loc. cit.) : " In a Chappell is the Monument of that noble Prince Arthur 
eldest Sonne to king Henry the 7th, of blacke Marble and Jet. Hee dyed 
at Ludlow Castle, Anno 1502." See also Speed, Great Britainey p. 51. 

■ Edgar's Tower, fopnerly known as St Mary's Gate, an anciently 
fortified gatehouse, said to have been erected by Ethelred II, son of King 
Edgar. " [Worcester] strongly wall'd with 6 Gates, and many Towers, 
on one of which is plac'd the Statue of king Edgar, that great Monastery 
Founder, and Builder** {Lansd, MS, fol. 333). See also Philosoph. Trans,, 
No. 439, p. 136. 

Mr C. B. Shuttleworth writes: "The original gateway was doubtless 
destroyed by Urso d'Abitot, who probably built one in stone in Norman 
style. Of Urso's Gateway, I think, a small fragment still remains in the 
lower portion of the part between the two interior rounded gateways. 
This fragment is constructed of the friable green sandstone so much used 
in Norman times. Urso's Gatehouse was pulled down and the present 
Gothic one was erected on the site. This is witnessed by the fact (not 
hitherto noticed or mentioned) that when the present Tower was built 
in red sandstone, sheets of lead were placed on the top of the old green 
sandstone, instead of mortar, as may be seen and tested at the present 
moment. This was done probably to aid m preserving this lower portion 
from further decay. The present Tower cannot be earlier than c, 1310.** 

* The monastery at Worcester was supplied with spring water from 
Henwick Hill by means of leaden pipes. The pipes were torn up and 
used for bullets during the Civil Wars. See Noake, Worcester Cathedral, 
pp. Ill, 113, 321, 324. 

By the "waterhouse such as is att London*' Mundy is probably re- 
ferring to the reservoir at Islington called the New River Head, con- 
structed by Sir Hugh Myddelton in 1609-1613. Thames water had 
previously been " conveyed into men*s houses by pipes of lead " by means 



24 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

In conclusion, itt is a very delightsome Citty, the River 
Seveme Running by itt, on whose bankes, as I came, were 
Many Anglers, generally very Nett and curious [smart and 
elegant] in their tackling, as their angling roodes of cane 
with Fine toppes, etts. 

Malveme hilles. 

The 2d off August [1639]. I returned towards Glocester by 
Malveme hills. I ascended uppe by the way thatt leades to 
Lidbury: a greatt prospecte round aboutt, allthough itt bee 
not the highest part off all off those hills. 

Since my First comming to Glocester untill Now, in my 
riding from thear to Wales etts [and other] places, I went 
through divers parts off the Forest [of Dean], where are 
greatt store off good Fruit trees on the hedges in and by the 
high waies, as apples, peares, plummes, etts., allsoe greatt 
woodes off old oake trees, etts. 

The Tide head in the River off Severne aboutt Glocester. 

Moreover, here in the River off Severne att the New and 
Full off the Moone, there is thatt which is called the tide 
head, which is a sodaine swifftt and violentt rushing Forward 
off the Flood, in Manner off a billow turning the Currantt 
which First ran downe instantly backe againe upward, 
running with thatt rising and swifftly rowling Forward (like 
a sea over a Flatte or shoald) Many miles uppe in the Country 
about Glocester. Itt happens only att the First of the Flood 
and is presently [quickly] overpast, occasioned, it seemes, 
through the striving beetweene the tide off Floud From the 
Sea and the currant From the River, the water rising in this 
contention att their Meeting place, till att length the Sea 

of " artificial forciers " erected in 1582 and 1594. See Stow, ed. Wheatley, 
p. 18. 

As to the ** waterhouse " at Worcester, Mr C. B. Shuttleworth refers 
me to Green, Hist, of Worcester ^ 11. 17, who says: "The city waterworks, 
formerly situated near the East end of the new bridge [i.e, the present one] 
and the conflux of the divided stream of the river by an islet (now cleared 
away) which extended itself from the old bridge to that place (the left 
current on which they stood bearing the name of the Little Severn), 
are removed, and reconstructed at the upper end of PitchcrofF, about a 
mile North of the city." 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 25 

overmaistring the River maketh his passage perforce, driveth 
it backe againe beffore him. Itt is said there is such a one 
att Bridgewater, though nott soe greatt, having Not hitherto 
scene any other in England; butt att Roane in Normandy 
there is one Farre greater, which is called the Boare, and I 
heard say att my beeing att Suratt, there is one in the River 
off Cambayett in East India^. 

Cotswold Downes. 

The "jth of August [1639]. I departed from Glocester, and 
aboutt 20 Mile in our way came to Burfford. Beetweene 
these 2 places wee passed over some off Cottswold downes, 
off which the wooUe is Much Nominated [celebrated] and 
prized in our kingdome^, the land resembling some part off 
Salisbury plaine. 

The River Isis: Oxfford. 

From Burfford wee came to Ensame Ferry ^, 9 Miles, where 
wee crossed over the River Isis, which nott Farre From hence 
joyneth with the River Tame, making both together the 
River Tamisis or Thames. From thence to Oxfford 3 miles ; 
in all From Glocester to Oxfford 32 Miles*. 

Collidges, Studentts: University Schoole Library 

and Anatomy Schoole. 

Things among the rest Notable here Are the Many Mag- 
nifficente structures off their stately, spacious and comodious 
built CoUedges, The Worcks off Kings, Queenes and other 

^ Mundy does not appear to have known that **bore*' was a general 
term for tidal waves like that occurring in the Severn, and was not con- 
fined to Rouen. The bore on the Parret at Bridgwater only rises 9 ft. 
while that on the Severn rises 18 ft. For Mundy 's remarks on the bore 
in the Seine at Rouen, see vol. i. pp. xviii-xix. The spring tides at Cambay 
rise upwards of 30 ft. 

' "The famous Hills of Cotswold, upon which great flockes of sheepe 
doe feede, yielding most white wooU, much esteemed of all Nations" 
(Moryson, Itinerary ^ ed. MacLehose, iv. 148). 

* Ensame Ferry, i.e. a ferry on the Isis near Eynsham. Mundy is 
wrong about the Thame which does not join the Thames before it reaches 
Dorchester (Oxon) about 25 miles further down the river, but he seems 
to have known that the Isis is the designation of the Thames above Oxford. 

^ The distance is at least 40 miles according to present-day reckoning. 
For a note on mileage see the end of this Relation. 



26 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Famous persons: Allsoe the greatt Number off pretty, civill, 
well Featured, Nurtured youth, their long gownes and Fine 
Foure cornered cappes beecomming them better in my 
opinion then any other habitt they can putt on. Among the 
buildings, the University Schoole, and in it the library, de- 
serve admiration^, with the Anatomy Schoole, w(li]ere, 
among the rest were the skeletons or anatomy off a Man and 
a woman (No difference off sex to bee discerned by their 
bones)^, with some rarities, as a seahorse scuUe, dodoes, 
straunge Fowles, Fishes, shells, etts'; each Collidge having 
their greatt hall, Chappell and library. 

Magdalin Collidge: the Chappell. 

Among the Chappells, thatt off Magdalin Collidge, where 
att the upper end off the quire is the birth, passion, resur- 
rection and ascention off our Saviour very largely and ex- 
quisitely sett Forth in couUours*. This is not usuall with us, 
yett in my Minde comely and comendable; allsoe the win- 
dowes in scripture stories don artificially in lively couUours, 
onely att the upper end, in white and blacke, very largely 
representing the last Judgementt^. In the said Chappell is 

^ By the "University Schoole" and Library Mundy means the 
Divinity School completed in the 15th century by Humphrey, Duke of 
Gloucester, who also erected the Library over it. This was subsequently 
repaired and furnished by Sir Thomas Bodley (who died in 16 12) and 
is now known as the Bodleian (or Bodley's) Library. 

^ Compare the Travels of Cosmo III (1669), p. 262: "Oxford... the 
Anatomical Theatre. . .except the skin of a man stuffed with tow, a woman's 
foot, from the end of one of whose toes was a horn growing out, and 
sundry animals and skeletons hung up against the wall, there was little 
to be seen that was curious." 

■ Very few of the " rarities '* that Mundy saw have survived, but a few 
are to be found in the Natural History Museum, Oxford, among them, 
as Prof. E. S. Goodrich informs me, the head and right foot of a dodo. 

* The rich decoration at the East end of Magdalen College Chapel, 
which aroused Mundy 's admiration, was probably sculpture, perhaps in 
imitation of the reredos of All Souls* which was originally coloured. It 
was most likely removed and destroyed by Cromwell's troopers in 1649. 
The altar-piece by Isaac Fuller (i 606-1 672) was painted after the Re- 
storation. See H. A. Vfilsoviy Magdalen College ^ pp. 147, 189-190, 228-9; 
Magdalen College Register ^ 11. xcvi ; Notes and Queries ^ vol. cxlvi. (March 
1924), pp. 215-216. 

* These windows were taken down and concealed at the time of the 
Great Rebellion but were discovered and demolished by Cromwell's 
troopers. See Wood, Colleges and Halls of Oxford^ ed. Gutch, p. 351. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 27 

a pretty Marble Monumentt, allthough plaine, yett off a 
greatt expression, off 2 brethren Named Thomas and John 
Littleton, off good parentage, who going to recreate them- 
selves on the Thames, one off them Fell in. The other going 
to helpe his Brother, they were sodainely and imhappily 
drowned both together^. 

St Johns Chappell. 

St Johns CoUidge Chappell, yett a building, allready guilt, 
partly paved with checkred worcke off blacke and white 
Marble, as Most off the rest ai:e, and to bee painted in 
imitation off Magdalin chappell^. 

Christ Church. 

Christs church, a Cathedralle, allsoe very excellenttly sett 
Forth, with Faire windowes off scripture stories in lively 
couUoured painted glasse, sett uppe butt last yeare, 1638'. 
The said Church was built by Cardinall WoUsey (as I was 
told) outt off the Ruines off Osney Abbey*. Hee died beeffore 
it was Finished, intending a Mighty peece off Worcke as it 
seemes by Foundationes and many unperfEtt parts therof 

* The monument on the East wall in the North part of the Ante- 
Chapel, consisting of the effigies of two young men in winding sheets 
holding an inscription written by their father, is fully described by Wood 
(op, cit., p.. 338). They were John and Thomas Lyttelton, sons of Sir 
Thomas Lyttelton (i 596-1650), the elder of whom lost his life in 1635 
in attempting to save his drowning brother. The act is commemorated 
by Abraham Cowley in his Elegy on the death of John Lyttelton Esq. 

• Mr W. H. Stevenson, Librarian of St John's College, informs me 
that Dr William Heywood, Fellow, gave £100 to the College in 1663 
and that the money was applied " to complete the paving, apparently of 
the ante-chapel." The pavement that Mundy saw was probably in 
another part of the building. The black and white marble flooring sur- 
vived till 1843.' See Wood, op. cit., p. 555. 

• The windows in Christchurch Cathedral, which replaced those left 
by Wolscy, were painted by Abraham van Ling, c. 1634. In 1648 they 
were broken and taken down ''as anti-christian, diabolical and popish'* 
(Wood, op. cit.y p. 463). 

* Mundy was misinformed. The Bishop's See was translated from 
Osney, where Henry VIII had first fixed it in 1542, to St Frideswide's 
in 1545, and the foundation, later known as Christchurch, established. 
It was part of the Priory Church of St Frideswide which was demolished 
by Wolscy to make way for his College and Chapel in 1525, and the 
materials were probably used for the new building. See Wood, op. dt.y 
pp. 420-1, 431. 



28 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

withoutt. Some off the Ruines off Osney yett stand, as the 
square high tower, etts. It seemes to have bin a very greatt 
place^. The Citty hath one extraordinary long Faire streete 
[the High] From the Conduit^ going downe to Magdaline 
Collidge: a greatt Many bookseellers and two printers bee- 
longuing to the University*. 

Woodstocke : Rosamimd's Well. 

I wentt one day to Woodstocke, and there I saw the ELings 
Mannour house, pleasauntly seated on a little hill standing 
alone in the midest off a pretty vally, Allso Rosumimds well 
by the towne ; butt I know nott where there were any such 
labourinth as is spoken off in the song*. 

^ Osney Priory founded by Robert d'Oili (nephew of the Norman 
Sheriff of Oxford), in 1129. See Leland's description of the place (ed. 
Toubnin Smith), i. 123-5. 

* Carfax conduit, erected in 16 10 by Otho Nicholson. See Wood, 
Survey of Oxfordy ed. Clark, i. 441-2. 

■ The Controller of the University Press, Oxford, informs me that, 
according to Falconer Madan's Chart of Oxford Printing, " 1468"-! 900, 
the University Printers at the time of Mundy's visit were Thomas 
Robinson and Matthew Hunt. The Rev. H. Slater, Chaplain of Magdalen 
College, however, states that the two printers at work in 1639 were 
William Turner 1625-1640 and Leonard Litchfield 1635-1657. He adds 
that ** by the Charter of Charles I the University was allowed to have as 
many as three printers, but usually there were only two.** 

* The writer of Lansd. MS. 213 describes (fol. 342a) "Woodstocke... 
that famous Court and Princely Castle and Pallace.'* 

Of the Labyrinth he remarks (fol. 343a): "Rosamonds bower. The 
Labirinth where that fayre Lady and great Monarch-Concubine was 
surpris'd by a clew of Silke...! found nothing in this Bower but ruines, 
but many strong and strange winding walls and turnings and a dainty 
cleare square pav*d well, knee deep, wherein this beautifuU Creature 
sometimes did wash and bath her selfe.** 

Moryson also remarks (iv. 149): "A labyrinth unpassable by any 
without a threed to guide them, but no ruines thereof now remaine.*' 

The "song** to which Mundy refers is the ballad of Fair Rosamond, 
first published by Thomas Deloney, c, 1607, in his collection entitled 
Strange Histories, &c. It is included in Percy*s Reliques. The verses which 
Mundy had in mind — ^there are 48 — are as follows : 

" The King therefore, for her defence 
Against the furious queene. 
At Woodstocke builded such a bower. 
The like was never scene. 

Most curiously that bower was built 

Of stone and timber strong, 
An hundered and fifty doors 

Did to this bower belong. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 29 

Hincksey and Medley, places by Oxfford. 
I allsoe was att Hincksey and Medley, places a little with- 
outt the Citty, where the Inhabitantts resort in summer t5rme 
to walke and recreate themselves, the Thames Making Many 
divisions and windings in thatt vally round aboutt the Citty 
in a Manner^. 

Abbington etts [and other] townes on London 

way from Oxfford. 

The i6th of August [1639]. I came to London by Journeies, 
passing through severall townes, viz.y Abbington, where is 
a pretty crosse^, Henly uppon Thames, Maydenhead, Cole- 
brooke [Colnbrook], Braynefford [Brentford], etts. 

Theobalds. 

The 10th September [1639]. I tooke my Journey to see 
Sturbridge Faire, soe much Nominated [celebrated], and 
accompted the biggest held in England. I First came to 
Theobalds ; there they showed mee the Chamber where King 
James died^, a long gallery garnished with stagges. Harts 
homes, etts., King Charles his bedstead, boarded as itt is in 
Spayne; hee is said to sleepe allsoe on quilted bedds in the 
Summer t3mie as they doe there*. Here is a Faire gardeine 
with spatious walkes^. 

And they so cunningly contrived 

With turnings round about, 
That none but with a clue of thread 

Could enter in or out." 

^ Medley, 2 miles N.W. of Oxford, anciently a seat of the Priors 
of Osney. North and South Hinksey are villages in the same neigh- 
bourhood. 

' Abingdon's fine cross was destroyed in 1644. See Wood, Survey of 
Ooefordy i. 450 it. 

' Theobalds Mansion, built by Lord Burghley c. 1564, was given over 
to James I (who converted it into a Royal Palace) by Robert Cecil, ist 
Earl of Salisbury, in 1607, in exchange for Hatfield House. The Palace 
was dismantled and most of it pulled down in 1651. See Inventory of the 
Hist, Monuments of Hertfordshire, p. 78. 

* By a "boarded" bedstead Mundy seems to mean a wooden bedstead 
set in an alcove, and by '* quilted beds" open divans, used in the hot 
weather for coolness, or perhaps only padded quilts. 

' "The stately house Thibaulds, for building. Gardens and Walks" 
(Moryson, iv. 149). See also Sir Roger Wilbraham's description {Journal, 
pp. zz-22) u^ 1598/9 before its transfer to the Crown. 



30 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

HattfFeilde : EnfFeild chace. 

From thence I went towards HattflFeilde, over partt off 
EnfFeild Chace, passing by a house off my lord off Bedffords^. 
I saw only the outtside off Hattffeild house, My lord off 
Salisbury unto whom itt apertaines beeing then within it^. 
It is a Neatt [well-kept] place to see to, as are the gardeins, 
and allthougli somwhatt plaine, yett wondrous polite [trim, 
orderly]. 

Saint Albones. 

From thence I went to St Albones, 7 miles outt off my way 
to Sturbridge, yett my businesse considered, I cannott bee 
said to goe outt off my way. Here is a very greatt Church 
and off a wonderffuU length, and Paules excepted, the Ion- 
guest that I have yett scene. In old tyme it was a Famous 
Abby, the outer buildings ruinated, the Church and steeple 
entire^. 

The tomb off St Albon, The good Duke Humphrey, 

Sir John Mandevill. 

Here lieth buried St Albon, the First Brittish Marter off 
Note, putt to death under Dioclesian the Romane E[m]perour. 
Here is now No More to bee scene then a plaine low large 
blacke Tombe stone, the other stones round aboutt Near 
unto it wome and deepely indented by the long and Fre- 
quentt kneeling off those devoted to his shrine, wherof Now 
Nothing lefft butt the stone afforesaid*. 

^ Francis Russell (1593-1641), 4th Earl of Bedford. 

The house alluded to by Mundy was probably Moor Park, granted 
to Lucy Countess of Bedford, wife of the 3rd Earl, by James I in 161 7. 
She laid out an elaborate garden there. See Wiffen, Memoirs of the 
House of Russell y 11. 118. 

* William Cecil, 2nd Earl of Salisbury (1591-1648). See ante^ note 
on p. 29. 

■ The original length of St Albans Abbey was 539 ft. and that of 
Old St Paul's, as given by Stow (ed. Wheatley, p. 292), was 720 ft., but 
modem investigations show that it was about 596 ft. The present length 
of St Albans Abbey from East to West is 550 ft. 

* St Alban was martyred in a.d. 303 under Diocletian and is usually 
held to be the protomartyr of Britain. His shrine was destroyed in the 
1 6th century and used for building material, but was restored in the 
latter part of the 19th century from fragments found imbedded in a wall. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 3 1 

Here lyeth allsoe buried the good duke Humphry: No 
More Now butt the upper part off a Monumentt to bee seene. 
Hee died or was poisoned aboutt the tyme off the Civill 
Warres beetweene the Houses off Yorcke and Lancastar^. 
Allsoe Sir John Mandevill, the traveller, off whome a booke 
beares the Name, supposed Never to bee Made by him, 
there beeing in it soe many incredolous stories and unlike- 
liehoods. 

I find since in Stowes Chronicle in the Reigne of Edward 3d 
thatt Sir John Mandevile was borne att St Albones and thatt 
hee died att Liege, Anno 1371, and was there buried. It 
lyeth beetweene Germany and France. However, in St 
Albons Church there is an inscription sett upp against one 
of the pillars in Latin which made mee conceave hee had 
bin buried there^. 

Royston. 

The nth September [1639]. I tooke my way towards Cam- 
bridge and passed by Roiston where is another off the Kings 
houses. There beeing No body att home, I could Not gett in. 

^ Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, known as the Good Duke Humphrey 
( 1 391-1447). Mundy is repeating the popular story, never verified, which 
attributed his death to foul play. 

' This paragraph is written at the foot of the page as a note, and seems 
to be a late addition by Mundy 's pen. 

Sir John Mandeville, the ostensible author of the book of travels 
bearing his name, is now generally identified with the individual buried 
under the name of John de Mandeville at Li^ge in 1372. The legend of 
his burial at St Albans was of later growth. In the St Albans Abbey Guide 
of 1824, p. 55, occurs the passage : ** Among other persons of note reported 
to have been buried in this church in ancient times is a celebrated traveller, 
and native of St Albans, Sir John Mandeville ; to whose memory different 
inscriptions have been pencilled on the 2d column from the West, on 
the North side of the nave, near which he is said to be buried." The 
Latin inscription, followed by an eight-line English verse, is, in reality, 
painted in black lettering on the second pier North of the West door. 
Under it is scratched in an early i6th century hand : Syr John Mandevylle, 
knyght." See Clutterbuck, Hist, of Hertfordshire, i. 59, 82; Vict. Co, 
Hist, Hertfordshire, 11. 505. The passage in Stow to which Mundy refers 
seems to be the following (Armak, ed. 1592, pp. 419, 420): ** 1371. Sir 
John Mandevill deceased... he died at Leiden, the 17 of November, 1379, 
and was buried in the Abbey of the Williammites." Then follows his 
epitaph taken from the Itinerarium of Abraham Ortelius who "professed 
to have seene the monument of the said Sir John Mandeville in the city 
of Leiden." By " Leiden " Stow, however, evidently meant " Lifege." 



32 A PETTY PROGRESSE [rEL. XXXI 

Itt is butt plain and Meane in appearance^. From hence to 
Cambridge. Note, thatt this is a wonderfuli come country, 
as Mightt bee Judged by the tillage and plenty off good Ale 
and beare generally here to bee had. 

Cambridge. 

Cambridge on the outtside hath Nothing Near the Faire 
prospecte thatt Oxfford hath. Thatt evening I lay in Trinity 
CoUidge, beeing accidentally invited by some studentts off 
None off the highest rancke, wher whatt entertaynement I 
had off them and whatt other passages hapned beetweene us 
willbee to[o] prolex For this place. 

Sturbridge Faire: Comodities and accomodation. 

The 12th September [1639]. I wentt downe the River 
Grauntt [Granta] in a tilted boate^, and aboutt a Mile dis- 
tantt From the Citty came to the place where Sturbridge 
Faire is keptt on a playne in tentts and boothes. Making 
Streetes and lanes with their particular Names, plentifully 
Furnished with all Manner off Comodities, especially hoppes, 
off which I thinck there were Nott lesse then 2000 bagges 
l)dng on the Feild; allsoe wooUe, Cloath, salt Fish, tarre, 
plate, brasse ware, wodden ware, all Manner off Necessaries, 
even to shoppes off old bootes and shooes, and Near 40 wjme 
tavemes. Soe having eaten some off their oysters, which 
were excellentt, and tasted some off their wyne and good 
Lynne beere outt off their boates which come From thence, 
I lefft the Faire and came backe to Cambridge thatt evening 
by land. I had Forgotte the Multitude off Alehouses, 
victualling houses, etts.^ 

^ The remaining vestiges of the Palace built by James I at Royston 
and the buildings which he incorporated in it are situated on the £. side 
of Kneesworth Street. They consist of small portions of the "King's 
Lodgings/* Stables, and the "House," the rest having been demolished, 
probably early in the i8th century. See Vict. Co, Hist. Hertfordshire^ 
III. 256 ; Inventory of the Historical Monuments of Hertfordshire y pp. 174-5. 

* By a "tilted boat** Mundy means a large rowing boat with a tilt or 
awning such as were formerly used on the Thames, especially as passenger 
boats between London and Gravesend. 

■ Sturbridge (Stourbridge) Fair, so called because held (at Barnwell) 
near a bridge over the brook Stour, a tributary of the Cam, had a world- 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 33 

Trinity Collidge: Kings CoUidge Chappell. 

Next Morning I walked the streetes and saw the Coilidges, 
and Neither in the one Nor other comparable to OxfFord 
according to my small observation, Trinity collidge beeing 
the Cheiffest and largest in the Citty. Indeed, Kjngs Collidge 
Chappell is a loffty stately building and Much beautiffies the 
place. Itt hath very high and Ritche windowes off scripture 
stories in couUoured glasse, don in King Henry the 8ths tyme. 
Not soe artificiall, Nett and true as Now adaies are made off 
thatt kind, as those in Christs Church and Magdalyn Collidge 
in Oxfford; this was built by King Henry the 8 afforesaid^. 

Peterhouse Chappell. 

Moreover, Peterhouse Chappell deserves Notice and com- 
mendation For Ciuious Worckmanshippe in carving, ex- 
quisite art in pictures and nettness off paving off polished 
shining Marble white and blacke; A Ritch standing deske, 
pedestall and all off shyning brasse, the best I have yett seene^. 

wide reputation and attracted traders from abroad as early as the 3rd 
century A.D. Its first charter was granted by King John. The Fair 
commenced on the i8th September and lasted until the loth October. 
It is now only commemorated by Horse- Fair Day on the 25th September. 
Defoe, who attended the Fair in September 1723 (Tour through the whole 
Island of Great Britain, i. 122-130), says it was "kept in a large Corn- 
field, near Casterton," that the "Shops" were "placed in Rows like 
Streets, whereof one is caird Cheapside," and that "scarce any Traders'* 
were omitted, but that all were "out done, at least in Show, by two 
Articles," the "peculiars" of the Fair, "the Wooll and the Hops." 

The number of shops had decreased in 1794, but the trade carried on 
was still considerable. The Fair was "laid out" on the 4th September, 
proclaimed on the i8th, and Horse-Fair Day was on the 25th (A Descrip*- 
Hon of the County of Cambridge, p. 150). See also MS. 106 Corpus Christ i 
Coll. (c. 1550), Nos. 31-36 ; Hopton, Concordancy of Years 1612 and 1615 ; 
Rogers, Travels (i694),pp.7i-72; Macky, Jottrwey through England (ly 14), 
PP- 94~95 ; " Sturbich Fair" in An Authentic Account.,. of all the Fairs in 
England (1765); Postlethwayt, Diet, of Trade (1774), i. s.v. Fairs; 
MacCulloch, Diet, of Commerce (1869-1871); Walford, Fairs Past and 
Present (1883). 

* King's College, Cambridge, was founded by Henry VI in 144 1 and 
the Chapel was erected in his reign, but the stained-glass windows were 
added in the time of Henry VIII, 1515-1531. See Dyer, History of the 
University and Collies of Cambridge, p. 201. 

• Peterhouse Chapel, begun in 1628 under Dr Matthew Wren (Master, 
1625-1634), was consecrated in' 1632. The pavement of black and white 
marble was the gift of Frances, wife of Dr Cosin, who succeeded Wren. 

PM 3 



34 A PETTY PROGRESSE [rEL. XXXI 

The 13/A September [1639]. I came From Cambridge, 
passing dirough sundry townes, viz.^ Barckway, [blank]. 

Ware: the great bed there. 

And soe to Ware, where I was shewed the greatt bed, in 
Forme like others, with testerpillars, etts., butt I conceave 
the bedsted to bee beetweene 9 and 10 Foote square every 
way, wherin May ly 8 persons one by another^. 

London. 

The i^th ditto. I came againe to London, there Never 
wanting company in thatt greatt rode way, especially this 
Faire t3mie. 

Rochester. 

The 26th off September. I tooke my Journey towards the 
Downes to see the greatt Fleete then riding there ^. I passed 
over Shooters hill Near London, and came to Rochester. 
There is a very Faire stone bridge^ and a greatt Fall off 
waters Ebbing and Flowing, a Ruined Castle and aimtientt 
walles aboutt the Citty. 



William Dowsing, the Parliamentary Agent, who visited Peterhouse in 
1643, caused a great deal of the carved work to be pulled down and 
portions of the glass defaced. See College Histories: Peterhouse, pp. 30, 
104-6, 109-110; Willis, Archaeol. Hist, of the Univers, of Cambridge, 
I. 41, 43, 48. 

The late Sir Adolphus Wm. Ward and the Rev. Dr T. A. Walker, 
Master and Bursar of Peterhouse, have kindly made an exhaustive search 
among the accounts of the Chapel, but can find no trace of the lectern 
Mundy saw. They are of opinion that it was the gift of a private individual 
and was destroyed by Dowsing or by his orders. 

^ The "great bed of Ware" bears the date 1463, but its construction 
is referred to the latter part of the i6th century. It is a four-post bed- 
stead of carved oak and measures 1 1 ft. square and 8 ft. high. 

When Mundy saw it, the bed was at the Saracen's Head, Ware, but 
it is now at the Rye House in Stanstead Abbots. See Vict, Co, Hist, 
Hertfordshire y in. 367. 

• Sir John Pennington, Admiral of the Fleet, arrived in the Downs 
in July 1639 where he found seven ships of the Royal Navy, and from 
that date the fleet was constantly reinforced. See CcU. S.P, Dom., 1639, 

pp. 376, 390, 394» 399. 

' "Rochester Bridge, the largest, highest, and the strongest built of 
all the Bridges in England, except London Bridge ** (Defoe, i. Pt. 11. p. 20). 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 35 

Chattam: The Chaine. 

From thence to Chattam, where 5 shippes off the Navy 
were ready to goe downe in to the Downes, and others a 
Making ready with all expedition. A mile below Chattam 
is a place called the Chaine, where in t5rme past was a Chaine 
indeede that went thwart over the Creeke (as att Bayon). 
Now there is None^. 

Jillingame : The greatt shippe Royall Soveratgne. 

A Mile below thatt Againe is Jillingame [Gillingham], 
beefFore which rode the great Royall Sovereigne, which shippe 
I saw on the stockes in Aprill 1636 when wee wentt Forth 
our China voyage^. Her head, wast, quarter and steme soe 
largely inritched with Carved worcke overlaid with golde 
thatt itt appeares Most glorious even From a Farre, especially 
her spatious lofFty stately steme, Wheron is expressed all 
thatt art and cost can doe in Carving and guilding; her 
beakehead about 28 Foote over, where it is joyned to her 
bowes ; her inside as admirably contrived For strength, come- 
linesse, nett spatious Cabins, roomes, etts.; steered by takles 
on the Tiller, as Carrickes^, directed From aloft by a truncke^, 
wherein the voice is conveyed to them below; her Cookroome 
in hold, the worcke therein don by Candlelightt. Shee is 
said to have carried 92 brasse peeces off Ordnance^. Shee 
hath 5 greatt lanthomes. In the biggest may stand 12 or 

^ The chain seems to have been only placed across the river in time 
of danger. In his last Appendix Mundy relates that the Dutch came up 
the Medway in June 1667 and broke "the great Iron Chaine" at " Guil- 
lingham." See Pepys, Diary, ed. Braybrooke, p. 411; Hasted, Hist, of 
Kent, n. 73. 

Mundy was at Bayonne as a lad in 160S-1610 and again visited the 
place in 1625 (see vol. i), but he has no reference in his MS. to a chain 
across the harbour there. 

■ See vol. in. Pt. i. pp. 15, 16. 

' Carrick bitts are defined in the 0,E,D, as upright pieces of timber 
near the ends of the windlass, in which are the gudgeons for the spindles 
to work on. 

* Trunk is used in its obsolete sense of a pipe employed as a speaking 
tube. 

* See N. and Q,, 191 6, p. 488, where it is stated that an estimate, dated 
1 6th April 1 638, for engraving 1 02 pieces of brass ordnance for the Sovereign 
of the Seas is still in existence at the Public Record Office. See also 
op, cit., 1917, pp. 36, 37, for further information regarding the ship's guns. 

3-2 



36 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

13 Men^. Her [blank] was cutt in brasse by thatt excellentt 
graver and painter, Mr John Paine, and a large discription 
of her sett Forth in a book by [blank] 2. 

The Bucintoro att Venice For carving and guilding may 
bee compared to her, butt For greattnesse as a Frigatt to a 
Galleon®. 

By Chattam is the Kings yard, wherin are z dockes. In 
one of them was the MerhonneuTy one off the 4 shippes 
Royall*. By the yard, the Ropemakers Feild, where is the 
longuest roofFe thatt ever I saw (excepting the long gallery 
att Paris)^. This serves in tyme off Raine For the Rope- 
makers to spynne their Yame etts. worcke. 

There was no lodging to bee had in Chattam by reason off 
the Number of seamen repaired thither to goe Forth with 
the Kings shippes^. This is the place where the Kings Navy, 
shippes Royall, etts. (when they are outt off Imploymentt) 

^ This large lantern, or rather lighthouse for the protection of the 
lantern, must have been a noticeable part of the vessel. When Pepys 
visited "The Soverayne" in January 1 660/1, he and his friends "all went 
into the lanthome together" (Diary, ed. Wheatley, i. 328). 

' Mundy's remark on the engraving of the Royal Sovereign by John 
Payne is valuable. The writer of an article on the Sovereign of the Seas 
in the Times Literary Supplement of 30th Sept. 1920 remarks that Payne's 
engraving "must have been done between 1637 ^^^ i647> the date of 
Payne's death." On Mundy's evidence it was executed not later than 
1639. The "large description" is Thomas Heywood's True description 
of His Majesty* s Royal Ship, built in this year, 1637, &c., published in 
1638. See also Travels of Cosmo III, pp. 357-8 ; and, for a full history of 
the ship, see the Mariner* s Mirror, April- July, 191 3. 

• See vol. I. pp. 95-96. 

*' The royal dockyard at Chatham was built by Queen Elizabeth and 
altered and improved by Charles I and Charles II. See Travels of 
Cosmo III, p. 359. 

The Merhonour had been brought to Chatham for inspection and re- 
construction in 1638 by order of the Lords of the Admiralty. See Col. 
S.P. Dom,, 1637-8, pp. 24, 30, 132, 202. 

* Hasted (Hist, of Kent, 11. 71) says that the "Rope-House." was 
"very extensive, being upwards of 700 feet in length." 

For Mundy's remarks on the "Long Gallery" of the Louvre see 
vol. I. p. 126. 

^ Ten merchant ships had been detained in the Downs for His Majesty's 
service, together with their crews, ordnance and ammunition, but on the 
19th September Sir John Pennington was informed that there was still 
a shortage of men for the King's ships "for of the 2,000 men we labour 
to get... we have not been able to procure as yet above 300." See CaL 
SJ^. Dom,, 1639, pp. 505, 511. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 37 

are broughtt in For more Security, the Creeke allthough 
Narrow, yett deepe. This night I lay att Rochester. 

Canterbury. 

The z'jth September [1639]. Taking my Journey towards 
Deale, I passed through Canterbury, in whose Cathedrall 
Church is the Fairest ritchest and Neatest Font that ever I 
saw, off Marble both white and blacke, having severall de- 
grees or steppes ascending to the same, off Marble allsoe, 
with a large Faire guilt Iron Raile round aboutt the Cover, 
off excellent wood and off curious worckemanshippe, to bee 
lifted or lowred by a puUy^. The glasse windowes within 
the quire make a very delightsome shew by reason off the 
quantity and variety off excellentt couUoured glasse, con- 
trived in scripture stories in Many compartmentts^; Rundles 
prettyly composed For shew^. 

Deale: The greatt Fleet in the Downes. 

Beeing come to Deale, I saw there a greatt Fleete riding all 
along beefFore the Beach, extending in all Near 3 miles, in 
Nimiber about 160, wherof 52 or 53 Spanish, aboutt 80 or 
90 Hollanders, the rest English, all seeming to bee butt one 
Fleete. The Dutch rode to the Southward, the Spaniard 
inward toward the North, and our Kings shippes (etts. [and 
other] English Merchauntt Men staied [detained] For his 
Majesties service) rode beetweene them both. Such a warlike 
Fleete was Never knowne in our age to bee together*. 

* The font at Canterbury Cathedral was erected by Dr John Warner, 
Bishop of Rochester in 1636, and was adorned with figures of the four 
Evangelists &c. It was pulled down in the Civil War and the materials 
carried away, but fragments were afterwards collected and the whole 
re-erected. See Duncombe, Canterbury, p. 52; Willis, Canterbury 
Cathedral, p. 105. 

* In 1642 "The windows were generally battered and broken down" 
by the Puritan troopers, but a portion of the old glass has been preserved" 
(Willis, op. cit,, loc. dt.), Evelyn, who was at Canterbury in 1641 , remarks 
on the "famous windows being entire, since demolished by the fanatics" 
{Diary y ed. Bray, i. 37). 

* By "rundles prettyly composed for shew" Mundy seems to mean 
small round windows of painted glass. 

* See infra for an account of the assembling of the fleets and the 
subsequent engagement in the Downs between the Dutch and Spaniards. 



38 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

The Hollanders beesides their Mayne Fleete have sundry 
vessells riding in a Manner round about the Spaniard to 
seaward, to watch thatt None off them escape, For att their 
First conuning 12 or 13 saile off Dunckerkers beelonguing 
to the Spanish Fleete gotte cleare away into Dunkercke with 
Souldiers, Monies, Munition, etts. supplies^. 

The Santiago or St James : The Santa Tereza. 

I went aboard the Spanish Admirall, called Santiago^ 
burthen aboutt 1000 tonne, with 800 Men, 60 peeces Ord- 
nance ; this by their owne relation, with 5 lanthomes, 2 gal- 
leries; in Spaine shee is viceadmirall to the Kings Armada: 
Don Antonio de Oquendo generall off this Fleete. From 
thence I wentt aboard the Santa Tereza^, galleon off Portugall, 
the Fairest and biggest shippe off them all, aboutt iioo 
tunnes. Shee was built For an East India Carracke, [and] 
after [wards] appointed For this expedition. 

The presentt perplexity off the Spaniard. 

They have aboundance of Men in their Fleete, butt most 
part sickly, tattred, and questionlesse inexpert either for 
souldiers or saylers ; all in generall perplexed in this extremity, 
yett preparing For the Fightt againe, and repayring whatt 
hath bin dammaged by the Hollanders in the last skirmish, 
where hee lost one shippe blowne uppe and the Spaniard 
another thatt was taken^. What Men were slaine on either 
side is Nott yett ManifFest. Doubtlesse the Spaniard had 
much the worst, as appeares by losse and spoile off Masts 

^ In reality it was fourteen sail of the Spanish fleet which " stole away" 
and escaped to Dunkirk early in September 1639. A complaint was made 
to Charles I by the Dutch Admiral, who alleged that he wished to place 
a guard off the North Foreland to prevent the escape of any of the Spanish 
ships, but that he was prevented by Admiral Pennington. See infra, 
Relation XXXII, for further remarks on the Dunkirkers, the pirates of 
the Channel and the North Sea, at this date. 

* The Santa Teresa was commanded by Admiral Lopes de Ores y 
Cordova. 

' The Spanish fleet had been attacked by a small Dutch fleet under 
Admiral Martin Tromp on its way to Flanders, on the 8th September, 
and had sheltered itself in the Downs by the side of an English squadron. 
See Cat. S.P. Dom., 1639, p. 491. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 39 

and boltspritts, etts. tackling. They have Now a sicknesse 
amongst them, and many dye, whose bodies beeing Flung 
overboard, some of them are washtt ashoare along the beach^. 
Both Hollander and Spaniard indiJBFerently come ashoare to 
buy provision, refFreshing, etts., in the Markett, one among 
the other as Freinds^. 

The English Admirall : The Dutch Admirall. 

Then wentt I aboard the English Admirall, Sir Jhon [sic] 
Pennington, in the Unicome^y and From thence aboard the 
Amelie^ Admiral off Holland, where I Found them lusty, 
healthy and Frolicke [merry], encouraged by Former good 
successes and this presentt Fortunate oportunity which they 
will hardly lett goe; but Now, For respect to the Kings 
Chamber, Forbear a while to give the onsett*, in the Meane 
tjnne dilligently \ptching and earnestly wishing their com- 
ming Forth, having allsoe in their Fleet 8 or 10 Fire shippes 
Fitted with chaines, grapnells, etts.^ To say the truth, the 

^ On receipt of the news of the outbreak of sickness in the Spanish 
fleet, Charles I gave orders that the sufferers might be landed and cared 
for at Dover. For this concession the Spanish Admiral "uttered many 
thankful acknowledgements" but as he "had taken order to send his 
sick to Dunkirk" he "had no occasion in this particular, to make use of 
his Majesty's grace and favour." Co/. S.P, Dom,, 1639-40, p. 13. 

■ On the 19th September 1639 Sir John Manwood wrote from Dover 
Castle: "There is daily a great store of Spanish people ashore and some 
Hollanders. I sent to prohibit their landing unless they be people of 
quality, or upon extraordinary necessities, for there is neither the safe- 
guard sufficient to keep the peace nor are the castles in a condition to 
give assistance." Col, SJ^. Dom,, 1639, p. 510. 

* Sir John Pennington, on his arrival in the Downs, in July 1639, 
found at anchor there, the Vanguardy the Victory, the Jfames, the Unicom, 
the Leopard, the Providence and " the City's ship, also called the Unicom.** 
It was, of course, the King's ship, Unicom, that Mundy went aboard. 
Sec Cat. SJP. Dom., 1639, p. 377. 

* On the loth Sept. 1639 the Earl of Northumberland wrote to Sir 
John Pennington : " I am confident the Hollanders will be so * respective * 
to the King our master as not to offer violence to the Spaniards whilst 
they are under his Majesty's protection in the Downs." Cal, S.P, Dom,, 

1639, p. 493. 

* On the 25th Sept. 1639 Sir John Manwood at Dover reported that 

"The Holland Admiral has some fire ships sent to him, and some lands- 
men to fortify his men-of-war, and the Spanish General conveys his 
landsmen away as [fast as] he can find means." Col, S.P, Dom,, 1639, 
p. 522. 



. • 



40 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Spaniard is beecome as it were a prey unto them, For I have 
heard themselves say, some thatt [it] is even a lost Fleete, 
others wishing their shippes uppe in our River, and such like. 

A doubtfuU Case. 

In my opinion a doubtfuU State businesse, soe intricate 
thatt the like hath nott hapned to England these Many yeares. 
How itt possibly May bee carried without the incurring ill 
will off one off the 3 Nationes, Spanish, French or Dutch^. 
God tume all to the best. Our Kings Majestic preparing 
and expressing More shoppes [sic] and Men to bee in a 
readinesse on all occasiones NeedfFuU, and as a Freind to 
either, Supplies the Spaniard (For his Mony) with provision, 
powder. Munition, etts.^, and the like may bee imto the 
Dutch, if they had occasion. 

The 28th September [1639]. Att Night I came and lodged 
att Sandwych. 

Maidstone : Medway River. 

The zgth ditto. I came to Maidstone, beetweene which 
and Sittingboume is a wild woddy stony way ; butt For the 
towne itt selfFe I am off opinion thatt For Many Miles aboutt 
London there is Not a handsomer and cleanlier place, standing 
by the River Medway, which here runneth in his owne big- 
nesse, very smalle. The tide comming uppe to towne 
bringueth uppe lighters, boattes, etts. with Merchandize, 
provisiones, etts. A greatt country it seemes For hoppes, 
and the towne hath a greatt trade For thridde [thread]^. 

^ The position was indeed "intricate," for no definite instructions 
could be extorted from Charles I as to how Sir John Pennington was to 
act if " the Hollanders should attempt any thing." He had been ordered 
to assist the "assailed party" but had no directions how to use his own 
small force in case the Spaniards preferred to " run themselves on shore 
[rather] than fight." See Cal, SJ*. Dom., 1639, p. 538. 

* On the 1 6th Sept. a request by the Spanish Admiral for powder was 
refused, but on the 19th the King "permitted 500 barrels to go down to 
the Spanish fleet, but they have it not gratis." See CaL S.P. Dom,, 1639, 

pp. 504, 512. 

• Pepys also in 1668/9 (Diary ^ p. 576) found "Mayds tone... very pretty 
as most towns I ever saw, though not very big." Rogers (1694) also 
commends it (Travels, p. 56), and so does Fiennes, pp. 106-7. 

The manufacture of linen thread was introduced into Maidstone at 
the end of the i6th century by Walloons (Belgian Protestants) who had 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 4 1 

The 30/A [September 1639]. I came to Gravesend. 

The First off October. I came to London againe in my 
going and coming beetweene Deale and this, Meeting Many 
lords, knightts, Gentry posting and riding to and Fro, some 
aboutt businesse, butt Most to see and hear Newes. For this 
latter purpose went Multitudes off the common Sort. 

The Destruction off the Spanish Fleete. 

The 14/A ditto, Uppon the rumour off the Fightt to bee 
beegun beetweene the Hollander and the Spaniard, I re- 
turned to the Downes in company ofFe another Freind, where 
beefFore our arrivall, all was over. There saw wee some 
reliques off the ruined Spanish Fleete, viz., 7 ashoare, wherof 
one burned, the rest bulged^ and utterly lost; the Country 
people att worck aboutt some in breakin them uppe For the 
tymber and Iron worcke. One off the suncke shippes is a 
greatt galleon [the Santa Teresa] with 2 galleries. Aboutt 
14 More werd yett riding att Anchor, butt how they may 
gett away is uncertaine^. 

The Misery off the Rema)mder off the Spaniards. 

The Hollander Now returned From the Fightt rides within 
a league off Deale with aboutt 70 saile, attending on the re- 
majmder off the poore Spaniard[s], off whome Many him- 
dreds now in Deale and scattred uppe and downe the Country 
begguing®. They seeme generally by the coUour off their 
cloathes to bee labourers, picaros [Sp. picaro, vagabond], 
etts. poore people, the coUour pardo [Sp. pardo, grey, tawny] 
or browne peculier to such, and by confession off themselves 

fled from Flanders to escape the rule of the Duke of Alva. The manu- 
facture was still carried on in the early part of the last century. Brayley, 
Beauties of England — Kent, pp. 1246-7. 

^ Bulged, i.e. with the bottom or sides stove in. The term is now 
obsolete. 

* The losses of the Spaniards were variously stated in the different 
narratives. See Mundy's account, infra, and footnote. 

' On the 14th October the Earl of Suffolk reported that he had ordered 
Sir John Manwood to do the best he could ** concerning the Spaniards 
come on shore/' and that at Dover and Deal he reckoned the number 
to be about 2000, '*poor and miserable people as ever I beheld, for the 
most part without any money at all." Cal. SJ^. Dom., 1639-40, p. 35. 



42 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

many off them were beetraied in their owne comitry, beeinge 
surprized by officers, taken, bound, sent to prison, and from 
thence aboard shippes. 

The Manner how the fightt beegan : by Relation. 

The beeguinning off the Fightt, by relation off Credible 
Eiewittnesses, was on Friday Morning early (the nth cur- 
rantt), att which tyme all the Hollanders were under saile. 
Making toward the Spaniard. The King[s] shippes allsoe 
sett saile. As they [the Dutch] drew Near the Spanish Fleete, 
they shotte att them, and our Kings shippes att the Hollander 
againe, as Forbidding them to offer violence in the Kings 
Chamber to his Freinds. Butt thatt would not availe. Soe 
having gotte the winde off the Spaniard, they came backe 
uppon them soe hotte, and withall sending some Fire shippes 
among them, thatt Immediatly aboutt 22 or 23 off them ran 
rightt ashoare on the beach voluntarily For saflFety, and 2 
or 3 [were] Fired, The rest Made to Sea and the Hollander 
affter. Our Kings shippes came From amongst them, giving 
them way. Following awhile ; att last came to Anchor in their 
old places, leaving the others to try [lie to], who wentt 
shooting all the way till they were aboutt the Foreland*, outt 
off sight off Deale, by report. Affter, it is said thatt 7 or 8 
off the Spaniards were sodainely on Fired, among the rest 
the Galleon of Portugall Named die Tereza^ the Fairest shippe 
in the Fleete, [and] was one off whome I had bin aboard, as 
aflForementioned; Allsoe thatt the Admirall Santiago with 
[blank] gotte to Dunkercke, where the greatt shippes, Nott 
able to gett in, ride under a Fort Named the Splint^. 

* Mundy's narrative of the Battle of the Downs and the events pre- 
ceding it is especially valuable, since he relates what he actually saw and 
heard from "Credible Eiewittnesses." The following account supple- 
ments the information given by him. 

The Spanish ileet of 77 vessels, manned by 24,000 soldiers, was sighted 
off Plymouth on the 3rd Sept. 1639 and it was supposed to be bound for 
Flanders. On the 8th the skirmish alluded, to on p. 38 took place and 
the Spanish Admiral sent to demand protection, a convoy, and ammuni- 
tion from the English, all of which were refused, and the English fleet 
then in the Downs was further strengthened by the detention of all ships 
either homeward or outward bound. 

The presence of the Spaniards in home waters caused much anxiety^ 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 43 

Many off this Fleete were hired shippes, Lubickers, 
etts.^ 
From Dealle wee returned For London againe. 

and it was suggested to Sir John Pennington on the 19th Sept. that it 
was not "unworthy" his "consideration how the Spaniards may without 
blows, or with blows from us, be put away out of the Downs in case 
the King have a mind 'to pull down his neighbour's house rather than 
have his own burnt/ or would ' thrust out the fox that defiles the badger's 
nest.' " The Spanish Commander, however, declared that he was only 
waiting until masts, which were being provided for him at Dover, were 
ready, but the general opinion was that he was hoping for assistance from 
Dunkirk. Meanwhile, the Dutch fleet hovered near, was continually 
reinforced, and committed many "insolencies." 

As stated above, no definite instructions could be extorted from 
Charles I as to the attitude to be taken up by his fieet in this emergency, 
and he apparently relied on the assurances given by the French and 
Dutch ambassadors, as late as the 2nd October, that they would not 
"attempt anything within the King's ports or roads." The "incon- 
veniences that may happen by suffering these two great fleets to remain 
in the Downs" were "fiilly represented" to the King, but it was not 
until the 9th Oct. that, on a rumour that the Dutch were about to assault 
the 'Spaniards, he sent word to the Dutch Admiral that "he was resolved 
to limit a short time for both fieets to depart the Road." But it was then 
too late. 

On the nth October 1639 the Earl of Suffolk, Lord Warden of the 
Cinque Ports, sent three reports of the fight at different periods of the 
day to Secretary Windebank. To the last he added a P.S. "There are 
already numbers of men landed both at the Downs and Dover and more 
will daily come ashore." 

According to Sir John Pennington's account, the engagement began 
at 8.0 ajn., but, owing to a fog, it was uncertain who fired the first shot. 
The English fleet stood to the Northward in order, as instructed, to be 
ready to assist the Spaniards if, with help, they were " able to make their 
party good." For this purpose they " stood in with the Hollanders, and 
shot many guns from all our ships, shooting many of them through, but 
they did not return one shot at us." The English fleet then returned to 
the Downs to prevent the Dutch from seizing the 24 Spanish ships which 
were nin ashore, one of them being the Vice- Admiral, as Mundy states. 

In a news-letter containing an account of the fight, the escape of Don 
Antonio de Oquendo with four other ships was reported. 

The total number of Spanish ships run ashore, sunk, or burnt in the 
engagement with the Dutch fleet, including the Vice- Admiral sunk, was 25. 
For die documents on which the above information is based see Ced. 
jSJ*. Dom,, 1639, pp. 476 ff.; 1639-40, pp. 4 ff. 

• Tbe Fort which Mundy calls the Splint was situated on the coast 
be H i ecu Dunkirk and Mardyck, opposite a sandbank called Splinter, and 
imm geaeially known as the Old -Mardyck Fort. See Codde van Enchuysen, 
^fkftiiMngkt wm de vermaerde Seehaven ende Stadt van Duynkercken ^c, 

^ In fab first report of the fight of the nth October, dated 10 a.m., 
IIm Eirl oi Suffolk reported, "There are six Lubeckers already run 
/* CUd. SJ^, Dom., 1639-40, p. 24. 



44 A PETTY PROGRESSE [rEL. XXXI 

Matters off Note which I saw att London since now my 
last comming uppe are, viz. 

The King, Queene, Prince and Duke off Yorcke. 

First, our Kings Majesty playing att Palle Malle by St 
James^, and the Queenes Majes ty att M asse in Whitehall*, 
The Queene, Prince Charles and the Duke of Yarcke^ in 
Cheapside att my Lord Mayors shew, who then was [blank] 
Garraway, Committee For the East India Company when I 
First went For India in Anno 1628*. 

The Kings gallery and banketting house att Whitehall. 

Then the Kings gallery, Adorned with rare and Costly 
pictures (att Whitehall), Most off them off Titianus, and one 
smalle peece among the rest, I thincke nott 4 Foote square, 
off Raphaell Urbin, vallewed atte 3000 pound sterling; Allsoe 
the rooffe off the banketting house off Petrus Paulus Reubins 

^ The now obsolete game of Pell Mell (Paille Maille) played opposite 
St James's Palace in St James's Park, in what is now Pall Mall. See 
Pepys, Diary, ed. Braybrooke, pp. 70, 192. Compare Blount's description 
of the game (1670) : "Pale Maille (Fr.) a game wherein a round bowle is 
with a Mallet struck through a high arch or iron (standing on either end 
of an Alley) which he that can do at the fewest blows, or at the number 
agreed on, wins. This Game was heretofore used at the Alley near 
St. Jameses, and vulgarly called Pel-Mell" (Blount, Glossographda, s.v. 
Pale Maille). Mundy has more to say of the game and of the place adled 
"Pel Mel" in his last Appendix. 

Of the Palace of St James and the game played in its grounds, Cosmo III 
remarks (Travels, p. 168) : "The royal palace of St James, not very remote 
from the other palace of Whitehall, with which it connects by means of 
a large park enclosed on either side by a wall, and containing a long 
straight and spacious walk, intended for the amusement of the Mall, on 
each side of which grow large elms...." 

* Henrietta Maria, wife of Charles I. The chapel in Whitehall Palace 
(Wolsey's York Palace) is frequently mentioned by Pepys (Diary, ed. 
Braybrooke, pp. 11, &c.). 

' Prince Charles, afterwards Charles II and James Duke of York, 
afterwards James II. 

* Sir Henry Garway or Garraway, son of Sir Wm. Garraway, was 
elected "one of the Committee" of the E.I. Co. in July 1624, and was 
Deputy-Governor from July 1635 to July 1639 when he retired and 
was re-elected one of the "six Committees." He was Lord Mayor in 
1^39-40, as Mundy states. See Cal. S.P., E.I,, 1622-4, No. 492; Court 
Minutes, 1635-9, PP- 7^. 3^5 • For ^ J^ote on the Garraway family 
see ante, vol. i. pp. 14, 15. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 45 

doing, all pictures, Not serving butt fFor thatt purpose to 
bee placed overhead^. 

Yorckhouse. 

I was allsoe att Yorckhouse, where I saw sundry rare ritche 
pictures, statues, roomes, curiosities thatt was in it: Cain and 
Abell off Marble on a Mountt in the gardein, which was 
taken From a Fountaine in the King of Spaines gardein att 
Valladolid in Castile. Att my beeing there I saw the basis 
or place wheron itt stood, and then they told mee what 
beecame off the reste^. 

* Compare the description of Whitehall by Sorbi^re, c. 1660 {Relation 
d*un Voyage, pp. 40, 41): "La sale de Witte-hall est un batiment 
nouveau, que que [sic] Ton fit pour les audiences extraordinaires, et pour 
y festiner les Ambassadeurs ou les deputez du Parlement ; c*est pourquoi 
on la nonune la sale des Banquets. Elle paroist magnifique, parce que 
tout le reste du Palais est mal bati, et n'est autre chose qu'une confusion 
de maisons baties en divers temps, et a divers desseins, que Ton a jointes 
le mieux que Ton a peu [sic], pour en faire la demeure de la Cour. Ce 
qui ne laisse pas de composer une habitation plus commode que le 
Louvre. Car il y a plus de deux milles chambres; et cela entre un beau 
pare et une belle riviere: de sorte que pour la promenade et pour les 
affaires en ville, on se trouve parfaitement bien post^." 

Compare also the remarks of Cosmo III, c. 1669 (Travels, pp. 367, 368) : 
"Whitehall... All its magnificence is confined to the royal saloon.... The 
deling is richly gilded and decorated with pictures of Rubens which are 
admirable both in design and execution.... The Gallery, formerly enriched 
by Cardinal Wolsey with choice paintings, which were taken away and 
sold by Cromwell." An illustration of the Palace as Cosmo saw it faces 

p. 367. 

The Raphael mentioned by Mundy is probably the Madonna and Child 

with St John and St Anne, now known as La Perla, since his famous 
cartoons of The Acts of the Apostles, also in the collection of Charles I, 
were not appraised at their true value at this period. Sir Claude Phillips, 
Picture Gallery of Charles I, 78, states that the first named picture was 
considered to be the gem of the Royal Gallery, and on the dispersion of 
the pictures by the Commonwealth realised £2000, or double the price 
commanded by anything else in the collection. It is now in the Prado 
gallery of Madrid and is looked upon, not as a genuine Raphael, but a 
Raphaelesque composition. For further particulars of the pictures ac- 
quired by Charles I see op, cit., pp. 29 ff . ; Crowe and Cavalcasalle, 
Raphael: His Life and Work, i. 280 «., 339 «.; 11. 278 n., 270-1, 478 «.; 
Gruyer, Les Vierges de Raphael, pp. 348 ff.; Walpole, Cat. and Desc, of 
King Charles the First's Capital Collection of Pictures &c, 

• York House, which occupied the site of the present Villiers Street, 
Duke Street and Buckingham Street, belonged to the See of York until 
the time of James I, when it was exchanged with the Crown and was 
granted to George Villiers, first Duke of Buckingham. After the murder 
of the Duke in 1628, it was occupied by the Spanish Ambassador and 



46 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

My Lord off Anmdells Antiquities. 

Likewise my Lord off Amindells statues and Antiquities 
procured with such labour and cost^. 

Mr Huberts rarities. 

Mr Hubertts rarieties by Charing Crasse [sic]. Among the 
rest the skeleton of a Child, off aboutt 2 Inches long, perffect 
and hard (Such perhapps and Imposture made use offe when 
hee shewed a Mandrake)^ ; Allsoe the extreame smalle French 
writing, Not possibly to bee read withoutt a glasse For thatt 
purpose, and I thinck Never written withoutt the helpe off 

later reverted to the second Duke of Buckingham. See Evelyn, Diary, 
ed. Bray, i. 210; Pepys, Diary , ed. Braybrooke, pp. 75, 84. 

Mundy spent four months at Valladolid in 1625 (see ante, vol. i. pp. 
1 39-141), but he makes no mention in that part of his MS. of the base 
of the fountain removed to York House. It was probably given to George 
Villiers, first Duke of Buckingham, during his visit to Spain, with Prince 
Charles, in 1623. The statue is mentioned among the "Models" in 
Walpole's Cat. of the Collection of Pictures of the Duke of Buckingham 
(1524-1608) "now [1757] in York-house garden, or at Chelsea." Mr 
A. R. Bayley, writing in Notes and Queries, vol. 146, p. 218, states that 
the statue "stood for many years in the gardens of Buckingham Palace, 
and was presented by George III to the ancestor of the present owner, 
Sir William Worsley, Bt., of Hovingham Hall, Yorkshire." 

^ Thomas Howard, second Earl of Arundel and Surrey (i 586-1646), 
the " Father of vertu in England," who formed at Arundel House, Strand, 
the first considerable art collection in England. After his death the 
collection was dispersed and a portion is now in the British Museum. 

* Mandrake, properly a plant of the potato family (Solanaceae), the 
mandragora, about which many fanciful legends clustered in ancient and 
mediaeval times. It was employed for all kinds of enchantment, as it 
sometimes grows like the lower limbs of mankind. Mr Malcolm Letts 
has drawn my attention to Sir Thomas Browne's Vulgar Errors, Bk. II, 
ch. VI [of Mandrakes], describing the methods of contriving the "im- 
posture" noted by Mundy. The reference in the text is to be found in 
"A Catalogue of many Natural Rarities with Great Industry, Cost, and 
thirty Years travel in Foraign Countries, Collected by Robert Hubert, 
alias Forges, Gent, and sworn Servant to His Majesty. And dayly to be 
seen at the place called the Musick House, at the Miter, near the West 
end of St. Pauls Church. London, Printed by Tho. RatclifFe, for the 
Author, 1664" [B.M. Pressmark 957. e. 13]. 

In this Catalogue (p. 41) is an entry: "Two very perfect Mandrakes, 
the one Male and the other Female ; both of them did grow in Africa ; 
they are esteemed of women in those parts and are found by accident in 
the fields by a red flower that the root bears and a long stalk, when it is 
in perfection." The specimens of minute writing are not separately 
shown in the Catalogue, which is incomplete. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 47 

such a glasse^. AUsoe some things att Mr Robinsons by 
Shoreditch. Hee was once a Comedien, Now nott^. 

Allso over the New Exchaunge there is soe much art, 
ConflFormity and Curiosity in 4 rowes off shoppes nott yett 
Finished, diatt I thincke not any place elce whatsoever can 
shew the like®. 

Lastly, a Marriage in St Faithes church under Paules*, att 
which ceremony I Never saw Fewer people, mar., The Con- 
tracted parties, the Minister and Clearke with 2 More 
(wherofF one gave the woman), and my selfFe comm by 
Chaimce. A licence was delivered the Minister, who speedily 
perfformed his office, and they sodainely [quickly] departed : 
a businesse quickly don, butt [not] soe easily dissolved againe. 

7 things wherin England may bee said to excell. 

Now a Few lynes off England in generall, thatt comparing 
itt with other Countries wee may perceave our owne home 
happinesse, viz. 

Imprimis, above all a peaceable and quiett enjoying off 
Gods true Religion. 

^ A microscope, a simple form of which was well known in Mundy's day. 
' I have failed to trace this individual. 

• The New Exchange, erected by Robert Cecil, Earl of Salisbury, 
Liord Treasurer, was situated on the North side of Durham House, Strand, 
and was opened for trade on the loth April 1609. 

Sorbi^re and Cosmo III both describe the building as they saw it 
some twenty years after Mundy: 

** La nouveUe Bource...est sur la grande rue, qu'on nomine le Strangh; 
«t elle contient deux Galeries doubles. Tune sur Tautre, avec huict rangs 
de boutiques de Merciers. Le Bastiment est de pierre noire, et est bien 
aussi long que du commencement de la Galerie Dauphine, jusques au 
bout de celle des Prisonniers. Je vous laisse k penser si Ton trouve la 
de belle Marchandise, aussi bien que de belles Marchandes" (Sorbi^re, 
JUlathn d*utt Voyage^ p. 35). 

"The New Exchange, which is not far from the place of the Common 
Garden [Covent Garden] in the great street called the Strand. The 
building is a fa9ade of stone built after the Gothic style, which has lost 
its colour from age and become blackish. It contains two long and double 
galleries, one above the other, in which are distributed in several rows, 
great numbers of very rich shops and drapers and mercers, filled with 
goods of every kind and with manufactures of the most beautifiil de- 
scription" (Cosmo III, Travels, pp. 295-6). 

* The Eastern part of Old St Paul's incorporated the original parish 
church of St Faith, which was destroyed by the Great Fire of 1666, as 
Mundy relates in his last Appendix. < 



48 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Secondly, a temperate a)rre and healthy Climate, taken one 
with another. 

Thirdly, our aboundance and plenty off whatt Most usefuU 
For the liffe off Man, especially in these Northeme parts, as 
Come, wooUe, Flesh, Fish, Tynne, Iron, lead, Seacole, etts., 
with all which our owne land is not only sufficiently served, 
butt Many Countries and Nationes Farre and Neare are 
supplied From us. 

Fourthly, our Sciences and discipline For the well ordring 
off our peace att home and prevention off our enemies abroad, 
viz.y our two Famous universities off Oxfford and Cambridge 
etts. greatt schooles (Nurseries off learning both divine and 
himiaine) For the Former. Then, For the latter, our well 
ordred Martiall companies, viz.^ .Tra5med band. Artillery 
gardein. Military yard^, due and tymely Musters all the land 
over, with our beacons in convenient places throughoutt the 
kingdome. This For the shoare. For the Sea: The Kings 
Navy Royall, with a Number off tall warlike Merchantts 
shippes, sodainly [immediately] ready For service off their 
King and Country. 

Fifftly, For Trafficke and discoveries, msr., soe many en- 
corporated companies off Merchantts For Forraigne trade^ 
who employ their study and Meanes For the Encreas therof 
by adventuring their goodes and sending Fleetes and shippes 
into Most parts off the knowne world. 

Sixtly, For excellencies off art. Among the rest St Paules 
great Church For the land and the greatt shippe Royall 
Soveraigne For the Sea^, Not to bee paralelled in the world 
beeside, the Former For greattnesse and Cost, the latter, if 

^ Train or trained bands, an outcome of the feudal levy, were mustered 
annually by commissioners and trained at the expense of the country. 
They were discontinued in the counties in 1662, but remained in London 
until 1794 when they were reorganised as the City of London Militia. 
By the " Artillery gardein " and " Military yard " Mundy probably means 
the training ground of the Honourable Artillery Company at Finsbury 
which has been so used since 1641. 

' The chief trading Companies of Mundy's day were the Russia or 
Muscovy Company, the Turkey or Levant Company, and the East 
India Company. 

' For Mundy's remarks on Old St Paul's see vol. in. p. 16, and for the 
Royal Sovereign f ante, in this vol., pp. 35-36 and notes. 



1 639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 49 

not For greatnesse, yett For Cost and ex[q]uisite art in 
worckmanshippe; AUsoe in Westminster Abby, the like on 
the rossetts [rosettes, sculptured ornaments] off the Chappell 
and the Art and Richesse on the Monuments of Marble etts. 
Costly stones. London Bridge beeffore it was Fired^. The 
Royall Exchange ; the pretty contrived confformable shoppes 
over the Burse or New Exchange^. Moore Feilds^; Sir 
Nicholas Caries gardein by London^. All these in and aboutt 
the Citty. 

Then Salisburies high and spiry steeple all of hewen stone, 
133 yards, or 399 Foote, From the toppe off the Crosse to 
the ground^; the Earle off Pembrokes pretty gardein by 
Wilton Near Salisbury^; Stonehenge by Amesbury; the high 
square tower att Glocester with the church and whispring 
place therin'^; all our Cathedrall Churches in generall, as 
Salisbury, etts. ; Our sweet and artificiall ringuing off tuneable 
bells®. Thus much For the Artificiall. 

* Mundy is probably referring to the damage done to London Bridge 
by a fire in 1632. See W. Shaw Sparrow, A Book of Bridges , p. 219. 

* See ante^ p. 47, for the New Exchange. The Old or Royal Exchange 
erected on Comldll by Sir Thomas Gresham, and opened by Queen 
Elizabeth in 1570, is said by Sorbi^re {Relation d*un Voyage, p. 35) to 
possess an advantage over the New Exchange in that the four galleries 
of the older building, with their shops, were above the spot where mer- 
chants assembled daily. See also Fiennes, p. 247. 

' Moorfields was drained in the 1 6th century and laid out as public 
pleasure grounds. It was a great place for public entertainment in the 
17th century and is frequently mentioned by Pepys. 

* This garden was probably that attached to Gary House, which, in 
1667, had become a house "of entertainment." See Pepys, Diary , ed. 
Braybrooke, p. 463. But, in this case, it could hardly be identical with 
** Ganary House on the East side of Exeter Ghange. . .apparently a tavern," 
as suggested in a footnote to Wheatley's edition of Pepys (vii. 218 n.). 

* The spire is actually 404 ft. high. 

* The Earls of Pembroke had been in possession of Wilton since the 
time of Sir Wm. Herbert, to whom it was granted at the Dissolution of 
monastic lands. Wilton was visited by Gosmo III in 1669 and is thus 
described (Travels, pp. 150-1): "Wilton... the country house of the Earl 
of Pembroke... the garden from the centre of which Hows a river called 
the Nadder, which passes under a bridge on a level with the ground, 
and produces trout in abundance... the grotto rough-cast with pumice 
stone and cockle shells; several fountains that Row in different ways... 
and the maze park.'' There is an illustration of the house and grounds 
facing p. 150. See also Evelyn, Diary, ed. Bray, i. 294; Fiennes, pp. 4, 5. 

' See €mte, p. 12. 

* See Appendix V for Mundy's remarks on change-ringing. 



PM 



50 A PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 

Then For Naturall wonders. Majoieambar Stone, 8 Miles 
From Penrin in Cornewall, which I have More then once 
Mooved with one hand, waying by computation ii or 12 
tonnes, soe equally is it placed and poized naturally on a 
lesser^. 

The Hawthorne tree by Glacenbury, Flowrishing in 
Winter^. 

The hotte and Medicinable springs off water att the 
Bathed 

The incredible sentt off our bloudhounds and hunting 
dogges, hardly to bee beeleived, were itt nott soe common 
to bee seene. 

The Invincible courage off our Mastives and Fighting 
Cockes^, Maynetejnning their duell oftentymes till death. 

Off all these former Native blessings, excellencies, etts., 
my selfFe am wittnesse and doe testifie thatt in all places thatt 
I have yett bin, scarce any one off them can be equalled. 

Hee thatt desires to know More of Englands excellencies, 
let him read Thomas Gainesford, Of the glory of England^. 

By report allsoe, there are Fountaines off Salt water Farre 
uppe in the land, wherwith they make very white salt; others 

^ Men- Amber, a corruption of Men-an-bar, topstone, is a pile of stones 
situated in the parish of Stithney. It was once a famous Logan or Rocking 
Stone and is described by Coulon who saw it before 1650 as " La grande 
et admirable pierre de Main-Amber, qu*on fait mouvoir avec le doigt, 
et que plusieurs hommes ensemble ne scauroient oster de sa place" {Le 
Fidkle conducteuTy p. 47). 

When Mundy returned to Cornwall, after his last voyage to India, he 
found the "pretious stone. . .overturned from its basis" and he devotes a 
paragraph to its memory in his last Appendix. The usual reason given 
for the overthrow of the stone, by order of Captain Shrubshall, is that it 
was venerated by the country folk; but Mundy has a different story, 
namely, that the Governor being told that though a little, strength could 
move the stone, no strength could remove it, determined to prove the 
falsity of the general belief. For a full description and picture of the 
stone see Borlase, Antiquities of Comwally pp. 171-2, and see also Brayley 
and Britten, Beauties of England and Wales y 11. 457. 

* See antey p. 5. ' See ante, p. 7. 

* Cosmo III went "to see the theatre appropriated to cock fighting, 
the common amusement of the English," and he has a long description 
of the sport {Travels y pp. 312-313). 

* Mundy has added this remark in the margin. For the full title of 
Gainsford's book and for Mundy*s extracts from it see vol. i. pp. 27-30, 
Ij87 n. 



1639] THROUGH SOME PART OF ENGLAND AND WALES 5 1 

thatt convert wood into stone^. And if wee make bould with 
Scottland, there are Hands in certaine lakes said to Floateand 
drive to and Fro with the winde with cattle and trees on them^. 
Allsoe a Fowle to breed off trees, growing out off them as 
Fruite outt off others, which I partly beeleive, having heard 
itt conffirmed by some ; butt it is to bee understood diey are 
such trees as lie within the wash off the sea, a certaine shell 
Fish growing theron, as oysters on rockes, or barnacles on 
shippes sides, which in tyme open, the yong Fowle droppe 
outt, groweth bigger, Flyeth abroad, and by the Country 
people are called Clawgeese. This requires Farther triall^. 

The Cheiffest end off traveille. 

In Conclusion. More to bee enjoyed. More to bee scene 
at home in [our] owne land (take itt in the generall) then in 
any one country beesides in the whole world, both For con- 
veniency and delightt*. Butt the Almighty hath enordred 
thatt there should bee mutuall Comerce among all Nationes 
thatt the one Might participate with the other off such 

^ Mundy is probably referring to the salt-springs of Droitwich in 
Worcestershire and to the dropping well at Knaresborough in Yorkshire. 

* Mundy may be alluding to the floating islands on Lake Derwent- 
water and on Loch Lomond, the former of which appears at intervals in 
the upper portion of the Lake. See FolklorCy v. 304-5. 

' The Bemicle (Barnacle) goose is a species of wild goose {Anas leu- 
copsis), allied to the Brent Goose. It was called the Tree Goose, and was 
formerly believed to be produced out of a fruit growing by the seashore 
or to be produced from the barnacle shell or engendered in rotting timber. 
Max Muller traces the origin of this widely-diffused notion of the genera- 
tion of the barnacle goose to the Irish, who justified eating the bird in 
Lent because it was really a transformed barnacle or shell-fish. See 
Shakespeare's England, i. 520, 545. 

Fynes Moryson (iv. 162) remarks: "The Calfe of Man...aboundeth 
with... a kind of Duckes engendered of rotten wood, which the English 
call Barnacles." 

In his last Appendix Mundy again refers to "Claegeese" and the 
popular belief about them. Mr W. L. Sclater has referred me to Swann's 
Diet, of English and Folknames of British Birds, where it is stated that the 
Bemicle is sometimes called Clakis or Clagis in Scotland. The term 
must have been in use much further South in Mundy's day. 

* See William Smith, Desc. of England, ed. Wheatley, p. 6, for his 
** Wonders of England," which differ from Mundy's though both mention 
the hot springs at Bath, the salt pits of Cheshire and Worcester, and 
St Paul's Cathedral. 

4-2 



52 



END OF THE PETTY PROGRESSE [REL. XXXI 



blessings which hee hath severally distributed, which is the 
CheifFest end off travell by land or Sea. 



Computation off Miles gon to and Fro in this 

progress are, viz. 

From Penrin to BristoU by severall joumeies in 

anu ou L ••> <<< ••• •«• ••• 

From Bristoll to Glocester 

From Glocester to Langrojoia in Wales and 

backe againe 
From Glocester to Brecknocke in Wales and 

backe againe 

From Glocester to OxfFord 

From OxfFord to London 

From London to Cambridge, Sturbridge Faire 

and backe againe ... 
From London twice to Deale and backe againe Miles 220 
Gon as abovesaid (beesides other petty jour- 

neies) the some of . . . 



Miles 150 
Miles 32 

Miles 68 

Miles 120 
Miles 48 
Miles 47 

Miles 90 



Miles 775^ 

^ After the publication of vol. i of Mundy's travels, Mr Eliot Howard 
drew my attention to the fact that though Mundy evidently delighted 
in chronicling the distance travelled, he constantly underestimated the 
mileage in England. For instance, he always gives the distance from 
London to Penryn, or Falmouth, as 220 miles, whereas it could scarcely 
be less than 266 of the present statute miles. The explanation seems to 
be that he was reckoning by the old English mile of 10 instead of 
8 furlongs. But this measurement was by no means absolute, for Seebohm, 
Customary Acres, p. 92, shows that in Cornwall in the 15th century the 
customary mile was ij statute miles. And Wheatley, in his edition of 
Wm. Smith's Desc. of England, has some interesting remarks (Intro- 
duction, p. x) on the discrepancies in the length of the English mile in 
the 17th and i8th centuries. For the varying length of the mile in different 
countries at the end of the 17th century see also Fiennes, pp. 74, 88 > 
117, 119, 156, 173. 



li 



Series H. Vol. 55. 



rOLAND 
T 



so 


j 


iSi5»^2^af^ 




liOVfBStMif^ 




1 


S<fu£h»¥o13LJ 




) 


Jhavtviekf/ 






Ald^hur^ J 


SoyatanU 


n ■ 


\r 1 


/ 


jBarTw>ay 


^_ok/ / 


/ ■ 


1 






RELATION XXXII 

A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND OVER INTO 

HOLLAND, WITH SOME PERTICULARITIES 

OF THATT COUNTRY, VIZ, : 

A good oportunity overslipt. 

The i6th March 1639 [1639/40]. Beeing bound over For 
Holland, I determined to have taken my passage For Rotter- 
dam on a smalle Catche^ wheron wentt some Few passengers, 
butt Finding another conveyaunce on a bigger shippe, named 
the Contentt^y to bee gon 2 daies after, I neglected and refused 
the Former. 

The 20th [March 1639/40]. I came to Gravesend, having 
gotten a passe From the Customhouse^. Thatt Nightt came 
the shippe Contentty and here I understood thatt the Catch 
afforesaid was 2 daies since gon From thence, and by all 
mens Judgementt by this tyme mightt bee saffely arrived in 
HoUande, having had extraordinary Faire weather and as 
good a winde. Itt seemes our shippe was consorted to keepe 
company with another* on which My Lord Craven^ was to 
take passage. For whome wee all stayed the Next day, beeing 

^ Catch, ketch, a two-masted vessel of the galiot order, from 100 to 
250 tons. 

* The Content of London, Gregory Hiet, master, for Rotterdam, 
lading in the Port of London, paid Tonnage and Poundage on goods for 
export on the 7th and 17th of March 1639/40 {Port Books, 43/i). 

' Special passes for foreign travel were granted by the Privy Council, 
and at this period they often contained special provisoes respecting 
destination, luggage, &c. It was apparently the duty of the searchers at 
the outports to enforce the working of passes and licenses. See Acts of 
the Privy Council^ 1615-16, p. 565; Cal. S.P. Dom,, 1639, p. 56. 

* Probably the Mary and Hanna, of London, in port at the same time 
as the Content, transporting two horses "for the Lord Embassador for 
Holland" (Port Books, 43/1). 

* William Earl of Craven (i 606-1 697), created Baron Craven of 
Hamsted Marshall, Berks, 12th March 1627. Being disappointed of high 
command in the army of Charles I, he re-entered the service of the 
States which were supporting the claims of the Palatine House. See 
Paris Transcripts, Bundle 73; Cal, S.P. Venetian, 1636-9, p. 580; S.P, 
For. Holland, vol. 156, fols. 31, 37 ; Hist, MSS. Comn., 12th Rept., App., 
Pt. 11. p. 249. 



54 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

Saterday, whenas the shippes mightt have bin cleared and 
wee have proceeded, soe lost thatt day and the Following 
which was Sonday. 

The 23^ Marche. Wee sett saile From Gravesend, having 
here taken in 3 horses into our shippe For the Queen off 
Bohemia^, and certaine English Souldiers passing over to 
serve the States^. 

The z^th ditto. AUthough the winde would well have 
served to have gon over the Flattest, yett I conceave, For 
som respect to his Lordshipps ease or health, the other shippe 
putt in For Quinburrow [Queenborough], and wee Followed. 

The 26th Marche Anno 1640. His Lordship with one More 
tooke horse For Margatt, where wee were to com, and by 
shooting off of a couple of Chambers*, wee should bee an- 
swered within J off an hower with a Fire on the shore if hee 
were there; otherwise to proceed. Since my coming to 
Gravesend the winds have bin variable, contrary, much Frost, 
snow hard; the like seldome scene att this tyme off the 
year*. 

^ On the 1 8th March 1639/40 permission was registered to export 
from the Port of London, on the Content y for Rotterdam, for "The 
Illustrious princesse the lady Elizabeth queen of Bohemia, his Majestie*s 
onely sister, 3 horses or geldings," exempt from duty, by special letters 
(Port Books, 43/1). Other horses for the Queen had been sent in January 
on the Amy to Gravesend, and the Allex for Rotterdam (ibid.). 

* The English companies of soldiers in the service of the United 
Provinces had been greatly reduced in numbers owing to death, disease, 
and the inducements offered to them to serve the cause of Charles I 
against the Scotch. Recruits, however, continued to be raised in England 
for Holland upon "the general licence" which had been granted by His 
Majesty. See S,P. For. Holland, vol. 155, fols. 134, 275, vol. 156, fols. 
31, 37; Col, SJ*. Venetian, 1636-9, p. 556; Cal. S.P. Dom., 1639-40, 
p. 476; Venetian Transcripts, vol. 22, p. 225; Coke MSS., Hist. MSS, 
Comn., i2th Rept., App., Pt. 11. p. 220. 

* The Kentish Flats, 51° 27' N. Lat., 1° 7' E. Long. Brereton (Travels^ 
i634~5> PP- 3~4)» having also been obliged to put back to Queenborough 
when bound to Rotterdam, left that harbour and " came in good time to 
pass the Flats... where buoys are placed *twixt which all ships are to 
sail." 

^ An obsolete term for small pieces of ordnance, without carriage, used 
to fire salutes. 

* There are several references to the violence of the winds and the 
exceptionally heavy rain in the winter of 16351/40, but ho mention has 
been found of a late or abnormal snow-fall. See Venetian Transcripts 
(P.R.O.), vol. 22, pp ro2, 210, 213 ; Paris Transcripts (P.R.O.), Bundle 72. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 55 

The Towne [Queenborough]. 

This towne off Quinburrough consists off one smalle 
streete, accompted auntientt, having a Mayor and certaine 
priviledges extraordinary^, somwhatt to bee compared to our 
towne of Michell [Mount St Michael] in Cornewall, only 
thatt lives by the land and this by the sea, beeing Most part 
Fishermen. It lies on the He off Shepey. 

The Castle. 

Quinburrough Castle stands Near the towne. Moated round 
aboutt with a shallow ditche, alltogether in compasse Near 
Jth off a Mile, the wall within the Moate aboutt ^th part. 
The said wall, as allsoe the Fort it selffe (there beeing a 
spatious greene round aboutt beetwixt them) are off a perffect 
circular Forme. The Fort or lodge hath 6 large high towers, 
each off them a httle turrett higher then all the rest, Making 
a goodly prospect, as well the outtside therof From a little 
distance as the inside From the leades of the Towers, There 
beeing Many Stores off windowes looking inward to a round 
open Court, all off a confformable Manner and distance, Ful 
off lodgings great and smalle, in sundry stories one above 
the other and round; Many conveyances, passages, etts., by 
staires, doores, etts.^ In the Middest of the Court is a well, 

^ Queenborough which was named in honour of Queen Philippa, 
Edward Ill's consort, was created a free borough with Mayor and 
Corporation and two Bailiffs, by Charter of Edward III, 1366. Liberty 
was also granted for the town to hold two markets weekly and two fairs 
yearly. In 1369 Queenborough was made a staple of wool. In 1725 
Defoe found it " a miserable dirty, decayed, poor, pitiful, fishing Town ; 
yet vested with Corporation Priviledges" (Tour through Great Britain, 
vol. I. Part II. p. 29). 

• Queenborough Castle, originally known as the Castle of Sheppey, 
was rebuilt by Edward III, 1361-7, and repaired by Henry VIII, 
after which time it was ]itde more than a mansion for its Constable. In 
1634 Brereton {Travels y p. 2) found "a fine little uniform castle, round 
built, outside walls and windows in good repair." A year later, the 
writer of Lansd, MS, 213, fol. 351 a, thus describes the decay of the 
town and castle: '* Quinborough Queen Philipsburgh. . .that 20 Mile 
3noompass*d Island [Sheppey], with her ancient little poore Mother- 
Queen-Major Towne of this kingdome. The ruinated standings of that 
demolished Castle, built by King Edward the 3d, doe still represent what 
she hath been, whose drooping and Ivy heads, having been governed by 



56 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

by reporte 35 or 40 Fathom deepe (others say More^), the 
water good ; butt round aboutt the towne itt is braqkish, lying 
in a low Marsh Full off Creekes and pooles ofFe Raine water, 
with which most off the people serve themselves; in winter, 
some outt off the Castle well by permission of the Custos 
[custodian]. 

In Conclusion, itt is a very spatious, stronge, entire and 
beautifuU peece, allthough ancient and abandoned as un- 
usefull in these tymes, serving Now For the Habitation of 
Multitude oflF Fowle, as Ravens, Crowes, dawes, pidgeons, 
stares [starlings], etts., alofft, and gueese, duckes and poultry 
beneath, aperteyning to the guardian afforesaid. Itt seemes 
some off the roomes were repaired and dweltt in aboutt 
40 yeares since, as wee Mightt perceave by the year off our 
Lord^. Itt were a habitation For a greatt lord, stood itt in 
a More convenientt place, this beeing all watrish. Marshy, 
a greatt way round aboutt unserviceable groimd. 

I wentt to Minster [Minster-in-Sheppey], a towne 2 mile 
off, where itt seemes was an Abbey in old tyme, which had 
then the superiority off the Hand in Eclesiasticall Matters, 
For as yett, all the Churches in itt, beeing 4 More, pay duties 
to this as Chappells off ease therto^. A shippe off 100 tonnes 
may att a Full sea saile round aboutt the Hand. 

no lesse then 20 noble Constables, serve now for no other use but for 
Sea-marks for Navigators." 

In 1649 a Survey of the Castle was ordered by Parliament. It was 
then "much out of repair, but all the roof was still covered with lead.*' 
It was sold shortly after and pulled down, c. 1650. See Hasted, History 
of Kent y II. 655; Cruttwell, Tour through Great Britaitiy 11. 42; Grose, 
Antiquities, Kent, vol. 11. 

* The depth of the well is 271 feet. 

■ Mundy seems to be alluding to a date which he saw on a restored 
portion of the building. 

* Minster Abbey, of which only a portion of the conventual church 
and gatehouse now remain, was founded by Sexburga, widow of Ercom- 
berht, King of Kent, in the 7th century. The building was destroyed by 
the Danes in 1030 and rebuilt by William de Corbeuil, Archbishop of 
Canterbury, in the 12th century. 

By an Inspeximus and confirmation, dated 3rd April 1400, to the prioress 
and convent of SS. Mary and Sexburga, Sheppey, it appears that they 
held appropriated the parish churches of Minster-in-Sheppey and 
Bobbing with their chapels and Gillingham with the " chapel of Grean " 
(Isle of Grain). See Cal, of Patent Rolls, 1 Henry IV, p. 340. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 57 

Making of Coperas. 

By Quinburrow is a house where Copperas is Made (att 
the charge off some London Merchantts) outt off old Iron 
boiled in a certaine licor which drayneth From a kind off 
earth or shelfFe broughtt From the sea side, having thatt 
property to consume Iron thatt is boiled in itt. The hptt 
licor is powred into Cistemes, which beeing cold, there ad- 
heres to the side off the said vessele, or to boughes hung in 
itt off purpose, a certaine greene stufFe which is the Copperas. 
Itt is afterwards putt into Caske and transported^. 

Here wee imderstood how the Dunkerckers had intercepted 
the Earle of Malbrow and another Man off quality^. The 
Earle was said to passe over For certaine vessells which he 
had boughtt in Holland, wherof one was a galleon off Naples 
aperteyning once to the Spaniard and lost in the last Confflict 
before Dover®, which Makes us doubtfuU wee shall bee much 
troubled if Mett withall, especially carrying soccours to the 
enemy. 

From hence and Feversham and [sic, i are] greatt store 

^ Matthias Falconer, a Brabanter, was the first to turn to account the 
iron pyrites, found in large quantities in Sheppey and on the Essex shore, 
by setting up at Queenborough, in 1579, a factory for the manufacture 
of brimstone and copperas, the first established in England. The manu- 
facture, still extant in 1866, is no longer carried on there. Brereton 
{Travels, pp. 2, 3) fidly describes the process used in 1634. See Pennant's 
Journey from London to the Isle of Wight , i. 79. 

* The inhabitants of Dunkirk at this date subsisted by privateering. 
Brereton (Travels , p. 4) remarks: "But there was another [ship], which 
seemed towards evening to cross us, and which the master feared had 
been a Dunkirker (who had taken a ship lately wherein Mr Thatcher, a 
merchant, a passenger, had some goods), but he passed by, and made 
no attempt at all." Brereton's editor notes that since the inhabitants 
troubled little as to the nation whose vessels they attacked, the town of 
Dunkirk was little better than a nest of pirates. At the date of Mundy's 
voyage Dunkirk was under Spanish sovereignty. It was taken by France 
for the first time in 1646. 

' James Ley, third Earl of Marlborough, a naval captain, who suc- 
ceeded to the title in 1638. No reference to his movements at this date 
has been found. The galleon referred to may possibly be that of Don 
Antonio de Oquendo. After the fight between the Dutch and Spaniards 
inside the Downs off Dover, in October 1639, this ship was unable to 
enter the port of Dunkirk, which was not deep enough, and was conse- 
quently abandoned by the commander to the discretion of the enemy, 
after he had dismantled it. See Cal. S.P. Venetian, 1636-9, No. 724. 



58 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

off greatt Kentish oysters transported to London, the Low 
Countries etts. 

Putt to Sea: beat backe againe. 

The 28th off Marche [1640]. Wee sett to sea, and thatt 
evening wee anchored att the boy [buoy] of the red sands ^, 
butt the winds lessning and the tide increasing, wee putt 
nott through For thatt tyme. BeefFore Morning the winde 
came contrary with such vehemency thatt itt grew More and 
More to a Storme, Soe thatt wee returned, thincking to putt 
in For Quinburrow againe. Butt our Majoie corse [mainsail] 
nott beeing outt For 2 reasons, the one our vessell was not 
thoughtt able to bear itt, the other our Men not thoughtt 
able to hand itt, and soe by this Meanes wee were not able 
to Fetch the place, butt were Forced to Anchor shortt off itt* 
Our Consort passed by us and to our seeing putt in For 
Quinburrow. 

In Daunger of Shippewracke with losse off 

lives and goods. 

Wee had not Rode long ere our cable brake a sunder. Wee 
lett Fall another Anchor, and by and by shee strucke with 
her keele on the sands in a violentt manner, [and] so con- 
tinued beating [there], and wee expecting when shee would 
have splitt in sunder and suncke; then had there bin butt 
little hope off saving our lives, itt beeing Near i\ Miles From 
the shoare, extreame Foule cold weather, a deep hollow short 
sea. No small boat able to brooke itt. Neither was ours 
Capable off \ off our company, wee beeing Near aboutt 60 
persons. Butt itt pleased God to deliver us outt off this 
daunger by the Flowing off the water. Had itt Fallen away, 
wee had surely perished. Our shipp beeing strong and New 
was Nott much the worse, Allthough by die Masters owne 
conffession, who was allsoe Master off a vessell cast away 
aboutt 3 Monthes [since], the said shippe strucke not halffe 
as Much as this erre shee brake all to peeces. Wee thincking 

^ The Red Sand, 51° 29' N. Lat., 1° 02' E. Long., a bank forming the 
continuation of the Shivering Sand to the S.W. See Index Nauticus 
(British Isles), p. 892. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 59 

itt nott safFe to abide here another low water, Cutt our other 
cable in the hause, our men not able to wey [weigh] itt. 

Another greatt daunger. 

Neer uppon Full sea sett saile, steering towards the shoare 
over sundry Flattes and shoulds att all adventures [at random] ; 
no man knowing the ground, the keele of the shippe very 
Neare itt Many tymes. Here the Master wrung his hands 
againe, lamenting his hard happe, this 2d daunger as greatt 
as the Former, For if shee had bin strucke with thatt Fresh 
way and a hollow sea, the water now ebbing, there had bin 
little hope off us. Butt God be praised, who delivered us 
allsoe this 2d tyme. Att last wee putt in to Feversham att 
the other Moudi thatt Maketh Shepey an Hand. 

The ^th ojf Aprill 1640. Wee sett Forth From Feversham 
and with the helpe off a pilate wee came to the North Forland. 

A 3d daunger. 

The $th ojf Aprill. In the Aftemoone wee putt over For 
the Coast off Holland, and sayling all thatt Nightt with a 
Faire winde. Next Morning, the 6th, wee Foimd our selves 
by soimding to bee among shelves and shoalds to 5, 6 and 7 
Fathom water, as wee thought on the banckes offe Flanders, 
the Morning prooving soe dusky, h^zy and Misty thatt wee 
could not discerne Farre From us, otherwise wee made 
accompt to have scene the land ; soe putt to seaward againe, 
and then in againe, and thus sundry tymes. Not, knowing 
where wee were; only by sounding, wee Found our selves 
againe in daunger, having shoalds within and bancks withoutt. 
Att last the Mist brake uppe and wee saw the land Faire by, 
with steeples, butt amongst us all No man knew whatt to 
Make off itt. Some said it was Ostende in Flaunders, others 
thatt itt was Gouree [Goeree] in Holland, near the Maze 
[Maas], 2 places 20 leagues asunder. 

Another daunger doubted. 

So resolved to take to Sea againe, doubting wee Mightt 
here bee siuprized, pillaged, hindred and stayed by Dun- 



6o A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

kerkers, wee beeing on their owne coaste. Beeiilg in this 
resolution, wee saw 2 smalle saile Make towards us, who 
were English thatt came over to transport plaice etts. [and 
other] Fresh Fish From hence. They told us where wee 
were, and thatt the steeple wee saw was Westcapell [West- 
kapelle] on Walkeme [Walcheren], which was No smalle 
comffortt to us all, seeing our selves like to have undergon 
More trouble yett, all hitherto passed daimgers, etts., occa- 
sioned through the wantt of yeares, experience and Com- 
maund off our Master, with the perverse Ignorance off his 
Mate who presumed to bee pilate; who. Notwithstanding 
thatt hee was advised off the distance to Gouree, and wished 
by the Master and company to Anchor beetjrme, yett, as hee 
would doe it off purpose [have his own way], wee were Near 
4 or 5 Miles overshott beeffore wee anchored. 

Another daunger escaped. 

The yth off Aprill [1640]. In the Morning wee went to 
worcke to recover that oversightt, butt labouring and dis- 
payring to gett in to the Brill [Brielle, De Briell], beeing Now 
att the very Mouth off the haven. The winde increased in 
such a Manner now against us thatt wee now once againe 
thoughtt our selves in as bad a case as ever. Fearing to bee 
driven off the Coast by the violence, either to Sea or elce 
[where]. Butt God allsoe sentt a remedy to this, For there 
came a pilate boatte aboard us, which untill Now None came 
Near us, allthough wee Made all signes usuall, by reason 
thatt sometymes they have bin beetraied by Dunkerkers. 

Outt off the said boate wee had a Pilate thatt brought us 
into the Brill, one off the Cautionary townes delivered unto 
Queene Elizabeth^. 

The yth Aprill [1640] . Att Nightt there was so much winde 
thatt the house wherin wee were, trembled and shooke as 

^ The Brill (Brielle), Flushing and Rammekens were given to Queen 
Elizabeth in 1585 by the Dutch as security for repayment of her assistance 
in their struggle with Spain. They were restored to the Dutch Republic 
by James I in 1616. See Cal. S.P. For,, 1585-6, p. 702; Acts of the 
Privy Council, Cal,, 1615-16, pp. 545-8; Montague, PoL Hist, of Eng., 
VII. 78, 



1 640] . OVER INTO HOLLAND 6 1 

"with an Earth quake, soe thatt had nott wee Mett with thatt 
pilate and gotte in as wee did, wee had undoubtedly bin 
blowen off the shoare, and the Lord knowes whatt would 
beecome off us. 

A Caveatte [admonition, warning], 

I have the More perticulerized this passage For 2 reasons, 
©tar., 

The First thatt itt may appeare whatt inconveniencies 
sometymes ensue by overslipping good oportunityes, which 
I have ofFten Felt, some not soe soone Forgotten. Among 
the rest, liis: That had I kept my First resolution, I had 
avoided all the daimgers and troubles afforementioned, bee- 
side expence and ill accomodation, the shippe beeing Full 
oflF souldiers and pestred [encumbered] with woolsackes, and 
contrariwise had had a pleasaimt and speedy passage. 

The second is thatt I have undergon in these 15 dales 
5 tymes More hazards off loosing liffe and all, in comming 
butt aboutt 45 leagues, then I have don this 25 yeares in 
sayling above 25,000 leagues to and Fro. These are the 
Chaunces off the world^. 

The 8th [April 1640]. I departed From the Brill towards 
Rotterdam. By the way wee passed by sundry townes, viz,, 
Scluise on the Maze, Vlaerdin (by report the Auntienst 
towne in Holland), Delfftshaven, Scheedam^, and soe to 
Rotterdam. 

Rotterdam. 

This is a place off Much shipping and Trade; Many 

^ Mundy has a marginal note here: "A greatt Alteration." 

* Maasluis, Vlaardingen, Schiedam, Delftshaven. Mundy has reversed 
the order of the last two. 

Vlaardingen (capital of the County of Holland, conquered by the 
Emperor Henry 111 in the nth century) was reckoned by Martin Zeiler, 
in 1639, amongst the most important market-places of Holland and 
"held to be the oldest place" among them; "in old times the strongest 
in the whole of Holland, nqw-a-days but a small village." M. Zeiler, 
Itm. contin.y p. 481. 

Montague, Delights of Holland (1696), says that '* Vlaerdingen. . .is caird 
the Oldest, Boldest, Wisest, and was the Richest in ancient Times [of 
the towns in Holland]." 



62 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

English dwellers here and use our owne Countrey habitt^. 
Here on the [Groote Markt] stands the statue off Erasmus 
Rotterdamus, excellently well cast in Brasse^. 

The loth off Aprill [1640]. I went in a schuite^ or boate 
towards the Haghe, off which boattes, by the day, there goes 
one every hower From Rotterdam to DelfFte, att 3 stivers^ 
per man. Att DelfFt wee landed, and passing through the 
towne, wee tooke boate againe on the other side, the which 
From hence to the Haghe doe part every halffe hower att 
2 stivers per Man. These boates sett away precisely att the 
sound off a little bell, whither they have fraight or Noe^, 
drawne by one horse each, which goe a good round trotte 
aboutt 3 Mile an hower, and soe much for i stiver: very 
cheape travelling and easy, by water, through the Channells 
which are cast uppe by hand, and Filled For the Most part 
with the water drawne From the lower grounds by windmills, 
wherof there are very Many, each sending as Much water 
as would make a pretty brooke continually in to those 
Channells, which are in some places 6 or 7 Foote higher then 
the Marsh itt selfFe. This they doe to Free itt From water, 

^ Thomas Bowrey, who visited the city in 1698 and describes it, 
mentions the Scotch quarter of Rotterdam " Inhabited mostly by Scotch." 
He also mentions "One English Church" and "One Scotch Church" 
{Bowrey MS. Papers, Hague Diary). 

2 The bronze statue of Erasmus of Rotterdam (Gerrit Gerritsz), 
1467-1536, by Hendrik de Keyser, was erected in 1622. The statue seen 
by Fynes Moryson in 1593 was of wood "for the Spaniards brake down 
that which was made of stone" (Itinerary , i. loi). 

Robert Bargrave, who was at Rotterdam in March 1652/3, describes 
it (MS. Razvl. C. 799, fol. 94) as "a faire walld City, commodious for 
trade in respect of the largeness of the Place and the gallant Haven in it. 
What I see of note was only theyr great Church, and the fam'd Erasmus 
Statue, as also the house wherein he was borne...." See also De Blain- 
ville. Travels, 1743-5, 1. 5, 6. 

* Dutch schuit, a, flat-bottomed river-boat. 

* Stiver, Du. stuiver, worth about one penny in English money. See 
the table of coins at the end of this Relation. 

* Compare Moryson (Itinerary, iii. 469), c. 1610: "Every day and at 
a set hower, the Boates must goe away with those passengers they have, 
and may not stay for more." 

In 1698 the "Track Skute" still plied every hour between Rotterdam 
and Delft, and Bowrey (Boivrey MS. Papers, Hague Diary) paid 5 stivers 
for the journey, but he says nothing about changing boats. See also 
Brereton, Travels, p. 52. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 63 

which Other wise would ly drowned and overfflowen, having 
sluces againe to disburthen the said Channells in to the River 
or Sea when there is overmuch water in them. Thus here- 
abouts. 

Delphe: a Fine towne; a Nett [market] place or piazza. 

Delphe is a privatte^ butt very nett [clean] towne, the 
prettiest place or piazza that I have yett scene*, the Faire 
townehouse att [one] end, and att the other the Church and 
loflFty steeple^. The rest, with Faire unifForme buildings, is 
enclosed. In the said Church is a very costly Monumentt, 
partly off brasse, partly off Marble, off excellentt Worckman- 
shippe, where ly enterred the Bodies off old Grave William*, 
Grave Maurice, etts.^ 

The Haege. 

The Haghe or s'Gravenhaege is the place where the Prince 
keepes his Courtt. Nere the Princes pallace are Many stately 
ediffices, butt Most part off the rest of the Citty Not soe 
handsom Nor cleanly as Delphe or Rotterdam. 

From the Harghe [sic] I returned thatt evening to Rotter- 
dam, our shippe beeing com uppe butt thatt day From the 

^ By private, Mundy means not a seat of government. 

' Piazza is used in the sense of a covered market-place. Montague 
{Delights of Holland (i6g6)f p. 16) in his description of Rotterdam says 
that there was an Exchange there ** but no noble Piazza's to secure 'em 
[the merchants] from the Weather, as at London." 

• The Nieuwe Kirk, formerly the Church of St Ursule, in the Groote 
Markt. The tower is 375 ft. high. 

"Delph, which consists only of one faire long street, by which is a 
large Church** (Bargrave, MS. Ratvl. C. 799, f. 94). "The Piazza, or 
market-place [at Delft] is a very fair one, having the front of the Town 
house at one end of it, and the high Steeple of the new Church at the 
oAer** (Edward Browne, Travels (1668), p. 90). 

^ The monument, begun by Hendrik de Keyser in 16 16, and finished 
by his son Peter, to the memory of William the Silent, Prince of Orange, 
is of marble and bronze. It replaced the one Moryson (Itinerary, i. 99) 
describes as "the poorest that ever I saw for such a person, being only 
of rough stones and morter, with posts of wood, coloured over with black, 
and very little erected from the ground.'* See De BlainviUe, i. 7, 8 for a 
fiill description of the tomb as he saw it, c, 1743. 

• Prince Maurice, 1 567-1 625. The wife of William of Orange seems to 
be represented by Mundy*s "etts.** 

The last few words of this paragraph, beginning at "off/* are added 
in pencil. 



64 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

Brill, having undergon 2 hazards More in her way. And to 
bee noted thatt From the tyme shee sett saile From London 
till shee arrived att Rotterdam, there hath bin such 3 weekes 
ofF'Straimge weather, off Frost, Snow, Sleete, Rayne, Stormy 
variable windes, As the like by report hath nott bin seene by 
any Man living att this tyme off the Yeere^. 

The i^th ojf Aprill 1640. I Tooke passage For Amsterdam 
by boate allsoe, which is the ordinary course off travelling, 
and indeed is the speediest, easiest and cheapest thatt I know 
elce where, and is accompted 15 hoxu-es going, [and] is so 
many English leagues Neare hand. Butt a Dutch Mile is 
4 English Mile, Fpr 15 Dutch Mile make one degree, which 
is 20 leagues or 60 Miles English 2. 

Much low and drowned land beetweene Rotterdam 

and Amsterdam. 

By the way, our boatte and lading was with a Capstan 
drawne over Roulers outt off one water into another^, the 
latter lowermost by J a Foote, the other Not lett run into itt 
For overfflowing the lower ground. In all the way nott a 
towne off any quallity, the groimd generally all low and 
Marish. 

How turffe is Made and how ser[v]iceable itt is. 

Much off itt att presentt overfflowen with water, and some 
off itt all the year long, where with little boates they dredge 
For the slyme or Mudde in the bottom, which is putt to 
drayne and dry in beds, and beeing somwhatt hardned, is 
cutt in square peeces and soe lett dry till itt bee Fitt For use*. 

^ See ante, n. 5 on p. 54. 

* The old Nederland mijl in Mundy*s time was 20,000 Rhenish feet 
or 6278*93 metres, i,e, somewhat under four ordinary English or London 
miles. 

' Between Amsterdam and Haarlem Moryson (i. 94) came to a " damme, 
shutting out the flowing of the sea. . . .Our boat was lifted over this damme 
by ropes, and so let fall into the water on the other side, for which the 
Mariners paid tribute." 

^ Turf, i.e, peat, was to Holland what coal is to England. In 1639 
Sir Thomas Culpeper bought two ships in Holland to "lade and carry 
turfe** to London (jS.P. For. Holland, vol. 155, f. 244). De Blainville 
(i. 44) remarks on the use of turf in Amsterdam: "These Turfs or Peats 
consists of a viscous Substance, dug out of the fenny or marchy Grounds, 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 65 

Itt is very good Fewell, and there with they Make a very 

handsome Fire, pilying off them hollow, piramidewise. They 

bume very Sweet and Cleare, cast a quick heatt. Make a 

good cole [ash, cinder], and are very serviceable and Cheape* 

The 14/A [April 1640]. In the Morning wee came to 

Amsterdam, and there I tooke a lodging in the Newmarkett 

[Nieuw Markt]. 

Harleim. 

Within few daies I wentt to Harlem [ ? ] miles distantt^, 
aboutt which is some rising ground, many pretty groves and 
wood^, Faire long rancks of Trees with pleasauntt walkes 
betweene, allso Nxu-series off smalle trees. For From hence, 
they say, Amsterdam and divers other places are supplied 
with them to Furnish their streetes. A little beyond the 
towne are certaine Sandhills called dounes, where breed store 
of Cunnies, off which many are brought to Amsterdam, etts. 

Muiden and Wesop [Weesp]. 

Not long after I went, in company off a good Freind, To 
Muiden and Wesop. By the First is a pleasant Castle-like 
Mannour [mansion], now somwhatt Neglected, though in 
Former tymes said to bee the habitation off the Earles of 
Holland, a very delightsome seat, standing on a little rising, 
with pretty groves and walkes round aboutt^. From Wesop 

called in Dutch. Veenen [turf-moors] ; that after digging them, they are 
exposed to the Sun and Wind to dry and harden them : that they are cut 
into square Pieces and transported over all the United Provinces in 
Barks made on purpose : and that they are so fidl of Sulphur and bitu- 
minous Matter, that all who sit in winter round a great Peat-fire, appear 
pale and livid like ghosts." 

^ There is a blsuok in the MS. here. Bargrave, who went by water 
frcmi Amsterdam to Haarlem, gives the distance as six miles {MS, Ratal. 
C. 799, f. 93), and Moryson (i. 94) as three. 

' Dietrich, son of Gerolphus (appointed Frisian Count in 885), was 
the first of the Counts in the old Batavia, later called Holland, and was 
the founder of the line of the Counts of Holland, endowed by Charles 
the Simple of France in 913 (see M. Zeiler, Itinerant Germ, continuatio, 
p. 239). In 1 571 the old County of Holland (which comprised approxi- 
mately the territory of the two present provinces of North and South 
Holland), having shaken off the Spanish yoke, joined the six other Northern 
provinces to form the republic of the United Provinces. 

The Castle of Muiden was built c. 1290 by Count Floris V. Earth- 
works were added in 1576. In 1609 ^^^ States appointed Pieter Comelie- 

PM S 



66 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [rEL. XXXII 

is their water broughtt wherewith they brew their beere (att 
Amsterdam) in greatt lighters, laden in hold withoutt caske, 
For att Amsterdam their best water is whatt they save From 
the Raine, there beeing little offence in wett weather by 
water thatt should Fall by spoutts or gutters From their 
houses, For it is all conveyed From thence by leaden pipes 
in to certaine Cisternes below, off which scarce any house 
butt hath one^. 

Scarcity of good water: foundation of houses. 

Rivers, Fountaines off good Water very scarce in this part 
off the Country, by reason off the Marshy lownesse and 
Muddinesse off the soile. For att Amsterdam att the building 
off a house they Must drive in certaine timbers or Masts 
42 or 43 Foote deepe beeffore they Meet with any Fast 
ground, which is a sand att last, on which is laid the Founda- 
tion. These tymbers are said to continue hundreds off yeares 
soimd, as long as they ly in the Moist earth From the Ayre. 
They are Forced in by a certaine engine, beeing a greatt 
waightt, whereunto is Fastned a Maine rope, and unto that 
againe aboutt 40 other smaller, there beeing soe many severall 
Men which pull att them in the same Manner and with the 
same Action, as sometimes Many Men doe at the Ringuing 
of some greatt bell. The waight, by the helpe off a large 
puUy, is Forced uppe, and with his Fall driveth the piles till 
they Meet with the Sand, as afforesaid. Allsoe I have scene 
a whole house off bricke, etts., sundry stories high, standing 

zoon Hooft "Drost" of Muiden, Castellan of the house of Muiden, &c. 
The castle was then in a ruinous condition and was further damaged by 
the great storm of the year 161 2. During Hooft's government large 
sums were spent on restoration and improvements, especially in 1 630-1. 
A contemporary picture shows the castle protected by high trees on the 
seaward side and bordered by gardens and orchard on the landward 
side. See J. Koning, Geschiedenis van het slot te Muiden. 

^ Compare Brereton {Travels in Holland, 1634-5, p. 66): "Here no 
fresh- water, no water to brew withal, but what is fetched from Weesoppe, 
six English miles distant. Hence they have much beere.... No water to 
wash withal but rain-water preserved in rain-bags [backs, rainwater- 
tubs].** It was not until the middle of the 19th century that a company 
was formed to supply Amsterdam with pure water. See General View 
of the Netherlands y No. ix, p. 52. 



1640] ' OVER INTO HOLLAND 67 

alltogether uppon screwes^, as on stilts, the Foundation 
beeing cleane taken away. With these, by report, they will 
remove large buildings From one place to another. Also 
sundry other engenious devices with which they abound, as 
wind sawing Mills, windmills For drejming off water, etts., 
the yong Following the old^, as by Many pretty windmills 
and shippes, etts., to goe and saile with the wind, wanting 
only greatnesse. 

A supposition with itts reason. 

Amsterdam itt selife^ may conteyne Near hallffe as Many 
people as London with Westminster, Stepney, etts., by this 
Following reason. In London, etts., aforesaid, there dy 
usually aboutt 200 or 210 persons per weeke, and in this 
Citty there dy ordinarily aboutt 100 and no weekly, outt 
oflF the tyme of any extraordinary sicknesse^. Butt itt may 
bee alleadged thatt the Multitude off strangers in shipping 
there may encrease thatt Number. 

Burialles. 

Their dead are buried beetweene the howers of one and 3 
in the afftemoone (under penalty or Fine For the contrary)*, 
very decently accompanied by their Freinds in Mourning 
cloakes (with which No housekeeper scarce butt is provided 

^ Mundy means screw-piles. The earliest quotation for the term in 
the 0£J). is 1840. 

• Mundy seems to mean that the "engenious devices" were copied 
in miniature for the benefit of children. 

• According to the Table of Burials... in London, given by John Graunt, 
F.R.S. {Natural and Political Observations... made upon the Bills of Mor^ 
taUty, p. 116), the average number of burials per week in London for 
the years 1625-1628 was 198, and the average number of burials in 
Amsterdam (op. cit., p. 107) for 1625-1628 was 90. The population of 
London, c, 1660, is given by Graunt (op. cit., p. 59) as 460,000, so the 
population of Amsterdam should be about 230,000, but it is impossible 
to verify these figures as the city was subject to great fluctuations of 
population. In 1622 it numbered 100,000, but the wars with England 
so greatly affected trade, that in 1653 nearly 4000 houses were unin- 
habited. See Brockhaus, Konversations-Leocikon (ed. 1851). 

^ The hour for burials was regulated by by-laws which could be 
evaded on payment of a fine varying in proportion to the departure from 
the appointed time. See N. de Roever, Uit onze oude Atnstelstady 2 Bundel, 
pp. 78, 79. 

5-« 



68 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [rEL. XXXII 

For thatt purpose). These follow the Coarse by 2 and 2, 
which is broughtt to the Church, and withoutt Farther cere- 
mony putt in to the ground. Soe they returne all in the 
same Mannecw No weomen accompany their burialls^. Their 
ringuing confFused as in Spaine (which I wonder att, beeing 
soe curious [ingenious] and punctuall in all things elce), butt 
they have excellent Chimes, which goe beeffore the quarters, 
halfFe howers and whole^. Att J hower past Nine, etts., there 
is a smaller clocke or bell strikes 10, which in their phrase 
is termed hallfe 10, and soe For 11 or 12, etts. 

[Amsterdam] : Churches. 

This Citty is nott divided in to parishes as with us, butt 
every one goes to whatt Church hee pleases, there beeing 
only 8 or 9 publicke Churches^ beesides the English, French, 
Lutherans, Anabaptists, etts., and Jewish Sinagogues. In the 
afForesaid Churches are certain preachers appointed. Not 
many eclesiasticall orders nor much ceremony in their service, 
like the French Church b^ the exchange in London*. Organs 
they have in some of them, butt are nptt played till the people 
depart, soe thatt itt seemes they serve to blowe [play] them 
outt off Church, as their is such a phrase used oflF those wee 
call puritaines^; these beeing No other as I conceave. Few 
holidaies observed, Christmas, Easter, Whitsontide and Son- 
daies excepted ; the latter butt badly kept. A ToUeration here 
oflF all sects [of] religion. 

^ Compare Brereton, p. 35: "Their women never come to church 
with their corpse, save only their men, who march in ranks in good 
order, two and two together." 

* Bowrey (1698) says that the chimes "consist of 35 Bells well Tuned, 
the Bigest bell at least 5 foot over " {Bowrey Papers, Hague Diary), 

' Here is a marginal note: "The old church" (Oude Kerk, S. 
Nicolaes). 

* The French Protestants or Walloons obtained during the reign of 
Queen Elizabeth the Chapel of St Mary, forming part of the dissolved 
St Anthony's Hospital in Threadneedle Street, exactly opposite Finch 
Lane. St Anthony's was burnt in the Great Fire, and the Church was 
subsequently rebuilt by the French Protestants. It was taken down in 
1842. See Strype, Annals of the Reformation, i. Pt. i. p. 175; Besant, 
Survey of London, pp. 423, 426; Mediaeval London, 11. 268-9, 

' I have failed to trace the saying to which Mundy alludes. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 69 

The Westerkerke. 

Of the Churches afForesaid, thatt Now building is the 
Neatest, The steeple of 300 Foote high, att 11 inches per 
Foote, is 9if yards English. In it a bell off i6uooo^ waight^. 
Allthough the one bee the highest and the other the greatest 
in the Citty, yett is the First not the sightliest, Nor the latter 
the best sounded. 

A Farre and a Faire prospect. 

From the toppe off the said tower att the greatt Crowne 
is a Farre prospect (Utrecht and Leyden in sight, the one 
[blank] miles and the other [blank] Miles distant, with other 
townes), and as Faire and delightsome Near hand as I Never 
saw the like For a Citty; Most off the Cheiffe streets and 
Channells lying there aboutts and From alofft open to our 
view, as the Zingle, Heregraught, Princes grafft, Reisers 
grafft^, etts. (where Many off great dealing Merchanntts 
dwell), beesides pretty gardeins: the Channells [and] streets 
soe long, soe straightt; the buildings soe faire and unifforme; 
rancks off trees on each side off the Channell beeffore their 
doores off the same sort (generally) and in the same Manner 

^ Various methods were used in the Middle Ages to denote thousands 
or to divide large figures into thousands for clearness of reading. One 
device was to separate every hundred by a stroke above, and every 
thousand by a stroke below, another, to separate groups of three figures 
by arcs above them. There was also in Italy, in the 14th century, a sign 
used for 1000 somewhat resembling the Roman numeral M. (See 
Friedlein, Die Zahlzeichen und das elementare Rechnen der Griechen u. 
RSmer und des christlichen Abendlandes vom 7. his 13. yahrhundert; and 
Cantor, Vorlesungen iiber GesMchte der Mathematik, vol. i ; also Zanino 
Volta, Delle Abbreviature nella Paleografia Latina,) None, however, of 
the signs noted above gives the origin of the peculiar mark used by Mundy . 
See vol. HI. p. 140 n. 

* The Wester-Kirke on the Keizers- and the Prinsen-gracht, begim in 
1620, was first used in 1631. The tower, the highest in Amsterdam, was 
completed in 1638. Von Zesen remarks that, ** amongst others," it con- 
tained ''a bell 16,000 lbs. in weight, which strikes the hours," and also 
a carillon. See Bredius, Amsterdam in de xvii6 eeuw (G.B.), p. 143; 
P. von Zesen, Beschreibung der Stadt Amsterdam, pp. 360-1. 

' The Singelgracht, a canal 6J miles long, separates the old town 
from the new. The Heerengracht, Prinsengracht, and Keizersgracht are 
the chief concentric canals within the city. 

Bowrey (1698) dined with "Mr Facet on the Keysers Graft" (Botorey 
MS. Papers, Hague Diary), 



yO A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

as Moore Feilds in London, soe thatt they seeme pleasant 
walkes rather then citty streets; the rest throughoutt some- 
whatt suteable [in accordance]. 

Jewes. 

There are allsoe sundry dry streetes, as Warmor strate 
[Warmoes-Straat], Newindike [Nieuwendijk], Calvart strate 
[Kalver-Straat], Joode strate [Jodenbree-Straat] or Jewes 
streete, beecause they dwell there, the 3 Former Full off 
shoppes, tradesmen, Artifficers; The latter, though the least, 
yett the Fairest; The Jewes either all, or Most, Portugalls, 
Ritch Merchantts^, nott evill esteemed off, living in liberty, 
wealth and ease ; the Men swart and thereby knowen From 
others : Not by their habitt ; The weomen accompted to sur- 
passe the Natives. They allow Pictures in their houses (Not 
soe att Constantinople), yea, some off them Painters. 

Painting and pictures. 

As For the art off Painting and the affection off the people 
to Pictures, I thincke none other goe beeyond them, there 
having bin in this Country Many excellent Men in thatt 
Facullty, some att presentt, as Rimbrantt^, etts. All in generall 
striving to adorne their houses, especially the outer or street 
roome, with costly peeces, Butchers and bakers not much 
inferiour in their shoppes, which are Fairely sett Forth, yea 
many tymes blacksmithes, Coblers, etts., will have some 
picture or other by their Forge and in their stalle. Such is 
the generall Notion, enclination and delight that these 
Countrie Native[s] have to Paintings^. Allsoe their other 

* Bowrey (1698) remarks on the "Two Jews Synagogues" at Amster- 
dam, the larger "a Spacious brick building with Schools adjoining" 
being "for the Spanish and Portugall Jews... esteemed the Men of most 
substance." Bowrey also says that the Jews were only permitted to live 
in the East part of the City {Bomrey MS. Papers ^ Hague Diary). In 1638 
Brereton (p. 60) estimated that there were "about three hundred families 
seated in this town, most Portugals." He adds : " A street they have called 
the Jews' street: they have 3 synagogues here." See also Montague, 
Delights of Holland y p. 146. * Rembrandt van Rijn, 1607-1669. 

' Mundy has a marginal note here: "The affection of the people 
therto As Allso to the curious adorning and cleanly keeping of their 
houses, streets, etts." 

Horatio Busino, chaplain to the Venetian Ambassador Extraordinary 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 71 

Furniture and Ornamentts off their dwellings very Costly 
and Curious, Full off pleasure and home contentment, as 
Ritche Cupboards, Cabinetts, etts.. Imagery, porcelaine. 
Costly Fine cages with birds, etts.; all these commonly in 
any house off indifferent quallity; wonderfuU Nett and 
cleane, as well in their houses and Furniture, service, etts. 
within doores, as in their streetes. Few Cartts or sleads used ; 
all great quantities off Commodities broughtt by water in 
lighters to their warehouse doores. 

Shipping and Trafficke. 

For their shipping, trafficke and Commerce by sea, I 
conceave No place in the world comes Near itt. There beeing 
att once come into the Texell att my beeing there 26 shippes, 
viz, J From E. India 8, From W. India 9, and 9 From Guiney, 
etts. Att the E. India house, over the warehouse doore is one 
off those greatt shells which I have described in Folio 133^, 

to the Court of James I, 1617-18, gives the following interesting de- 
scription of the streets and houses at Amsterdam, as he saw them in 
October 16 17. "The streets are very handsome, wide and clean, and 
adorned on either side with shops inhabited by artificers of every descrip- 
tion: the houses are very handsome, but of middling size, extremely 
decorated within, without tapestry, the furniture being such as already 
described, namely, fine pictures, porcelain, carvings, and moreover, cages 
filled with birds and parrots." Venetian Transcripts , vol. 142, p. 35. 
I am indebted to Mr Malcolm Letts for drawing my attention to Busino's 
narrative, and I regret that space does not allow me to reproduce the 
whole of his delightfid description of the City. 

* In 1603 the Old Town Arsenal or "Bushuis" of Amsterdam (built 
1 554-1 558) at the comer of the Hoogstraat and the Klovienerburgwall 
was let by the Town to the East India Company and, with large subse- 
quent additions, formed. their headquarters. It was demolished about 
1890. 

Bargrave {MS. Rawl. C. 799, f. 92) speaks of the East India House 
in 1652 as "a stately building, most wonderfully lind at all times (and 
specially now) with all Sorts of Spices." Busino, who saw the building 
in 1 6 17, describes it as a huge fabric divided into many chambers, on 
sundry low platforms, with gallery all round, and these chambers are 
generally filled with precious produce from the Indies" {Venetian Tran- 
scripts, vol. 142, p. 36). 

See also Olearius, Lib. in. p. 285 ; De Blainville, Travels, i. 38 ; Bredius, 
qp. cit. (G.B.), 93, (B.) 24. 

For Mundy's remarks on "greatt shells" {Tridacna gigas), such as he 
saw over a door at the East India House, see vol. in. p. 145 and note. 



72 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

And att the West India house an Elephantts skull, off which 
I have allsoe writte in Folio 158^, 

Wantts and inconveniences suplied and amended. 

The number off other shippes which perpetually Ebbe and 
Flow to this Citty, etts., is incredible, By which meanes, as 
by their Industry and labour, they have made off this land, 
which naturally off itt selfFe is unproffitable and unusefFuU 
For Man or beast, And, as some say, where all the Foure 
elementts are corrupted, viz.^ the Earth Marshy, Muddy; the 
water brackish, stincking (I mean their wells) ; in some places 
the Aire participates oflF both by his vicinity; and For Fire, 
their Cheiffest Fewell beeing turffe. This is objected [ad- 
duced]. I will not stand to answear in particuler. Only thus 
Much in generall termes I say, thatt Notwithstanding all 
these inconveniences, they have by their engenious labours 
and cleanlinesse soe corrected them, that they have made a 
place where they live in health and wealth, ease and pleasure. 
For allthough the land, and thatt with Much labour, is 
broughtt only to pasture, and thatt butt in summer Neither, 
yett by Meanes off their shipping, they are plentifully suplied 
with whatt the earth affoards For the use off Man, As Corne, 
pitch, Tarre, Flax, hempe, etts. From Dantzicke, Cunings- 
berg [Konigsberg], etts. in the Balticke Sea; Masts, timber, 
Fish, etts., From Norway; From Denmarcke, Cattle; and 
From any part off the world beesides, either in Europe, Asia, 
Affricke or America, where any trade is, with the Most 
pretious and Ritche Comodities off those parts, with which 
supplying other Countries they More and More enritche 
their owne. 

Publicke buildings, viz.y Exchange, Hospitalls. 
Their buildings For Publicke uses, viz.y The Exchange is 

^ The old West India House on the Harlemmerdijk was in a building 
erected by the Town in 1617, let to the West India Company in 1621, 
enlarged by them in 1629, and taken over by the Town in 1657 as the 
"Heerenlogement** for distinguished guests. A new West India House 
was in process of construction at the time of Mundy*s visit. See P. von 
Zesen, op, cit,, pp. 179, 225; Bredius, op. cit, (G.B.), 137. 

For Mundy*s remarks on elephants* skulls see vol. iii. pp. 332-3. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 73 

such another as att London, thatt beeing a pattern to this^. 
Then their Hospitalls For Orphans, sicke persons, lame 
souldiers, old Folkes, madde people, etts., are very Fairely 
built, wonderfFuUy well ordred and cleanly kept^. 

Houses of correction. 

Their are allsoe 2 houses off Correction, viz., the raspe 
house and the Spynnehouse ; the Former For Men, where 
they are putt to hard labour, cheiffly to raspe Brasill etts. 
[and other] diers wood. The weomen and wenches are More 
Favoured in the spynnehouse. For they Sitt like soe many 
att Schoole, very civilly and queitly [sic] att their Needle, 

^ The old "Beurs" or Exchange on the Rokin was begun in 1608, 
inaugurated in 1613 and demolished c, 1840. See Scheltema, De Bears 
van Amsterdam^ pp. 23, 68-69, 73 \ P- von Zesen, op. cit,^ p. 232. 

Brereton (p. 55) remarks: "We saw their Exchange, which, were it 
square, the walk underneath would resemble that of our Exchange in 
London, but it is something narrower in the ends." 

Bargrave (1652) agrees with Mundy that "the Burse" was "exactly 
like our Merchants Exchange as to its forme and use," but he found it 
"inferiour in its adornments" {MS, RatvL C. 799, f. 92). 

Bowrey (1698) says it was one-third longer and one-third narrower 
than the London building (Botvrey MS, Papers y Hague Diary), See also 
Edward Browne's Travels, p. 97. 

* Evelyn, who was at Amsterdam in August 1641 (Diary , ed. Bray, 
p. 15), "went to see the Weese-house [Du. zvees, orphan], a foundation 
like our Charter-house, for the education of decay 'd persons, orphans and 
poore children, where they are taught several occupations.... Thence to 
the Dull-house [Du. dolhuis, madhouse] for madmen and fooles. But 
none did I so much admire as the Hospitall for their lame and decrepid 
souldiers." Bargrave (1652) notes "the Hospitall where all poore Citizen 
Orfanes are maintaind," and "The Sick Hospitall consisting of two 
Cloisters, which (making halfe a Square) joine at the Comer: and here 
stands a pulpitt, obvious to all parts of both the cloisters. They conteine 
about 100 beds, all neatly furnished, and most cleanly kept." He also 
visited "the Hospitalls for Burghers and Burghers widowes, decayed by 
Age or in Estate, where is allotted to each two persons a Chamber, 
besides other publike Roomes, as a Kitchen, a Chappell &ca., and a 
Hall, where they meale (as in a Colledge) alltogether." Of the lunatic 
asylum Bargrave remarks that "theyr Dull house or Bedlame" was "a 
faire building, having abundance of Lodgings, made very strong and darke, 
having to each roome a necessary house, the madmen being admirably 
provided for in all respects of food, rayment, Phisick and attendance; 
and indeed it is the fidlest of guest[s] that I have ever yet seen " (MS, 
Ratal, C. 799, fob. 90, 92). See also E. Browne, p. 98; Montague, De- 
lights of Holland, p. 182. 



74 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

etts. weomens excersises, wanting Nothing butt liberty; 
Many of them better in then outt^. 

Clocke towers. 

Their Churche steeples and Clocketowers (which I omitted 
in due place) are, From aboutt the Middlepart upward, off 
an admirable Geometricall and artificiall Forme, commonly 
of Timber carved, with lead: Full of Arches, pillars, pin- 
nacles, devisions, galleries etts. devices one above another, 
lessning to the toppe. The bells For the Chimes, etts., all 
in sightt^; the towers off the old and Westerkercke among 
the rest^; the Giralda att Sevill somwhatt resembling these, 
butt thatt is off stone*. 

Badd walking: Feilds or perticuler gardeins. 

Badde walking outt of Towne, except on a walle or bancke 
cast uppe by hande; the lower ground Full off Trenches, 

' ditches, divisiones. This generally through the Countrie, as 
allsoe the banckes off the Channells through the land, soe 
thatt either For pleasure or Necescity, there is scarce any 
towne or place off Note butt you may com by Water unto it 
very comodiously and cheape. Were the Channells in the 
Citty off running water, or did the Sea Ebbe and Flow, itt 
were a place incomparable. However, these are att certaine 
tymes lett Forth, cleansed, and supplied againe. Many pooles, 

zxlitches of standing stincking water in sundry places aboutt 
the Citty; some within. 

^ Bargrave (f. 93), Evelyn (op, cit., p. 15), E. Browne (pp. 97-^8), 
Montague, Delights of Holland (pp. 17 1-5) and Bowrey, all have 
descriptions of the Rasp and Spin Houses, the former a house of correc- 
tion formerly in use in Holland, Germany, &c. where prisoners were 
employed in rasping wood, and the latter a penitentiary for women. 
Bargrave and Bowrey dilate on the "exquisit punishments'* for rogues 
in the Rasp House. For admission to the Spin House, Bowrey paid 2 
stivers entrance fee. 

^ Busino was also impressed with the clock-towers of Amsterdam: 
** About the city they have certain tall and handsome towers, on each of 
whose fronts are clock dials, which chime first the quarters and then the 
hours, witli sundry bells, making a fine concert, as if tuned together** 
(Venetian Transcripts^ voL 142, p. 37). 

* See ante, p. 69. 

* For Mundy's various visits to Seville in his early days see vol, i. 

pp. 14, 97» 137- 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 75 

How countervailed [counterbalanced]. 

The want off walking Feilds and Meddowes, which others 
enjoy in other places, have Made these to seeke to counter- 
vaile itt in home delights, as in their streets, houses, roomes, 
omamentt, Furniture, little gardeins, Flower potts, in which 
latter very curious off rare rootes, plantts, Flowers, etts.; 
incredible prices For tulip rootes^. AUsoe ManufFactures and 
rarieties off Forraigne Countries, off which this place doth 
a bound and wherin thejy] take delight. 

A Question. 

A Question may bee demaunded. Whatt difference there 
may bee beetweene the aire of this Citty and the ayre of 
some others thatt I have scene. This standing on a Marshy 
ground and consequently held unwholsome, butt I thincke 
the lesse Felt by reason off their home cleanlinesse and 
largnesse off their streete Channells (this For the Most part). 
That others standing in a very cleare aire, yett the streetes 
Filthy, beastly. Full of dung, dirt and trash in every corner. 
Filling the lower part off the aire (where people breath) with 
imwholsome, unsavoury, stincking, vapours, which the in- 
habitants Must sucke in, in the Meane while, little the better 
For the cleare aire over their heads, except they goe Forth 
in the Country or abroad in the Feilds to take itt. 



^ The cultivation of special flowers came into vogue in the 17th century, 
and the "tulip mania** was at its height in Holland in 1636-7. The 
bulb had been introduced from Constantinople to N. Europe (first to 
Augsburg) in 1559. In Mundy*s day speculation in tulips was rife and 
bulbs were sold for enormous sums by those who did not possess them 
on condition of delivery to the purchaser within a certain time, as much 
aa 13,000 gulden being paid for a single Semper Augustus. But when the 
buirers began to refuse to pay the agreed sums, and when the States- 
General decided that such sums should be recovered, like any other 
debt, in the ordinary way, the immense prices rapidly fell. 

Compare De Blainville*s amusing remarks on the craze (i. 28): "The 
people of Harlem were anciently nicknamed Florists, for this Reason; 
that in the year 1634, 35, 36 and 37, they were possessed with such a 
Rage or to give it its proper Name, such an Itching for their Flowers, as 
to give one, two, nay often 3 thousand Crowns for a Tulip that pleased 
their Fancies; a Disease that ruined several rich Families."- 



76 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

A straunge Custome. 

Two or 3 words more off whatt is strange or rare here, 
beesides the afforementioned. Att a Marriage the Bride is 
most usually ushered to and From Church by officers such 
as aprehend and execute Maleffactors (commonly called 
theefeleaders [Du. dievenleider^ police constables]) and the 
greater the personage, the More goe before her: A strange 
Custom that the Bride must bee graced [honoured] with such 
a kind off people as are contemned off alle Justice, executed 
commonly on the dam or Markett place^ on a scaffold off 
purpose, the scout or shreeve [Du. schouty mayor, sheriff] 
presentt with many Burgers off quallity^. 

Curiosities at Menest Bruidlofft and Doulehoffts. 

Here is a house Named Menest Bruilofft, where are sundry 
curiosities off Musicke, water workes, etts. Among the rest 
an Instrument off China dishes to bee plaied as on the 
Virginalls^, the like of smalle bells, butt somwhatt improper 
[irregular, inaccurate] and harsh, by reason that the sound 
off one bell by his long continuance conffounds the other. 
Such kinds require longer tyme and single Notes, as our 
Chimes in London etts. part off England, which are More 
tuneable then these here, by reason they strike to[o] thick 
one uppon another for the Most part. And among the water 
workes sundry Motions, as the Mounting off a bird into the 
Ayre, a Crowne, etts., which returne into their places againe, 
as little balls will continue in an uprightt spout off water and 
will rise and Fall according to the strengthning and Failings 

^ Mundy is using "dam** in the sense of flat land from which water 
has been drained and not as a synonym for market-place (markt-plaats), 

* The Dutch spent freely on weddings and funerals, and processions 
of invited guests and professional or official attendants were a marked 
feature of these. Mundy 's slight acquaintance with Holland and the 
Dutch language seems to have led him to confuse wedding officials with 
police constables. 

When Bowrey was at Amsterdam, in June 1698, he saw a number of 
couples married at once and he says that "here is no other way of 
marriage** {Bowrey MS. Papers y Hague Diary). 

' Virginal, a keyed musical instrument, common in England in the 
1 6th and 17th centuries, resembling a spinet, but set in a box or case 
without legs. 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 77 

oflF the water. AUsoe the Sunne, Moone and Starres repre- 
sented by water, don by the same Meanes as in the English 
gardein att Suratt is described, Foi: [blank] ^ Many other 
Motions off wheeleworcks where [sic] here shewne^ ; some 
such like are allsoe to bee scene att the Doulehoffts, certaine 
drincking houses^, all ffor Mony. 

^ See voL n. pp. 26, 27. 

' Menisten-Bmiloft or Mennisten-Bruyloft, i,e, the Anabaptist's or 
Mennonite's Wedding. Second-rate so-called Music-houses were a 
feature of 17th century Amsterdam, and did not generally enjoy great 
repute. The Hugs te Sinnelust (the House of the Senses' Delight), also 
called In de Mennisten Bruyloft (At the Sign of the Anabaptist's Wed- 
ding), was, however, an exception. (See Het MuzieUeven by D, F. 
Scheurleer, p. 20, in Bredius, op, cit,, Deel 3.) 

Sir William Brereton not only gives a description of the Menisten- 
Bniiloft, but also the name of its owner, Johannes Antonides, a learned 
Orientalist who taught Arabic in Leyden in 1612 (A. J. van der Aa, 
Biog. Woordenboek der Nederlanden), Brereton 's description is as follows 
(Travels, p. 56): "Tuesday 11 Juni [1634]. We went into the house of 
Yantunus who hath been professor in Leyden of the Arabic language, a 
lusty old man, whose beard reacheth his girdle. In this house he hath 
erected a most curious water-work at an infinite charge ; no room without 
some rare invention for pleasure and delight; none for lodging almost, 
but also contrived and furnished with several inventions, and those all 
various to affect the outward sense, and draw on ghuests to apply there. 
He is an Anabaptist, but a man of most strange invention. This most 
rare invention, this waterwork, is erected in the top of his house, which 
is six stories high, where having heard all sorts of music upon strings, 
upon wind-instruments, and upon an instrument which did in a pleasant 
tune and harmony make the bells to sound, playing thereon as you do 
upon virginalls." 

Evelyn also visited and described the Menisten-Bruiloft in August 
1641 (Diary, ed. Bray, p. 16), and he, too, specially remarked **the chime 
of purselan dishes which fitted to the dock-worke rung many changes 
and tunes." 

• Dool-hof, literally, the Maze. Philip von Zesen (1663) says that 
certain taverns and playhouses of Amsterdam were so called ** because 
there the senses go astray and the eyes do dote" (P. von Zesen, op, cit,, 
p. 190). The most celebrated of these Mazes was the Doolhof of David 
Lfingelbach, whjich enjoyed worldwide renown for its fountains, automata 
and mechanical contrivances (Bredius, op, cit,, Deel i (G.B.), pp. 165-6; 
P. von Zesen, op, cit,, p. 212). 

Brereton also visited these celebrated show-places. On the 12th June 
1634 (Travels, pp. 57-58), he went to " a house called Dole Hoofe, where 
we saw the pictures made in wax most livelyly of the Infanta standing, 
with her d^^uf attending; 2 Henrie the Fourth, Bourbon King of France 
and his (2ueen. Here also was showed a work going upon wheels, showing 
men in all postures, some movtring, some threshing.... Here a curious 
maze. Thence we went to another Dole-hoofe, where we saw such 
another water-work as the day before [i,e, at the Menisten-Bruiloft], only 



78 A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND [REL. XXXII 

A greatt Tonne. 

Here is a greatt vessell or tonne, conteyning about one 

hundred and [blank] burdeaubc bogheads ; the t}nnber worcke 

very strong and Nett [clean, smart], with great Massy well 

wroughtt Iron hoopes, with Screwes to contracte them [draw 

them together]. New and entire, allthough Now outt off use, 

except to bee seene by Strangers and for a drincking roome 

to som that are desirous, there beeing a little port to creepe 

in, where they Must have Candlelightt. In the Middle is a 

table whereatt may sitt 8 persons off a side, butt itt will 

comodiously hold 2 such tables with benches, wheron may 

easily [sit] 32 persons : a strong costly and curious peece off 

worcke^. ^ 

Cranes. 

In summer t5rme store off Cranes repaire to this Country, 
where they breed. And in winter retourne From whence 
they came. It is somwhatt straimge that wee should have 
None in England^; quere. 

it was on the ground Here a show of ships sailing, which are moved 

by water; Actaeon turned into a hart, with horns, pursued by his hounds, 
Diana following in revenge. Here the show of the Pope going in pro- 
cession, carried by his bishops, attended by cardinals, princes, abbots, 
monks, friars, and the devil following after them; here mass sung, the 
devil roars." 

See also Edward Browne's description (p. 100) of their " Musick-house 
or Entertaining-house." 

^ See Plate I, illustration No. i. Mundy has abstracted from Coryat's 
Crudities, pub. 161 1, his illustration of The Heidelberg Tun and has 
written under it " Somewhatt after this Manner." 

P. von Zesen, op. cit., p. 332, has remarks on the Amsterdam Tun and 
its location which are worth quoting: "On reaching the end of this 
[Achter or Hinder] Burgwall, one finds by the 2k)utboug, in a ware- 
house and wine-house, a large empty wine tonne, which can hold 170 
awmes [of 37 to 41 gallons] of wine, and is used as a drinking-room. 
Therein stand a table and two benches for those who have the fancy to 
keep carnival there. There need be no fear of hitting one's head above, 
as the tonne is of such width and height, that he who stands upon the 
table can scarcely reach the top." 

Mundy supports von Zesen as to the content of the "tonne" by saying 
that it contained about 100 odd Bordeaux hogsheads, i.e. harriques of 
about 60 1 gallons. Both statements niake the "tonne" to contain about 
6800 gallons. 

^ In Mundy's day cranes were still found in Norfolk and in the fens 
of Cambridgeshire and Lincolnshire, but as his travels did not include 
these districts, the bird was a stranger to him. 





^ 


j,^ \ 


M 


W/m^^/^H^m 


*Z:^Kd0n 


^^^^-■^^^^M- ~^ 


k-«^*^ 1 


Hp^'^X'T 


^^ 


^^\ L L / 


Ij^ff 


luk ^ ^ I 


fj 


mM 


.,'^.1 1 i 


""-■'■ ^' : 




;; B t 

3 SI " 

t- St 




S-SS 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 79 

Brabantts Huke. 

Among the habitts off weomen, which are here variable, 
as in other Countries, I will only sett downe the Brabants 
huke^, beecause it is a pretty conceipted [fanciful] bee- 
comming Fashion. The elder [the woman], the uprighter is 
the stemme or peake, butt the yonger sort enclining and 
standing forward as boltspritts or as unicornes [horns] in 
pictures, thus 2. 

Coines : denominationes off Coynes. 

Here FoUowe som off their coines and denominationes off 
Coines. I know no where the like Multiplicity off devisions. 

A doit, a Copper peece, wherof 8 to one stiver. 
A Ortkee or quarter, 2 stivers, I say 2 doits, a brasse peece 
Hallffe a blancke 3 doitts. [allso. 

A groate is 4 doitts or halff a stiver. 

Hallffe a brasse penny 5 doitts. 
A Blancke 6 doitts. 

A stiver 8 doitts, a Copper coine silvered 

[over. 
A dooblekin 2 stivers, a Copper peece, allsoe 

A stoter 2J stivers. [silvered. 

A Reealle 3I stivers. 

A shilling 6 stivers. 

A Guilder 20 stivers. 

A common doller 30 stivers. 

A Rix doller, etts. 48 stivers, which may bee aboutt 

4s. 4d. English Mony. 
A Ducaton 63 stivers, a silver coine. 

A pownd 6 guilders, their recknings beein in 

guilders, shillings and groates. 

^ The huke, huyke, Dutch htiik, was a mantle, cape or cloak with a 
hood. The "Brabant huke" {peplum muliebre Brdbanticum) was a large 
Dutch mantle serving as a cloak and a head-covering for use out of doors. 
The fashion of the head-covering differed in various districts. For 
type (a) see Montanus, P. Kaerii Germania Inferior , title-page and maps; 
Braun and Hohenberg, Civitates orhis terrarum, 11. 18, 29. For type (b) 
see Hollar, Theatmm Mulierum. See also Weiss, Kostum-Kundej pp. 82, 
&c.; Planch^, Cyclopaedia of Costume^ pp. 267-8; Kohler, Trachten, 
III. 88-90, 294-5. 

■ See Plate II, illustration No. 2. The illustration of the " elder [sort] " 
is an engraving, taken probably from some contemporary book of travels, 
not traced. The huke of the "younger sort" is a pencil drawing by 
Mundy himself. 



8o 



A PASSAGE FROM ENGLAND 



[REL. XXXII 



These are the Coines and denominationes off Coines which 
are most usuall. Many other there bee off gold and silver^ 
here omitted^. 

* The value of Mundy 's table in English money of his time is as follows : 

Doit (Du. duit)f an old Dutch copper coin, worth half a farthing English. 

Ortkee (Du. oortje, oortke), quarter of a stiver or one farthing English. 
Moryson (i. xxiv) makes the "Doight" equal to the "Orkee." Mundy 
uses the terms brass and copper indiscriminately in speaking of money. 

Blancke (Du. blank), an old Dutch six-doit-piece, worth 3 farthings 
English. 

Groate (Du. groot), worth one hal^enny English. 

Brass penny (Du. penning), worth about one halfpenny English. 

Stiver (Du. sttuver), 8 doits, worth one penny English. 

Dooblddn (Du. dubbeltje, dtdbbelke), worth two pence English. 

Stoter (Du. stooter), an old Dutch silver coin worth zid, English. 

Reealle (Du. reaal), an old silver coin of varying value. 

Shilling (Du. schelHng), an old Dutch coin worth 6d, English. 

Guilder (Du. gulden), a Dutch silver coin worth about is, Sd, English. 

Doller (Du. daalder), worth 2^ . 6d. 

Rix doller (Du. rijks-daedder), generally reckoned at 50 stivers or 
about 4s, 2d. 

Ducaton (Du. dukaton), worth 55. 3<f. 

Pownd (Du. pond). The Flemish pound was still worth 6 florins or 
gulden in 1875 (Calisch, Nederlandsch-Engdsch Woordenboek). 

Mundy*s table further shows that in his time there were three scales 
of Dutch money in use and this was probably due to the introduction of 
foreign coinages owing to changes in the political position of the country. 



4 — 
8 doits 



Scale I. 
2 doits 
2 ortkees 
2 groates 



= 1 ortkee 
= 1 groate 
= 1 stiver 



24 - : 

20 — : 

120 stivers : 


2i stivers 
8 stoters 
6 guilders 


= I stoter 
= 1 guilder 
= 1 pownd 


3 : 
2 — : 
8 doits : 


Scale II. 
3 doits 

2 half blanckes 
I J blanckes 


= 1 half blancke 
i = i blancke 
= 1 stiver 


2 — : 

6 — : 

30 : 
48 stivers : 


2 stivers 

3 dooblekins 
5 shillings 
if dollers 


= 1 dooblekin 
= 1 shilling 
= 1 doller 
= I rix doller 


5 — : 
8 doits 


Scale III. 
5 doits 
if halfpenny 


= 1 halfpenny 
= 1 stiver 



3 J — ' si stivers = i realle 

63 stivers : 18 realles = i ducaton 

Thomas Bowrey's table of coins at Amsterdam in 1698 agrees with 
Mundy*s in almost every particular, but is set out in a different fashion 
{Bozorey MS. Peters, Hague Diary). 



1640] OVER INTO HOLLAND 8 1 

Reason For the enlargement off the afforegoing 

description. 

I have bin the longer aboutt the discription off this place, 
etts., beecause there are soe many particularities wherin it 
differs (and in som excells) other parts, allsoe beeing my selff 
somwhatt affectionated and enclined to the Manner off the 
Countrie. I conceave whatt is said off this place May serve 
For all Holland in generall, this beeing prime, For all the 
rest which I have seene hath bine suteable [in accordance]. 
More or lesse. 



PM 



RELATION XXXIII 

OF A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM UNTO DANTZIG 

IN THE BALTICKE SEA, WITH SOMWHATT OF 

PRUISSIA ETTS. COUNTRIES ADJOYNING. 

Sett saile From Amsterdam and came to Vlie Hand. 

The ijth August Anno 1640. Wee sett saile from Amsterdam 
in the Hope^ of Vlieland, Skipper William Tiebbes, beeing 
Mondaie Morning, and thatt afternoone wee were aground 
on the Pampos, a greatt Flatte of gaze lying att the entrance 
of the Suider Sea^, a little sea on this coast, bounded to the 
Eastwardt with sundry smalle Hands, as the Texell, the Vlie, 
der Skelling, Ameland, etts.; many places off Noate lying 
round about on the inside, viz.^ Campen, Staveme, Har- 
lingen, Enckhuisen, Home, etts. Wee came off againe. Wee 
passed beetweene Enchuusen and Stkveme, both in sightt, 
and Anchored thereaboutts thatt Nightt^. 

The i8th ditto. Wee came to the Vlie, where wee Found 
riding aboutt 200 saile, bound all to the Northward, this 
beeing the ordinary outtlett For such, as the Texell is For 
Southward bound Men^. 

The Hand off Vlie is allmost overblowne with Sand ; 2 little 
townes. East and West Vlie, on the south side of itt^ ; some 
Marish ground For pasturage. 

^ The Pampus Shoal is a bar of soft ooze about 7 miles from Amsterdam, 
with only 7 ft. of water (see North Sea Pilot, Pt. IV. p. 143). 

^ Mundy's geography is rather mixed in this paragraph. Amsterdam 
is in the S.W. comer of the Zuider Zee which is closed in on the North, 
not "Eastwardt** as he says, by the islands of Texel, Vlieland, Ter- 
schelling and Ameland. Going Northwards from Amsterdam to the open 
North Sea for Denmark and the Baltic by the Vlie Stroom, or strait 
between Vlieland and Terschelling, the following places lie on the East 
Coast of the Zuider Zee, Kampen, Stavoren and Harlingen ; and on the* 
West Coast lie Hoom, and Enkhuizen. For Moryson's remarks on these 
places see Itinerary, 1. 114, 115. 

• Mundy went out of the Zuider Zee by the Vlie Stroom and the 
Southern way out which he mentions is the Texel Stroom between Texel 
and the mainland at Helder. 

« West VUeland and Ost VUeland Ue to the S.W. and N.E. of VUeland. 
See Moryson, Itinerary, i. 115. 



1640] AMSTERDAM TO THE BALTICKE SEA 83 

Sett saile from thence : a daungerous Coaste. 

The 26th August [1640]. Wee sett saile From the Vlie 
with a Fleete off aboutt 240 saile, wherof 12 Men of warre 
For convoy (against the Dunkerkers^), the rest For the most 
part Prammes, Floctes or Flieboates^, off No deffence att all. 
Wee passed by divers beacons, towers, seamarkes, etts., on 
the land, and sundry boies, some white, some blacke, etts., 
in the Sea here and there, all NeedffuU by reason off the 
daungerousnesse off this coast, soe Full off bancks, Flatts, 
shelves, shoalds, sands; part off this Fleete bound For 
Bergen in Norway ; others For other parts of thatt Countrie ; 
the rest For Dantzig, Coningsberg [Konigsberg], Riga, etts. 
[and other] places in the Baltick Sea. Those thatt were 
bound For Bergen in Norway parted From us as soone as 
wee were outt off the Vlie and clear off the Sands, with 
2 Conveyers [convoyers] steering a More Northerly course. 

The zyth [August 1640]. Our whole Fleete tacktt aboutt 
and stoode backe againe to keepe company with our wafters^, 
who wee supposed to bee in Chace off Dunckerkers, which 
wee were advised would way lay the Fleet to surprize some. 
It is a wonder how they can Misse one or other. This sea 
soe swarming with vessells undeffencible and unfitting For 
Fightt. After 3 or 4 howers wee stood to our Former Course 

agame. ^ greatt Fleete. 

The zgth [August 1640]. About J off our Fleet edged From 
us, bound For the higher parts of Norway with 6 Convoyers, 
and wee with the other haled a More easterly Course towards 
the Sound*. This evening wee Mett another Fleet coming 

* See ante^ note 2 on p. 57. Moryson also, in 1593, found a convoy of 
nine ships at "Fly*' [Vlie] as a protection against Dunkirkers and "all 
Pyrats" (l. 115). 

* The pram (Du. praam) , a flat-bottomed boat or lighter for shipping 
cargo. 

The flocte (Du. vlot^ a raft), a flat-bottomed vessel, a lighter. 

The flyboat (Du. vlieboot), a boat used on the Vlie; a fast-sailing 
coasting vessel ; also a Dutch flat-bottomed boat. 

' Wafter (Du. toachter^ lit. guard), an obsolete term for an armed 
vessel employed as a convoy. 

' The Sound is the English name of the strait between the Island of 
Zealand (on which Copenhagen is situated) and the Swedish Coast. 

6-a 



84 OF A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIII 

from thence, Near uppon 100 saile, soe thatt whatt with 
these, our selves, and the Norway Fleete Nott Farre From 
us, I Never saw a greater Fleete in all my lifFe under saile, 
beeing Near aboutt 300. 

Yuttland. 

By 3 off the Clocke this evening wee saw land, iand the 
Following Nightt wee sailed along by itt Near the shoare, itt 
beeing the Coast of Juttland or Yuttland [Northern Den- 
mark], in the King of Denmarcks dominion. 

Schawgen. 

The 20th of August [1640]. Wee saw the point of Schagen 
lying in [57] degrees [44] minutes North lattitude^. Aboutt 
Noone wee came on the other side of the point and then 
our Southerly wind, Favourable hitherto, would serve us no 
Farther, beecause Now our Corse lay Near South. Beesides, 
itt beegan to blow hard, with thicke weather and Raine, soe 
were minded to Anchor. Butt on the sodaine, in a gust, 
came the wind westerly, Fitt for our tume, and the weather 
cleared upp; soe wee proceeded onward. Thatt evening wee 
saw Lesow [Laeso], an Hand. 

Elsenour. 

The 21 th [August 1640]. Wee saw yong Cole and old Cole^, 
2 head Lands, the Former the Northward of the Latter, and 
came and anchored by Elseneur [Elsinore, Helsingor]. Here 
is a very Faire and sightly Castle^, by report very strong. 

* The Skaw or Cape Skagen, the Northernmost point of Denmark. 

* The reference here appears to be to two of the headlands of the 
Kullaberg to the South of the Skelder (or Kulla) Bay in Sweden, known 
as KuUen, where there is now a lighthouse. There are several separate 
heights. The highest (Mundy's "yong Cole") is a remarkable isolated 
mass of granite, 900 ft., visible from a great distance and a landmark to 
mariners. See Relation XXXV for another allusion to these points oh 
Mundy*s homeward journey. See also Rosenberg, Handbok for Resande 
i Sverige^ pp. 142-3; ibid.^ Geog.-Stadestikt Handlexikon ofer Sverige; 
Baltic Piloty Pt. i. ed. 1904, p. 92. 

' The castle of Kronborg at Helsingor, built by Frederik II of 
Denmark at the end of the i6th century, after the design of Tycho Brahe. 
Moryson (i. 124) says that he "did with great difficulty (putting on a 
Merchants habite, and giving a greater reward than the favour deserved) 
obtaine to enter Cronsburg Castle.** For earlier, contemporary, and later 



1640] UNTO DANTZIG IN THE BALTICKE SEA 85 

Strangers Not siiffred to enter. The towne itt selfFe plaine 
and quiett, which is much in regard off the great Number 
off shipping which must here anchor to pay certaine duties 
unto the Kling of Denmarck (who keepes this passage), off 
which hee maketh an incredible beneffitt^. 

Lutherans. 

In the towne is a Faire Church with a loffty Spire^, a great 
CruciflSx on the roode lofftt, an Altar adorned with Images, 
as many parts off the Church elce, as have the Papists. Yett 
nott soe reverenced Nor respected by these who are termed 
Lutherans, who allow therof, as allsoe much ceremonies in 
their Church service, with Auricular Confession, etts.^ 

Here was allsoe the Most artificiall. Fairest and Costliest 



descriptions of the castle see Wunderer, Reise (1588), ed. Fichard, p. 177 ; 
Olafsson, ed. Philpotts, I. loi ; Friis, Sandinger tildansk Bygningshistoriey 
pp. 277 ff.; Zeiler, Itin. Germ, Nov. Antiq.y p. 403 ; Suhm, Nye Samling, 
III. 97 ff. 

^ Compare Speed, p. 30: "[The King of Denmark's] best profit is 
from a breach of the Sea. . .commonly called the Sound, which is a passage 
so narrow that no shipping can pass that way without the licence and 
favour of the Watch-men keeping Garrison there to receive the Imposts 
and Customes of the arriving Vessels for the King.'* See also Shakespeare*s 
Europe (Moryson) , p . 1 77 . 

* The church Mundy is describing is St Olaf in the Stengade, built 
in the 15th century. The spire, which was added in 161 3, blew down in 
1737 and was replaced in 1897-8. 

' By Mundy 's time the Danes had become chiefly Lutherans, and these 
often retained the objects left in churches by their Roman Catholic pre - 
decessors. Moryson remarks of the Lutherans {Shakespeare* s Europe y 
p. 269): "Their Churches on the insyde were curiously painted with 
Images (not defaced at the Reformation) and fayre Alters standing as 
they were of old ; yet to no use of religion. For Luther thought it enough 
to ^e the woorshipping of Images out of their harts, though the beauty 
of them were not defaced in the Church." 

As regards Confession, Private Confession in Church was maintained 
by Art. 1 1 of the Augsburg Confession, but General Confession by the 
Minister in the name of the congregation was gradually substituted, the 
latter becoming almost universal in the middle of the i8th century. See 
Brockhaus, Konversations-Lexikon (1851), s.v. Beichte. On this point 
Moryson also remarks: "The Lutherans retayne Confession, but not 
alltogether Popish, auricular but only generall." At the same time he 
has a story of a "strife" at Leipsic between two Lutheran ministers, to 
one of whom people flocked "for auricular confession" (Shakespeare* s 
Europe^ pp. 264, 271). 



> 



86 OF A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIII 

pulpitt thatt yett I have scene; a Faire Font, pedestall, cover 
and all, off brasse^. 

The land aboutt this place very delighttfFuU in pretty 
swellings or hillocks. Full off Fine little vallies, pleasaunt 
groves off trees, and ponds and Fountaines off water, sweet 
solitary walkes, etts. 

Att our Inne, which was one of the best^, were used No 
Napkins att table, allthough the service was all Ritche and 
cleanly (itt is the Fashion somet5nnes in these parts). Allsoe 
att Nightt wee were laied beetweene 2 Fetherbeds, this beeing 
allsoe the Manner here^. As once I remember wee were soe 
entertayned in Gascony, going to [sic] uppe the River into the 
Country From Bayon*. 

The Sound. 

From hence to Elsenbourg, aboutt 3 miles, another towne 
with a very old Castle^. Beetweene both these lyeth the 
passage in to the East or Balticke Sea, allthough there bee 

* The carved, painted and gilded pulpit was the work of Jesper 
Snedker, i,e. Jasper the joiner, of Kronborg, c, 1567. It was " improved " 
in the " Bruskbaroque " period (early i8th century) when, amongst other 
things, a large canopy was added. 

The " Faire Font," cast in brass, with projecting feet resting on lions, 
was presented to the church in 1579 by Frantz Lauritzen and his wife. 
See J. P. Trap, Kongeriget Danmark. 

* The name of the inn has not been ascertained, but it was probably 
the one described by Ogier in his Ddnische Reise. 

* Mundy means that he lay in bed between two feather bags (Dan. 
Fjederseng) on a mattress. It is still a common custom in Northern 
Europe. See Moryson, iv. 31. The use of feather-beds showed that the 
inn was a high-class one. In the ordinary inns straw only was provided. 

* Mundy spent a year at Bayonne, 1609-10, to learn French as a 
lad. See vol. i. pp. xx and 13. The place he refers to is probably Cambo 
(now Cambo-les-Bains), 12 miles up the Nive from Bayonne, where 
there is a great annual meeting of the Basques on St John's Eve, and a 
very interesting Basque church. 

* Helsingor (Elsinore) is in Zealand (Denmark) and Helsingborg is 
in Sweden across the Sound which is here very narrow, only about zj 
miles. 

The castle is first mentioned in 1135 and a tower of this old fortress, 
which was destroyed by fire, still remains. Eric XIV (i 560-1 577) built 
another castle near the sea, and this is probably the one to which Mundy 
refers ; but it no longer exists, as it was razed to the ground by Charles XI 
(1660-1667). See Rosenberg, Handbokfor ResandeiSverigey pp. 139-140 ; 
Moryson, I. 124. 



1640] UNTO DANTZIG IN THE BALTICKE SEA 87 

another aboutt the Hand off Zealand [the Great Beh], butt 
itt is Much Farther aboutt and daungerous, this beeing the 
usuall place where they passe, except bound For some off 
those inner parts [Lubeck, &c.]. 

The 2d September [1640]. Wee sett saile From Elsenour, 
the interim beeing past in clearing our shippe, which paid 
aboutt 800 Rix doUers. From hence, every one, as soone as 
bee was visited and clear, sett saile to take their best ad- 
vauntage, there beeing Now No daunger off enemies^, Nor 
Need off Convoyers, whoe ride aboutt a Mile shortt off the 
Gastle and there awaite a homeward bound Fleete which will 
sodainely bee ready. Att Nightt wee anchored Nere Copen- 
haven [Copenhagen, Kjobenhavn] by reason of rocks and 
shelves hereawaies, daungerous to bee passed by Night. 

Copenhaven. 

The 3 J [September 1640]. In the Morning wee saw the 
Citty off Coppenhaven about ij mile distant. Itt lies close 
to the seaside and Faire to see to, with many spires, beeing 
the Metrapolitan or Cheiffe Citty in Denmarcke. Wee sett 
saile and passed by 4 of the king of Denmarcks shippes of 
warre^, riding outt in the roade, very nett [trim], compleatt, 
allthough not very greatt. 

A good Country hereaboutts. 

Hereaboutts Many steered away a More Easterly course; 
some bound For Stockholme, etts., in Sweden; others For 
Reega [Riga], etts., in Liffland [Livland, Livonia], [We 
sailed] all alongst good land in appearance. Not Marish, 
low Nor Moimtaynous high, butt Meane [of middling 
height, downs]. Full of woods and habitationes as Farre 
as wee could perceave, having passed by sundry Hands, 
viz. J [blank]. Aboutt Noone wee were outt off sightt off 
Land, the sea water No other then Brackish. Aboutt 3 

^ Moryson also (11. 19) remarks on the freedom of the Baltic Sea from 
pirates. 

■ The King of Denmark in Mundy's day was Christian IV (1588- 
1648). 



88 OF A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [rEL. XXXIII 

a clocke in the aftemoone wee saw the Hand of Bumholme 
[Bomhohn], 

The ^th September [1640]. In the Morning wee were 
thwart of Cassooben, a province under the king of Poland^, 
having passed by Pomerania which was yett in sightt, aper- 
tqoiing unto the king of Sweden (as I was told)^. Aboutt 
Noone wee wentt by RiggshofFtt [Rixhoft], a high headland; 
the sea here allmost fresh water. 

The ^th September [1640]. Att evening, as wee were 
turning in to the roade of Dantzig, our shippe grounded on 
a banck off Sand, butt came presently [immediately] off 
againe withoutt any hurt or danger; soe that Nightt wee 
anchored before the Castle or Lanthorne [lighthouse^]. 

Dantzig. 

The $th September [1640]. In the Morning The skipper, 
my selffe and others in our Boate went ashoare. Passing by 
the Castle, a large and strongly Fortiffied place*, wee went 
aboutt 2 Miles upp the River Weessell [Weichsel, Vistula], 
which is butt Narrow. Soe wee came to the Citty off Dant- 

^ Mundy's history is at fault. Cassubia, a part of Pomerania in Hinter- 
Pommem, between the Baltic Sea, Prussia, and the Duchy of Stettin, 
chief town Kolberg, was under Polish superiority till the beginning of 
the 14th century, when the greater portion fell away, part of it for ever, 
to the Pomeranian Duchy of Wolgast. In 1631 it passed into the hands 
of Sweden, but was given in 1648 to the Elector of Brandenburg by the 
Treaty of Westphalia. It was therefore in Swedish hands in Mundy's 
time. See Zeiler, op. cit.y p. 619; Moreri, Grand Dictionnaire ; Freeman, 
Hist. Geog. of Europe y p. 496. 

■ Mundy is right. In 1640, during the Thirty Years' War, Pomerania 
was devastated and held by the Swedes, to whom the Western part of 
the Province was awarded by the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648. 

• This "Castle" must not be confused with the Miinde, described in 
the next paragraph. The writer of A Particular Description of Dantzicky 
1734, says, p. 4: "Between the Mouth of the River and the Port there 
is a Fort which is called the Light House, where there is a Light every 
Night, which is a Direction afar off to all Ships making to the Harbour." 
Le Laboureur also (1647) mentions the "Fort de la Lanteme" {Relation 
d*un Voyage, p. 145) and says it was ij leagues from Danzig. 

* The Miinde (Weichselmiinde), described in the Part. Desc. of 
Dantzicky p. 5, as "a little fortified Castle commanding the whole Navi- 
gation of the Gulph and the Entrance into the River and Harbour. . .about 
three Miles distant from the Town." This seems to be the fort noted 
by Moryson (i. 130) as "a strong Castle of a round forme," at "Der 
Mind" the "Port of Dantzke. * 



1640] UNTO DANTZIG IN THE BALTICKE SEA 89 

zicke^, the Land towards the sea such as aboutt Amsterdam, 

butt towards the Country higher. 

The 23 J September Anno 1640. Departed From Dantzig. 

Thatt Night wee crossed the River Weecell [Weichsel] and 

lodged in a Crooh^ on the other side; No bedding affoarded 

in these high way Lodgings in this Coimtry butt such as 

Men bring with them, and butt little victualles elce; to day 

aboutt 12 Miles. t^„ . 

mbmg. 

The 24th [September 1640]. Wee Crossed another River 
named Noga [Nogat], where the Ferry boate was drawne 
over by a Haulser made of Willowes, beeing 105 Fathom in 
lengthe, which was Fastned thwart the River From side to 
side; soe came to Elbing, a strong and a reasonable hand- 
somely contrived towne, where [blank] yeares Since was held 
the Staple' For our English East countries Merchantts, butt 
From thence remooved to Dantzig*. Itt was lately taken by 
the Sweden [sic] and after surrendred to the king of Poland^. 
Beetweene Dantzig hither, a plaine Fertill Country, ail- 
though low and Somwhatt Marshy; to day aboutt 28 Miles. 

The 26th [September 1640]. I tooke passage on a Smacke 
For Coningsberg [Konigsberg]. Thatt evening wee lay by a 
place Named the Bulwarke®, aboutt 2 miles below the towne, 

^ Danzig, Dantsic (Pol. Gdansk), is not actually on the Weichsel 
(Vistula), but lies near the influx of the Mottlau and Radaune into that 
river, 3 miles from the open (Baltic) Sea. 

• Crooh (Du. kroegy Ger. Krug, Dan. kro), a wayside inn, alehouse, 
tavern. Mundy has a detailed description of these rough country inns 
later on in this Relation. 

• Mundy is using the term "staple" (O.F. estaple, emporium) in its 
obsolete sense of a factory or authorised place of trade for merchants in 
a foreign country. 

^ The English staple at Elbing was declared dissolved by Sigismund III, 
King of Poland in 16 16. Negotiations for removing the trade to Danzig 
were entered into in 1627 <uid, an agreement was reached in 1631, broken 
off in 1633, and again resumed before Mundy's visit. See Ldschin, 
GesMchte DanzigSf i. 243, 297, 400-1 ; 11. 87. 

• In the course of the Thirty Years' War (1618-1648) Gustavus Adolphus 
conquered Eastern Prussia in 1626, when Elbing and other towns capitu- 
lated without resistance. See Ldschin, op. cit., i. 316; Freeman, Hist. 
Geog, of Europe, p. 572 See also Olearius, p. 30, for the fortification of 
Elbing at this period. 

• Mundy went by water from Elbing down the Sorga River 2 miles 
to the BoUwerk or Embankment on the Frisches Haff. 



90 OF A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIII 

in a Faire New Crew, or Iniie, built by Mr Thomas Slokomb, 
an Englishman, and unto him aperteyning^. 

Koninxberg. 

The 2^th [September 1640]. Wee sett saile with a strong 
westerly wind, soe thatt in 8 howers wee arrived att Coninx- 
berg, some 48 Miles by computation. 

The Marquis of Brandenbourg. 

Here the Marquis [Margrave, Markgraf] of Brandenbourg 
keepes his Court in a large Castle in the Citty^. Hee is of 
greatt Titles, as Duke of Prussia, etts., and of large Do- 
minions, allthough Now Most part taken From him by his 
Brother in law, the king of Sweden, who Married this Dukes 
Sister; and this Duke Married the Palsgraves [Pfalzgraf, 
Count Palatine's] sister, who Married the king of Englands 
sister^, etts. 

^ No trace has been found of this individual. 

' Kdnigsberg was divided into three towns or boroughs, Altstadt or 
Konigsberg proper, Lobenicht or the Neustadt, and Kneiphof, all on 
an island of the Pregel called the Vogtwerder. The castle stands in the 
Lobenicht quarter where the Margraves of Brandenburg held their court 
as Dukes of Prussia. See Zeiler> op, cit., p. 514. In support of Mundy's 
spelling of the name of Kdnigsberg as Coningsberg, Koninxberg, P. 
Cluverus, Geographia, 1682, p. 104, says: '^Ducalis Bonissiae caput ac 
sedes Ducum est Regius mons, vulg6 Germ. Koningsberg, Pol. Krolewic." 

' These few words involve an enquiry into much of the European 
history of Mundy's day. 

Georg Wilhelm, Elector of Brandenburg (i 595-1640), son of the 
Elector Johann Sigismund, and heir to the Mark of Brandenburg, the 
land of Cleves, as well as to the claims of his house to the Duchy of 
Pomerania, became also Duke of Prussia on the death of his mother's 
father, Albrecht Friedrich. 

His mother, Anna, an ardent Lutheran (whilst his father the Elector 
and he himself were Calvinists), had betrothed her daughter Marie 
Eleonore to Gustavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, without her son's 
knowledge ; and had thus sought to bring the Duchy of Prussia and the 
Rhineland under the rule of Lutheran princes. 

On the outbreak of war in Bohemia (16 18), the Elector Georg Wilhelm, 
as a member of the Protestant League, espoused the cause of his brother- 
in-law, the Elector Palatine, whose sister, Elizabeth Charlotte, he had 
married. The Elector Palatine was Frederick V, King of Bohemia elect, 
and husband of the Princess Elizabeth, daughter of James I of England 
and sister of Charles I. On the dispossession of the Elector Palatine, 
Georg Wilhelm failed to join the proposed new Union of Northern 



1640] UNTO DANTZIG IN THE BALTICKE SEA 9 1 

This Citty is accompted larger then Dantzick within the 
walls^, allthough Not alltogether soe well Fortified Nor built, 
having Much wast ground, gardeins, husbandry, etts. within 
itts walles aforesaid. 

Wainscott, Clopboard, etts. 

Here is the greatest trade For oake tymber thatt I thinck 
is in all those Countries, viz,y beames, wainescott. Clap- 
board^, etts.. For there lay such a Number off piles of them 
on both sides of the River comming uppe to the Citty etts. 
[and other parts] adjoyning, thatt I conceave, were they laid 
together, itt would take uppe a square off Neare \ an English 
Mile, which would bee 2 Mile aboutt^, and uppon 15 or 16 

Protestant Powers, and remained neutral when the King of Denmark 
invaded Germany. 

His attitude in the Thirty Years* War, at once vacillating and favourable 
to the Emperor, brought great trouble upon his land. He allowed the 
Imperialist General Wallenstein to take up his quarters in Brandenburg 
and refused his support to his brother-in-law, Gustavus Adolphus, when 
the latter, in 1630, in response to appeals for help from the hard-pressed 
Protestants, having concluded a truce with Poland, began his contest 
with the Empire by a successful campaign in Pomerania. 

Further, the Swedish King's plans to relieve Magdeburg were frus- 
trated by the jealous suspicions of his brother-in-law Georg Wilhelm. 
The latter at last, constrained by threats, concluded an alliance with 
Sweden in 1631, but took a very feeble part in the war, and made a 
separate peace with the Emperor in 1635. This led to the occupation and 
devastation of the land by the Swedes, and to Georg Wilhelm *s retirement 
from the Mark to Kdnigsberg, where he died in the same year that Mundy 
visited that city, as noted later on in this Relation. See Brockhaus, 
KonversaHonS'LexikoTiy and Meyers, Konv.-Lexikon, under the respective 
names of those mentioned above. 

^ T^e area of Danzig c. 1626 was said to be about 2 stunden (leagues) 
in circumference or about 6 English miles, while that of Kdnigsberg 
was 2 German miles and 260 paces around the walls, or about 10 English 
xmles. But whilst the measurement of Kdnigsberg included the suburbs 
and 14 liberties, many gardens and the large castle lake, the 9 suburbs 
of Danxig were not reckoned in its extent. Faber, Die Haupt- und 
Residenz-Stadt KSnigsberg, pp. 139-140. The Particular Description of 
Dantzick (1734), p. 8, gives the extent of the city and suburbs as 8 English 
miles. 

' Clapboard, an obsolete term for a small size of split oak imported 
from N. Germany and used by coopers for making barrel staves, in later 
times also for wainscoting. 

• That is, 2 miles round. A mile square would be 4 miles round, 
therefore "a square off Neare i an English Mile" would be "2 Mile 
aboutt [roimd]." 



92 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIG [REL. XXXIII 

Foote high, which is an incredible quantity. Itt commeth 
downe From the Country, where are vast woods off oaks, 
pine, etts. This place affoards allsoe greatt store off hemp, 
Flax. 

The exchange and bridge. 

Here is a pretty exchange, Finely painted over head with 
Morall Emblemes in Compartments^, standing on the River 
[Pregel] and adjoyning to a Faire bridge, part therof in Faire 
weather Serving For part of the exchange^; a pretty pro- 
spective place' every way. The bridge may bee compared 
to thatt att Weymouth, as well For its use as For matter and 
Forme*. The Citty standeth on a rising groimd and the 
Castle much elevated above the rest in scituation. 

The HoflFe [HafF]. 

Our sailing beetweene Elbing and this place was alongst 
the HafFe, a water soe called, in Manner of a Lake, whereinto 
Falleth sundry Rivers, as a branch off the Weecell, [blank], 
Preil [Pregel], etts., bounded withoutt with a very long and 
narrow tract of land, with an entrance thereto att the Peelo 
Pillau], where greatt shippes Must passe that are bound 
lither to Elbing etts. places lying within the HaflFe aforesaid, 
allthough smalle vessells may com by Dantzig upp the River 
Weecell, and soe downe another branch of the same which 
runneth into the said Haffe, Making the said tract of land as 

^ The old Exchange or " B6rsengebfiude/' in the Kneiphof, near the 
"Griine Briicke" stood on piles over the river Pregel. It was built in 
1624 and decorated with many statues and carvings. The ceiling was 
painted by Gregor Singknecht, a Dutch artist, in 60 compartments, with 
allegories and verses. During the extensive repairs to the BOrse in 1729, 
these pictures were repainted and the verses effaced (Faber, op. cit.f p. 87). 

* The Griine or Langgassenbriicke (the bridge which connected the 
Kneiphof with its suburb) still exists ; and the space once occupied by 
the Garden extending from the Bollwerk of the Pregel to the B6rse, where 
the merchants assembled in summer, could still be traced in 1840 {ibid., 
pp. SI, 84). 

• "Prospective" is used in its obsolete meaning of fitted to afford a fine . 
prospect or extensive view: hence, elevated, lofty. 

^ Mundy visited Weymouth in 1634 in a " lobster boat " and has several 
remarks about it (see vol. in. pp. 4, 7, &c.), hut he does not describe 
the bridge. 



1640] UNTO KONINXBERG 93 

Farre as the Peeloo an Hand, called the Naring^. Wee passed 
by sundry townes lying on the Mayn, as Frawenberg [Frauen- 
burg], Browneberg [Braunsberg], Brandenburg, etts. 

Wild duckes : Tame geese : A comparison beetweene 
Flocks of geese and Flocks of sheepe. 

I never in my lifFe att once saw greater quantity off any 
sort off Fowle as here were of wild ducks alongst the shoare 
by the Naring afforesaid, Their seeming to Fill the aire and 
cover the sea thereaboutts. From whence, itt seemes, in 
winter, this place and all ponds in these parts beeing Frozen 
uppe, they repaire to warmer Countries, as England, etts. 
For a season, and soe returne againe. Allsoe a wonderfuU 
Number of Tame geese beetweene Dantzig and Elbing, it 
beeing a trade, by report, in these Countries For many to 
keepe thousands of them For their proffitt, as with us Flockes 
of sheepe, as the one For their Flesh and wooU, soe the other 
For Food and Feathers, both having keepers and both 
Feeding on grasse. Soe Farre they may bee compared to- 
gether, butt nott any way in the beneffitt and service For the 
use of Man, the Former not to bee regarded in respect of 
the latter. 

A walke in to the Country. 

The 2gth September [1640]. I wentt uppe into the Coimtry 
unto a towne called Weelaw [Wehlau], some 30 English 
Miles*; all the way excellent land. For the Most partt tillage. 
I coQceave thatt in this Countrie thers [sic] is 7 t5anesas 
mudl come sowen and reaped as is eaten by the inhabitants ; 
liie rest transported to other Countries, as Holland, etts. 

1 Elbiiig lies at the Western, and Konigsberg at the Eastern, end of 
itm WtKhtB Haff, a long narrow backwater of the Baltic with a very 
nutow catrtnce at Pillau. Into this fall the Nogat River, a mouth of the 
Weidiad or Vistula, the Sorga near Elbing, the Passarge near Braunsberg, 
and the Pkegel (Mundy's Preil) near Konigsberg. Boats and small vessels 
can go up the Nogat to its junction with the Weichsel (Vistula) and thence 
down to Danzig. The long and very narrow tract of land on the North 
of the Haff is called the Frische Nehrung. It is a peninsula, not an island, 
M Mundy says. 

■ If Mundy walked from Konigsberg along the Pregel to Wehlau, at 
the junction of the Alle, in one day he must have been a fine walker. 



94 A VOIAGE FROM [REL. XXXIII 

Slotts or Castles. 

On the way were 2 or 3 spatious walled buildings, called 
slotts [Ger. Schloss] or Castles, resembling some off our 
gentlemens houses in England. 

In whatt this country is compared with Moscovia. 

The Ordinary buildings here in the Country, as allsoe the 
Comodities, agreeing with Moscovia [t.e. Russia], as by report 
of those that had bin ther. The former [i,e, the buildings] 
off greatt pines sawen in 2 or 3 parts long waies and soe laid 
one on the other, the ends inlaid one with the other. Caulked 
betweene with Mosse^. For the latter, hemp. Flax, Pitch, 
tarre, etts., there being a province Not above [blank] Miles 
hence Named Russia ; butt there may bee more countries of 
thatt Name^. Yett doth the king of Polands dominion Joine 
with the Moscovite'. 

I mett in my way 6 or 700 smalle Carts laden with graine. 
Flax, etts. comodities, comming from Poland, Littuania, 
Russia, which are here bordring, the poore Carters, Litous*, 
Russes, etts., dressing their Meatt in the Feild while their 
horses graze after the Manner off East India. 

Topia and Weelaw, 2 countr[i]e townes lying on the 

River Preile [Pregel], 

Within 6 miles of Weelaw is a smalle towne called Topia 
[Tapiau]. Weelaw itt selffe a place of No great consequence 
and this much lesse. Soe the Next day returned againe to 
Conninxberg; great Floates of tymber driving downe the 
streame, which is the ordinary way of Transportation off 
Timber, wood, etts., From the Country alofftt. 

^ Mundy is describing log-houses, which were new to him. 

^ By this remark Mundy may be alluding to the fact that the ruler of 
Russia in his day, Mikhail Romanoff, was then called the Tsar of All 
the Russias. 

* There is a marginal note here: ''Russia Near hand." The Province 
of Poland called Czervonaya Russ, i.e. Golden Russ, the old (i 568-1 689) 
name for Galicia, lying in 48** to 52° N. Lat. and 39° to 43** E. Long., 
was bounded by Little Poland and Polesia on the N.W. and N., Volhynia 
and Podolia on the East, Moldavia on the South and Hungary on the 
West. See Spruner-Menke, Hand-Atlas, &c. 

* By "Litou" is meant Litva, a Lithuanian. 



1640] KONINXBERG UNTO DANTZIG 95 

A Boome, what it is. 

The 6th October [1640]. I tooke passage on a Smacke For 
Dantzigk againe. Thatt Night wee lay att the Boome, which 
signiffies a tree ; butt here it is Meant of certaine greatt Masts 
or tymbers to bee drawne thwart off Rivers, Chahnells, etts., 
in the Nightt or att any tyme elce, as occasion shall require, 
to debarr the passage of vessells, boates, etts.^ 

The Haffe : Proffitable water. 

The yth [October 1640]. Wee sailed backe through the 
Haffe^ and came to one off the Mouthes off the Weesell 
[Weichsel, Vistula], som 54 Miles. This Haffe, by report, 
For the quantity off itts extentt affoards More benefKtt by 
Fish then any other peeceoff land off the like dimension in the 
Country can y^ild otherwise (buildings exc[epted]). Som 
10 or 12 Miles uppe the River [mouth of the Weichsel] is 
deepe water For a good space, where att the Spring of the 
yeare is Much sturgeon taken. That night wee lay in a Crew 
[inn] after the accustomed Manner. 

The 8th [October 1640]. Wee came some 10 Miles Farther 
upp and lodged in a Crew allsoe. 

The Hefft. 

The gth October [1640]. Our Catche [ketch] or smacke was 
wayed [warped] over a shelff or banck with Capstaines ; and 
2 Miles Farther wee came to a Fortt on a point, called the 
Hefft. Here the Weesell divides itt selffe, the one part where 
wee came uppe, and the other runs downe by Dantzigke, 
having hitherto in the one branche sett and sayled against 
the Currantt'. 

^ A boom (Du. boom, Ger. Baum, tree, beam), in the sense of a barrier 
«t the mouth of a harbour, seems to have been new to Mundy and to the 
-world in general in his time, since the earliest quotation for the term 
in the 0£JD. is 1645. 

* Haf, havet is Scandinavian for sea. There are several JUaSh on the 
modem German Baltic Coast, e^, the HafF by Stettin, the Frisches HafF 
by Danzig and Kdnigsberg, and the Kurisches HafF by Memel. 

• Mimdy is not at all easy to follow here, as the face of the country 
has changed since his time, but he seems to have sailed along the Frisches 
Haff to its Western extremity beyond the mouth of the Nogat. There he 
«pent the night of the 7th October in an inn at a mouth of the Weichsel 



96 A JOURNEY FROM [REL. XXXIII 

Polish Cranes [sicy or comelighters. 

Butt having doubled the point, wee went downe the 
streame, where wee mett comming uppe against [it] some 
Polish Canes which are certain lighters which come from 
the Coimtrie with Come. They were returning, butt having 
the streame to strive against all the way, they must have 
either a very Faire wind and a good gale to stemme it, or 
must sett [pole] itt uppe sometymes For 30 or 40 daies to- 
gether with greatt labour, as these wer doing with 10 and 12 
poles oflF a side, keeping an order and decorum by a watche 
word or Cheare to lifFt their poles and to sett onward "att 
once, keeping tyme as in rowing, allthough in a longer pro- 
portion, beeginning Forward on. 

Thatt evening late wee came to Dantzigke, aboutt 12 miles 

From the Hefft abovesaid. As For the Number of Miles 

from place to place, it is as I have it From those with whom 

I travelle, butt they are variable sometymes, a Dutch Mile 

butt 3 English, allthough ordinarily they ar 4 in my opinion^, 

as they ought to bee. And soe for the computation off other 

o laces 

^ ' A Journey to Thome, December 1640. 

The 2\th current. I departed in a waggon towards Thorun. 
Thatt Nightt wee lay att Shenewarrincke, som 12 miles 

The 25th att Osterwitts 24 

The 26th by Grodinske 14 

The 27th to Scompe 21 

The 28th to Thomn 12 

83 

(Vistula). Next day he went lo miles up it as far as a point near what 
is now Neuminsterberg, which he reached on the 9th, and 2 miles further 
he came to what is now Fiirstenwerder. Here the Weichsel divides itself 
into two rivers at the Danziger Haupt, which he calls the Hefft, one 
part going towards Danzig. Along this he went and reached Danzig 
that night. 

^ "Cranes" is evidently a clerical error for "Canes" (Ger. Kahn, 
a boat, wherry) as written in the description which follows. 

Mr Malcolm Letts remarks : " The use of the word *crane* is interesting 
in connection with the comlighters. There was a very famous Crane at 
Danzig, used for unloading boats, almost as famous as the one at Bruges, 
and Mundy having it fresh in his mind may have used the word un- 
consciously." * See ante, note on p. 52. 



1640] DANZIG TO THORUN 97 

Newingburg, Grodinscke, Colmesey. 

Aboutt 40 miles in our way wee passed by a smalle Citty 
called Meue, leaving itt some 2 Miles on our lefft hand. 
Aboutt 8 miles Farther is Newinburg, another Smalle Citty, 
tho of noe greatt Note, and 8 miles beeyond thatt againe is 
Grodinske, a handsome Citty, 16 miles beeyond which is 
Colmesey. This afFarre ofFe promiseth much by sundry high 
spires, Fabricks off Churches, etts., butt generally within 
poore, low, unhandsome b^se buildings, even soe many boore 
[peasants'] houses enclosed together^. 

Woods and Lakes. 

The first halffe of the way betweene Dantzigk and Thorun 
plaine arable or tillage land, the other halffe in like Manner, 
butt with some woods and ponds or lakes, with which by 
report this Country abounds^. From whence accrewes greate 
beneffitt to the Lords or some perticuler great ones off the 
Land, As by timber, tarre, pottashes, etts.. From the Former, 
And by Fish From the Latter. 

Extreame Cold. 

The z^tt afforementioned [December 1640]. Wee were on 
our way aboutt 6 houres before day, when I Feltt the greatest 

* Mundy's journey from Danzig to Thorn was by road, crossing the 
Weichsel at Graudenz. His distances are roughly correct, but not stricdy 
accurate, which is hardly surprising, as, from what he says below, he was 
not in a condition to make careful observations. The whole distance 
from Danzig to Thorn (Torun) is about 95, instead of 83, miles as given 
by him. See Zeiler, Itin. Germ, Contin,, p. 512. 

Mundy's place-names may be identified thus : Shenewarinke as Sch6n- 
warling, north of Dirschau ; Osterwitts as Osterwitt, a small village ; Gro- 
dinake as Graudenz (Pol. Grudziadz) ; Scompe as Skompe, near Kulmsee ; 
and Thorun as Thorn (Pol. Torun). 

Mimdy's Meue is Mewe on the Weichsel ; Newingburg is Neuenburg 
(Pol. Nove); Colmesey is Kulmsee (Pol. Chelmza). 

Bargrave, who travelled in the opposite direction in December 1652, 
has remarks on Kulmsee and Graudenz (MS, RawL C, 799, fol. 75): 
"Culmz^, a small old Towne, ten miles beyond it [Thorn]... Grudfens, 
upon the Wesil, a neat City guarded by a strong Wall and a Trench." 

' Bargrave remarks on the country beyond Graudenz towards Danzig 
(op. cit,, loc. cit.): "We travelled through a large Plaine of extraordinary 
fertile land... reaching to the City Novemiasto [Mundy*s Newingburg 
(Neuenburg)], smartly walled and Trenched." 



PM 



98 A JOURNEY FROM [REL. XXXIII 

cold thatt ever I did in my lifFe. Wee then travelled against 
the winde, which caused my eies to water (teares are brinish), 
which soe congealed thatt I had Iscicles hung on my eieUds 
as bigge as pease. I tied a cloath over my Face, butt within 
a little space itt beecame as hard as pastboard. The cold 
Meeting with my moist breath caused it to Freese in thatt 
Manner thatt itt stucke to my beard, upper and Neither 
[above and below], having Much adoe to keepe itt Free, 
which hanguing full of Isicles, as allsoe Many under my 
Chynne Nere my throate, off which I felt the paine long 
after. My nose was soe benummed For awhile thatt I could 
Nott well tell whither I had one or Noe; butt itt came to 
itts selffe againe, allthough in 5 or 6 dales after the skynne 
came quite offe. I mightt have had a Mischance [injury, 
mutilation] (perhapps), had not it beene prevented in t5nncie. 
It was a Month ere I had the rightt use of one off My Fingers. 
Another experiment allsoe I tried, [but] beecause hardly to 
bee beleived withoutt triall, I will here omitt^. Some may 
say itt was Nott such cold weather as att other tymes happens. 
I graunt it. But itt was my owne Faultt. Seeing unex- 
perienced with the Nature off these sorts [of] colds, I Made 
No provision For prevention, thincking if I could endure 
the sharpenesse therof (which I did strive to doe), itt were 
enough. Another tyme, should it bee Farr colder, itt should 
Not soe much Trouble Mee, beecause I would rather seeke 
to avoide and shroud my selff from itts rigor then thincke 
to outtface itt as I did. On the way. Horses Noses and mens 
beards hang dangling with Isicles; our Meat and Drinck 
Frozen in the wagon. Itt was the coldest day thatt had bin 
yett this year. Greatt difference beetweene travelling here 
in winter and in East India in summer; allthough contrary, 
yett both bad, the one for Cold and Frost, the other For 
heatt and dust. 

Strange effectts of Cold. 

Here are strange relationes of the effectts of Cold, having 

^ It is a pity that he did omit it, however. He may be referring to the 
habit of rubbing the nose with snow to prevent frostbite, as he speaks 
of the *' mischance'' having been prevented. 



1640] DANZIG TO THORUN 99 

spoken with those who were eyewittnesses to some, vtz.^ thatt 
some yeares not long since, Men and Weomen travelling in 
open CuUasses^, wagons, etts., have bin Frozen dead, sitting 
as though they slept. Countrymen comming on sleades 
laden with wood have bin drawne in to the Markett place by 
their horses when themselves have bin frozen stifFe starcke 
dead, still holding the bridle or Raynes in their hands, 
standing or sitting as alive guiding their horses. Others have 
bin brought in soe on horsebacke, their stifFe benummed 
lymmes keeping them Fast in the Saddle. A souldier standing 
Centinell with his Muskett on his rest hath bin Found in 
thatt posture, starcke dead and stifFe with cold. These are 
common reports. Itt is said thatt the cold, benumming and 
quenching die Naturall heatt, causes a slumber to comeuppon 
them and soe deprives them of lifFe. 

Thorun. 

Thorun [Thorn] is a well contrived Citty and a pleasant 
place, Seated on the River Weessell [Weichsel, Vistula], 
walled round. Full ofF Turretts, 9 or lo gates, Faire large 
straightt streetes, the best Councell house in all this Country, 
somwhatt resembling an exchange, very large and high, 4 
square, a space in the Middle, a lofty costly tower to itt^. 
Over the River is a wodden bridge oflF near J ofF a Mile in 
length, under some part wherof itt is said itt Never Freezes, 
For great watters, especially running Rivers, will in one 

1 Cullasse, Russ. kolyaska and Pol. kolaska^ a light carriage with low 
^wheels, whence calash, ccdkche^ etc., but the form caliche was not then 
in general use, since the earliest quotation in the O.E.D. is 1666. 

' The reconstruction and embellishment of the fine Rathaus at Thorn 
was begun in 1603 at great cost, and at that time it contained such stately 
rooms, and was adorned with such noble gables and towers, that it could 
compete with the finest Council houses in Europe. It was gutted by fire 
in 1703. See Wernicke, Geschichte Thorns ^ Bd. i, pp. 227-8, 381. Bargrave, 
fol. 75, has the following description of Thorn in 1652 : *' A neat compact 
City invirond with a strong wall, workes and trench. The buildings are 
very faire and uniforme, of fower and five Stories high. In the midst of 
the Towne is the Stadthouse, so vast an Edifice, it is voted enough 
capacious for fower Princes with theyr Retinue." The earliest portion 
of the Rathaus, which is still standing, was erected in the 13th centuty, 
and the building was added to in the 14th and i6th centuries. 

7-2 



100 A JOURNEY FROM [REL. XXXIII 

place or other have an opening, as itt were a respiration^. 
I went over the said bridge unto a smalle Polish towne named 
Potsgarre [Podgorz]. Note thatt over the River is properly 
termed Poland or Polonia^. 

A greatt Faire. 

In this place and now att this tyme is kept the greatest 
Mart or Faire thatt is held in all these partts, resorted unto 
From Farre, as Germany, Turkey, Italy, etts. Itt lasteth 
aboutt 15 dales'. Here were many ritche and welMFumished 
shoppes of Scotts, There beeing Many 100 (I may say 1000) 
Families off that Nation inhabitants off this land. Noe Citty 
or towne off Note withoutt some, generally dealing in Mer- 
chandize For More or lesse. Many handicraffts, these 
quarters abounding with them, as Holland etts [and other] 
low Countries with English*. Allsoe here were shoppes off 
Armenians, Dutch, French, Poles, with sundry conunodityes, 
and a *great Number of Jewes now permitted att the Faire 

^ See Relation XXXV for an illustration and full description of the 
Bridge. 

' Mundy means that Thorn, though strictly speaking not in Poland, 
was under Polish rule. Bargrave expresses hiniself more clearly (op. cit.y 
fol. 74) : " It [Tome (Thorn)] is the Metropolis of Prussia, severed from 
Poland by a small Gutture Streame short of the Bridge, but is under the 
powre of Poland and in the Kings Title." 

' Mundy is describing the Epiphany Fair at Thorn, and his mention 
of its length is especially interesting, since it ordinarily lasted only eight 
days, but by a decree of the King of Poland in 1640 the tinie was extended 
to a fortnight. At this period there were three annual fairs at Thorn, the 
first held at Epiphany, the second beginning on Rogation Saturday and 
the third on the 14th September. These fairs were visited by merchants 
from all parts of the world. See Wernicke, Geschichte Thorns y Bd. i, 
and Bd. 11. 260. 

In the middle of his description of the Fair at Thorn, Mundy has 
interpolated the following remark, which is correct: "Note thatt Venice 
and Amsterdam are From hence Near uppon an equall distance, viz. 
beetweene 6 and 700 Miles English by land." 

* All trading in Poland being carried on by Jews and foreigners, that 
country was an attractive one to the enterprising Scot, and Scotch emigra- 
tion to Poland was large, most of the emigrants becoming pedlars. They 
paid a poll-tax as did the Jews and Gipsies, and early in the 17th century 
had formed themselves into a large guild (Bruderschaft) and had obtained 
the rights of citizenship. They held their meetings on each fair-day, and 
a general court of appeal met at Thorn on the Feast of Epiphany. See 
Fischer, Scots in Germany ^ pp. 31-9. See also infra^ Relation XXXV, 
for further remarks by Mundy on Scots and Jews in Poland. 



1640] DANZIG TO THORUN lOI 

tyme; otherwise Not sufFred to dwell in this Citty, Nor in 
Dantzicke, butt on such occasions ; Most of their dealing here 
in Furres; in outtward appearance unffittly and unseemely 
Cladde, supposed in Policy, beecause the Pole perhapps 
would pole them if they Made greatt shew off Pitches^. 

As in Dantzicke, the generall speech is high Dutch 
[German], and here and there a little Polish, soe in this place 
to the contrary. For the common Speech is Polish, and butt 
little Dutch, and thatt For the Most part by the better sort. 
Some 20 or 30 Miles on this side Dantzig the Country people 
speake Dutch [t.e. German], butt Farther uppe toward 
Thome, Polish^. 

The "jth January [1640/41]. I retourned towards Dantzig 
by the same way I came Forth, in a Callais, which is a kind 
off an open Coache^; and the 9th ditto I arrived there. 

Note thatt in these parts No labouring the ground For 
Many Monthes together by reason of Frost and hard weather. 
Nor No cattle Feeding in the Feild : all housed and keptt in 
stalles. Feeding on dry Meatt*, as hey, straw, etts. A hard 
winter and long, as I am told, which I am now bound to see. 

* In 1602 the Jews were forbidden all trade and intercourse at Thorn. 
But they were still the chief frequenters at Fairs, where they paid special 
fees. The passes (Geleitsertheilungen) to Jews were a perquisite of the 
Burggrave of Thorn. See Wernicke, op, cit., Bd. 11. 245, 267 : Jewish 
Encyclopaedia, s,v. Fairs. 

Mundy's pun is on an obsolete form of the word poll, in the sense of 
to pay as a poll-tax; and the meaning is, "the Pole" perhaps would 
plunder them by excessive taxation if they " Made greatt shew off Ritches." 

* Muhdy means that in the neighbourhood of Danzig and some 20 
or 30 miles Southward the common language was German, while nearer 
Thorn it was Polish. Bargrave also (op, cit,, fol. 75) speaks of the country 
south of Danzig as being "inhabited by Hollanders [Germans].*' 

Edward Browne (Travels, p. 174), remarked, when he reached Magde- 
burg in 1668, "I had now left the pure German Language behind me, 
for at Magdeburg comes in another kind of German, called Plat-Deutch, 
Broad-Dutch, Nidersachsische, or Language of lower Saxony: a great 
Language spoken in the North part of Germany. They speak it at 
Hamburg, Dantzick, Lubeck, and many great Cities, but they can con- 
verse with the other High-Dutch, and with some difficulty also with the 
Netherlanders ; the one speaking in his language and the other replying 
in his." 

' See ante, note on Cullasse, p. 99. 

* Mundy, as a West countryman, is using "meat" in the sense of food 
generally. 



102 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIII 

A Journey to Coninxberg over the Ice, 
January A.D. 1640 [1640/1]. 

The zgtk Currantt I departed againe towards Coningsberg. 
First to Gantts Crooe^, Near Dantzicke, where wee Tooke 
slead and wentt on the Weesell to Cotosste^, where we 
lodged, aboutt Miles 11 

The 30/A [January 1640/1]. We dined att 
StotehofFte [Statthof], itt beeing the same way 
which Formerly I had com by water Miles 16 

From thence to Armell Crooe*, where wee 
lodged ... ... ... ... ... ... Miles 20 

The 2^th [January 1 640/1]. Wee wentt over 
the Middle of the HofFe to Coliholt*, where wee 
baited, aboutt 16 Miles, and From thence to 
Conninxberg, 16 Miles More Miles 32 

79 

Att Comming Forth of the Weesell, one of our sleads 
brake in through the Ice, but No hurtt, by reason itt happned 
on a shelffe or bancke Att [blank]^. 

In the Morning when wee sett Forth From Armell Crew, 
wee missed on[e] of our company, whome having Soughtt 
For 2 houres all there aboutts and Not Finding hem [sic], 
wee came away withoutt him, giving him For lost, and 
brought away with us such things as hee had in the slead, 
supposing thatt hee himselff mightt in the Nightt have Fallen 
in to the water through some whole in the Ice. Hee was a 
yong Man and a stranger unto us all. Butt in conclusion, 
the 3d day after, hee came to Conningsberg and told Mee in 

^ Gantts Crooe, j.e., Gans Krug or the Goose Inn. It was a famous 
Inn on the Weichsel, on the road to the Schottland suburb of Danzig. 
When Peter the Great and his consort visited the city in 17 16, they put 
up at the Ganskrug on their first arrival. In the i8th century the Prussian 
authorities sought to oblige the Polish vessels to discharge their xargoes 
here, and thus aroused intense opposition in Danzig. See Loschin, 
Gesckichte Danzigs, 11. 127. 

* Kotteskrug, opposite Bohnsack. 

* "Armell Crooh" (?) Aermel Krug, the Sleeve Inn, at Frauenburg. 

* Kahlholz, on the cape on the south bank of the Frisches Haff, opposite 
PiUau. 

* Mundy must have crossed the mouth of the Weichsel at Bohnsack. 



1640/1] UNTO CONINXBERG IO3 

French thatt in the night, with the heatt of the stove and the 
people, with the helpe of drincke, hee was taken with a 
fainting or Swowning and going Forth to take the aire, hee 
fell, hee knew not how himselfF, under a tree, where he re- 
mayned till lo of the clocke thatt Morning. Hee having 
spent some yeares in travelling to and Fro, as in France, 
Germany, etts., this accidentt sto*ooke some apprehension 
into my selfFe, seeing how easily a stranger may bee lost and 
Not knowne whatt beecame off him, My presentt Case Not 
Much differing From his. 

In this Journey wee wentt aboutt 77 Miles on the Ice, viz,. 
From ^ mile of Dantzigk to within 2 Miles off Coninxberg. 
The Farther of [f] the shoare the better [travelling] ; Soe thatt 
wee were almost as Cautious to com Near the shoare for feare 
of water, Allthough wee were on the water, as somet)rmes 
shippes att sea are of comming to[o] Near the land For fear 
oflF rocks and sands, beecause thatt Now Near the shoare 
were certaine openings here and there More then ordinary, 
by Reason of the late greatt thaw. The Ice now. Nor att 
Most, nott ^ a yard thicke, supported by the water, lying 
theron as on a bedd. 

Pleasauntt, easy and speedy travelling. 

Speedy, pleasantt, easie travelling att present, beecause oflF 
a little Frost againe on the thaw, soe thatt the Ice was as 
sleeke as glasse, hardly now to bee gon uppon on Foote, butt 
For that purpose Men have certaine straps with Nailes in 
them tied to the soles of their shooes. Aboutt Dantzig I have 
scene them slide with a woodden Invention, having as it were 
an Iron keele, wherwith they will, with little labour, slide 
away 5 or 6 miles in an hower^. This our Manner off travel- 
ling to bee compared with thatt in Holland by boat. For ease 
and speed, as afforesaid, sleads traversing to and Fro over 

* Skates (Du. schaats) were evidently new to Mundy in 1640, and 
though the art of skating dates from an early period in England, it was 
new also to Pepys in 1662. "December i [1662], Over the Parke, when 
I first in my life, it being a great frost, did see people sliding with their 
skeates, which is very pretty art" (Diary, ed. Braybrooke, p. 129). The 
word " skate ** seems not to have reached England at the time Mundy wrote, 
for the earliest quotation in the OJE.D, is 1645. 



104 A VOIAGE FROM CONINXBERG [REL. XXXIII 

this Frozen Sea as Freely as boates doe att other tymeSy and 
appear to sight No otherwise then soe many vessells att Sea ; 
divers companies off Fishermen here and there doing their 
businesse, drawing their Netts withoutt boates, seeming to 
walke on the water a mile or two from land. 

Two generall Cracks wee Mett withall, aboutt the Middle 
of the Haffe, which ran on either side as Farre as wee could 
discerne. Such they say there willbee on this water, lett itt 
Freeze never sbe hard, the Nature and secrett working therof 
seeking and desiring respiration, breath or aire, as they terme 
itt^, is in some places 9 or 10 miles broad and 4 or 5 att the 
Narrowest. When wee came to the Mouth of the River 
Preile [Pregel], wee went aboutt 2 mile on land, by reason 
the River was bad to slead on, the goods being laden on carts. 

A Barretone, an Instrumentt of Musicke. 

Att my beeing here in Coninxberg I spake with one Mr 
Walter Row^, an Englishman, cheifFe Musitien to the Marquis 
of Brandenburge, by whome I was Freindly enterteyned. 
Among the rest of his Instrumenttts hee had one Named a 
Barretone*, itt beeing a base vioU with an addition of Many 
wire strings, which run From end to end under the Finger 
board, through the F belly of the Instrumentt, which are to 
bee strucke with the thumbe off the stopping hand: very 
Musicall, and concordantt with the violl, like 2 Instrumentts 
att once, the playing on the one beeing No hinderance to 
the other. Itt had allso sundry other wire strings aboutt the 

^ Mundy seems to be giving the reason of cracks in the ice, as supplied 
to him by his fellow-travellers. The probable cause, however, of the 
cracks he saw in the Frisches Haff was the tide, pressing the ice outward 
as it flowed and allowing it to sag and crack as it ebbed, or perhaps the 
movement of a current beneath the ice. 

* Walter Rowe. There were two musicians of the name connected 
with the Court of Brandenburg at this period. It seems probable that 
Mundy is referring to "Walter Rowe junior** who is mentioned as a 
violinist in 1623 and in 1641, and is described as "a celebrated musician.** 
He appears to have died in 1671 . See Eitner, Quellen-Lexicon der Musikery 
etc., Bd. 8. 

• Barytone, a musical instrument of deep sound, resembling a bass 
viol, now obsolete. In Grove *s Musical Dictionary it is defined as " the 
name usually applied to the smaller bass saxhorn in B flat or C* The 
earliest quotation for this instrument in the O.E.D, is 1685. 



1640/1] UNTO DANTZIGK IN THE BALTICKE SEA IO5 

head and by the Finger board; butt these and the violl 
cannott both bee plaide att once, beecause they Must bee 
strucke with the playing hand, soe thatt they answear one 
another very hannoniously. In Fine, a verys costly Faire 
Instrumentt, and sweet solemne Musicke. 

Here was att presentt a sadde court, partly through the 
late death of the late Marquis, who died since my last beeing 
here, partly through the sicknesse off the yong Marquis his 
Sonne, and partly expectation of troubles to his estate thatt 
is lefft, by some pretences [claims] off the king of Poland^. 

Brandenburg. 

The 6th February Anno 1640 [1640/1]. I Retourned to- 
wards Dantzigk againe by Land. First wee came to Branden- 
burg, a ragged place (butt there is a Lordly Castle or 
Mansion)^, where wee dyned, some 13 Miles From Conninx- 
berg; From thence 4 Miles Farther to Petershore [Patersort], 
where wee lodged in a Crooh: in all Miles 17 

The yth [February 1 640/1]. Wee came to 
HeiUgenbeele [Heiligenbeil], a pretty citty ... Miles 13 
From thence to Brownsberg [Braunsberg], a 
little strong Citty, 8 [miles], and from thence 
to Frawenberg [Frauenburg]^, a pretty place, 
5 Miles, where wee lodged Miles 13 

^ See ante, p. 90 and note 3 . The Elector and his son fell ill after dining 
with Schwarzenberg, an Ex-Minister, and both fled from the Mark to 
Kdnigsberg, where Georg Wilhelm died on the ist Dec. 1640. The 
** young Marquis," Friedrich Wilhelm, for some time showed serious 
symptoms of poisoning and mental disorder. The ** troubles" referred 
to by Mundy relate to the Thirty Years' War and were the rumours that 
the Poles were intending to curtail the rights of the new Elector over 
Prussia. Immediately on his recovery, therefore, he negotiated an 
armistice with Sweden, in order to free his hand, but he was nevertheless 
forced to accept the hard conditions imposed by Poland for the grant 
of Brandenburg as a Polish fief. Friedrich Wilhelm was later known to 
history as the "Great Elector" and the founder of the Brandenburg 
Prussian State. See Kiister, Das ruhmwUrdige Jugendleben des Grossen 
Kurfiirsten.,,Jn den Jahren 1620 bis 1640, pp. 47-500. 

* This Brandenburg is on the Frisching and the "Lordly Castle" is 
the DomSne founded in 1266 by the Teutonic Order, which later became 

Royal Prussian demesne. 

* See ante, p. 93, for these two places. 



io6 



A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIII 



The Sth [February 1 640/1]. Wee crossed the 
HafFe on the Ice to Smeregrove [Schmergrube], 
6 Miles ; From thence to Voglesang [Vogelsang], 
lo miles, and From thence to Coblegrove [Kob- 
belgrube], 6 Miles, where wee lodged in a Crooh 

The gth [February 1640/1]. To Nicholas 
WooUe [Nickelswalde] where wee baited 
Soe to Dantzigke... 



Miles 22 

Miles 9 
Miles II 

Miles 85 



The Manner of Fishing in Frozen waters. 

Att Brandenburg, aboutt i^ Mile From the shoare^, were 
many companies off Fishers att worcke on the Ice, which 
commonly is in this manner : 
First the[y] Make 2 large holes 
through the Ice and beetween them 
compasse other lesser. Then att 
one of the great holes, Lettere a, 
they putt downe one end off their 
Nett, which with a pole, or Many 
Fastned together. Near 40 yards 
long, they convey From hole to 
hole on the side lettere B, till itt 
com to the other great opening at 
lettere c. And soe they doe with 
the other end off the Nett, viz.y 

letting itt down by letter a, conveying it aboutt by letter D, 
till itt com to letter c afforesaid, where they [sicy the] Nett 
is drawen uppe, which takes a great Compasse, it beeing 
aboutt [blank] Fathom in length and [blank] broad (as per 
the Figure abovesaid)^. 




* The place is still a fishing centre. 

" The method of fishing described by Mundy, with a Wintergam or 
Stintgam (smelt-net), a great draw-net, is still used in the Baltic and on 
large lakes in winter, for catching smelts. Horses are often employed to 
draw the nets. See Meyers, Konversations Lexikon, s.v, Fischerei, Fang- 
gerdte. 



1640/1] UNTO DANTZIGK IN THE BALTICKE SEA IO7 

Greatt store of Chace, as deare, hares, wild Fowle, etts. 

Att Heiligenbeele was a waggon wholy laden with Chace, 
as hares (whereof some Milke white), partridges, Barck-hens^, 
etts. Off the latter the Cocke is blacke [black-cock] and the 
hen grey, as bigge as our ordinary hens, brought from 
Coninxberg (which is plentifully supplied therwith outt off 
Letou [Lithuania], Cooreland [Kurland], etts., adjoyning)*, 
and were going For Elbing, Cold weather and Frost pre- 
serving them long. Dantzicgk is allso Furnished with the 
like outt off Cassooben^; Many tymes dear, as buck and doe; 
sould by butchers, which here run att random, take them 

they thatt can. a i^ 1 j i^n 

^ An Eyland or Elke. 

Att the house where the English resort to divine service 
(which is Cheiffly Sermons) in Dantzigk aforesaid was a 
beast hung uppe by the heeles, as tall and as bigge as a 
pretty [fair-sized] horse. Itt is called an Eiland [Du. eland^ elk] 
wherof the best buff is Made, somwhatt resembling a dear. 
Cloven Footed, but shagged as a bear. This had no homes. 

Att Frawenburge is a stately Castlelike Church on a little 

hills 

Yellow Amber or Burmestene, where found. 

Att Smeregrove [Schmergrube] I with others went to the 
other side of the Naring, aboutt \ a mile over, where we 
came to the open [Baltic] sea, nott Frozen. Here on this 
strand, as allsoe most partts here aboutt is Found, gathered 
and gotten, great store off yellow ambar, which is cast Forth 
by the sea and beaten [thrown] ashore, Cheiffly in Summer, 
there beeing smalle peeces therof Now among the sand 
and gravell. Itt is here called Burmestene [Ger. Bemstein]^ 
to say, Fountayne stone, conceaved to bee bred thatt way*. 

^ Btrkherme, the female of the Birkhuhn or black grouse, so called be- 
cause it frequents birch woods (Birkenwdlder) and feeds on birch shoots. 

* See antef note i on p. 88. 

* The Caliiedral (Dom Kirche) of Dom-Frauenburg, the seat of the 
Bishop of Ermeland and of a chapter, was founded in 1329 and contains the 
tomb of the astronomer Kopemikus. See Brockhaus, Konvers.-Lex. (185 1). 

* Mundy is at fault with his derivation here. Bernstein is derived from 
Low German bemen =brenneny to bum. In the Middle Ages it was used 
in powdered form for fumigation. Herders, Konvers.-Lexikon. See also 
Mundy's remark at the opening of the next paragraph of his text. Wun- 



I08 A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIII 

An opinion. 

Itt much resembles Rosin in coullour and somwhatt in 
smell, beeing burned. Who knoweth whither it may not 
com From the Firretree off which Rosin is made and where- 
with these countres abound. The said trees Falling into the 
water may, by the secrett working of the sea and operation 
of the sunne, produce that gunmie. There is a patent 
[monopoly] graunted by the Lords of Dantzicgke (to whome 
this Hand [the Nehrung] beelongs) unto certaine perticulers 
[private individuals], and grevious punishmentts, penalties 
For any thatt shall bee knowne to gather itt, excepting such 
as are deputed by the Patentees^. 

Woods on the Naring, allsoe Burialls. 

From Smeregrove afForesaid untill wee come to the Weesell 
by Dantzige, all the way on the Naring and through woods, 
Most pines, some Oakes, a Few inhabitantts on the shoare 
side towards the HafFe. In our way among the woods were 
heaps of Bushes, which (as I was told) was thatt someone or 
other beeing robbd and slaine, was there buried, and thatt 
passengers as they goe by itt, cutt bowes of trees, bushes, 
etts., and cast theron^. 

Wolves — Bees. 

Here are some tymes wolves taken, though Nott Many. 
Allso store of bees breed in the holes of the pine trees, 

9 

derer, Reise, ed. Fichard, pp. 82-3, has a very interesting description 
(1588) of amber. See also Moryson, iv. 23. 

^ The Teutonic Knights had exploited the Amber monopoly to the 
full, and sold the spoils from the Amber fisheries to the Amber turneries. 
The Nehrung had been granted to the town of Danzig by the Polish 
King in 1454. Amber Courts were set up to prevent frauds. The dwellers 
on the shore had to take the Amber oath, Bemstein-Eid, and the hard 
conditions under which the work of fishing (Sch6pfen)y was carried on, 
led to the farming of the amber monopoly to Danzig merchants who 
extended the trade to India and Persia. This success induced the authorities 
again to take the monopoly in hand, and periods of farming and direct ex- 
ploitation succeeded each other. The Bemstein-Eid was only done away 
with at the end of the iSth century. See Meyers, Konvers.-Lex.y s.v. 
Bernstein, Gesckichtliches . See also Duisburg, Versuch und historisch- 
topogr, Beschreibung Danzigs, p. 416; Moryson, iv. 23. 

* For allusions to " cairns " of brushwood in India, see Panjab Notes and 
Queries^ ii. No. 802, iii. No. 15. 



1640/ 1] UNTO DANTZIGH IN THE BALTICKE SEA IO9 

Cherished and looked unto by the inhabitants [who are in] 
generall Fishers. 

Comming over the Weecell wee had some trouble, the 
River now bad to Ferry on, especially the borders. Att places 
of danger (as holes, etts.) on the said River, as allso on the 
HafFe, are poles sett uppe to give warning therof. 

Croohes, Crewes, these countre Innes. 

I have Now and then Mentioned Crooes or Crewes^. 
A Crooe is a certaine Inne on the high way, where is better 
entertaynement then in Turky Canes [KhansYy butt nothing 
Near soe good as in our English Innes. The[y] Cheiffly 
consist of 2 greatt romes, the one a large stable with 2 greatt 
gates to house horses, wagons. Coaches, etts., which att 
evenning come in att one gate and in the morning outt att 
the other, there beeing No Neede off turning; where they 
have very good provender, as hey, oates and litter^. The 
other CheiflF place is called a Stove [Stube], wherin is a 
Cackleoven [tiled stove], which warmes the said roome. The 
entertaynement and ordinary [customary fare] that here is to 
bee relied on are bread, beere, aquavity [aqua vitae, spirits] 
and lightt, and For our beddinge. Fresh straw att Nightt. 
Sometymes Fresh Fish, herrings, butter, etts.. May bee had, 
butt uncertaine, soe thatt Men generally, especially of quallity, 
carry their provision, bedding, etts., along with them. How- 
ever, at nightt all ly in common in thatt great roome one the 
Floore, one by the other, every Man chusing his Station or 
ground where hee likes, as allsoe att the tables; First come, 
First served, allthough there is way and respect given to the 
better sort. In Fine, Farre better accomodation For horses 
then Men. Yett such as itt is, a traveilling Man may passe 
therwith. 



^ See ante, pp. 89 n. 2, 102 n. i & 3. 

* See vol. I. pp. 46, 52 f., 202 f.; vol. 11. 24. 

• Compare Moryson's description of N. German and Polish village 
inns (rv. 72) where " a passenger shall find no bed'* but "must be content 
to sleepe upon cleane straw," nor "in such places any Wine or choice 
meates." 



no A VOIAGE FROM AMSTERDAM [REL. XXXIIl 

A Stove. 

A stove (of which scarce any house in this Country is 
withoutt) is a principall roome lying inwards, which with us 
is termed a Parlour (as the outter the halle)^. The said stove 
is commonly the best Furnished room in the house, where 
the Master therof , his wiflFe and Children (as allsoe strangers) 
doe sitt, converse, write, passe away their tyme, wherin is 
a Faire Cackle oven [Ger. Kachelofen^ tiled stove], which in 
winter is Made hotte, to warm itt. The outer roome afore- 
mentioned is allsoe fairely sett forth; butt commonly they 
dresse their Meat therin, soe thatt itt may bee said their 
kitchin lies in the halle: contrary to Holland, For their [sic\ 
their best garnished roomes lie to the streetewards. They are 
very curious [ingenious] here in costly painted seelings over- 
head, as in their stoves [parlour], etts. 

A Cackle oven. 

A Cackle Oven (which in Holland are called stoves [Du. 
stove\ and there Made of Iron For the Most part) are here 
Made off Cackles [Ger. Kachely tile], certayne hollow earthen 
tiles soe called, off greene, blew, ett[s]. couUours, with various 
worcks, built in Forme off a turrett: a pretty little structure, 
much adorning the roome ; in heightt and bignesse, according 
to the roomes wherin they stand. From withoutt they make 
Fire into it. It Casteth a heatt to the Farthest part of the 
roome, which must bee kept very close. Noisome att First 
to those thatt are nott accustomed, and I thincke unwholsome 
att last, though commodious and profEtable otherwise. For 
by thatt Meanes a little woode will suffice to Make Fire to 

^ Mundy is here using the English term "stove" to describe a German 
Stube, which is a room or chamber heated with a furnace, and he uses 
it further for the inner or best room, calling it the parlour (Ger. Besuch- 
zimmer) and the outer room the " halle** as in England : HaLle in German 
meaning also an outer room, the hall, porch, or shop. This inner room 
in the severe German winter is warmed by a large tiled stove (Kachelofen) . 
The English and the Dutch " stove '* both originally meant the same thing, 
a hot-house or room, but in modem times the term has been transferred 
from the heated to the heater. Compare Moryson (iv. 15) for an inter- 
esting account of the German stove. See also Edward Browne's Travels, 
pp. 178-9, for the "common Stoves in Inns in Germany.** 



Miles 



175 



1 640/1] UNTO DANTZIGH IN THE BALTICKE SEA III 

warme a great Company, all perticipating alike, one Not 
hindering the other. Nott soe att our Chimney Fires. Those 
Cackle ovens are allsoe usuall in Most private Chambers off 
the house, to bee warmed as occasion shall require, and beeing 
once hotte, a small Matter keepes on and continues the heat^. 

Calculation of miles travelled and sayled From my 

departure England in March 1 639/1 640 till my 

arrival at Dantzigk, with som Journeies 

annexed, till Feb: 1640 [1640/1]. 

From London to the Brill [De Brielle] in 
Holland, to and Fro 

From thence to Rotterdam, 15 miles; From 
thence to DelfFe [Delft], 8 miles; to the 
Haeg [Hague], 7, is 15 ; and back to Rotter- 
dam is 30. From Rotterdam to Amsterdam 
all put together amountts unto 

From Amsterdam to the Vlie, 140 Miles, 

thence to Dantzigk, I U^ 

From Dantzigk to Elbing, 28 ; From thence to 
Konigsberg, 48; and from Konigsberg to 
Weelaw [Wehlau], 28, is 104 Miles, and 

Pdt»K AKOUIC ... ... ... ■•• ... 

From Dantzigk to Torunia or Tome (Thorn), 
83 Miles and back againe 

From Dantzigk once againe to Konigsberg, 
over the Ice and backe 



Miles 85 
Miles 1 140 



Miles 208 



Miles 166 



Miles 170 

Summa Miles 1944 

^ Mundy is describing the ordinary large stove of tiles (Old High Ger. 
chakkala, flat earthenware vessel, Ger. Kachel, Du. kagchal. Swiss kattel, 
a special tile for stoves) of Continental European houses, in use since the 
I4di century. He brings out two points : first that the Continental system 
keeps the whole area affected by the Kachelofen at the same temperature, 
whereas the area round the English open grate varies in temperature 
according to distance from the fire in it. This is forcibly observed by 
Continental visitors to England. Secondly, Mundy brings out that the 
Englhh iron " stove "is an importation from Holland. In Relation XXXIV 
Mundy describes the Russian '* stove," which is a different structure. 

* That is, 1000 miles. 



RELATION XXXIV 

A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK IN THE BALTICK SEA 

UNTO ARCKANGELL IN RUSSIA, LYING ON THE 

WHITE SEA, WITH THE RETURNE FROM 

THENCE, AND SOM SMALLE OBSERVA- 

TIONES OF THOSE NORTHERNE 

REGIONES, VIZ.i 

Departure from Dantzigk. 

The zd May Atmo 1641, stilo vetere. I Came From thence 
aboard the shippe Justice of Lubecke^y lying in Dantzigk 
roade, aboutt 3 English miles From the Citty^. 

Hele. 

The 2d dicto. Wee sett saile, the wind contrary. Wee plied 
to windward untill the 5tt, when wee bore backe (by reason 
itt overblew)^ and anchored by Hele*, a smalle towne aboutt 
6 leagues From Dantzigk afForesaid. This place somwhatt 
to bee compared to Quinsburrough [Queenborough] in Kentt 
For itts Forme ^ and condition off inhabitants; generally 
Fishers. 

Att tymes are scales here killed, wherof some Milke white 
while they are yong, and growing elder, beecome dappled or 
spotted like unto Leopards; here beeing some of their 
skynnes**. 

The 6th [May 1641]. Wee sett saile againe, and the 8th wee 
were beetweene the 2 Hands of Bomeholme [Bornholm] and 
Reugen [Riigen], both in sight att once. 

^ I have been unable to trace this vessel. 

* Danzig Road (Rade de Danzig) is shown in an old French map of 
1759 outside Weichselmunde, at the mouth of the Weichsel. Mundy*s 
distance is correct. 

* Overblow, an obsolete nautical term signifying to blow with excessive 
violence; to blow too hard for topsails to be carried. The 0£J>, has 
quotations from 1 599-1726. 

* Hela, on the southern extremity of the Putziger Nehrung at the 
entrance of Danzig Bay. ® See antey p. 55. 

" Mundy is describing the common seal (Phoca vitulina). 



1641] A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK UNTO ARCKANGELL II3 

The gth [May 1641]. In the Morning wee had sightt allsoe 
of Rostocke and Wizmere [Wismar]^, 2 Citties on the lar- 
board side, and on our starboard side lay the land of Holstein, 
beetweene which wee passed, the sea Narrowing More and 
More beetweene the Coast of Meklenbourg and the Coast 
oflF Holstein afforesaid, making a deepe i njett or boy [sic, 
Liibeck Bay], ending att the road of Lubicke, where wee 
arrived and Anchored. Much wind and a short hollow Sea, 
soe thatt wee durst nott putt over For thatt tyme, there 
beeing a barre att the Rivers [Trave] Mouth. 

Arrivall at Lubecke. 

The next day wee came over, the wind and sea much 
abated; butt wee strucke sundry tymes shrewdly [sharply]. 
Wee passed by the Mund, a Fortiffication att the entrance 
oflF the River, upp which wee wentt 2 or 3 miles, soe tooke 
boate and passed upp to the Citty of Lubecke, which lyeth 
aboutt 10 Miles from the Mund 2. This Citty hath Many 
Faire high spires, none of extraordinary note ; many shipping, 
about 12 or 14 att once new building on the Stocke, allthough 
not very greatt^ ; no other religion permitted in the Citty then 
the Lutherans*; a pleasauntt Comodious place. 

From hence, within 2 houres of our arrivall, wee tooke 
boate againe towards Old Sloe [Oldesloe]. Thatt Nightt 

^ Baigrave (MS. RawL C. 799, fol. 82) describes Rostock and "Wis- 
mour" as he saw them in 1652. 

" Travemunde, the port of Liibeck before the deepening of the river. 
Mundy's distance is correct. 

* Mundy has more remarks on Liibeck later on in this Relation. 

^ Mundy here refers to an interesting bit of local history. The Re- 
formation having been violently opposed by the Liibeck authorities, 
after its admission in Hamburg and elsewhere, the citizens took ad- 
vantage of the Council's urgent need of money for the Swedish Wars of 
1528-9 to insist upon the introduction of the Reformed religion. On 
the 30th June, 1530, after long disputes and reference to the Emperor at 
Augsburg, the delegates of the burghers and the assembled citi2^ns made 
a declaration that all Popish ceremonies must be abolished in all Churches, 
save in the Dom (Cathedral), over which the Council had no jurisdiction. 
Subsequently the whole of the Catholic clergy, with the exception of 
die Cathedral Chapter, were obliged to leave the town, and the monks 
had the choice of leaving or going to prison. See Becker, Umstdndliche 
Getckichte der,,,Stadt Liibeck, Bd. 11. Abth. 8, et seq, 

PM 8 



114 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

wee lay att a village or dorpe^, called Mistauban 
[Maistlkig]. 

Old Sloe. 

The nth of May [1641]. Wee came to the towne of old 
Sloe. From Lubeck hither a very pleasauntt passage, all the 
way in the River Drauve [Trave], which maketh many Farre 
Fetcht windings: a Fine vally, commonly on either side, 
bordred with pretty lowly hills, covered with greene growing 
Come and green shady woods, thicketts, etts, wherein were 
store of nightingalls singuing here and there. Some of them 
to bee heard all tymes of the Nightt; a straimge pretty 
property peculier only to thatt bird, except you will reckon 
the owle, etts., among singing birds ^. The River att presentt 
shallow through want of Raine, soe that wee were Faine to 
ly one Nightt by the way, as afforesaid. In this place the 
King of Denmarck keepes a garrison^. Thatt eve[n]ing wee 
parted thence and lay in a Crooe [inn] among the woods*, 
Named [blank]. Here wee conceaved our selves in som 
danger, beecause thatt beetweene Hamburgh and Lubecke, 
beeing such a greatt thoroughfare For all Sorts, It is said 
thatt sometymes [in] these wild Crooes, lying soe among the 
woods Farre From other habitations, straimgers have bin 
Made away and never after heard off, which made us to 
keepe watche all Nightt, wee beeing butt Few. 

The 12th ditto [May 1641]. Wee came [by road] to Ham- 
burgh. Aboutt halffe the way From old Sloe very bad 

^ Dorpe, Du. dorp^ a village. The word "dorp** in Mundy*s day was 
more or less naturalised in English. 

^ It is probable that the song of the nightingale was new to Mundy 
as a Cornishman, since that bird is seldom found west of the valley of 
the Exe: hence the saying that there are no nightingales in Devonshire 
because all the girls can sing. Childrey, writing of " The Natural Rarities 
of Cornwall*' {Britannia Baconica, p. 13) remarks: "There are no Night- 
ingales » at least very few; a thing not to be wondered at by reason of the 
great scarcity of woods, a delight of that Bird.** 

• The allusion in the text is to quartering of troops in Lubeck by 
Christian IV during the Thirty Years* war. See Becker, op, cit., Bd. in. 
374-417. 

* Waldenhoflf, near Ahrenburg. Bargrave, in February 1652-3 (op, cit. 
fol. 85) journeyed from Lubeck to Hamburg and also " travelld through 
bad wayes, to our Lodging at a crewe among the Woods.*' 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 1 5 

travelling, the way deepe [muddy], the other halffe somwhatt 
better. All the way much woods, cheiffly beech ; some oakes ; 
much Marish ground and heath. No pine trees in these 
parts that I could see. 

Hamburgh : the Walles : Spires off Churches : River Elbe. 
Somwhatt among the rest Notable in Hamburgh, viz: 

I. The walles, which For comelinesse and strength Not to 
bee equalled in these parts, by report^. 

2. . The spires off their principall Churches, as St Peters the 
domo^, St Jacobs^, St Nicholas*, St Catherine^, etts, 
plaited over with Copper, as in other parts with lead, 
etts., butt the Churches and pillars of Bricke, as well here 
as in Holland [and] other places thatt I have scene, Not 
comparable to our Cathedralls in England, off Faire solid 
hewen stone. More beautifuU and durable*. 

3. The River Elbe, which by helpe of the sea ebbeth and 
Floweth through sundry Channells in the Citty: an Ex- 
cellentt comodiousnesse, butt nott soe good use made 
therof as in Holland they doe with standing water (in a 
Manner); here itt commonly running on the backe side 
of their houses in Narrow darke durty Channells. Had 
Amsterdam thatt beneffitt, itt were a pl^ce incomparable. 

They are Neither here very curious [careful] in cleane 
streetes: Dantzigk nott much better. 

^ The fortifications which surrounded Hamburg (Altstadt and Neu- 
8tadt) were erected at the beginning of the Thirty Years' War and the 
ramparts now serve as promenades. Bargrave (op. cit., fol. 87) has a 
detailed description of these fortifications. 

* St Peter's, in Mundy*s day the Cathedral (Ger. Dow, It. Duomo) 
of Hamburg, was taken down in 1806 and a later building was destroyed 
by fire in 1842. Only a few vestiges of the 14th century structure which 
Mundy saw now remain. 

* T^e Jacobikirche, which escaped the fire of 1842, is still existing. 

* The Church of St Nicholas was destroyed by fire in 1842. 

* St Catherine's Church escaped the fire of 1842. 

* Mundy is evidently no admirer of the brick architecture, known as 
the Baltic Style, which came into vogue in the 12th century and spread 
from the Weser to the Vistula, i.e. from Bremen to Danzig. 

Moryson also (f . 5) remarks on the building of the Baltic towns ** all 
of bricke (as in all the other Sea-bordering Cities lying from these parts 
[Hamburg] towards Flanders)." 

8-2 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL II7 

paire of winding staires standing all open to view^. These 
kind of staires are much used in all these parts. 

Habitts att Hamburg. 

The habitts used here by weomen so various as I thinck 
no where the like, by reason of the sundry Nations here 
inhabiting, as English, French, High Dutch [German], 
Hollanders, Brabanders [Flemings], etts. Butt these thatt 
Follow properly beelong to this place, as I conceive. 

The afforesaid Figures expressed as FoUoweth. 

A. Weomen with certayne blacke vailes off thinne stuffe, 
thickly plaited, wome both by yong and old, butt only 
such as are married; their petticoates Most commonly 
off 2 couUours, as redd and blacke, or otherwise, Joyning 
att this Marcke ♦2. 

B. The same with their backes towards you, appearing like 
a sort of Friers when their hoodes are on. 

C. Others with blacke Mantles covering their Faces, in like 
Manner as the Portugalls wives, Mestizaes, etts., doe att 
Goa [and] Macao with their sherazzees®. 

D. The most ordinary sort, as tradesmens wives, etts., their 
bosom commonly laced with a silver chaine. 

E. Another sort with a high piramidicall attire, the old as 
well as yong. 

F. Maides*. 

^ These wonders seem to have perished in the fire of 1842. 

* See Plate III, illustration No. 3. 

* By "mestizaes" (Port, mesiifa) Mundy means Oriental Portuguese 
female half-breeds and by "sherazzees'* mantillas worn by such as part 
of their ordinary costume. See vol. in. p. 269, n. 3. 

* For A and B, compare Hollar's plate of "A Woman of Cologne," 
c. 1643, although that illustration has the tufted disc in addition {Theatrum 
MuUerum). 

For C, see the illustrations on the map of Pinneberg (adjoining Ham- 
burg) in Danckwerth's Neue Landesheschreibung^ &c. 

Nothing similar to figure E has been traced. 

The illustration marked F appears to be the flat cap of linen worn by 
servants and countrywomen in several German districts in Mundy's day. 
Cf . the headdress in a comer of Danckwerth's map of Pinneberg noted 
above. 

For general remarks on the "Germans Apparrell," see Moryson, 
IV. 204 et seq.; Shakespeare* s Europe (Moryson), p. 292. 



Il8 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

Many other Fashions their are, butt I have only sett downe 
some off them, somwhatt More or lesse as I saw. 

Here I saw a Cammell with 2 bunches on his backe, having 
seene None befFore, ailthough I lived long in those parts 
where they are common, I mean cammells such as have 
butt one^. 

Nieu Meulen. 

The lyth June 1641, beeing Thursday, I departed Ham- 
burgh and came downe to Nieu Meulen [Neumiihlen] or 
New Mill, aboutt 2 miles From the Citty on shoare, a pretty 
habitation to sightt. Here shippes of burthen ly to take in 
the rest off their lading, beeing bound Forth, as allso to dis- 
charge att their retume. I came aboard the St. John Evan- 
geUsty Hans Schroder Master, to take my passage For Russia, 
And From thence boimd to the southward with thatt country 
commodity, as Cordage, hides, hemp, tallow, etts. The said 
shippe and schipper [Du. schippeVy skipper] was in the 
Spanish Fleete, and one off them thatt came ashore in the 
Downes when the Hollanders gave the onsett^. Hee came 
off againe with little hurt, only lost som anchors and cables, 
beeing forced to Cutte. 

Thatt evening wee fell somwhatt lower and anchored thatt 
Night. 

The 18th June [1641]. Wee proceeded and came downe 
the River Elbe as low as Stode, the old Enghsh Staple^, 
aboutt 18 miles from Hamburgh, and there anchored. 

^ Mundy means that he was familiar with the Arabian one-humped 
camel, but had never before met with the Bactrian or Central-Asian 
two-humped variety. 

* The Battle of die Downs in October 1639. See ante, Relation xxxi, 
pp. 37-43. The ship and her skipper have not been traced. 

• Stade on the Schwinge, a tributary of the Elbe. It was the English 
staple when Moryson was there in 1591: "Stode... of late was become 
so poore, as they had sold the priviledge of coyning money, and some 
like Rights to Hamburg; till the English Merchants removing their 
seat of trafficke from Hamburg to Stode, it began lately to grow rich ** 

(I. 3). 

Edward Browne who visited Stade after Mundy (1668), remarks 

(Travels, p. 177): "Stadt or Stoade, upon the River Zwingh, a strong 
Town, belonging to the King of Sweden, and where the English Mer- 
chants had formerly their Residence, when they left Hamburg upon a 
Discontent." 



• _ 





Gluckstad : the kings gardein : the banquetting house therin. 

(a) A high spire composed off 4 Snakes. 

(b) The Foundation. 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL II9 

Gluckstad: The kings gardein. 

The igth [June 1641]. Wee came and againe Anchored 
before Geluckstade [Gliickstadt], a Fortiffied place where the 
king of Denmarcke takes i per cent Custom off shippes thatt 
passe to and Fro, having a garrison in the towne and some 
shippes of warre lying befFore itt; among the rest a gaily. 
Att the entraunce is a Finely contrived Fort, builtt aboutt 
3 yeares since^. A little Farther is the kings house, a Faire 
building, and adjoyming [sic] to the towne on the other side 
is his garden and house of pleasure, in my opinion worth 
Notice, especially the house. The gardein stands in a square 
plott off ground, emcompassed with a quicksett hedge or wall, 
the best thatt I have seen, making Most delightsome walkes, 
within which ly Many compartmentts, knotts^, etts., all Finely 
contrived and clean and neatly kept. In the very Middest 
off all stands the house, builtt 4 square, and outt of every 
side againe Issues another, as by the First Figure®, which 
representts the Foundation covered over with Lead on the 
toppe, and in the Middest a high spire composed off 4 Snakes 
twyning one with the other, as 4 strands in a Cord, their 
tailes Making the uppermost and sharpest point, their heads 
lowermost to the very roofe. On the 4 outtletts [wings] on 
the 4 sides are 4 greatt winged dragons all off lead, the 
underpart off the said squares supported with pillars, ex- 
cepting where doore or entrance*. 

The banquetting house therin. 
Itt consists off severall roomes, 2 principall in the middle, 

^ Gliickstadt in the estuary of the Elbe, was fortified by Christian IV 
of Denmark in 1620 to hold the Hamburgers in check, and was twice 
unsuccessfully besieged during the Thirty Years* War. It was dismantled 
in 1815. 

* The term "knot" for a flower-bed laid out in a fanciful shape or any 
laid-out garden-plot is now almost obsolete. 

« See Plate IV, illustration No. 4 (6). 

* The Garden house at Gliickstadt was on the other side of the town 
from the Castle (Gliicksburg). Mundy's sketch is identifiable with the 
minute elevation of the Konings Garde in Danckwerth's Plan of the 
Fortress in his Neue Landesbesckreibung &c. It was in the S.E. comer 
of the fortifications on the Rhijstrom. Mundy's description is valuable 
as no other has been traced. See Aubery du Maurier, Mimoires de 
Hamburgy p. 8; Barfod, Damnarks Histories p. 74. 



lao A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

viz.y the banquetting roome and the kitchin under itt, there 
beeing a seller [cellar] under thatt againe. From the ban- 
quetting roome they goe into 4 smaller, which stand on 
pillars on the 4 outtletts [wings], in one off which is the 
kings bed; the Cheiff roomes paved with white and blacke 
Marble Chequered, with sundry ritch pictures^. In my 
Minde itt is nott soe greatt, as pretty and Finely contrived ; 
builtt aboutt the same tyme the Fort was; the said Fort 
resembling a gentlemans house, as the Castle att Elsahour^ 
doth a kings pallace. The king himselfF often here, affecting 
the place, repayring, building and Furnishing his house etts., 
More and More, as allso in Fortiffication. The Manner of 
the gardeinhouse or banquetting roome is somwhatt according 
to the 2d Figure above®. 

Grudges betweene the king of Denmarcke and 

the Hamburghers. 

Here on the walles off the Church tower is hung on high, 
7 or 8 Fathom From the ground, a shippes anchor. The 
reason, as I was told, was, there beeing som difference bee- 
tweene the king and the Hamburgers, the kings shippes sett 
uppon theirs, Forcing som to leave their Anchors beehind 
and all to beetake them to Flightt, some cutting, som letting 
slipp, their cables. In remembrance off which one off their 
anchors is hung upp as a Monumentt. The Hamburgers on 
the other side att another tyme, having the better, Caused 
the king of Denmarcks couUours to bee hung att their steme, 
outt through the house of ofBce [latrine]. Butt which off 
these were First I enquired Nott. Soe that allthough their 
is peace, yett their is distast and grudge beetweene them, as 
appeares allsoe by the Following passage. 

Att my beeing Now att Hamburgh, the king of Denmarck 
came to Altnoe [Altona], a place aperteyning unto him, 
within an English mile of the Citty; butt hee was nott in- 

^ See infra in this relation for further comments on the pictures. 

' See ante, p. 84. 

* See Plate IV, illustration No. 4 (a). 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 121 

vited into itt, Neither came any off the Burgers to visitt him, 
allthough hee lay 2 or 3 daies, which hee tooke distastfuUy^. 
The 20th June [1641]. Wee sett saile From Altnoe, And 
thatt evening wee saw a smalle Hand called Holy Land 
[Heligoland]*. 

Shortt Nightts. 

The 25th [June 1641]. Wee were in the Latitude off 60 de- 
grees North, where the sim did sett to the Northward off 
N.W. by North, soe thatt hee was butt 4 howres imder the 
Horizontt, and No nightt att all in a Manner. 

No nightt att all. 

The 2d of June ^ I say of July ^ 1641. Beeing in the latitude 
of 70 degrees, at 12 of the clocke att nightt when the Simne 
was att lowest, then was hee is [sic. Pin] about 2 J degrees 
above the Horizontt, as I tried by an experimentt, which I 
conceave stands with good reason. Then was the Sunne Near 

^ The facts alluded to by Mundy appear to be as follows. 

In spite of the Elbe privilegium, granted to the Hamburgers in 1628 
by the Emperor Ferdinand II, Christian IV issued a decree 9/19 April 
1630, whereby all ships proceeding to Hamburg were to strike sail at 
Gliickstadt, and heavy tolls were imposed on all Hamburg ships and 
goods. The Hamburgers appealed to the Emperor, and after an attempt 
to destroy the GlUckstadt blockhouse, their men-of-war, on April 28th, 
1630, seized two Royal pinnaces, and carried them up stream to Hamburg, 
trailing the Danish Colours in the water behind them. Although this 
action was deprecated by a Hamburg Commissary, such an outrage 
was too much for Christian IV, and in September of the same year 
Danish men-of-war were sent from Copenhagen up the Elbe. The 
Hamburgers sought to oppose them, but after considerable losses of both 
ships and men, their Admiral, Albrecht de Eitzen, left his ship and made 
for the shore. The ship itself only escaped on the second day by cutting 
her cable. King Christian caused the anchor to be lifted and to be hung 
up high on the Church Tower of GlUckstadt. An anchor hung on the 
N. side of the tower until 1805, and in 1854 ^^^ stood inside the entrance. 
See Lucht, GlUcksteidt, p. 168; Barfod, op. cit,, pp. 892, 894; Olearius, 
p. 89; Ladonann, ni. p. 535. 

Altona came into Danish possession as part of the Pinneberg lands, 
on the death without heirs of Count Otto VI of Holstein, &c., of the 
Schauenburg line, who was heavily in debt to King Christian. The 
King had great designs for the place, which he wished to make into a 
garrison and trading centre, to the great displeasure of the Hamburgers, 
who did not wish to have a fort at their gates, and who were already at 
variance with the King about the tolls on the Elbe at GlUckstadt. Wich- 
mann, Geschichte Altona* s, p. 47, &c. 

• See infra, pp. 156-7, for Mundy 's remarks on Heligoland. 



122 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

I J point to the Eastward of the North, there beeing soe much 
Westerly variation in the Compasse hereaboutts. I say the 
sun Mightt bee 2^ degrees above the horizontt, which should 
bee butt 2 degrees by all rules. For example, when the Sunne 
is in the tropicke of Cancer, then should hee bee 3J degrees 
high when att lowest, since when hee is returned to the 
Southwards aboutt i J degrees, rests 2 degrees. Butt ther[e] 
were 2^ degrees att least, the rest occasioned by rd&action, 
soe terming the elevation or advauncing off the Sunne when 
hee commeth Near the Horizont, by the vapours of the Earth 
causing him to appear higher then indeed hee is by the 
proportion Following, as hath bin Found by observation. 





An observation. 






The Sunne 






The Starres 


Degrees Minutts 


Degrees Minut 







34 




above the 30 


I 




26 




I horizontt, i .22 


2 




20 




2 then ap- 2.15 


4 


above the 


15 


higher 


4 pear they 4.1 1 


When the Realle 7 


horizontt. 


13 


then 


7 to bee. 7.8 


bodie of the 10 


then ap- 


10 


indeed 


II 11.5 


Sunn Is 16 


peares he 
to sightt 


7 
3 


hee is 


15 15.3 


23 




32 




I 







More to bee considered thatt the higher your station is 
From the water levell, the Farther is your horizontt From 
your Zenith; viz., hee thatt standeth 2 Foote higher then the 
levell seeth a Minutt, the 60th part off a degree, or a Mile 
Farther then hee thatt standeth or looketh From the levell 
or superficies itt selffe, which is allso observed to be Thus : 

Another [observation]. 



Feete 


Minutt or Feete 


Minutts 




Mile 


or Miles 


2 


I 53 


8 


4 


then shall 2 67 


9 


8 


hee Farther 3 82 


10 


If a Man see from 14 


see into the 4 then hee shall 100 


II 


above the levell, 20 


horizontt 5 see from the 118 


12 


27 


6 levell itself. 140 


13 


39 


7 163 


14 




— 186 


15 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I23 

Since our comming Forth hitherto, Neither wind Nor 
weather scarce 2 daies together Constantt^. 

^ Lieut.-Comdr. G. T. Temple, R.N., author of the Admiralty Pilots 
for Norway f has once again supplied me with an illuminating note on 
Mundy*s observations. 

" The phenomena of the so-called * Midnight Sun,* to which Mimdy 
here refers, are, like the seasons, due to the fact that the axis of the earth, 
which continues always parallel to itself as it moves round the sun, is 
inclined to an angle of about 23^ degrees (23° 27' 54") to the plane of 
its orbit. The effect of this inclination is to produce variations in the 
length of the day to such an extent that in polar regions, at the solstices, 
the duration of sunlight is reckoned in months instead of hours. At the 
summer solstice, about Jime 21st, the north pole, with its encircling 
zone, which is bounded by the Arctic Circle (about 66° 32' N. lat.), is 
situated entirely in that half of the earth which is presented to the sun. 
Hence at this point of her orbit it is constant day at the north pole and 
in the Arctic zone, while the south pole, with the Antarctic zone, is 
immersed in darkness during the entire diurnal rotation, and it is constant 
night. In the remaining regions of the earth, it is evident that the nearer 
a place is to the north pole the longer it will remain in the illuminated 
hemisphere in the diurnal rotation, every place north of the equator 
having a day of more, and a night of less, than 12 hours, and vice versa 
for places south of the equator. All these phenomena are exactly in- 
verted when the earth arrives at the opposite position of its orbit at the 
winter solstice (about December 22nd). At the two equinoxes (about 
March 20th and September 23 rd), the days and nights are of equal 
duration all the world over, the boundary of light then passing through 
the poles. 

"The altitude of a heavenly body, observed at sea by means of the 
sextant, is called the observed, or apparent, altitude. To obtain the true 
altitude we must apply to the observed altitude (in addition to the index 
error of the instrument itself) several corrections, the principal of which 
are the parallax in altitude, refraction, and the depression, or dip, of the 
sea-horizon. 

"Parallax, alternation, the mutual inclination of two lines forming an 
angle, is the apparent angular shifting of an object arising from a change 
in our point of view. It is expressed by the angle subtended at the 
object by a line joining the two stations from which it is viewed. 

"Parallax in altitude is the correction to be applied to the apparent 
place of a heavenly body, as actually seen from the station of the observer 
on the earth's surface, to reduce it to the place where it would have 
appeared at that instant if viewed from the earth's centre, the radius of 
the earth being the line joining the two stations. Hence it is called the 
Geo-centric Parallax; it is also called the Diurnal Parallax, because it 
goes through its course of variation within the time the body is above 
the horizon. Strictly, parallax in altitude and diurnal parallax are not 
quite coincident, but as the difference is inappreciable, the diurnal 
parallax may be used without error for the parallax in altitude in all the 
common problems of celo-navigation. The effect of parallax is to de- 
press bodies, so the true altitude is obtained by adding the parallax to 
the observed altitude. 

" The parallax of a heavenly body is greatest when the body appears in 



124 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

No difference beetweene Midnight and a faire Morning. 

The 6th of July [1641]. Wee were in 71 J degrees, the 
Sunne aboutt 3 degrees high att Midnightt, as wee may 
terme itt, bearing North by East J East, ailthough truely 
due North, there beeing soe much westerly variation, as 
abovesaid. Att presentt our Midnightt here beeing No other 
then a Faire cleare Ruddy Morning (a little after Sunrising) 
is with us. A cold Climate, ailthough in the heart of Summer. 

the observer's horizon, when it is called Horizontal Parallax, and it 
diminishes to zero in the zenith ; it differs for different bodies according 
to their distance from the observer, and the nearer the body is to the 
earth the greater will be its parallax. 

" The subject of refraction is of great importance to the navigator, as 
being the principles on which the telescope he uses is constructed, 
and as affecting the observations he makes. A ray of light passing 
obliquely from one medium to another of greater density (a medium 
being whatever allows the transmission of light) is found to be broken 
or deflected from its rectilineal course, and to bend towards a perpen- 
dicular to the surface of the denser medium. Hence, as an object always 
appears in the direction the visual ray has when it enters the eye, a 
heavenly body seen through the atmosphere appears to a spectator on 
the eardi's surface to be raised, and, on this account, its true place is 
below its apparent place. The refracting power of the atmosphere varies 
with its density, and this is affected in any particular stratum, not only 
by the superincumbent pressure, but also by its temperature and its 
degree of moisture. Refraction is greatest when the body is in the horizon 
and diminishes to zero in the zenith. Near the horizon it is about 33', 
which is rather more than the greatest apparent diameter of the sun 
which will consequently appear just above the horizon when it is in 
reality entirely below it. From this it is evident that refraction has a 
considerable effect, especially in high latitudes, in lengthening the periods 
of daylight, and it has a similar effect in the time of the rising and setting 
of the other heavenly bodies. To the navigator, the most important object 
which is thus affected is the sea horizon, which, being raised by refraction, 
causes the apparent dip to be less than the true. 

** Depression or Dip is the angle through which the sea-horizon is de- 
pressed in consequence of the elevation of the eye of the spectator above 
the surface of the sea. The greater the height of the eye the greater 
evidently will be the extent of the sea-horizon, therefore as the eye is 
elevated the sea-horizon becomes depressed in proportion. It is also 
subject to inequalities depending upon particular states of the atmo- 
sphere, and varies with tibe relative temperatures of the sea and air. 
An accidental relation furnishes us with an easily remembered rule: 
The dip in minutes is the square root of the height in feet. 

** Mundy was evidently well acquainted with the effects of refraction 
and dip ; and bearing in mind that the quadrant, the forerunner of the 
sextant, was not invented till 1731, the results he obtained with the 
rough instruments at his disposal bear eloquent testimony, if such were 
needed, to the painstaking thoroughness of his work." 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I25 

The gth of July [1641]. Wee were in 72 degrees 9 Minutts. 
The weather these Many dales very variable with much 
Mists. Little or No Fish to bee seene att Sea, excepting 
sometymes whales. Few Fowle, one among the rest called 
a Mevis^, beeing in Forme, bignesse and quality like imto 
the Pintado^ aboutt Cape Bon Esperanza [Good Hope], For 
it keepes Near shipping. Flying offten round aboutt, only 
differs in couUour, this beeing grayish, certaine greatt white 
spotts to bee discerned. 

The 10th [July 1 641] . In the evening wee had sightt off land. 

The nth \July 1641]. Att evening allsoe wee saw the land 
againe; a greatt Mist all day. 

The 12th [July 1641]. In the Morning, beeing cleare, wee 
were within 4 or 5 Mile off the North Cape, lying on the 
Hand off Waggerooe [Magero], the very cape it selff bearing 
S. by W., as appeareth ass Figure No. i. The Mother and 
the daughters S.W. by W., as No. 2. These ly aboutt [blank] 
Mile asunder®. 

^ Mundy's informant probably told him that the bird in question was 
a Meive (Ger.)> gull, but it is more likely to have been a young Fulmar 
Petrel (Procellaria glacialis), Ger. MaUemuckey or '* Mollies" as sailors 
call them. See Martens* Voyage to Spitzbergen, ed. A. White (Hak. Soc. 
ist Sen vol. xviii), pp. 75, 155. 

• The petrel known as the Cape pigeon. See Vol. 11, pp. 6, 7. 

* See Illustration on next page. The " Mother and the daughters," De 
Moer mette Dochters, are three remarkable islands lying off the coast of 
Norway. Compare Barents* Second Voyage to the Arctic Regions, 1595 (Hak. 
Soc. 2nd ed., ist ser., vol. liv), p. 48 : ** The simne being south [f p. 10 a jn. 
7 Aug.] the North Cape lay south-west and by south from us about a 
mile and a halfe (6 miles), and the Mother and her Daughters south-west 
from us about 3 [12] miles." Le Bruyn also, in 1703 (Voyages, v. 297) 
remarks: "Nous aper9<imes le Cap du Nord....Le plus grand Rocher 
de ce Cap, et le plus avanc^, se nomme la M^re, et les petits, qui sont ^ 
c6t^, k droite et k gauche, les Filles." Lt.-Comdr. G. T. Temple, R.N. 
writes: "These are undoubtedly the Stappen (or Stapper) islands, on 
the north side of GjcESvaer (Norway PUot, Pt. il, 1880, pp. 407, 411). 
The positions given by Barents are correct, but the distances between 
the three islands are less than a quarter of a mile, and the name ' Mother 
and Daughters' was probably a purely local one, and seems to be now 
quite forgotten. The name * Stappen* is mentioned in the Norwegian 
State Archives, in 1567, as one of several places in or adjacent to Magero, 
which were included in the parish of Tuenaes, a point halfway between 
the North Cape and Store (Great) Stappen, and there was even then a 
church on Kirke Stappen, the middle island. But most of these places 
were not at that time inhabited all the year round, though no doubt they 
were frequented by *Sea or Fisher* Lapps, and other fishermen.** 



126 



A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK 



[REL. XXXIV 



Moreover, aboutt i league to the Eastward is a head of 
land^ rightt in appearance like to the upper partt of the hill 
by Cape Bon Esperanza wheron stands the table^, this beeing 
aUsoe levell att the toppe. When the Middle of the said hill 
beares S.S.W., aboutt 2 leagues off, then shall you see a 




y— 



V? X 




^ rocke sticking outt From the East side like a Rin,oceros home, 
by sailers called the steeremans troUe, as No. 3^. 

^ Skarsvaagnaering, the headland east of North Cape. See G. T. 
Temple, Norway Pilot, Pt. 11 (1880), p. 415. 

' Mundy ascended Table Mountain at the Cape of Good Hope in 
1634. See Vol. II, p. 323. 

• This rock is described in Lt.-Comdr. G. T. Temple's Norway PUoty 
loc, cit,, as "A remarkable pointed crag or spur named Hornet, which 
strikingly resembles the horn of a rhinoceros" which "projects from the 
eastern slope of the [North] cape." The name "Steeremans Trolle," 
in Norwegian "Styrmands Trold," literally the "mate's Wizard," is 
another quite obsolete name, and the rock is now simply called " Hornet," 
the horn. 



I64I] 



UNTO ARCKANGELL 



127 



The highest land hereawaies on this side the Cape, viz.y 
to the Eastward, by Judgementt may bee aboutt the heightt 
off Portland, Lizard, etts. 

Stockefiish. 

Here alongst the Sea Coast are inhabitantts [Lapps] , whome 
I conceave to bee the Most Northermost off any other in 
any part off the world beesides. They live by Fishing, as 
doe others among the Hands on the Coast off Fynnemarcke^, 
on the other side of the Cape. They Fish in winter, which 
[fish] is hard, Frozen and dried with cold, withoutt Saltt, 
which is transported in boattes to Bergen in Norway, beeing 




a greatt Mart towne For thatt commodity ; and From thence 
greatt quantities transported to divers part off Christendome, 
and is thatt which wee call stockffishe^. 

Hereaboutts the inhabitantts have the sunne in sightt, or 
allwaies above the horizontt, above 3 Monthes together, and 
in Winter as much under, his long presence giving No greatt 
heatt, wanting heightt^ ; For the Country was Full off Snow, 
especially the lower groimdes, att this tyme off the Year. Soe 
thatt wheras I Made accompt to have had a Sunmiers passage, 
I had a Meere winters voyage, very cold, much raine. Mists, 

* Finmarken is the northernmost " amt," or province of Norway. 

' Stockfish is, as Mundy states, a name for cod or other gadoid fish 
cured by splitting open and drying hard in the air without salt. Anthony 
Jenkinson speaks of ''Stockfish... which they dry with frost" (Early 
Voyages to Russia, i. 18). In Norway it is called tdrfisk (dry fish). 

* See ante, note on p. 123. 



u 



X « 



•- -rL* ROM OANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

. T- ii-.ic'ie vinds. The Country Nott 

— - 'usiies diatt wee could perceave: 

:".r"itiesse coast; yett Man Makes a 

•..w> .1 '/ormer t\Tne were to bee killed 

•i.w riiere are better places Found 

m 

, ^iiit Capes off the world. 

c V. :pe aiforesaid, termed by the Name 

V - :i he ijreatest Note off any other in 

I. %oi!d, As Cape Bon Esperanza [Good 

.. .^v Mtviledge For the South, this lying 

..'• .uiitude and thatt in 34J South, dis- 

lej^rees North and South^. 

.. .i.*pcs. Fishermen : Cheape Fish. 

'^./. Came a YohoU^, or smalle boate, 

..i>^ -.o >ay Laplanders or Fynnmarckers, 

. . 'c X'lucrs of those 2 Countries, Lapland 

*;iuMi»;st them was a womon [sic]; each 

>. \ cc :uu oft" them near iC waightt [i cwt.] 

>,:. 'vH which wee gave them som biskitt, 

•il.^iMts!. and tobacco, which they then 

\ii'ii\ -illthough they receave Mony too 

»v».'vnii;i:cd to Wardhouse [Vardo], wee 

•»v- Tan J. as allsoe off the Fortt and 

K' c are aboutt 200 Fisherhouses on 

.•v« A vies to the king of Denmarcke^. 



.V 



^.>v t'hc North Cape is 71° 15' N. The Cape 
iiiv' ihc distance apart therefore is 105° 27' 
• \»;. vv iivMJ'.s by 106°, apart. 

..*\i ..V b*'.vs;lish spellings of the Dutch 70/ and 

. ^iKil! ''shink; boat. Mundy's "Yoholl" is an 

.. \ ii.Ni.r»vV of the use of the term in English, as 

*, . V \ -i •-•'Vv* in this region were continually fluc- 

»'.» •v\v^»'^iv* to check his statement. By "here'* 

»w.. K'w' ♦' Vardo, which was then reckoned to be 

s » ^'.i V v»^ Finmark or Northern Norway. See 

.■.i.v ^sV vol. Liv), 2nd ed., p. 39 note. 
\ i.»."o >.u? .1 variety of names in Mundy's time: 
..»•>..». \V I'viohuis, Wardohaus, Wardhouse. See 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 29 

A poore Coimtrie: hard living. 

The land From the Cape hither off a good Forme, like our 
English coast aboutt Cornewall and Devonshire ; much snow 
over all, as well on the lower ground as on the higher land, 
disabled therby From producing any Come or other greene 
thing wee could perceave. For From the Cape hither, beeing 
about 120 Miles, there was not a tree or bush to bee seene. 
I thincke itt to bee the uncomfFortablest country and most 
inconvenientt For the lifFe of Man off any other part off the 
world thatt is inhabited, yeilding little or Nothing Fitting 
For his sustenance or ComfFortt; only the sea afFoards them 
plenty off Fish, off which, dried and beaten smalle, they use 
For bread, and the Fatte For butter and oyle; this For the 
Most part by report. Yett, beeing bred and accustomed to 
the Country, they are contented with thatt Manner off living 
and kind off fare, and itt seemes itt prooves as well with them 
as others with all variety and ease with us. Att leastwise 
those thatt came to us wear Fatt, Fresh and healthy to 
see to^. 

Most off the Fish wee had From them were Helebutts 
[halibut], off which they had in their boate (thatt they would 
nott spare us) some above 6 Foot long. Itt is in Forme like 
a plaice, broad and Flatte, rather like a sole. 

About 4 in the evening wee were within 4 or 4 [sic] 
Mile off the Hand Warouse or Wardhouse [Vardo] afforesaid. 
The wind beeing contrary, wee putt off to Sea. 

Early Voyages to Russia (Hak. Soc. vols. Lxxii, Lxxiii), p. 17 note: 
Barents* Three Voyages^ op, cit., pp. vi, 39. 

John Tradescant the elder remarks in his Diary (Hamel's England and 
Russia, tr. Leigh, p. 261): "Wardhouse whear the King [of Denmark] 
hath a castell withe great comand of. Lapland, whear many Danes live 
with the Laps." Vardohus, a small fort erected by Haakon V, c, 13 10, 
is on the west side of the largest island, and is said to be the northern- 
most fortification in the world. See G. T. Temple, Norway Pilot (1880), 
p. 425. 

The term "Wardhouse," &c. appears to have been applied indifferently, 
by the early travellers, to all the islands of Vardo, including the fortress. 

^ For sixteenth century descriptions of Lapps and a note on these 
people see Early Voyages to Russia, op. cit,, pp. 20, 21 ; Herberstein, ed. 
Major, II. 1 09-11; and for the remarks of John Tradescant the elder, 
see Hamel, England and Russia, tr. Leigh, pp. 261-2. 

PM o 



■I 



130 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

An observation. 

This Nightt the Sun was aboutt J or J degree to sightt 
above the horizontt att Midnightt, or a North Sun, which 
lett bee examined whither it bee according to the receaved 
rule oflF reflFraction or noe. For here is a Fitt opportunity 
and occasion off triall, Farre better then elcewhere where the 
Sun goeth quite under and remayneth For some continuance, 
wee Seeing att presentt in the lattitude oflF 70 J Nearest hand^. 

The triall oflF itt. 

First itt is to be conceaved thatt he thatt is rightt under 
the North pole hath the same For his Zenith and the eaquator 
or equinoctiall For his horizont round aboutt. Those againe 
thatt are in 66J degrees are 23J degrees From the pole and 
consequently have the equinoction soe much above the hori- 
zontt towards the South, and soe much againe under towards 
the North, soe thatt the tropicke oflF Cancer is his horizontt 
towards the South and the tropicke oflF 69 toward the North, 
into which the Sun cometh aboutt the 12th June, when the 
Sun is in his Most Northermost declination ; soe thatt when 
hee is rightt North, which should bee midnightt, hee is rightt 
in the horizontt and goeth Not under att all to those thatt are 
in 66J degrees, butt turneth and riseth towards the East and 
soe proceedeth southwards etts. 

Now those thatt weare in 70 J degrees, as wee were, are 
19! degrees distantt From the Pole, and consequently the 
lyne soe much above the horizontt to the South; and soe 
much under towards the North; soe thatt the sun beeing 
19I degrees (I say the lyne) under the horizontt, and the Sun 
having '23J degrees North declination the 12th or 13th June, 
shee is att the same tyme to thos that live in this lattitude 
off 70 J degrees, Just 3I degrees above the horizontt. Butt 
since thatt tyme imto this day, by the tables off declination, 
shee is returned towards the South 3 degrees 56 Minutts; 
soe thatt shee should bee by thatt rule 1 1 minutts under the 
horizontt, wheras att presentt shee was aboutt 20 or 30 
Minutts clear above att lowest. Thatt difference is termed 

^ See ante, note on p. 123. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 3 1 

reflFraction, caused by the vapours Ijring Near the horizontt 
as beforementioned. 

The afForesaid conclusion is Farr easier demonstrated on 
a terrestiall globe then can be conceaved by writing. The 
exactnesse is nott to bee relied uppon, beeing somwhatt More 
or lesse, having sett downe thus much For my owne exercise, 
as allsoe For satisffaction to some that would know the 
reason why the sun in some Climates goeth nott downe For 
many daies or monthes together, as allso For his seeming 
hither [sicy ? higher] then hee is. And allthough I m^y speake 
outt oflF my elementt, yett I have gon no Farther then I doe 
apprehend, having sometyme converst with Mariners and 
others skillflFuU in such matters. 

I make accomptt thatt since the First off this month, when 
wee were in 68 degrees, untill this presentt, wee had no 
sunsett att all nor any part therofF toutching the horizontt, 
and I conceave thatt For 7 daies More some part oflF her was 
allwaies in sightt, part imder, part above ; For I thinck thatt 
the sun, when shee is close or in the horizont is [blank] 
degrees diameter, which is [blank] tymes thatt shee appeares 
to bee bigger then shee is indeed, caused allsoe by the 
vapours as afForesaid. And soe much For thatt perticuler^. 

The 18th of July [1641] beeing Sonday. A greatt English 
shippe came in to our company^, which was the First wee 
saw these 3 weekes, excepting one at the Cape the 12th 
currantt, whome wee lost sightt oflF againe. This Morning 
the wind came Northerly befFor us, Faire, allthough itt 
broughtt Foule weather, having had these 7 or 8 daies Faire 
weather with a contrary wind, beeing Southerly. 

Sweatnose. 
The igth \July 1641]. Wee were thwart oflF Sweattnose^ 

^ See antCy note on p. 123, by Lt.-Comdr. G. T. Temple, R.N. 

* This ship has not been traced. 

* Sviatoi Noss, Holy Nose, called Suetenose, Swete Nose, Cape 
Gallant, Holy Promontory, by the early travellers, and "Sweetnose** by 
modem seamen. 

" Holynose [Sviatoi Nos] is a huge rock, protruding into the sea, under 
which is seen a cave which every six hours receives the waters of the 
ocean, and forms a whirlpool, and alternately discharges them with great 

9-2 



132 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXIV 

in [67° 58'] degrees. From Wardhouse [Vardo] hither a Faire 
Forme of land, allthough ill conditioned, the snow re- 
mayning here and there. 

Seales : drifFt wood. 

The 20th [July 1641]. In the Morning wee were aboutt 
3 leagues beeyond Lombasch [Lumbovsk]. To day^ wee 
saw many seales in greatt companies or [sic, ? and] allsoe 
greatt drifftts oflF wood carried with the tide. Itt cometh From 
Farre upp in the Country, carried downe by the Rivers on 
the Coast into the Sea, Soe thatt the Sea here is better 
furnished with Fewell then the land; for from the [North] 
Cape and beeyond hitherto, Nott a tree to bee seene. Here- 
aboutts beegan to appear some shrubbes and greene plotts. 
With the aforementioned driift wood doe the Fishers alongst 
the coast provide themselves and lay uppe to dry For store, 
For From Wardhouse [Vardo] hither. Few inhabitantts aboutt 
the Sea shore exceptt Fishers, and thatt only in Sunmier. 
Butt within, the land is inhabited Summer and winter, as 
From Wardhouse towards the Cape is in like manner in- 
habited winter and sunmier on the sea coast by Fishers, 
which From the Cape toward Bergen repaire thither with 
their Fish, where they are supplied with bread, beere, 
aquavity, tobacco, etts., to helpe passe withall. And From 
the Cape toward Wardhouse they repaire thither, where they 
receave the like provision in trucke For their commodity, 
their comming shippes att the season off the year to bring 
itt away. Soe Farre as Wardhouse alongst the sea even From 
[blank], beeing aboutt [blank] leagues extends the King of 
Denmarcks dominion^, allthough the most partt yeild butt 
smalle benefitt. 

Whatt I have writt concerning these Fishers, I had itt 
From the report off some thatt had long used these voyages. 

uproar, causing a smaller whirlpool. Some have called it the navel of 
the sea." Herberstein, ed. Major, Notes upon Russia^ 11. 106. 

^ Mundy is now between the Murman Coast and the Kanin Peninsula 
at the entrance of the White Sea. 

* See ante, note 3 on p. 128. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 33 

Penoy. 

This evening wee were thwart oflF Penoy [Ponoi], a harbour 
with a River [Ponoi] which comes From Farre uppe in the 
Country. Hereaboutts is accompted the Necke or entrance 
into' the White sea, beeing att Narrowest Near uppon lo 
leagues From side to side. A little shortt of this place were 
some Few Fishers hutts or Cabbins, allso 5 or 6 lodees^ or 
Russia vessells sayling under the shoare. From Wardhouse 
hither accompted Lapland and apertaines to the greatt duke 
of Moscovia^. 

Having att presentt the wind contrary, wee mightt plainely 

perceave a Faire wind comming towards us in large Faire 

clouds, posting along uppon the water and shoare, soe thatt 

wee saw how they hasted Forward, att length came uppe 

with us, and overmaistring the Former contrary wind, and 

waited att our sterne. ^ ^ 

Catsnose. 

The 20th [sic] July [1641]. Wee saw the opposite land, 
beeing Russia: thicke, dirty, Rayny weather; our Faire wind 
still attending us. Aboutt Noone wee were thwart oflF Catsnose 
or Blauhooke^, which was covered with trees, the First wee 
saw in sayling oflF Many himdred Miles alongst the Coaste. 

Our yesterdaies wind continuing and growne to such a 
heightt thatt wee have nott sailed with greater expedition all 
this voyage, about 10 leagues a watche all Night, till 3 this 
aflFternoone, when wee shortned saile. Att 6 in the Aftemoone 
we anchored in [blank]* Bay, a very wild open rode, especially 

^ Russian lody^ lodia. Many spellings of this word are found among 
the early travellers, e.g. lodding, lodgie, lodging, lodgien. It was a two- 
masted coasting vessel with large square sails for sailing before the wind 
and had 20 oars. See zw/ra, p. 152, for Mundy's description of the craft. 

^ For a short sketch of Russian History up to Peter Mundy's time, 
see Introduction. 

^ Catsnose, Rus. Koshkinos, Cape Kuiski in the northern part of the 
Gulf of Archangel: called Koskanos by Jenkinson {Early Voyages to 
Russia, p. 22) and Katsnoes in Barents' map {Barents* Three Voyages, 
Hak. Soc). It was mixed up by the early travellers with Foxnos, Foxe- 
nose or Cape Kerez at the eastern entrance of the Gulf of Archangel, 
which is called by sailors Cape Blue Nose, Du. Blaew-Hooke, whence 
Mundy's Blauhooke. 

* The name is blank in Mundy's MS., but he means the Gulf of 
Archangel in British maps. 



134 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

For this wind, which continued very vehementt, soe thatt 
our shippe tumbled and laboured More att Anchor the Nightt 
Following then shee did in all the Foregoing voyage. The 
8ea water beetweene Fresh and salt hereaboutts, and in 
couUour such as after Raine runs From Moorish [swampy] 
grounds or in standing pooles or Marish land. 

Wee rode in 7 Fathom water, St Nicholas Cloister bearing 
SSE. 4 or 5 miles olP. These 3 or 4 daies wee assaied severall 
tymes to putt over the barre, butt durst not For lacke off 
water, there beeing but 10 Foote on the barre, divers shippes 
lying agroimd theron, thincking to gett over; in danger if it 
should overblow [blow a gale]. 

Mosqueetos. 

The 26th July [1641]. I came uppe the River Dwyna 
[Dvina] in an English boate. By [on] the way they putt a 
shore to cutt a Mast For their boate, butt coming aboarde 
From the wood, they broughtt with them a Multitude off 
Mosqueetos^ etts. [and other] Flies. Butt by and by with a 
gale off wind wee were cleared, which blew them quite away. 

Here in the River wee saw a Fish much bigger then a 
grampus, milk white^. Some say, beecaiise these kind off 
Fishes Frequentt this Sea, thatt thereffore itt is called the 
White Sea, For otherwise itt mightt bee called the blacke or 

^ The monastery of St Nicholas on the easternmost comer of the 
south side of the estuary of the Dvina, opposite the Monastery of St 
Michael. St Nicholas Fort was established by merchants from Novgorod 
looking for trade in the loth century and a monastery followed. See 
Howe, Some Russian Heroes y p. 194. 

* Mrs Howe tells me that mosquitoes are a great trouble in Northern 
Russia. They are in two varieties: moshkiy a small troublesome midge: 
komar, a singing gnat, mosquito: Ger. Mucke^ in both senses. See also 
Olearius, p. 64, for wasps, flies and gnats in this district. 

' Mundy seems to be describing Martens* "White Fish," which his 
editor identified with the white whale, Beluga catodon {Voyage to Spitz- 
her gen y pp. 10 1, 150). John Tradescant the elder, on the 12th July 16 18 
off "Foxnose" also "had sight of a great whight fish twse [? twice] so 
great as a porpos, being all over as white as snowe, whiche they say is 
a great destroyer of salmons." 

On this Dr Hamel remarks that the fish must have been a white dolphin 
(Delpkinus leucas)^ sometimes confused with the Beluga of the Volga 
and the Caspian Sea because in Russian the names are identical. See 
Hamel, England and Russia^ tr. Leigh, p. 263. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I35 

Red Sea by the couUor off the water, the River beeing of 
the same, beetween blacke and red, as beforesaid^. Itt may 
bee conceaved thatt the Many Rivers comming From Marish 
lands, with which this country abounds, and runing into this 
Sea, thatt water beeing of a darcke reddish couUour allters 
the couUour off this, itt beeing butt a narrow Sea. All the 
way uppe the River, low land Full oflF woods, Marishes and 
Bushes^; Few habitations. 

St Michael Arckangel. 

Thatt evening wee came to the towne and Castle of St 
Michaell Arckangell, which makes a pretty handsom shew 
a Farre off, by reason oflF the many turretts oflF the Churches 
and Castle^, beeing somwhatt Formall, all oflF wood, both 
walles and covering, as are their houses*. Itt stands on a 
point oflf land where the River Dwyna divides itt selflFe 
into 2 great branches, one leading to the barre From 
whence wee came and the other to another barre deeper 
and more commodious, nott Farre asunder^. Butt the 

^ In the 1 6th century the White Sea was known as the Bay of St 
Nicholas, which name was also applied to the Gulf of Archangel. Le 
Bniyn who made two voyages to Russia, remarks in 1701 {Voyages y 
III. 8) : ** La Mer Blanche, dont les eaux sont plus claires que celles de 
rOcean," and in 1703 (v. 275): "La Mer Blanche, laquelle ne produit 
que du poisson noir, de toutes les sortes." This is naming the White 
Sea on the lucus a non lucendo principle. See The Life of Jon Olafsson, 
ed. Phillpotts, i. 129, for Olafsson's statement that the sea was milky 
white, and his editor's note on the varying colour. 

* Mrs Howe tells me that Mundy is referring to the Tundra, the dry 
bog country, covered with the low ground scrub, that lies between where 
the forests end {i,e. where forest trees can grow) and where the per- 
manently frozen ground begins. It runs with varying width along the 
whole North Coast of Russia and Siberia. 

* The Monastery of St Michael Archangel was built on the opposite 
side of the Dvina to St Nicholas in the 12th century, was destroyed by 
Norsemen in 141 9, but rebuilt, and in 1584 a wooden town, called Nova 
Kholmogory subsequently known as Archangel, was built round the re- 
erected monastery. Both monastery and town were destroyed by fire 
in 1637 and again rebuilt. See Early Voyages to Russia (Hak. Soc), 
p. 189 and note; Barents* Three Voyages (Hak. Soc), pp. xii, 70. 

* The Citadel, when Le Bruyn visited Archangel in 1701 (in. 46) was 
still of wood, surrounded by a wooden fence. 

* For general contemporary descriptions of Archangel, see Olearius 
(1636), p. 62; Le Bruyn (1701, 1703), iii. 12, 44-52; v. 287. 



136 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

passage thatt way is prohibited through their pollicy off 
state^. 

Here may bee in all beetweene 25 and 30 saile, viz, 
6 English, 5 Hamburgers, i Bremener, i Dane; the rest 
Hollanders with their convoyers^. The English have here 
their house or Court apart, the generality dieting in common 
att one table; the principalis keeping their perticuler tables. 
They enjoy great priviledges, as Custom Free, wheras others 
pay sundry Customes beetween this and Muscow etts. other 
parts off the Country to and Fro, somwhatt after the Manner 
oflF India'. The Dutch have allsoe their house, court or yard 
apart. The Castle stands on the very point*. 

Samoyedes: A strange kind of people. 

Att this tyme of the yeare repaire hither a certaine people 
called Samoyeds^, Cladd from head to Foote in deere skynnes, 
somtymes with the hairy side outtwards, sometymes Inwards, 
according to heatt or colde®. The[y] are very browne, low 

^ .Mundy seems to be alluding to the fact that only the havens of St 
Nicholas and Archangel on the White Sea were thrown open to the 
Russia Company for purposes of trade. See Cawston and Keane, Early 
Chartered Companies, p. 32 ff. 

* This shows that the Dutch, whose rivalry with the English in Russia 
commenced c, 1576, outnumbered all the odiers put together. 

' In 1533 Ivan Vassiliewitch granted trading facilities to the English, 
custom free, and in consequence the Russia Company was incorporated 
in 1554. A commercial treaty between England and Russia was con- 
cluded in 1569 and renewals and extensions of the Company's privileges 
were secured in 1584 and 1586 by Queen Elizabeth's ambassador. Sir 
Jerome Horsey. But at the time of Mundy's visit other nations were 
also in the field and the inmiunities granted to the English were not 
exclusively enjoyed by them. As early as 1603 the Dutch shipping trade 
to Russia was greatly in excess of that of the English. See Cawston 
and Keane, op. cit. 

• By *' somwhatt after the Manner off India," Mundy is probably alluding 
to the farmdn granted to the English by the Emperor Shah Jahan in 1638. 

* The fort adjoining the monastery of St Michael Archangel. 

* The word Samo-yed, which signifies "self-eater" in present Russian 
spelling, may have suggested the title of cannibals given to those people 
by the early Russian traders, or the name may have arisen from their 
custom of devouring raw meat. Larousse, however. Grand Dictionnaire, 
gives the meaning as " salmon-eater," and the Encyc. Brit, suggests that 
the derivation should be sought in the likeness of the name to Suomi. 

* "Heatt or colde" should probably be " dry or wet." In Afghanistan 
the pOshtJny a coat of skin with the hair on, is worn with the hair inside 
in dry, and outside in wet, weather : experto crede. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 37 

statured, bigge Mouthed, smalle eyed, somwhatt like Chinois, 
or rather like Tartars, as swart as the Malayans in the Hands 
off Pulo Timaon [and] Pulo Laore by the straighlts off 
Mallacca^, lying almost under the equinoctiall, aboutt 2 de- 
grees North. They eatt all Manner off Trash, as gutts, 
garbage, etts., somet)mies Raw, somet)mies halffe roasted, a 
very strange wild beastly people, somewhatt like to those aboutt 
Cape Bona Esperance^. As Farre as I could gather From 
them, they are Neither Christians Nor Turcks, butt observe 
a certayne religion, having preists off their owne'. They may 
keepe Many wives. They use long bowes and arrowes headed 
with bone, which they use in their hunting of dear, etts. as 
allso to Fightt. They come first from a Country lying farre 
Eastward From hence, called Samoyeda*. They are aboutt 
a Month uppon the way, rowing alonsgst [sic] the shoare in 
little boates. Some returne, butt most off them (there beeing 
not many here) remayne in certaine Hands nott Farre From 
hence all the winter. They bring with them to sell certaine 
live [rein-]deere, very tall, tame, sleeke and Faire, some all- 

^ Pulo Tioman and Pulo Aor are respectively the most northern and 
most southern of the string of islands on the eastern coast of the Malay 
Peninsula, State of Pahang, on the old trade route between the Straits 
of Malacca and China. See Vol. in, pp. 145, 153, &c., and maps facing 

p. 153. 

* See Vol. II, pp. 321-3. 

^ Central Asian Shamanism. 

* The Samoyeds were nomads from the country between the estuary 
of the R. Ob or Obi and the R. Irtish in Northern Siberia (the land of 
the Sibir). See Howe, Some Russian Heroes, p. 196; Herberstein, ed. 
Major, II. 39. 

There appears to be no country now called Samoyeda, but Mundy's 
informant was probably referring to the Yalmal (still the Samoyed's) 
Peninsula between the Kara Sea and the Gulf of Ob, into which last the 
Ob or Obi flows beyond Obdorsk. 

For other travellers* remarks on the country of the Samoyeds and 
contemporary descriptions of the people, see Barents* Three Voyages, 
2nd ed., pp. 54 ff. where they are called Samuters (Samuiten); Fletcher's 
Russe Commonwealth, ed. Bond (Hak. Soc. vol. xx), p. 99, who calls them 
Samoites and says " the Samoyt hath his name (as the Russ saith) of eating 
himselfe." Early Voyc^es to Russia, pp. 36, 105 ff., 164, 342, where they 
are called Samoyds, Samoeds and their country Samogetia; Hamel, 
England and Russia, pp. 145, 166; Olearius, pp. 66-8. Le Bruyn (1701), 
Voyages, vol. iii, has a chapter on "Samoifedes," pp. 16-41 and also 
pp. 413-19- 



138 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

most milke white, The Female as well as the Male, bearing 
large bramiched homes^. 

A Samoyed : his Habitt. 

Their mamier of habitt is as in the Figure^. Their weomen 
after the same Manner, only their skynne Cloathing was 
striped aboutt their bosome and armes, which was by sundry 
smalle peeces off skynne off a differentt couUour sowed 
therin^. 

Here Follow some Few words of their language and 
Numbers*. 

^ Mrs Howe tells me that Samoyeds used until quite lately to visit 
St Petersburg (Petrograd) with sleighs and reindeer in the depth of 
winter for a few weeks. They pitched their tents on the ice to the great 
amusement and delight of Russian children, who took drives on the 
frozen Neva, drawn in sleighs by reindeer. For contemporary descrip- 
tions of reindeer, see authorities quoted in note 4 on p. 137; see also 
Martens' Voyage to Spitzhergen, pp. 79, 147-8. 

* See Plate V, illustration No. 5. Mundy's drawing and Le Bruyn*s 
illustration of "Homme Samoi&de" (in. fig. 22) are similar. Le Bruyn 
also depicts the "Femme Samoi^de" showing the stripes on her upper 
garments and boot9. For other descriptions, see Olearius, pp. 67-8; 
Pinkerton's Travels ^ i. 64, 527. 

' Le Bruyn says that the stripes were of cloth (Voyages ^ iii. 17): 
"SamoiMes...Ils...sont tous habillez de la m€me manifere, c*est-^-dire 
de peaux de Rennes. lis ont une robe de dessus, qui leur pend depuis 
le col jusques aux genoux, le poil en dehors, et de diff^rentes couleurs 
pour les femmes, qui y ajoutent des bandes de drap rouges et bleues, 
pour leur servir d'omement.** 

* Mundy gives quite a small Samoyedish Vocabulary, but what he 
does give is, as usual, extraordinarily correct and of value historically. In 
this case again he has shown the accuracy of his ear (see Vol. 11. pp. 398 ff .). 
It has not been easy to check his statements owing to the want of books 
on the Samoyeds, and one has to trust to the great, but unfortunately 
incomplete, work of one scholar, Alexander Castren. Between 1854 and 
1862 Castren*s editor, Anton Schiefner, of the Imperial Academy of 
Science, St Petersburg, published the Nordische Reisen und Forschungen 
in ten volumes, covering Castren*s extraordinary travels and investigations 
into the Samoyeds in all their varieties of divisions and dialects. In 1854 
Dr Schiefner published Castren*s Samqjedisch-deutsche Worterverzeich- 
nisse und Sprachproben aus dem Yurakischen und Ostjak-Samojedischeny 
and in 1855 he published Castren's Wdrterverzeichnisse aus den Samoje- 
dischen Sprachen. 

Castren *s studies covered the five chief dialects of the Finno-Ugrian 
tongue, known as Samoyedish and widely spread over Northern Europe 
and Asia, to which the languages of the Lapps, Esths, Finns and Hun- 
garians (Magyars) of Europe are allied. These dialects are Yuriak (Jurak), 
Ostiak, Tagwy, Yenissei and Kamassin. That with which Mundy had 




No. 6. Arckangell ; their Churches. 



I64I] 



UNTO ARCKANGELL 



139 





[Samoyedish Language] 


English 


M\indy*8 Forms 


Castren's Yuriak Forms 


God 


Khaya 


Num^ 


Heaven 


Nuin 


Num2 


The divell 


Talleea 


Aye^ 


Hell 


Ya 


Ya, yea* 


The Sunne 


K hay are 


Hayer, haiyer, hayar^ 


The Moone 


Mungee 


Yiry, yiri, yiry® 


Winde 


Mercheea 


Merchea, mearchea, 
merche, merta, mertea 


Rayne 


Soorose 


Saru, saro, salu 


A yeare 


Pooh 


Po, p6 


A month 


Geree 


Yiry, yiri"^ 


A day 


Neeney 


Yalea, yale', yale 


A night 


Peeh 


Pi 



to do was the first, the Yuriak, and a hunt through Castren's volumes has 
recovered all Mundy*s expressions. I am indebted to Miss M. Vagner 
and Mrs Sonia Howe for much assistance in this section of Mundy's 
observations. 

^ Mundy seems to have mixed up the term for "an image of a God" 
(Gdtterbild), hahcy with the word for God. He uses initial kh for h in 
other words: vide "the Sunne," "a Knife," "Fish," below. See next 
word. 

* In Yuriak the terms for "heaven" and "God" are identical. Num 
in fact stands for air, heaven and God. Cf. Ugrian-Ostiak, num, that 
which is above. 

• Mundy must refer to some particular kind of "devil": cf. biin aye, 
water devil: thtin dye^ wood-devil, lit. earth-devil. Mundy may also 
have misunderstood the term tadtbeOf a devil-scarer, a shaman, for the 
"devil" that the shaman was employed to scare away — a not uncommon 
mistake. 

* These terms mean earth, star: yar^yly means under the earth, sub- 
terranean {unterirdisch). But of course Mundy was trying to get at 
something simple enough to him though very difficult to his interpreter. 
Ya* means a glowing coal, and if that is the word he heard, it would be 
probably due to his explanation of "hell." 

^ Cf. above "God" for the use of initial kh for h. The Yenissei term 
is kaiya and the Kamassin is kuya. Similarly we have Yenissei kahoy 
an image, for Yuriak hahe (see "God" above). So Mundy seems to 
convey that the Samoyedish initial h is guttural. 

• See "A month" below: the term yiry means a month. But Mundy 
was in Archangel from July to September and he may have had the 
" July moon " pointed out to him. The Yuriaks count only eleven months, 
July the last of their year being the long month (June and July). The 
term for the July moon is muenzhel-iredd. 

' Cf. "The Moone," above. 



140 



A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK 



[Samoyedish Language, continued] 



[REL. XXXIV 



English 


Mundy's Forms 


Castren's Yuriak Forais 


Goodmorrow 


TeeumorTabee Tham^ 


Com hither 


Talleeando 


Tolend^ 


Bee gon 


Khaile 


Hainadm^ 


Farewell 


Khazzio 


Hayo* 


A Man 


Nee aneeche 


Nyenethe, nieneche, 
nienechea nieneche', 
nienech'^ 


A Woman 


Nee-e 


Nye, nie, nyie 


A Boy 


Achequee 


'Athekeku, *atheky, 
'acheky, 'achakeu^ 


A girle 


Nee achekee 


Nie 'ateky 


The Sea 


Yam 


Yam 


A boatte 


Ano 


'Ano 


A Hatchett 


Tapka 


Tubka 


AKniffe 


Kharre 


Har, harr 


Cloath 


Naya 


Noi, noi 


Skynne 


Parca 


Parga"^ 


A kettle 


Yead 


Yead, yied 


Good 


Soava or so a va 


Saiva, sauva 


Evill or Naughtt 


Wuo or Vu 


Waewo, waomadm® 


Meatt 


Umza 


'Omsa» 


Drincke 


Yeetoo 


Yabi 


Flesh 


Amza 


'Amsu 10 


Fish 


Khalleea 


Halea, hale' 


Raw 


Ageeua 


'Ayebaei, 'aiyebasi 



^ This word, however, means "look there!'* {sieh da!). 

* Tolend means " come ! " {komm) : konne tolend means " come hither ! '* 
{komm kierher), 

' Hainadm means to go away (Jortgehen). 

* Mundy is apparently giving some form of the verb "to go/' which 
in Yuriak is hajeadm^ haijeadmy hayom. 

* All these terms mean a human being, mankind. The term for 
"a man" is hdsawa: Hasawa is the Yuriaks' name for themselves. 

* 'Athekeku means a little child (Kindlein) : the other term means young 
(Ji^ng). 

' This word, however, is Kamassin for fur, skin (Pelz): the Yuriak 
word for skin is mdlithe. 

® Waewo means bad (schlecht) : waomadniy to make bad, spoil (schlecht 
machen), » See "Flesh'* below. ^» See "Meatt** above. 



1641] 



UNTO ARCKANGELL 



[Samoyedish Language, continued\ 



141 



English Mundy*8 Forms Castren's Yuriak Forms 


Rosted Shawdrow Seadarau, samdarau 


Fire Tooke. Tu 


Water Yee 


Yi 


Wood Peea 


Peal 


Stone Paya 


Pae 




[Numerals] 2 


Mundy's Forms 


Castren's Yuriak Forms 


I Voo op 


'Ob, 'opoi 


2 Seedeea 


Sidea, side 


3 Neear 


Nyahar, nyar 


4 Tee et 


Tiet, thiet, thet 


5 Sambla 


Samblyang, sambelyang, sambelyank 


6 Mutt 


Mat' 


7 Shee u 


Siu, seu 


8 Shindeet 


Sidendiet, sidendygt, sidnyet 


9 Habboy 


Habei yu*, hasawa yu* 


10 See en Nayoo 


Lucha yu*, lusa yu*, yu*, hasawa yu'^ 


II Voo op anga 


'Obyanga, 'obyangnya, 'obyangana 


12 Seedee anga 


Sidyangana 


13 Neeare anga 


Nyahrangana 


20 Seedee 00 


Side yu* 


30 Neeare 00 


Ngaha yu' 


40 Tee et 00 or u 


Tgt yu' 


100 loore 


Yur, yur 



^ This word means a tree (Bourn) and also a wood (Wold). 

' At pp. 191-204 of Castren's Grammatik der Samqjedischen Sprachen, 
included in his Nordische Reisen und Forschungen, is a long dissertation 
on Das Zahlwort, giving at length the terms used in all Samoyedish 
dialects for the numerals. 

' Hasawa yu\ It will be observed that this term is also used for 9 
and that there is a simple term yu* used for 10. Hasawa also means 
mankind (Mensch), and metaphorically, a Yuriak; and it is possible that 
by the expression Hasawa yu' Castren may have meant merely "in 
Yuriak, yu\" This interpretation is supported by his Lucha (Lusa) 
yu* which means "Russian yu*,** The term for 10 is undoubtedly yu*. 
But all this does not explain how Hasawa yu* also means 9 and 
Hdsawa yu* yOr means 900, which must remain a puzzle left behind by 
Castren. 



142 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXIV 

Thus much in breiif I have sett downe oflF thatt kind off 
people and their language, which I gathered by a sleightt 
enquiry and badd interpreters. Itt is somwhatt More or 
lesse [? correct], somwhatt by eysightt and some by report. 

The Russian devotion. 

The Russe or Moscovite permitts nott thatt any off any 
other religion should enter into their Churches butt their 
owne, which by reportt is after the greekish manner. No 
carved Images allowed, only painted, which they will Nott 
sell to any Nor endure thatt any off another Reli[gi]on should 
handle them. I could nott procure one off their pictures on 
no termes, Allthough I solicited English and Dutch thatt 
they would send one of their servauntts to buy one For mee 
(they beeing openly sould in the Markett). Butt the servantt 
durst nott, sajring if itt should com to bee knowne thatt hee 
boughtt one For a Stranger, hee should run danger to bee 
bumtt For itt. Soe much do they reverence pictures. There 
is no greatt worckmanshippe in any thatt I could see, beeing 
after the Manner as wee see antientt pictures after the old 
Fashion^. By report the Russe use No other paintings to 
adome their houses butt off their saintts, holy stories, etts. 
For their devotion they Crosse themselves att large beeyond 
measure on sundry occasiones, as passing by their churches, 
comming into their houses; att sundry places in the streete 
where their devoted pictures are sett. Nott one butt weares 
a Crosse aboutt his Necke off gold, silver, Copper, according 
to their abilities. There [sicj ? They] thinck us the worse 

^ The difference between the Roman Catholic and the Greek Orthodox 
Churches in regard to images is fundamental. The latter permits nothing 
in the way of statuary, but allows pictures (eikon, ikon). Any one may 
buy them nowadays and Greek churches are now open to all comers. 
Mundy's statements, both as to the closing of Russian churches to 
foreigners in his time and to the prohibition regarding the sale of ikons ^ 
may be explained by the following remark of Olearius (p. 134) in 1636: 
" Heretofore they obliged strangers to have of them [" Images," i.e. ikons] 
in their houses, but the present Patriarch permits not they should be pro- 
faned by the Germans. . .the Peasants would not permit us to touch them." 
For a general description of Religion in Russia in the i6th and 17 th 
centuries, see Fletcher, Russe Commonwealth (1591), chapter on Re- 
ligion, pp. 101-39 ; Early Voyages to Russia, p. 37 ; Olearius, pp. 124-45. 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I43 

Christians or enemies to the Crosse beecause wee weare 
none^. 

Their Churches. 

Their Churches are here of wood, as throughoutt the whole 
Country, except att Mosco and other greatt Citties, where 
some are builtt of bricke, by relation. These here have pretty 
towers, with spires covered with boards [shingles] Finely con- 
trived, cutt and placed one over another, making a handsom 
shew, as in some places with us slate is used. 

Beesides the tower adjoyning to the Church, there is 
another by itt wherin the bells hang, which are strucken by 
cords tied to their Clappers^. The Number of their Churches 
att Moscow, the cheiffe Citty, are said to bee above 1500. 
Itt is no wonder, For they there are 4, 5 and 6 together, as 
att Arckangell where 3 together^. 

Their houses. 

Their dwelling housejs after the Manner of their Churches, 
of wood, allsoe differing in bignesse ; the walls off trees placed 
one over anothei*, the ends inlaid [morticed] one within 
another, and beetweene caulked with Mosse. The better sort 
off them are within sides plajme, smooth, Nett [clean] and 
Sweete, nott unwholesom, allthough daungerous For Fire*. 

^ From the days of Vladimir and the general introduction of Chris- 
tianity into Russia in the loth century, the meaning of wearing the cross 
round the neck by all Russian orthodox Christians has been traditionally 
the sign of having been baptised. 

* Compare Olearius (1636), p. 138: "Their Bells are not in steeples, 
but in a certain Engine, or Machine, neer the Church in the Church 
Yard and are for the most part so small that few of them are 150 or 
200 pounds weight." See Howe, Thousand Years of Russian History^ 
p. 137 (illustration). 

' Olearius (p. 137) estimated 2000 churches and chapels in the city 
and suburbs of Moscow in 1636. Le Bruyn (1701) only mentions (iii. 
47-8) two Greek churches in Archangel, " I'Eglise du repos de la Vierge 
Marie" and "La grande Eglise," besides one for those professing the 
Reformed religion and one for the Lutherans. 

* Jenkinson, Early Voyages to Russia, ed. Delmar Morgan and H. Coote, 
I. 27, has a good description of Russian log-houses: "The houses are 
builded with Wood of Firre trees joyned one with another, and round 
without: the houses are foure square without any iron or stone worke, 
covered with birch Barkes and wood over the same : their Churches are 
all of wood, two for every parish, one to be heated for Winter and the 



144 ^ VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXIV 

The Maimer of their Churches, etts., as above^. 

A. Signifiying the principall tower off the Churche. 

B. The Church adjoyning to itt. 

C. Another Church by thatt. 

D. The tower or Fabricke with bells. 

E. Their ordinary houses, nott one jojmed to the other, 

allthough standing Near together as att [Cambo]^ by 
Bayon in France, a towne of Bascos. 

Stoves. 

In August the[y] beegin their stoves, which are aboutt the 
Middle off the roome, with sundry places, cupboards, con- 
veyances, etts. round aboutt, over and underneath, where 
they keepe their provision ; as underneath their henns, duckes, 
etts. The smoake cometh outt into the said roome, aboutt 
which are benches wheron they sleepe att Nightt on Cusheons, 
skynnes, etts., and some over the Cackleoven or stove, using 
No bedds nor chaires. By report this is the Most ordinary 
Manner off the Common Sort throughoutt. The better sort 
use white [tiled] stoves, the Fire beeing Made from withoutt, 
the smoak conveyed away, as att Dantzigke ; soe the roomes 
remayne cleane and white, according to the wood, wheras 
the other are as smithes Forges or shoppes^. 

other for Sommer. On the toppes of their houses they lay much earth 
for feare of burning." 

A note by the editors on this page gives a description of the method of 
constructing log-houses. For other descriptions of Russian houses and 
churches, see Russia at the close of the idth century ^ p. 19; Hakluyfs 
Voyages, Maclehose edition, 11. 268; J. Tradescant, in Hamel's England 
and Russia, pp. 268, 274. 

^ See Plate V, illustration No. 6. 

* See ante, p. 86, and note 4. 

^ Mundy is here describing both the German and the Russian stove. 
The German tiled stove is the Kachelofen (see ante, Rel. xxxiii, 
p. no and note). The other is the Russian stove used as a sleeping 
place. It is not at all the same thing as the Kachelofen. The generic 
term for a stove in Russian is petchka and for the stove on which people 
can sleep lesjanka. In every peasant's house it is built of bricks along 
or close to one of its wooden walls, and consists of two chambers, both 
with an opening at one end. The upper one corresponds to the grate, 
in which wood, usually birch, is burnt to ashes and thus heats the whole 
structure and the chamber around it to one imiform heat. The lower 
chamber is the oven, in which the family's bread and pots of food are 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I45 

The Country in generall.' 

The Country by report suteable to [in accordance with] 
thatt little which wee have here scene, viz., vast wast with 
greatt wildernesses, woods, Marishes (No travelling through 
the Country withoutt a speciall passe^, No nott to places 
here adjoyning, as Colmogro [Kholmogory], etts.)^, asallsoe 
off their Churches, Religious ceremonies; likewise off their 
buildings, habitt, Coine, Merchandize, thatt att presentt this 
place affoards a patteme off all. 

Russian proverbe. 

They have a certaine proverbe in this Country, that is, 
Thatt Moscovia hath butt one Reiser [Kaiser, Tsar] or 
Emperour, one religion, one Manner of habitt, one Coyne 
[coinage] ; to which may bee added, one Manner off Country, 
and one kind of building, the Former aboimding with woodes, 
Marishes, etts., and the latter off tymber-wood, as Firre, etts. 
The houses in the English and Dutch courts^ equallizing their 
better sort off buildings. 

Habitt of the Russe or Moscovite. 

Some off their habitts are as FoUoweth* : 

A. A Moscovite or Russe in a long garmentt, with a Cappe 
edged with Furre 2 or 3 Inches broad, a pearle coUer 
aboutt his Necke, aboutt a Finger breadth, like a hattband, 

baked. Over the upper chamber the elders and children sleep on the 
flat top, which forms a comfortable place for a bed. Compare Barents* 
Three Voyages^ p. 243: "They showed us great friendship, leading us 
into their stoaves." 

^ Mundy is apparently mistaken as to the necessity for passes. He 
seems to be alluding to the fact that foreigners who settled in Moscow 
and other Russian towns, under Mikhail Romanoff, prior to 1645, had a 
foreign quarter assigned to them, where they were free to live in their 
own style. See Howe, Thousand Years of Russian History ^ p. 71. 

* Kholmogory on the Dvina, the great resort of merchants in the 
North in the i6th and 17th centuries, as Novgorod was in the South- 
west. It lies 100 versts or about 70 miles from the sea at Archangel. It 
was the chief dep6t of the Russia Company. For the early history of that 
Company see the Introduction to Jenkinson's Early Voyages and Travels 
to Russia and Persia by E. Delmar Morgan and C. H. Coote. 

' Court is here used in its obsolete sense of a set of buildings standing 
in a courtyard : hence a factory. 

* See Plate VI, illustration No. 7. 

PM 10 



146 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

sett thicke with pearle; allsoe on the Forepart off his 
Cappe above the Furre, their beards att Full and att 
length. By report, they Never shave nor cutt them^. 
B. A Woman apparelled almost like Men, only on their heads 
a Flatte Cappe edged with beaver; long large earings, one 
chajme Fastned to both their eares, part hanguing beefFore, 
soe commeth beehinde over their backes ; buskins on their 
Feete and legges. Principall weomen att Moscow, by 
relation, wear allsoe coUers aboutt their Necks off 2 Inches 
breadth, sett with pearle, Soe thatt pearle is much used 
in this Coimtry. 
^. Another in a white lynnen Frocke or smocke close aboutt 
their Necke, comming downe to their Feete: thus the 
ordinary sort within doores, sometymes without. 

D. A Man with his backe turned, where are 2 Capes, one 
extraordinary large and the other Narrow and small. The 
imder part off the little one is commonly off Ritche stufFe, 
sometyme embrodered with pearle, and therefFore they 
commonly wear itt standing upp as in the Figure. 

E. The same againe with the CoUer downe. 

F. A maide in her haire, with a Cappe made into sundry 
compartments . 

G. Another with a high Cappe, Furd withoutt side. In such 
Manner, they say, the Noblemen att Muscow goe, nott 
ordinary, butt on some especiall occasion, Furd with 
blacke Fox. 

H. A Married woman within doores, with a Forme Cappe^ 
covered with white lynnen, theire haire quite covered, 
coimting it now a shame to have it seene^. 

I. Another thatt sheweth how the Chaine hangueth beehind 
their backs*. ^ 

^ Russian peasants never cut their beards. Peter the Great gave great 
offence by compelling the people to trim them. 

* Apparently a stiff cap, one in which the material is placed over a 
wire or cardboard shape. 

' German Lutheran deaconesses at the present day must not be seen 
without a cap. 

* Mundy*s observations on Russian dress are very accurate. See 17th 
century prints in Howe, Thousand Years of Russian Historyy p. 230. 
Olearius, pp. 75-6, has a long description of the " Habit of the Musco- 



[" -^-y^^if^ --^iflBi.- -.- >;^-S3j^ 1^" . ' 




I « 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I47 

Cojme. 

Their greatest Coine is Cupeackes, wherofF aboutt 48 to 
a ^ [R = Real] off 8tt. or Rex doUer — a little More then an 
English penny. Then the J theroff called Muscuscous, and 
J called poUuscoes. Then for valuation they have a grosse, 
2 Cupeackes; an Alteene, 3 Cuppeackes; a greebna, 10 
Cupeackes; a Rubble, 100 Cuppeakes, which is their highest 
reckoning^. 

Waightt. 

Their greatest waightt is a pood, conteyning 40 off their 
pounds, aboutt 30 lb English^. 

vites" in which he supports Mundy, especially as regards figures A, B, 
D, E. Cf. Weiss, Kostum-Kunde, pp. 698 ff.; Wunderer, Reisen, pp. 
205-6; Fletcher, Russe Commonwealth y pp. 148-50; and illustrations 
in Braun and Hohenberg, Civitatis Orbis Terraruniy vi. No. 7 Moscovia: 
Planch^, Cyclopaedia of Costume ^ P- 217. 

^ The Russian words for the coins and money as given by Mundy are : 



Mundy 


Russian 


cupeacke 


kopeka (copeck) 


muscuscou 


? kushka 


polluscoe 


polushka (pol=J) 


grosse 


groschen (German and not Russian) 


alteene 


altyn 


greebna 


grievna 


rubble 


rouble 



The scale given by Mundy -works out thus: 

2 polluscoe =1 muscuscou = (nearly) J</. English 

2 muscuscou = I cupeacke = id. 

2 cupeacke = i grosse (German) = 24, 
I i grosse = I altyn = 3J. 

3 J altyn =1 greebna = lod, 
10 greebna = i rubble = 85. 4^. 

48 cupeacke = i piece of 8 = i rix dollar = nearly 45. 
I cupeacke = nearly i English penny 

Russian currency and money have constantly varied greatly both as 
to intrinsic and exchange value and even in local value. In 1835 the 
rouble was of 100 copecks and followed Mundy 's scale exactly except 
as to the polushka and *' muscuscou," which were called denushka and 
polushka, the latter being one-fourth and not one-half copeck as Mundy 
states. The rouble was valued in 18 10 at 35. 2id, See Kelly, Universal 
Cambist^ i. 299, 300. In 1917 the copeck was valued at a farthing and 
the rouble 25. id. 

* This is the modem scale nearly. In 1835 (see Kelly, op. cit., I. 301) 
40 poimds made a pood of 36 pounds avoirdupois. 



10-2 



148 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXIV 

Measure. 
Of Measure the[y] have [blank]. 

Much business in shortt tyme. 

For the tyme here is greatt ex[pe]dition in businesse and 
much don; aboutt 30 shippes to bee unladen and reladen 
againe, as likewise the greatt lighters thatt come downe From 
the country which must bee discharged and laden againe to 
bee sentt uppe ; all to bee don aboutt the space off a Month 
[or] little More; allsoe much buying and selling— a greatt 
Markett For the tyme, many off the Coimtry people comming 
downe to itt^. 

The Country hereaboutts yeilds nott much Corne, Fruit 
or herbes, etts., such as with us; yett some corne wee saw 
reaped greene, soe hangued uppe to dry^. Butt in other 
partts of the land more Southerly, there is plenty and enough 
to supplie other Countries ; allsoe some Fruitts, herbes, etts., 
which the coldnesse of this Climate will nott permitt to grow 
and ripen, this place lying in 64 degrees [64° 32'] North 
lattitude. Yett in Summer itt is hotte as with us, butt lasteth 
nott above 2 monthes or thereaboutts. 

In the Feilds here is an incredible quantity off the herbe 
and roote Angelica^, allsoe sundry sortts off wild Feild Flowers 
and long grasse. Whatt groweth here springueth and 
sprouteth very sodainely, there beeing butt a shortt summer 
and a long winter. 

^ The Archangel trading season is from May to October: Mundy 
arrived in the end of July and left early in September. 

* John Tradescant (in Hamel, op, cit,y p. 274) remarks: "Their harvest 
is in August and the beginning of September... they sowe in May the 
last, and commonly reap the first of August or the last of July. I have 
bin showed oats whyte, very good, whiche wer sowne, and mowne, and 
keapety thrashed in 6 weeks." 

. Olearius also (p. 64) says that "sowing and Harvest is all over in two 
months." I have, however, found no confirmation of Mundy*s statement 
as to the reaping of green com. 

' The proper name of the plant, commonly called angelica, the stem 
of which is candied as a sweetmeat, is Archangelica officinalis. It is 
mentioned by John Tradescant the elder, in 161 8, among the plants he 
saw at Archangel. See Hamel, England and Russia^ p. 273. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL I49 

Plenty of provision. 

Some gardeins off the common sort were aboutt the towne, 
butt [I] could not perceave other then cole^, etts., to grow 
there. In the Markett were sould severall sorts off berries, 
herbs, roots, etts. Butt For Flesh provision, itt wantts Nott, 
as Oxen, sheepe, poultry, wild Foule of sundry sortts, as 
duckes, geese, swannes, partridges^, Mooehens [sic], herons, 
etts., here beeing plenty and cheape. Of wild swannes wee 
saw many hundred in Flightts and in Fldckes on the banckes 
off the River as wee came downe. I saw in a Dutchmans 
house a peacocke and a peahen as white as Milke, butt I 
conceave brought here From some other part and reserved 
For a presentt, allsoe some dear [reindeer] boughtt off the 
Samoyeds. They were Fedd with hard dry Mosse. More, 
a bigge Fowle, allmost as greatt as the Saros^ in East India, 
which are here by the Dutch called Cranes ; and those which 
wee in Spaine and Turky call Cranes are by them called 
Owffares*. 

4 Sundry accidentts [occurrences]. 

In the shortt tyme off our beeing here did beffall 4 acci- 
dentts: a Christning, a buriall, a wedding and an execution 
or punishmentt on offenders. 

The Childe was a year old, unchristned For wantt off a 
Minister, there beeing Now an English preacher com over. 

The buriall was off a Dutch Merchantt, interred in part 
off the ground where the English Make their Cordage, as 
Cables, hausers, etts. There ly buried Many English and 
Dutch, Most with wodden Monumentts over them, as have 
the Russes on the graves by their Churches, allthough not 
soe artificiall Nor costly. 

^ "Cole" in the 17th century was a generic term for all varieties of 
Brassica (cabbage » kale, &c.). 

* At Archangel in 1618, John Tradescant the elder and his party were 
presented by the English Company's Agent with ** 6 pattriges, not like 
the English" (Hamel, op. cit,,p. 164). 

Le Bruyn (ui. 49) says that he saw two kinds in 170 1 and they could 
be bought at two sous apiece. 

' Saras, the red-headed or great grey crane. See Vol. 11. p. 307. 

* Mundy has confused the stork and the crane. "Owffare" is his 
rendering of Dutch Ooievar, a stork. 



150 A VOIAGE FROM DAI«^IGK [rEL. XXXIV 

The wedding was off a Dutchman off English stocke with 
a Lifflanders daughter, who are off the Race off High Ger- 
maines who live in these parts, reserving their language, 
Customes, etts.^, as the Genoves [Genoese], called now 
Franckes^, doe att Constantinople. The Chear and order att 
the said wedding was Costly and compleatt. 

The last was off 3 or 4 theeves, Russes thatt had stoUen 
certaine ynghtts^ or Red hides From the English outt off the 
lodees or lighters. These were broughtt bound and striptt 
to the wast, with the goodes under their armes. The hangman 
[executioner] with a long whippe like a Chawbucke* strikes 
them beehinde, nott over their shoulders not aboutt their 
sides, butt rightt upp and downe on their backes, soe thatt 
to see the Manner off itt No Man would thincke itt would 
hurt them Much; yett leaveth itt long and bloudy stripes 
beehind. Itt may bee conceaved thatt the sodaine snatching 
off the whippe, the very end beeing off leather, aboutt i Foot 
loi^gi gives thatt sharpe Jercke or Flercke [flick], as Coache- 
men with their whippes and boies with slings use to doe ; 
yett, as I said, leaves a sore Marcke. It is reported that att 
Muscow, ther are those thatt with 3 or 4 blowes will undertake 
to kill a Man thatt way^. 

Att departure off the shippes all English and Dutch leave 
the place voide, returning upp into the Country, Most to Mos- 
cow, som to Vallogda [Vologda], Colmogro [Kholmogory]®, 

^ The Lifflander's daughter means the daughter of an upper class 
inhabitant of Livonia of German ("High Germaine") origin. The term 
Lifflander means Livlfinder, and Livland = Livonia = Lettonia = Letland 
= Latvia. 

* Here we have the general sense of the term Frank (Frangi, Feringhee)» 
used for a Western European all over the East from Constantinople to 
Japan. 

' Yughts, 'Dyx.juchteUy Ger. Jufteriy Russian iuktiy iuftiy technical English 
yufts. Russia leather. 

* Chdbuky an Indian whip. See Vol. 11, pp. 49, 160. 

* Mundy is describing a species of knout. Fletcher, Russe Common' 
wealth, p. 68, describes the "scourging with whips made of sinowes of 
whitleather as bigge as a mans finger, which giveth a sore lash and 
entreth into the flesh." See also Olearius, pp. 123-4. 

* Kholmogory was close to Archangel and Vologda at about two-thirds 
of the road to Moscow : both were centres of trade of the Russia Company. 
See Howe, Thousand Years of Russian History, p. 46, and ante, p. 145. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 151 

etts. Only a Man or 2 off the Russes rema5me in their 
Courts to look to it, For Casualty off Fire, etts., by which in 
this Country is Much hurt don, allthough Many orders and 
Much care For prevention. 

• 

Windmills. 

The inhabitantts on the other side off the Castle [of St 
Michael Archangel] abide allsoe all the Year long. None 
suffred to enter the towne off strangers^, hard by which are 
Many windmills with wooden sailes. 

Musick they use like thatt in Turky^. Noe greatt art in 
thatt. Nor painting, allthough the one Make a pretty shew 
and the other yeild No impleasantt sounde. 

• 

Clockes. 

Clockes they us6, butt beegin From Simriseing to Sunsett, 
and From Sunsetting till itt retoume againe, the whole de- 
vided into 24 howers. Example: if the day bee 17 and the 
Nightt 7 howers long, then From Sunrising they beegin their 
tale From i to 17 when the sun setts ; then againe they beegin 
to tell For the Nightt From i to 7, the tyme off Sunrising^. 

Mr Thomas Wyche, the Agentts deputy. 

Here att presentt was Mr Thomas Wyche, deputy For the 
Agentt. I knew 8 more of his brethren beesides himsellffe, 
in all 9, viz.y 3 in England, 3 in Turky, one in Spaine, one 
in East India, and now this in Russia; 2 off them I served, 
one in Constantinople 2 yeare and another in London 3 yeares, 
who died, as did those in Turky; the rest all living, For 
oughtt I know att present. They were the Sonnes off Mr 
Richard Wich, who beesides them had 9 Children More, 

^ See anUf note i on p. 145. 

' If Mundy made remarks on music during his sojourn at Constan- 
tinople, they have not survived. 

' Mundy is describing the old clepsydra system of reckoning time by 
hours of varying length to suit the sun time at various seasons. Miss 
M. Vagner tells me that this system still obtained at Capri within her 
memory, and it was the Royal, as well as a popular, method in Mandalay, 
when the British took Upper Burma in 1885. 



152 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXIV 

sonnes and daughters; in all to the Number off 18, by one 
wiffe^. 

Moscovia: comodities. 

The Cheiffest commodities thatt this Country affoards are 
Ritch Furres, as blacke Foxes, sables, etts., broughtt From 
Siberia ; yughtts [yufts] or redd hides, an exceeding quantity; 
Eylands [Eland, elk] skynnes, off which wee make buffe; 
great store Cavear. For the straightts [Mediterranean sea- 
board] — Cordage, tallow, hemp, traine oyle off Scales, etts. 

Vessells, as shiping. 

Their greatest vessells For Sea are lodees or lodges, off 
aboutt 40 or 50 tonnes, sowed together as in India, in Forme 
like unto thos wee calle barges with us in the West country 
aboutt Plinmouth [sic] and Falmouth^; allsoe large long 
lighters thatt come downe the River with goods off 2 or 300 
tunnes burthen; Raffts off tymber with pretty houses on 
them, wheron they bring allsoe goodes; pretty small skiffes 
called yoUs [yawls], with other off sundry Forme. 

Beares. 

In the English hoffe [Ger. Hof] or court were Many yong 
bear^ some tied, some loose. Some would play as Fami- 
lia[r]ly with boies and Childrfih^ a little dogge, and they 
would play and sport with dogges as one dogge would doo 
with another. 

* For an account and pedigree of the Wyche Family see Vol. I, App. B. 
Thomas Wyche was the second of the eighteen children of Richard 
Wyche, with whom Mundy was intimately connected. Richard Wyche 
was a member of the Russia Company, which accounts for the employ- 
ment of his son at Archangel. The name of Thomas Wyche is among 
the English merchants mentioned in the Charter granted to the Russia 
Company by the Tzar Mikhail Romanoff in 1628. See Page, The Russia 
Co.y pp. 179-92. 

^ See ante, p. 133 and note. John Tradescant (1618) describes the 
" lodgen " as having " the appearance of one lighter turned upside down 
on another. The entrance was from the side ; the deck lined inside with 
the bark of trees (lubki) and the seams caulked with tarred moss." The 
mast and sails he found to resemble those of the Gravesend barges. He 
mentions the streamers usually placed on the mast, together with hawks' 
and horses' bells, as well as on the long and thick rudder. See Hamel, 
England and Russia, pp. 278-9. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 53 

Mazure Cuppes. 

Here are certayne Cuppes made off the roote off [the] 
beech tree, some very much esteemed and off greatt price, 
termed Mazure, and by report will turn in and out beeing 
putt into hotte water ^. 

An intention. 

I had a good mynde to have gon uppe to Moscow, beeing 
therunto perswaded and invited therunto by some off the 
English (which lies aboutt the lattitude off Dantzigk, bee- 
tweene 54 and 55 degrees^, off a Milder temper [temperature] 
then this place, allthough exceeding cold). And From thence 
in January to have come overland in sleads over the Ice and 
Snow unto the Narve^ or some other place in the East Sea, 
and soe to Dantzigk. 

Reasons to the Contrary. 

Butt itt requiring a greatt deale off tyme, endurance, 
danger, expence, etts., and som inconvenience to other occa- 
sions which concerned Mee to looke affter, I thoughtt good 
to rest mee satisffied with whatt I had seene her[e] and to 
retume againe by Sea, Soe agreed with Skipper Mathias 
Paulson in the Fortune off Hanibro^ 3, smalle vessell off aboutt 
7 or 8 score tonnes. 

The zd off September 1641. Wee sett saile From Arck- 
angell, and the 3d wee came to the Rivers [Dvina] mouth, 
where wee awaited till the 9th, beeing uppon Full moone. 
For a spring tide to gett over the barre, having First putt 
outt into a lodgee 30 or 40 tonnes off goodes to lighten our 
shippe. Itt was once thought thatt all the shippes, there 
beeing 9 or 10 in number (by reason of the difficulty and 
danger in getting over), should have gon backe and perforce 

* Mazer, masure, &c. (from O.H.G. masary excrescence on a tree, 
M.H.G. maser, excrescence on a tree, maple): a bowl, or goblet without 
a foot, made of "mazer" wood. In N. Russia cups are made out of 
birch burrs, called by German-speaking Russians Btrkenmasem (birch- 
measles) from their spotted appearance. The story about their turning 
inside out probably refers to their great pliability when in hot water. 

* Danzig lies in 54° 21' and Moscow in 55° 45' north latitude. 

' Narva on the Narova near the Gulf of Finland was then an im- 
portant starting point for Moscow by the ordinary route from the West. 



154 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

to have gon downe the other Channell, and soe over thatt, 
where they say is aboutt 15 or 1 6 Foote water, and here butt 
10. Butt, in Fine, wee sett over and strooke shrewdly 
[sharply] thatt itt made all Cracke, allthough butt once. 
Others were a ground, and others returned backe to lighten 
themselves yett more. Some came over with us^. 

The nth ditto [September 1641]. Wee sett saile From the 
barre in company off 2 other Hamburgers who came From 
thence together, beeing a Consort shippe. 

The zzth [September 1641]. Att evening wee passed by 
the North Cape, 4 or 5 leagues offe. Hereaboutts wee had 
sharpe cold weather. Frost, haile and Snow. Salt water did 
Freeze, allthough nott Much, the Ice itt selffe not very Saltt. 
The Cape bore South aboutt 6 a clacke [sic\ aftemoone. 

Sheroy Hand : high land and covered with Snow. 

The 23^ [September 1641]. In the Morning wee saw Suroy 
[Soro], an Hand. All thatt day wee sailed alongst by Moun- 
tainous high uneven land, part maine, part Hands, a goode 
tracte theroff quite covered with snow, soe thatt the least 
spotte could not bee perceaved For many leagues and as 
Farre within the land as wee Could disceme. 

The Maelstrome. 

The 2^th of September 1641. Wee allsoe sailed by high 
uneven land, Much wind, a growne sea, all in Favour. This 
evening wee saw the Hand Luffoet [Lofoten Is.], beetweene 
which and [blank] lies the Maelstrome, off which very strange 
things are written. Butt perhappes itt is no other then strange 
currentts among the Hands, with uneven ground thatt causes 
thatt turning tumbling streame, as the Race off Portland^. 

^ The Northern Dvina or Syevemaya Dvina enters the Gulf of 
Archangel about 50 miles below the city, in the neighbourhood of which 
it divides into three channels forming a delta. Of these, the channel 
navigable by sea-going vessels is the Berezov, which, however, is im- 
peded by a bar. The other channel mentioned by Mundy is the Pudoshem 
of Hamel, England and Russia y p. 264. 

* Although the fantastic legend or myth of a great whirling cavity in 
the water, which found its way from the pages of Pontopiddan to sober 
English school books, is now exploded, it may be of some interest 
to give a few prosaic facts concerning the once dreaded Malstrom, or 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 55 

The zyth [September 1641]. Wee saw Stadtland, beetweene 
which and [blank] ^ lyeth IDronten [Trondhjem] Bay, high 
uneven land covered with Snow. 

The zSth [September 1641]. Wee were thwartt off of [sic] 
Bergen in Norway, the land in sightt very high, uneven, 
allsoe covered with Snow. 

The zgth [September 1641]. The sea water was very 
greene^, wee now beeing beetweene Scottland and Norway. 

more properly Moskenstrdm, which runs between Mosken and Lofo- 
todden. Apart from all exaggeration, the Malstrom (grinding stream) is 
the most dangerous tideway in Lofoten, its violence being due in great 
measure to the irregularity of the groimd, which rises rapidly from the 
westward towards the east end of the strait, while on the south side the 
streams are obstructed by a bank northward of Vaerd. The stream 
attains its greatest velocity, about six knots an hour, during westerly 
gales in winter. Its direction depends very much on the wind and 
weather. With a westerly gale at sea, it often nms continuously to the 
eastward during both flood and ebb, either slackening or perhaps re- 
maining quiescent for a short time at the turn of the tide, but soon 
acquiring fresh strength and resuming its easterly course. If the sea should 
be getting up, and the tide rising at the same time, the rush of water is 
considerable, and the channel quite unnavigable. In winter it often 
happens that a westerly gale at sea will send a heavy swell in towards the 
coast, while there is clear weather over the land and a steady easterly 
wind blowing out of Vest Fiord. Under these conditions the surges 
swell to an extraordinary height, and rage and break with great violence 
over the whole space between Lofotodden and the Hogholms, and as the 
strength of the tide increases, the sea becomes heavier and the currents 
more irregular, forming extensive eddies or whirlpools. At such times 
no vessel should enter the Malstrom, but in fine settled weather the 
fishermen have no hesitation in sailing upon the stream, or drifting with 
it, and the frightful vortex, which not so very many years ago was one 
of the articles of our geographical faith, may be fished in, or even bathed 
in, from a yacht's dinghy (Norway Pilot, Pt. ii, p. 323). 

If the matter-of-fact Mundy*s terse dismissal of the renowned Malstrom 
had been known to his contemporaries, they would have regarded him 
as an iconoclast, who attacked the most cherished faiths of their childhood ; 
and the fact that a widespread belief in some of the " very strange things " 
to which he refers survived him by about a couple of centuries, enhances 
our respect for his shrewd discrimination. 

^ Sm5len and Hitteren are the largest islands on the north side of 
the entrance to the long channel leading to Trondhjem, but Sm6len is 
about 100 miles northeastward of Stadt or Stadtland, and it is quite 
possible that some other conspicuous landmark may have been mistaken 
for the latter. See Norway Pilot, Pt. ii (1880), pp. 194, 238. 

I am indebted for this and the preceding note to the kindness of Lt.- 
Comdr. G. T. Temple, R.N., author of The Admiralty Pilots for Norway , 

* The colour of the ocean varies from a pure blue in its deepest parts 
to a greenish colour as it nears the land. Local circumstances cause 



156 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

Many Miles in Few daies. 

From the 22th Currantt [September 1641], aboutt 6 in the 
afFtemoone, imtill this presentt, allsoe att 6 in the afFtemoone, 
beeing 7 Full daies, wee had very strong Northerly windes, 
soe thatt wee sailed in the said t5nne Near uppon 400 leagues, 
viz.y From 5 leagues to the Northward off the Cape untill 
wee came ^Vithin 40 leagues off the Mouth off the Elbe, 
bearing From us by Judgementt ESE. Allsoe wee depressed 
the pole^ in the said space 15! degrees, viz.. From yif unto 
56, a greatt and sodaine alteration off Climate, the ayre bee- 
comming warmer and warmer, allthough winter came on. 
I doe nott thinck thatt in all my liffe in soe short a space to 
have [had] a greater Run. That Nightt came the wind S.E. 

Holyland: an Hand. 

The 2d October 1641. Wee saw the Hand of Heligland or 
Holy land^; very Faire weather, contrary wind, a short 



s/t£i/t^la.7ta 





^> ^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ «. K>' ^ ^ «»-«fc «- _ •« » 



hollow Sea, having thes 3 or 4 daies labeered or plyed to 
windward^. The head off the said Hand bearing From us 

changes in its appearance in many parts. The great Chinese rivers 
bringing down quantities of yellow mud explain the name Yellow Sea. 
The Red Sea takes its name from the colour given to its waters by a vast 
host of tiny sea plants. 

^ This expression "depressed the pole" for "ran southwards" is not 
in the O.E.D. 

* The derivation of Heligoland as given by Mundy is supported by 
Jellinghaus, Altdeutsches Namenbuch (1913) who gives Helgoland s.v. 
Hailig ( = Middle Low German killichy i.e. holy), with the forms Halagland, 
Heiligland, Eligland. Other derivations suggested are "Halk Land," 
? High Land, and Halligland, "the land of banks which cover and un- 
cover." 

^ Labeer=laveer, an obsolete nautical expression, Du. laveererty to 
beat to windward, to tack. 



1 64 1] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 57 

SEbE, some 3 leagues, appeares thus, there standing close 
to itt by itt selffe a very high sharpe smalle rocke called the 
Muncke or the Frier. Itt is No lesse then 35 Fathom high 
att presentt, and in Former tymes equall in heightt to the 
headland; som off the toppe Fallen away^. 

Danger: no hurt. 

Sayling onward alongst by the said Hand rightt against the 
sandy bay, aboutt haUfe a league From the shore, Faire 
weadier, pilotts abroad, I say, sayling thus securely, wee 
beeing all att dynner, Our shippe sodaynely strooke to all 
our amazementt, the place dangerous, the ground rocky and 
Foule^. Shee raked Fordi [scraped along the ground] a while 
and att length lay fast ; butt itt pleased God wee were under 
the lee off the Hand, soe thatt there wentt no Sea att all. 
Had itt bin otherwise the shippes and goods had bin en- 
daungered. Butt wee came clear off withoutt hurt by helpe 
off a Flowing water [rising tide]. 

The ^ih off October [1641]. Att Nightt wee all arrived in 
saffty to Geluckstade [Gliickstadt]. God be praised. Here 
the king off Denmarcke hath a Faire house, the seelings off 
the Roomes most Richly painted overhead, a long gallery 
Furnished with pictures, amon[g] the rest, the Emperour and 
Empresse of Germany, king and queene off Spayne with 
their sonne, and di^vers others^. 

^ For the interesting legend connected with the rock, known as Der 
Mdnch in Miindy's day, see Black, Heligoland ^ p. 9. The original Monk 
rock disappeared in 1829 and the real name of the rock now called by that 
name is Neistack, Near Piece {op, cit., loc. cit.). 

* Though the red cliffs of the Rock Island of Heligoland are most 
familiar to seamen entering the Elbe, there are in reality two islets, the 
second being the Dune or Sand Island, now lying a quarter of a mile 
east of the main one, though at one time connected with it by de waal, 
a neck of land which the sea broke through and destroyed in 1720. This 
probably formed the sandy bay which Mundy mentions. There are 
dangerous reefs, running chiefly to the northward, roimd both islands, 
but the particulars given are not sufficiently detailed to enable us to fix 
the exact position of the ship when she struck. 

' The house or castle of Gliickstadt was named Gliicksburg, and was a 
favourite residence of Christian IV. Erected in 1630-31, it stood on 
the south side of the present Schlossplatz, and was a building without 
wings, but with one large and two small towers. It fell into rapid decay 



158 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

Stode. 

The ^th [October 1641]. Wee left the shipp there and came 
to Stode [Stade] with som passengers bound For Holland: 
the place of no greatt consequence or comlinesse, allthough 
in Former tyme the English had their staple there, which is 
now att Hamburgh^. 

The Bishoppe of Breame: Bremenffiord. 

The 6th [October 1641]. Wee came to Bremen Fioerd 
[Bremervorde] where the Bishoppe off Breme [Bremen] hath 
a Faire house or strong hold, with a garrison. The said 
Bishoppe is the king of Denmarcks 2d sonne. Hee isentituled 
a Bishoppe, allthough hee have no eclesiasticall orders, butt 
is rather ^ temporall lord thatt holdeth possessions imder 
thatt title, and therfore may nott Marry, For then should hee 
Forfait certayne priviledges and revenewes thatt hee hath in 
the bishopricke, having little to doe in the Citty off Breame, 
itt beeing one off the Hanstownes^. 

Wee passed some 4 miles Farther and stayed all Nightt; 
the land hitherto much heath, and woods off great oakes and 
Beeche, Full off Mast [beech nuts and acorns], store off 

and the whole fabric, except the church and the tower, was pulled down 
in 1708. The ceiling decorations were removed and used for the ceilings 
of the top story of Frederiksberg Castle. See Lucht, Gluckstadty pp. 
29-30; Friis, Saml. til Dansk Bygnings- og Kunstkist,, pp. 83, 94. 

^ See antCy p. 118 and n. 3. 

* " Hanstowne," i.e. a town of the Hanseatic League and therefore not 
under the King of Denmark or the Bishop of Bremen, his son. 

Frederik, second son of Christian IV, afterwards Frederik III of 
Denmark, was from 1634 ^^^ 49^^ and last Archbishop of Bremen until 
1648, when the Archbishopric was secularised by the Treaty of West- 
phalia and became the Duchy of Bremen under the Swedish Crown. 
Frederik, while Archbishop, married in 1643 Princess Sophie Amalie 
of Brunswick-Luneburg. See Roller, Versuch einer Geschichte der...Stadt 
Bremerty i. 277-281 ; in. 233-6. 

Bargrave, who visited BremervSrde in 1652, remarks (fol. 88): 
" Bremers Foort, wherein is a Strong Castle, formerly the Residence of 
the Byshop of Breme (the same. who is now King of Denmark), but at" 
present under the Suedes, and commanded by a Scotch Man: to this 
Castle belongs a Guarden very large, uniforme, Beautyfyd with many 
Varieties of walkes, arbours and Figures, and well stor'd with Flowers 
and Plants, so that it exceeds any I have seen, unless of a Prince, or in 
Italy." 



1 64 1] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 59 

hoggCj this beeing in Westphalia^. Beetween Bremenfioerd 
and [blank] is a place off Near 100 houses among the trees, 
nott one Joyming [sic] to another, and yett nott Farre asunder, 
soe thatt a Man cannot see a house till hee is amongst them, 
even as att Achem on Sumatra^. 

Bremen: Citty. 

The yth of October [1641]. Wee came to the Citty off 
Bremen, scituated on the River Wesder [Weser], which 
runneth close along beffore itt with a pretty Fresh currantt. 
Itt lyeth aboutt 60 or 70 English Miles From the Sea: a 
Faire prospectt From without, having Many Churches with 
high spires covered with Copper as those att Hamburgh, 
butt the Churches here Nott soe Full off Imagery and 
painting, and those there rather like to some I have scene in 
England, viz,, a plaine Altar with the Commaundementts 
and Scripture sentences in sundry places^. The tower and 
spire off Saintt [blank] Is a very high wellbuilt and well- 
proportioned peece of worke *. 

Within are many handsome streetes and Faire edyfices, as 
the ratehouse^, etts., throughoutt [full] off Cittizens. A strong 
and Compleat wall such as are used in these parts®, Furnished 

^ In Mundy's day the frontier of Westfalen, or the Westphalian Circle, 
did not absolutely follow the boundary line of the Weser, and the whole 
of the Bishopric of Werden (in, or close to which, Mundy may then 
have been), though on the right bank of the Weser, belonged to West- 
phalia. See Spruner-Menke, Histor. Handatlas, No. 42 and inset. 

* Mundy had been twice to Achin in Sumatra, from 22 April to 
2 June 1637 and from 3 Feb. to 3 March 1638 on his way to and from 
China with Courteen's Fleet. See vol. in. pp. 115-45, 329-38. 

• Compare Bargrave's description of Bremen (fol. 88) : "We went over 
heathy Plaines to the City of Breme, a free City of the reformd Relligion, 
where only One Church is allotted to the Lutherans. Breme is a Sea- 
port, seated on a low sandy plaine. The Churches in it are more re- 
markeable for theyr Fabrick, then theyr adornments." 

* In Mimdy*s time there were standing in Bremen three famous 
spires : the northern spire of the Cathedral (St Peter*s) : the spire of St 
Ansgarius: and the spire of St Stephen's. Roller, op. cit,, I. loi, iii, 
•&C. See also Le Laboureur, p. 96. 

' The Rathhaus, erected in the fifteenth, with additions in the following 
century. Bargrave remarks of it (fol. 88): "The Rought-house is indeed 
stately adomd with the Statues of the aimtient Byshops of Breme." 

• The part of the city which Mimdy saw was the Altstadt, formerly 
enclosed by ramparts. Cf. Bargrave, fol. 88. 



l6o A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

with many Faire peeces of Brasse ordnance, Most off the sort 
wee call [blank], beeing very long and small, conteyning 
aboutt i8 or 20 Foote some off them^. On the toppe of the 
said walle is a Fine pleasauntt walke, From whence is a Fine 
prospect: First a Farre off into the Country on all sides, then 
Nearer hand the gardeins off the Burgesses lying one by one 
close withoutt the wall, even the length off itt, both ends 
reaching to the River^. Within the said gardein lies the dike 
Full off sweete water, Fiunished From the River and stored 
with Fish. Within the said dike, adjoyning to the wall, is 
a quicksett hedge, and within thatt againe ranckes off Fruit 
trees ; beetweene both a walke, then the wall itt selffe, beeing 
off an equall heightt, att presentt like a Fine steepy greene 
bancke. I say. From the toppe therofF is one off the Delight- 
somest prospects thatt a Man shall see, and the walke theron 
Noe lesse recreative. 

The Citty lyeth long wise on the River. Now they were 
in hand to encompasse a good peec[e] off land on the other 
side off the said River and to bring a wall to Correspond or 
answear to thatt on this Side^. Itt is one off the Henstades 
[Hanse Stadte] or Hanstownes, indifferently Furnished with 
people; Nott oppressed with Multitudes, Nor Melancholy 
solitary For want off Company: Few shipping; somwhatt to 
bee compared to Gloster or Worcester in England, which 
Consist Most off Inland trade. In conclusion, a plenteous 
pleasantt and healthffuU seatt, a Fine Civill [well-ordered], 
convenientt and comodious place to live in after my minde. 
For soe much as I yett saw. Itt hath a bridge over the Wesder, 
under which are 12 or 14 Comemills which lie beetweene 
the Arches. Att the one end is a water Mill or engine to 
draw upp water. One wheel wheroff I conceave was No lesse 



^ Probably patareros, swivel guns. See Bowrey, ed. Temple, p. 254 
and n. 

* The modem promenades are iaid out on the old ramparts and at 
present, as in Mundy*s day, are one of the principal ornaments of the 
city. 

• Bremen is divided by the Weser into the Altstadt on the right bank 
and the Neustadt on the left bank. Mundy is referring to the building 
of the Neustadt. See Roller, op. cit., i. 114, in. 124 ff. 




No. 8. Bremen : habitts there. 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 161 

then 35 Foote diameter^. On the other side of the River was 
a sawing Mill, the best contrived I have seene. 

Habitts there. 

Many of the weomen here use a very strange kind of 
Attire and habitt, as per the Figures, viz.^ : 

A. Is one with a blacke vaile such as the[y] use att Hambro, 
thickly plaited, with a peake standing Forth well i8 (if not 20) 
Inches long and nott above i^ breadth, wome both by yong 
and old, such as are Married, allthough nott soe generall. 

B . These weare a kind off a Fardihgale under their coattes, 
over which their coates ar bound and tucked uppe, reaching 
Neverthelesse to the ground ; over thatt a wastcoate, as per 
the Figure^. 

The gth ditto [October 1641]. I returned backe. 
The nth [ditto]. I came to Stode [Stade]. 
The 12th [ditto], I came to Altnoe [Altona]. 
The 13 [/A ditto] to Hambro [Hamburg]. 

The king of Denmarcks leager by Hambro. 

The i^th [October 1641]. I wentt to the king of Denmarcks 
campe lying att Phoolesbittle pFuhlsbiittel], within 4 English 
Miles off Hambro. Itt is a place enschaimst* or Fortiffied, 
with a wall or banck off Earth, turff, etts., aboutt 2 English 
miles in compasse, wherin ly aboutt louooo men, their hutts 

^ Miindy is correct. There were commills between the arches and a 
great Water Wheel, which lasted till 1700. See Roller, op, dt,, Th. I, 
pp. 227-28; III. 489 n.; IV. 12-13; Leupold, Theatrum machinarum 
kydraulicarum, I. pp. 29-31. 

* See Plate VII, illustration No. 8. 

* A. The kidk or huke with its strange projecting ornament, was 
adopted in Germany in the latter part of the i6th or early in the 17th 
century. The support or ornament of the hidk was modified in many 
instances to singular forms peculiar to certain localities, resembling horns, 
the beak of a ship, etc. See ante, Rel. xxxii. p. 79 ; see also Weiss, op. cit,, 
p. 1039; Kdhler, Trachten, in. 295. 

B. The Huftioulst (HUfte-Wulst, hip-roll or pad),t.tf. the little farth- 
ingale or roll about the hips, was still in use in Mimdy's time in Germany, 
especially amongst the peasantry. See Weiss, op, cit,, p. 1038; and illus- 
tration in Braim and Hohenberg, Civitatis Orbis Terretmm, s.v. Frankfurt. 

* Enschaimst is Mundy's spelling of enscance, an obsolete variant of 
ensconce, to entrench, fortify, or else his rendering of Ger. eingeschanxt, 
from emschanzeriy with the same signification. 

PM II 




m. 



No. 8. Bremen: habitts there. 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 161 

then 35 Foote diameter^. On the other side of the River was 
a sawing Mill, the best contrived I have seene. 

Habitts there. 

Many of the weomen here use a very strange kind of 
Attire and habitt, as per the Figures, viz? : 

A. Is one with a blacke vaile such as the[y] use att Hambro, 
thickly plaited, with a peake standing Forth well 18 (if not 20) 
Inches long and nott above i^ breadth, wome both by yong 
and old, such as are Married, allthough nott soe generall. 

B. These weare a kind off a Fardihgale under their coattes, 
over which their coates ar bound and tucked uppe, reaching 
Neverthelesse to the ground ; over thatt a wastcoate, as per 
the Figure^. 

The gth ditto [October 1641]. I returned backe. 
The nth [ditto]. I came to Stode [Stade]. 
The 12th [ditto], I came to Altnoe [Altona]. 
The ij\th ditto] to Hambro [Hamburg]. 

The king of Denmarcks leager by Hambro. 

The i^th [October 1641]. I wentt to the king of Denmarcks 
campe lying att Phoolesbittle pFuhlsbiittel], within 4 English 
Miles off Hambro. Itt is a place enschaimst* or Fortiffied, 
with a wall or banck off Earth, turff, etts., aboutt 2 English 
miles in compasse, wherin ly aboutt louooo men, their hutts 

^ Miindy is correct. There were commills between the arches and a 
great Water Wheel, which lasted till 1700. Sec Roller, op. a/., Th. I, 
pp. 227-28; ni. 489 n.; iv. 12-13; Leupold, Theatrum machinarum 
hydraulicarum, I. pp. 29-31. 

• See Plate VII, illustration No. 8. 

' A. The huik or huke with its strange projecting ornament, was 
adopted in Germany in the latter part of the i6th or early in the 17th 
century. The support or ornament of the huik was modified in many 
instances to singular forms peculiar to certain localities, resembling horns, 
the beak of a ship, etc. See antey Rel. xxxii. p. 79 ; see also Weiss, op. cit,^ 
p. 1039; Kohler, Trachterty in. 295. 

B. The Hufttotdst (Hiifte-Wulsty hip-roll or pad),t.tf. the little farth- 
ingale or roll about the hips, was still in use in Mimdy's time in Germany, 
especially amongst the peasantry. See Weiss, op. cit., p. 1038; and illus- 
tration in Braun and Hohenberg, Civitatis Orbis Terraruniy s.v. Frankfurt. 

* Enschaunst is Mundy's spelling of enscance, an obsolete variant of 
ensconce, to entrench, fortify, or else his rendering of Ger. eingeschanzt, 
from emschanzefiy with the same signification. 

PM II 



1 62 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

of turflF and straw lying in rancks and order like streetes; 
store off Feild Ordnance, ready Mounted on carriages, in a 
spacious place encompassed, where was a gibbett, a strapado, 
and a wooden Cammell^ For offenders, according to the 
quallity off their offence: no abuses [offences] yett. Pre- 
paration For prevention in Hambro, as jealous [fearful, 
suspicious] off him, allthough there bee other pretences given 
outt, the land roimd aboutt the Citty beeing his in possession^. 

Lubeck. 

The i6th of October [1641]. I departed From Hambro, and 
the 17th ditto wee came to Lubicke. This is a place of much 
trade. They dare vauntt thatt they have More shipping which 
properly beelong to their Citty then Amsterdam itt selfe or 
any other Citty or port in Christendome ; by report uppward 
off 400^. Much hoppes groweth aboutt this place, the beere 

^ Strappado: a punishment formerly used in military discipline in 
which the victim's hands were tied across his back and secured to a pulley : 
he was then hoisted from the ground and let down half-way with a jerk. 

The "wooden Cammell" punishment was no doubt similar to that of 
the Wooden Horse, in general use at this period. See Grose, Mil. Anti- 
qtdties, ii. 106, for a description and illustration of this latter form. See 
also Olafsson, ed. Phillpotts, i. loi. 

* Christian IV had a long quarrel with the Hamburgers, beginning as 
far back as 162 1. In 1641, tired of the lengthy negotiations, he established 
a fortified camp at Fuhlsbiittel, to the north-east of Hamburg and a 
possession of the town. The quarrel was in full swing at the time of 
Mundy*s visit. Christian IV got the better of the town in 1643, withdrew 
his troops and settled down to the development of Altona. See Wichmann, 
Heimatskunde, p. 166; Bain, Scandinavia^ pp. 145, 157; J. Bremer, 
Geschichte Schleszmg-HolsteinSy pp. 258-260. 

* Bargrave in 1652 (fol. 83) supports Mundy's statements regarding 
the commercial prosperity of Lubeck in the following words : " Lubeck 
is a Hans-towne protected by the Emperour, yet it neither payes Tribute 
(of consequence) nor has Appeales in Law, like Dantzick to the King 
of Poland. I conceive it much bigger then Dantzick. The Buildings are 
not so faire, but the Streets larger, and most curiously long, straight and 
dry. It is trenchd with a deep River, where all Vessells that draw not 
above ten foot water, may lie within the workes, and come freely in and 
out ; and its bigness and compass suffices to receive thousands of them ; 
so that Questionless the world conteins not a more convenient mold or 
Harbour. About 700 Vessells appertein properly to the toune." But the 
German local historians state tiiat the decline of Lubeck had set in by 
the beginning of the i6th century and continued on to the 17th. See 
Behrens, Topogr. und Statistik v. Lubeck^ Th. i, 169-189; Geogr. 
GeseUsch. Liibecky Die...Hansestadt Liibecky pp. 25, 119. For a good 
contemporary (1641) illustration of Lubeck, see Dietz, fcg. p. 108. 



1641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 163 

much requested and transported to divers other parts ; little 
off itt here drancke, beeing termed Seabeere^ rather. Ham- 
burger beere is here better esteemed; Rumble dowse^, etts., 
more used. 

An admirable weizer^ or diall. 

In our Ladies Church, beehind the Altar, Is an admirable 
artificiall dyall, Farre surpassing thatt att Hambro, this having 
the whole 7 planetts ; Many other greater wheeles underneath 
with rare Motions alofFt, all ritchly sett Forth and Neattly 
keptt. Itt is a peece off Worcke thatt deserves admiration 
and would well require a little booke to declare the signiffi- 
cadon off the severall Motions*. 

2 stone pillars. 

Within one of the said Church doores stand 2 stone pillars 
supporting the roofFe, aboutt 30 Foote in height each, and 
I Foote diameter, beeing 8 square, vallued att greatt price. 
The one is entire ; the other hath a peece off about 2 Foote 
Joyned to itt to make itt equall to the other ^. 

^ That is, "export beer." The expression "sea-beer" is not in the 
O.EJ), 

* Rummeldeus, Rummeldeisz, Rummeldossz, a white beer (Weissbier) 
brewed in Ratzeburg. Rumpelbier is a light beer brewed at Franken- 
hausen in Schwarzburg. See Grimm, Deutsches Worterbuch, s.v. Rum- 
meldeus. 

• Mimdy is using the German word Weiser, hand of a clock, for its 
dial. 

* This still existing large astronomical clock in the Church of St Mary 
at Lubeck was constructed by Matthias van Ort in the years 1561-66 
to replace an earlier one of 1405. There are three external divisions, the 
lower containing a hundred years' calendar, the central one a planetarium, 
and the uppermost the so-called " Kurfursten-Werk." At midday a door 
opens therein, and seven figures of Apostles and Electors come forth and 
circle roimd before a little figure which imparts the benediction with 
one hand. They re-enter on the opposite side, and the last one closes 
the door. See Geogr. Gesellsch. Lubecky Die,.,Hansestadt Lubeck, pp. 
190, 193 ; Geogr. und Statistische Beschreibung des Herzogth. Holstein, pp. 

93-94- 

• Compare Moryson, i. 8: "In the Porch thereof (Saint Maries 

Cathedrall) are three Marble pillars, each of them thirtie foot long of one 
stone, onely one of them is peeced for one foot.'* He and Mundyare 
alluding to the slender octagonal monoliths supporting the star vault of 
the South-western chapel. See Geogr, Gesellsch, Lubeck, op, cit. p. 196. 

1 1-2 



164 A VOIAGB FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

Weomens habitts. 
Some of the habitt there used is hereunder sett^, viz: 

A. Some of the better sortt, having a black vaile which 
somet5nnes the[y] wear over all and somet5nnes lett partt 
off itt Fall, making itt Fast aboutt their Necks, which 
causeth thatt bagge which hangueth beehind: aboutt 
their necks a kind off double Ruffe in such a Manner 
thatt itt Cometh over their chjntmes. 

B. Another with a straw hatt in Forme off a baskett, very 
nettly wroughtt and woven. These are used For Simne 
and Rayne, as allso perhappes nott to bee seene. For 
except diey will [it] themselves, you may hardly see their 
Faces as they goe through the streetes. 

C. Another off the same, the maides wearing bands as round 
as a Circle, withoutt vailes. These baskettlike hatts 
are allsoe used att Hambro and thereaboutts, butt not 
much. 

D. Are such as I saw some there, as allsoe att Dantzigk, 
beeing told thatt it was the habitt off the better sort off 
weomen, gentry, etts. off Meklenburg and Holstein. 
These 2 places border on Lubeck. 

E. Another off the same. They Now weare Furrd cappes: 
otherwise in summer^. 

The z^th of October [1641]. I departed from Lubeck and 
came down to the Munde or mouth of the River Drave^, 
where is a Fortiffication widi a Lanthorne tower [lighdiouse] 
as att Dantzig Munde*. 

The 2$th [October 1641]. I came aboard the shipp Fortune 

* See Plate VIII, illustration No. 9. 

* As regards the head-coverings marked B and C, large basket-shaped 
hats of various forms were common in the Hanse towns, Holland, 
Denmark and Northern Germany generally, in Mimdy*s day, and smaller 
ones were still in vogue up to a much later date. 

Fur caps (see D and E) were common both in N. Germany and 
Poland. See Planch^, Cyclopcedia of Costume (General) , p. 266; Weiss, 
Kostiim-Kunde, p. 1065; Braun and Hohenberg, Civitatis Orbis Terrarum, 
vi. 12. See also Moryson, iv. 206 ff. 

^ Travemiinde was the port of Lubeck before the deepening of the 
river. 

* See ante, p. 88 n. 3. 



1 641] UNTO ARCKANGELL 1 65 

off LtibeckBy to pay 2 Qt^^^ For my passage, with my Chest, 
bedding, etts., with accomodation in the great Cabbin, 
bringuing your own provision. Other ordinary passengers 
pay butt I \^T^^^ or Reichs doUer. From Amsterdam unto 
Dantzigk I paid 2 J[|jJ^^ per WeekeFor the like accomodation, 
butt had my diett with the skipper in the said reckoning. 
Other comon people pay i j^j^ per weekeuppon their owne 
provision: the like rate beetweene Hamburgh and Russia. 
This is the ordinary paymentt For passage in those parts^. 
Thatt evening wee sett saile From the Mund afForesaide. 

The 28th [October 1641]. Wee came as high as RiggeshofFe 
[Rixhoft], aboutt 13 leagues From Dantzig, where the wind 
Took us contrary ; very Faire weather and butt an indifferent 
[light] gale, yett would wee not ply to windward, rather came 
to Anchor under the land, in company off 10 or 12 saile 
More. Itt made mee wonder why they mightt nott tume 
to windward as in other partts, especially having a lightt 
Moone, Faire weather and Sea roome, and butt Few leagues 
to recover. Som reasons they alleadged, as whatt danger 
they should incurre if itt should overblow^, when they should 
not be able to hold the coast. Butt I thinck the greatest was 
they were loath to labour. Yett att last, afFter wee had there 
remayned 2 or 3 daies, wee were Faine to labeere or tume 
itt uppe^, which wee did in 2 daies space, and safFely arrived 
to the road off Dantzigk, God bee praised, on the last off 
October. 

The First of November 1 641 . I wentt ashoare att the Munde, 
and From thence uppe to the Citty, itt beeing 6 monthes 
wanting i day since my departure hence on this voyage. 

* From these statements we can see (as Mundy meant by a rix-dollar 
about four shillings English, see ante, p. 79) that there were two classes of 
passage, viz, with and without diet, from Amsterdam, Hamburg and 
Liibeck to Danzig. The rates for both classes from Amsterdam and 
Hamburg were reckoned by the week, as entailing the long voyage round 
Denmark and through the Sound, whilst the fare from Liibeck was a 
single payment of one or two rix-doUars, according to class. The latter 
voyage would last considerably less than a week under ordinary con- 
ditions. 

' See ante, p. 112 n. 3. 

• See ante, note 3 on p. 156. The two expressions are synonymous for 
** to turn to windward ; to tack." 



1 66 A VOIAGE FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXIV 

Computation of miles gon this presentt voyage, viz. 

Miles English 

From Dantzigk unto Lubeck is accompted 80 
Dutch Mile; each Dutch Mile is 4 English 320 

From Lubeck unto Hamburgh ... • ... 40 

From Hamburgh unto St Michaell Arckangell 

in Russia is accompted to bee aboutt 500 " 

Dutch Miles, makes 2000 

2360 



Outtward boimd wee have gon and sailed the 
som off English Miles ... 2360 

Homeward bound, returning the same way, 

the like some 2360 

Somme totall of miles gon this voyage afore- 
saiQ ... ... ... ... ... xs 4720 

Note thatt by sundry Mappes in this booke^ (by which in 
many things I have guided my selfFe concerning distances), 
I find thatt From Dantzigk to Arckangell in Russia is 630 
Germaine Miles^, wherof i contains 4 English, is Miles 2520 
or 840 leagues, so thatt the Computation above is 520 Miles 
short outward; and so much homeward is 1040. Also a 
Journey From Hamburg to Stode and Bremen and backe is 
Miles 80; together is Miles 11 20, which added to the above 
said summe, the whole will amount to Miles 5U840. 

^ These maps are by Hondius and are not reproduced. See vol. i, 
pp. I, 6. 

* See antCy p. 64 and note. See also Moryson, 11. 162-164 for varying 
miles in Europe. 



RELATION XXXV 

OF DANTZIGK: SOME PERTICULARITIES OF THAT 

CITTIE BREIFLY SET DOWNE, AS ALSO MY 

DEPARTURE THENCE AND ARRIVAL 

HOME TO ENGLAND ONCE 

AGAINE. 

Dantzigk : itts comparison with London. 

The Citty of Dantzigk is in the Province of Pommerella, 
reckoned under the Crowne of Poland, reckoned allso in 
Prussia^, And according to the computation Formerly made 
beetween Amsterdam and London^, this place with suburbes 
may conteyn J as many people as London with itts suburbs, 
and i as many as Amsterdam^: For in a healthy tyme, voide 
off any contagion or Noted sicknesse, there dye in London 
about 200 persons*; att Amsterdam aboutt 100; and here 
about 50: somwhatt More or lesse. Itt lyeth in the latitude 
of 54i degrees [54° 21'] North: very hard winters (allthough 

* Danzig, in the Province of Pomerellen, with the whole of West 
Prussia, was ceded to Poland in 1455. It was one of the four chief towns 
of the Hanseatic League. 

* See antey Rel. xxxii, p. 67 and note. 

* The population of Danzig in the 17th century is variously given as 
50,000, 80,000 and 200,000. See A Particular Description of Dantzic, 
1734, p. 11; Jones, History of Poland ^ p. 42; Malte Brun, Prusse Occi- 
dentaUf p. 23; Gdansk and East Prussia, 1919, p. 16. The wars with 
Sweden during part of the period probably account for the disparity in 
the figures, but Mr Malcolm Letts informs me that most of the estimates 
of population until comparatively modem times are quite unreliable. 
Danzig had in 19 10 a population of 170,000; but in the 17th century it 
cannot have housed anything like that number. Liibeck, its rival, had 
about 20,436 in 1460-146 1. Cologne at the end of the i6th century, 
some 37,000. See V. Below, Vierteljahrschriftfilr Sozial- und WirtschaftS" 
geschtchte, 11. (1904), p. 477. In his Bruges and its Past, p. 17, Mr Letts 
shows that the population there, estimated by chroniclers at 100,000 and 
150,000, can never have exceeded 70,000. 

* In the first letter of the East India Company to the East, the " Com- 
mittees," i.e. Directors, after describing the Plague in 1603, write in 
December of that year: "yet now, God be thanked [merchants and 
others] doe resorte unto the citie again, the contagion being well seased, 
so as the nomber that now die of al diseases, in the cittie and suburbs are 
about 200 a weeke." Foster, The East India House, pp. 57-58. 



1 68 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

the colder and harder accompted the better and wholesomer) 
and very hott som part ofF the summer. 

Streets and houses. 

Itt hath som Faire streets, as Langmarckt (or markett 
place), Lang-gast, Yopun-gast, Bredegast^, etts. In these are 
many Faire loffty buildings off brick, outtwardly adorned 
with paintings [and] windowes, and Inwardly costly and 
curious in house furniture, pictures, etts. The seeling and 
Sides off their roomes Nettly painted in stor[i]es, etts^. 
Many ritche Merchantts, shoppekepers, etts. The yonger 
sort costly and proud in Apparell, ceremonious and comple- 
mentall in behaviour. High Feeding (For here is plenty and 
variety), as att their weddings. For the Moderation wherofF, 
as allsoe their excesse in apparell, there are this yeare, 1642, 
certayne edictts and orders sett Forth in print by the Burga- 
meister and councell off the Citty^. 

Religion. 

For their Religion, here are Lutherans, Papists and Cal- 
vinists, the First beeing a Middle beetweene the other 2, 
For with the one they deny Purgatory, prayers for the dead. 
Masse, etts.. And with the other they hold Altars, ceremonies, 
Imagery and pictures in their Churches, etts. Confession 
(and absolution) in generall termes in private, as with us in 
publicke. For transubstantiation they have Consubstantia- 
tion*. 

* Longer Markt, Lange Gasse, Jopen Gasse, Breite Gasse. 

* The anonymous author of A Particular Description of DantziCy publ. 
in 1734, remarks (p. 13) on the fronts of the houses "beautified with 
Plaister, Marble and Painting, and most with Images or Statues on the 
top." The ornamental gabled houses are still a distinctive feature of 
Danzig, though the outside stone staircases have been removed. 

* Sumptuary laws were enacted in Danzig as early as 1352. The 
"certayne edictts" referred to by Mundy was the Ordinance of 1642 re- 
lating to wearing apparel and enumerating the various kinds of stuffs 
allowed, or forbidden, to be worn by various classes. Contraveners of 
the regulations were threatened with God's "wrath and vengeance," 
and were punished by fine and confiscation. See Loschin, Gesckichte 
Danzigs, i. 92, 203, 407 ; [Danzig] Neu revicUrte WiUkuhry 6 Cap. Art. 1-4. 

* See ante^ p. 85 and notes, for Mundy *s previous remarks on the 
Lutheran religion. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZI6K 1 69 

PflFarre kerke. 

The PfFarrekirck or parish churche, called St. Maries, is 
very large and ritchly sett Forth^, the tower therof nott much 
infFerior in bignesse to thatt off St. Paules in London, nor 
much in heightt, wanting, as some say, 9 off these elles, att 
22 1 inches is aboutt 17 Footte^. Itt hath in itt many greatt 
bells, especially one called the Bedeclocke or prayer bell, off 
a round and perfitt soimd, seldome Found in such off extra- 
ordinary biggnesse^. Itt is sometymes rung att Funeralls, 
butt ordinarily and dayly tolled certayne Number off strokes, 
att 7 in the Morning, 12 at Noone, and 5 att Night, when 
people say the Lords prayer or some other. A lofFt in the 
said tower are certaine Men resident nightt and day, all the 
Year long, wherofF some blind poore Men which take their 
tumes to toll and ring the bells att certaine howres off the 
day and Night. Moreover, there is a watch all nightt to 
looke outt For Fire, etts., which From 10 clocke untill 4 
every J hower play uppon a hautboies or pipe*. All Lutherane 
Churches in generall exceeding in Altars, pulpitts, Fontts and 
Organs as in this . Off the latter were 4 or 5 paire , one very large ^ . 

* The Marien or Pfarrkirche, begun in 1343 and finished in 1503, one 
of the finest churches on the Baltic. 

* The author has a marginal note here : " The Tower 121 ells in height, 
is 222 feet little More, withoutt a spire, as St. Pauls." See antey Vol. in, 
p. 16, note. The steeple of old St Pauls, London, was half stonework 
and half of wood, each 260 feet high. According to Mundy's reckoning 
in the text, the tower of St Mary*8 Church would be 260 ft., less 17 ft., 
or 243 ft. high. In reality it is 248 ft. high. 

' The Betglocke, Angelus. Here Mundy has marginal notes on the 
size of the bell: "The bell, 130 Centenar, att 120 U. per Cent., amounts 
[to] 15U600 U. — 7 Foote diameter. Thatt att Rouen by report 50 or 
60U000 //. and above 18 Foote diameter.'' Mundy's calculation, taking 
the centenary, centenaire (strictly speaking 100 lb.) at 120 lb., or a near 
equivalent to the English hundredweight, makes the weight of the bell 
nearly 7 tons. The Betglocke actually weighs 5 tons. 

* The writer of the Particular Description noted above also speaks 
(p. 32) of the " continued watch kept on top " of the " square and clumsy " 
steeple " to give alarm of fire." 

As late as the end of the i8th century a specified number of blind men, 
who acted as bell-ringers, had the exclusive right of begging at the door 
of the Pfarrkirche. See Feyerabend, Kosmopolitische Wanderungen, &c., 

1795-97. 

* See infra, p. 186, for a full description of "the great organs in the 
Pfarrekerke." 



1 70 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZI6K [REL. XXXV 

The Citty wall. 

The Citty hath a compleatt wall, a Faire trench or ditch 
Full off water, allthough there are divers hilles adjoyning to 
itt^ as you goe towards Scotland^ and new garden [Neugarten] 
(very ill Neighbours, nott a bowe shott distance), From whence 
one May looke into the Citty. From one off them [? hills] 
by the shooting yard was the draught theroff taken as in the 
printt incerted here^, allthough in my minde itt wantts Much 
off itt[s] breadth [and] Fullnesse as itt their [sic] appeares. 

Zeugh-hause or munition house. 

Att the upper end off Yopungast [Jopen Gasse] standeth 
a very Faire house off 4 rooffes called the Zeughause, or 
Munition house. Therin here is this above all worth Notice 
and Commendation, vtz.y the lower Floore, which (I con- 
ceave) conteynes the whole breadth off the rooffes afforesaid, 

supported on stone pillars. On the said Floore stand above 

* 

* The writer of the Particular Description says (p. 8) that the walls 
at Danzig were ** so large on the Inside that two Coaches can pass abreast'^ 
and that they were " beautified with rows of trees." 

Bargrave, who was in Danzig in Dec. 1652, has a good description 
(MS, Rawl, C. 799, fol. 77) of the city walls and defences: "The City 
Walls or Workes, which are very high, and vastly thick, the Sconces 
but at muskett distance confronted each to other so artificially that a 
mouse can hardly escape a good markes man. Underneath the workes 
goes a faire Arch, whereby they convey Supplies (on occasion) under- 
ground. Theyr Trenches are very deep and broad.... The Workes are 
bordred round at the Bottom with a low Wall, and kept so Trimme and 
neat, that tis hard by theyr greenness to distinguish May from December. 

"At the Gate towards Poland they have three draw bridges, which at 
the going downe of the sunn are dayly drawen up, the Gates shutt, and 
Watch Sett. The constant Guard consists of about 300 souldiers, who 
stand all with theyr Gunns presented, and theyr matches alight, to let 
the King of Poland know he shall have no advantage from theyr securitie. 
In fine, were it not for a scurvy hill, which overlooks them from Poland 
side, the City seemes all together impregnable." 

* In the 15th, 1 6th and 17th centuries large numbers of Scotchmen 
settled in Danzig and at the time of Mundy*s visit a "brotherhood" of 
Scots existed. Their district, on the N.W. of the city, is still known as 
Alt Schottland. See Travel in 1600, p. 131. Compare also Ed. Carstenn, 
Was die Danziger Strassennamen erzdhlen, 1922. 

Compare Olearius (c. 1638), pp. 30-31: "On the other side of the 
Moslava [Mottlau] lies part of the Suburbs [of Danzig] called Schottland 
or Scotland, as much as a pretty little City." 

* The print is missing. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK I7I 

• 

120 good brasse peeces off Ordnance, bright burnished, ready 
Mounted on Faire strong carriages placed in rancks and Files, 
soe many a breast, the rest one beehind another, all Neces- 
sarie apertenances lying by them, as shott, wormes, spunges, 
etts. ; a handsome sightt. Over the said roome were sundry 
halls with armour weapons For [blank] thousand men. In 
Fine, all very orderly and compleatt, allthough itt wante off 
greattnesse, as at Venice^ [or] London. 

There were allsoe some pretty curiosities to bee observed, 
as a paire off winding stone staires, which, all though itt 
consisted off many turnings, yett one Mightt See another 
From the toppe to the bottom through the Axis or center 
where the stepps joine inward. Allsoe the Images of a couple 
off souldiers in Full proportion, well made and in good 
postures, the one with his gun presenting, the other with a 
drawne sword and buckler, which by turning off some pjmne 
or screw, the one gives Fire with a good report, and the 
other shakes his weapon, their eies turning in their heads 
with Fierce countenances^. Allsoe an excellent Instrument 

^ Mundy has a long description of the Arsenal at Venice in Vol. i, 

pp. 93-97. 

' Bargrave's interesting description of the Zeughaus at Danzig (MS. 

Rawl, C. 799, fols. 77-78) is worth quoting in full: "The Amunition 

House, of it self a noble building, consisting of three Stories, in the 

lowermost whereof are 130 great brass Gunnes of severall Sizes, all 

ready mounted, and fitted with all Appertinents ; besides many morter 

pieces of severall largeness and diverse other artificiall Gimns, as well 

admirable for theyr Curiositie as theyr use; as also a handsome Store 

of Armour and bulletts. In another roome below are vast nombers of 

Canon bulletts, Granadoes, diverse sorts of Fireworkes, and Chaine 

bulletts of all sorts and Sizes; every heap of Bulletts distinguished as 

apperteining imto such a Gunn, having on the top of the Pile the same 

marke or nomber with that Gimn for which they were made; as also 

all Compositions for Fireworks, prepared in readyness and neatly made 

up, on sdl occasions. 

" In an upper roome of the third Story are Pikes, musketts. Rests, swords, 
holberts. Pole-axes, all instruments for digging and undermining, and 
almost all weapons imaginably needfull in warr, pild up in wonderfiill 
Quantities in 4 divisions, between either of which three men may walke 
abrest without any inconvenience. 

** In the middle Story, divided into two parts, are other Pikes [and] 
Musketts as in the upper Story, but farr exceeding them in goodness; 
likewise a world of Armour, Cap ape [cap-k-pie], all Muskett proofe; 
4 stately Statues of men on horseback, in each comer One, richly armed, 
and seeming to tilt at each other. All the Armes are so curiously kept 



172 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

to take the height and levell off ground, etts., and a water 
spoutt For quenching oflF Fire : all very artifficiall and Nett 
[cleverly made and elegant]. 

Execution of Justice. 

Justice is here executed sundry Manner of waies, ac- 
cording to their offences, as whipping with roddes^, burning 
on the shoulder, hanguing, soe lefft as long as a peece will 
hang together, Cutting off of heads, breaking with a wheele, 
smoaking to death, etts., riding the Asse (a wooden Figure), 
strapado^. 

and so orderly pil'd, as I beleeve will be an unimitated Copy of all I shall 
see of the like Nature. 

*' I was enformed there be in all enough for a hundred thousand men, 
besides twenty thousand lent the King of Poland in his warr with the 
Cosacks. And such is the exact Curiositie of theyr Order that were the 
Men as ready as the Armes, they may in one howres time be Perfectly 
accoutred. 

" But I must not forgett two Statues of men habited alia Todesca [in 
the German fashion] » in a large proportion, who stand like porters, one 
at the entrance, the other at the Exit of the Gallerie ; Theyr faces painted 
of a grimm Countenance, having ruff beards, turning theyr heads and 
Eyes by watch-work very nimbly. The first is armd with Sword and 
buckler, striking his Sword oftentimes against the Iron Grates, within 
which he stands ; the second with a muskett which he shott off to our 
Adieu." 

The writer of the Particular Description has remarks on the Arsenal 
(pp. 20-23), and he also mentions the "Effigy of a tall man bigger than 
life, rowling both his Eyes in a fury and dreadful manner"; the clock- 
work figures which "they screw up** and the gun which "discharges 
itself." 

For an excellent detailed account of the Zeughaus, see Feyerabend, 
op, cit.y Bd. I. pp. 163-169. 

^ For the manner of whipping of criminals, see A Particular Descrip- 
tioTiy pp. 18-19. 

^ According to the Particular Description (pp. 29-30), the usual punish- 
ments were " Beheading, breaking on the Wheel and Hanging," the former 
"most frequent." Smoking to death was a punishment for incendiaries. 
Compare Shakespeare* s Europe (Moryson), Poland, p. 88 : " They that sett 
houses on fyre are fastned to a Gibbett and smoked to death." 

Riding the "Asse" was a similar punishment to riding the Wooden 
Horse, for which see Relation xxxiv, p. 162 and note, as also for the 
military punishment of the Strappado. Mr Letts has drawn my attention 
to K. von Amira, Die germanischen Todesstrafen, Munich, 1922, where 
smoking to death is dealt with at p. 163 and breaking on the wheel at 
pp. 106-115. The Danzig Ass stood in the Market Place adjoining the 
Pillory, Ed. Carstenn, op, cit.y p. 60. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZI6K 1 73 

Beheading. 

A HefFteneantt was condemned to loose his head For killing 

off a Man. Hee came to the place which was beeflFore the 

high gate or doore, beeing on the playne ground, where hee 

cheerefuUy Tooke leave of his Freinds by shaking them by 

the hands, boimd uppe his owne haire, stript off hisdublett, 

held uppe his hands, recommended his soule to God, kneeled 

downe on a heape off Sande, stretched Forth his Neck to 

receave the stroke with undaimted courage, when his head 

was hadd off att one blow. The body Fell Forward and the 

bloud gushed outt in such abundance and hast (which the 

sand drunck uppe) as outt off a pott Full off water broken 

with a stone, etts. All this sodainely perfFormed : a generous 

kind of death For an offender both in the sufferance and 

execution. 

Breaking with a wheele. 

Then have they breaking with a wheele, of which I saw 
2 executed For divers Murthers, robberies, etts., among the 
rest For robbing of a Maide, abusing her body and mur- 
thering her afterwards. These, as other offenders condemned 
to dye, 3 daies beffore they suffer, are putt apart in a severall 
[separate] roome in the prison called the trawerstove [Ger. 
Trauerstube] or sorrowfuU lodging, where they have whatt 
diett they require. The 2 afforementioned, a little withoutt 
the Citty by a small house called Jerusalem, had drincke 
given them^. When they came to the place off execution, 
they were laid Flatt on their bellies on the earth, a sharpe 
edged peece of wood laid under their throates. The racker 
kneghtts, or hangmans servauntts^, tying cords to their hands 
and Feete, stretch all outt att length, and soe hold on to 

^ The author of the Particular Description also remarks (pp. 29-30) 
that condemned criminals were allowed "what food and drink they 
desire" and that it was given them at a "little Booth on purpose near 
the gallows." This must be Mundy's "Jerusalem," but I can find no 
other mention of it by that name. It may have been near a place such 
as that described by Moryson (i. 8) outside Liibeck: "Hierusalem (as 
they call the Passion of Christ graven in divers pillars)." Or it may 
have been the property of a member of the Danzig family of Von Jeru- 
salem. 

' Ger. Rdcher-Knecht, avenger's servant, hangman's servant. 



174 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXV 

keepe them From strugling. Then comes the sharpe Righter 
or hangman himselfFe^ with a wodden wheele aboutt the 
bignesse off a Fore coachewheele, wherewith hee strikes with 
all his mightt on their necks 3 or 4 tymes, soe thatt the bloud 
gushed outt off their Mouthes, Noses and eares. Itt is to 
bee conceaved thatt the First blow breakes their Necks in 
two. Then have they another instrumentt consisting of 2 
such sharpe peeces of wood J a Foote asunder, whereon they 
lay their armes and legges one after another, and smiting 
with the said wheele, they breake them in two so thatt the 
bones stick through the Flesh; and lastly they smite them 
on the brest. Then the broken Mangled body is sett or laid 
on another wheele which is Fastned on a long post and the 
post sett uprightt in the groimd, where they are lett remaine 
as long as a peece remaines off them. 

Smoaking to death. 

Sometymes they use smoaking to death by tying them to 
a post, where with smoak they are stiffled to death^. 
Treating of execution, I will insert a short story. 

A strange story. 

There is a Yong Man Now living here who came to our 
lodging to teach on the virginalls, well knowen through the 
Citty, as is the relation, Named Christopher Busse, borne 
in Franckffurt on Mayne, And att Praagh [Prague] in 
Bohemia was condemned to loose his head For Murther. 
The 6th off August 1632, att 9 off the Clocke in the Morning, 
beeing att the place off execution on his knees ready to re- 
ceave the deadly stroke. One Hans Tetelhofftt (thatt hath a 
sister Married in this place) sodainely cryed outt, "the Man 
is Innocent," and thatt hee himselff had killed the Man; 
and the very same day att 12 clocke was executed in the same 
place, his processe and Sentence there perfformed and de- 
livered. And 2 Falce wittnesses had their 2 Fingers cutt off 
and banished. For the Manner off bearing wittnesse is by 

^ Ger. Scharfrichter, severe judge, executioner, hangman. 
* See above, note 2 on p. 172. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZI6K 175 

swearing and holding uppe 2 Fingers, viz., the Foreffinger 
and the middle, used allsoe in these parts^. The said Murther 
was committed att a wedding in Pragh afforesaid, where the 
said Christopher was one off the Musick [band], who Falling 
a sleepe on a bench had the bloudy knifFe conveyed into his 
pockett wherewith the other killed the Man; uppon which 
and wittnesses hee was adjudged : however, wonderfully saved, 
as aforementioned. This is generally held For a truth. More 
thatt then through Feare hee lost the right use off his speach ; 
wheras Formerly hee spake plaine, hee now stutters and 
stammers exceedingly^. 

The sharpe Righter whatt hee is. 

I have said soe much off executions beecause som off them 
vary From those used with us. Allsoe Now a word or two 
off the Executioner, beecause hee differs Much From those 
of the same kind in other Countries. Hee is titled scharpe- 
richter, Henecher bedlerauker^, etts. Sharpe Righter is as 
Much to say as the sharp Judge, of the very sword or edge 
of Justice, For as the Righter or Judge gives the sentence, 
soe doth the sharpe Righter putt the same in effect. This 
[one] att presentt handsome off person, well apparelled, in 
winter [with] a Sable Cappe, Cloake with plush, sword by 
his side, all elce suteable — 3, gentile [genteel, gentlemanly] 
kind off a Fellow. His beehaviour itt seemes agreeable, For 
sometymes hee keepes company with Burgers etts. [and other] 
Men of quallitie in the best tavernes etts. elcewhere : some- 
times on the hoffe [Hof] or exchange, keeps Coache [blank] 
and horses [and] others For the Saddle*. 

^ Cf. Shakespeare*s Europe (Moryson), p. 268: "The Germans... when 
they take an oath before the Magistrate, they lay not the hand uppon 
the Bible, as we doe, but... lift up two fingers to heaven.'' See also 
^bid, p. 339. 

' No mention of this incident nor of Christopher Busse has been found. 

' Scharfrichter and Henker are both German terms for hangman, the 
latter also having the sense of torturer. The actual meaning of Bedrilcker 
is oppressor. 

* See Keller, Der Scharfrichter in der deutschen Kulturgeschtchte, Bonn, 
1921, pp. I20, 121, for a description of the costume of the hangman. 

No personal reference to this executioner, called, infra, Herr Gregory, 
has been traced. 



176 SOME PERTICULARITIE5 OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

The Hangmans priviledges. 

Hee hath good Meanes, house well Furnished: among the 
rest some Instrumentts aperteyning to his office, as severall 
burnished swords. For men of severall quallities, as Burga- 
meisters, Rahttsherren (Councellors or Aldermen), Burgers^ 
(Cittizens), etts., each have their owne reserved For them 
when they deserve itt. The gallowes off a strange Fashion, 
beeing 4 square, hath 8 tymbers thwart For use, the sup- 
porterd off bricke, ladders with double stepps, one For the 
delinquentt, the other For the executioner. His Meanes 
accrewes to him partly soe much a head For those thatt 
suffer ; Allsoe by surgery or setting off joints or bones outt 
; of joint, butt I thincke hee Marres More thatt waie then hee 
Mends^. Againe, a man may T'^ot here kill his owne dogge 
withoutt penalty, which one of his [the hangman's] servauntts 
doth and is paid For itt, beesides the skynne, etts. Butt the 
cheiffest comming in [income] off his office is by emptying 
outt houses off office, to which himselff laies Nott his hand, 
only setts his Servaimtts or Rackerknights to doe itt. These 
Rackerknightts have bin condemned Men, For when the said 
hangman wantts a Man, hee hath the priviledge to save one 
or other off those thatt are condemned to bee executed which 
hee conceaves Fitt For his turne, who are to serve him in 
his office, their lives beeing given to him. Hee allsoe [has] 
power to take itt away From them att his pleasure, Soe thatt 
if they committ any offence, withoutt any Farther processe, 
hee can take their heads From their shoulders Freely, beeing 
as I said condemned allready^. 

^ Ger. Biirgermeistery Rathsherren, Burger, 

* Mr Letts informs me, as regards surgery and the setting of joints, that 
the executioner was supposed from his acquaintance with the rack to 
have an intimate knowledge of anatomy. Sick people resorted to him, 
and his ability to set a leg was at times a test of his fitness for the part 
of hangman. See Keller, op, cit,y pp. 224-5. 

' The status of the Scharfrichter or Executioner and that of the town 
Pharmacist (Apotheker) seems to have been of nearly equal importance, 
for both paid the same sum, 100 Ducats, on appointment (Loschin, 
op, cit.y II. 162). In 1641 the executioner appears to have acted also as 
a bone-setter, but he was forbidden to attempt other cures {ibid, i. 362). 
He was also, as Mundy states, responsible for the carrying out of the 
sanitary regulations, the removal of sewage, the cleansing of houses and 









■^ SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 177 

[Mundy's description of Illustration No. lo.] 

«rr Gregory, tiie hangman of Dantzigke, witii his ser- 

attending on him, well apparelled and armed witii 

and swords: himselffe on a good horse, wortii att 

e least 20 //. sterling in my opinion, with his sword by 

side, [a] paire off long pistoUs or horsemans peeces at 

saddle and otherwise well accoutred, beeing then on 

^ speciall occasion, as the hanging of a man on Stolzen- 

T>erg, withoutt the liberties oflF the Citty^, where, when 

liee had don, hee made a short Oration From the gallowes 

to this eflFect, Thatt if any man there did committ the 

like offence, etts., if hee came into his hands, hee would 

serve him in the same kind. 

The gallowes. 

Men Formerly executed lying on wheeles. 
As they break their Necks first with a wheele. 
How they break their armes and leggs. 
-^^ The sharpe peece of wood wheron his Neck is broken. 
^. The other peece of wood with 2 edges for his armes and 
legges : All farther discribed on the other side^. 

More Mightt bee said, butt soe much (I conceave) is enough 
of soe sadde a subject. I will endeavour therfore to divert 
such thoughtts another way and treatt off recreation, som- 
whatt opposite to itt, such as are used here. 

Recreations in Dantzigk. 

In Winter they use to ride in smalle sleads drawn with 
one horse, called Yagh-sleads, som say From der Jaghy 
hunting, so called, butt it may rather bee From Yagh, a 
swifit Sayling boat, there beeing a resemblance beetweene 

of die streets; die removal of all dead carcases, and the slaughter of stray 
dogs at stated times. For the By-laws regulating these duties and the 
payments due to the Scharfrichter and his servants see Anhang,,. 
betreffend einige Verrichtungen des Scharfrichters in Neu revidirte WtUkUkr 
der Stadt Danzig ^ pp. 251-254. 

^ Stolzenburg, a village on a hill about 2 miles S.W. of Danzig, and 
apparently the place where executions were carried out in Mundy's 
time. In 1734 ^^ ^^ ^^ resort of women of ill fame. See Particular 
Descripttofiy p. 3. 

' See Plate IX, illustration No. 10. 

PM Z3 



178 SOME PERnCULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

the swifft gliding off the one through the water and the 
others speedy sliding over the Ice and Snow^. In these 
sleads commonly sitt 2 person[s], a Man and a Woman, a 
yong Man and a Maid, etts., the Man guiding, soe Ferry 
away 3 or 4 Miles More or lesse over Ice and Snow*, either 
by land to Heilighbrun or holy well, or to Der Oliffe, Suppott*, 
etts., or elce by water on the Ice on the Muttlow [Mottlau], 
Wessell [Weichsel], etts., to places here aboutts. They goe 
with great Speede, each striving to outgoe the other and to 
gett For himselffe the swifftest paced Nagg. 

In sumner [sic] they ride a horsebacke or in coaches to the 
places afforesaid. Att Heilighboume is a pretty pleasantt 
walk beetweene the hills, woods and groves off trees on each 
hand, allwaies greene Winter and Summer, beeing Most part 
Fyrre trees. 

They use allsoe shooting exercise with Crosbowes att a 
Fowle of wood sett uppe on a very high pole; allsoe with 
gunnes att Marckes, there beeing a place For thatt purpose 
with certaine orders and Fellowshippe, somwhat resembling 
the Manner off our Military garden in England*. Here is 

^ Mundy is right in his etymology. The English term "yacht," a 
swift sailing vessel, the Dutch jagt and the Ger. Jagdy a chase or hunt, 
have the same derivation. 

* Cf. Bargrave's description (MS.Rawl. C. 799, fol. 77) : " To Hyleghe- 
brand In snowy wether the Gallants repaire with theyr Ladies in theyr 
light Sledds ; which runn on two narrow Slices of wood shod with Steele, 
and drawen by a single horse : the Gallant is his own Sledman ; and theyr 
Custome is, In theyr retume home, at theyr Approch to the City Gates, 
they runn races with theyr Sleds ; whiles most of the remaining Sparkes 
of the Toune, attend at the gates to see theyr coming in." See also 
Shakespeare* s Europe (Moryson), p. 352. 

* Heiligenbrunn, about ij miles N. of Danzig; Oliva, on the road to 
Zoppot, 8 miles N.W. of Danzig; Zoppot, on Danzig Bay, about 12 miles 
from the city. 

In 1634 the writer of the Particular Description (p. 44) describes "the 
Olive, planted with Willows," as "a Terrestrial Paradise," and Bargrave 
(op, cit. fol. 80) speaks of "Sapporth" (Zoppot) as "a large Crewe 
[inn]." 

* In the Particular Description (pp. 43-44) the "Burghers Schiefs 
Garten" (Schiitzenhaus) is described "where the young Men exercise 
themselves almost every day, and become thereby very dextrous at an 
Aim. The Yard is a very large one. And the Marks about 500 Paces 
long. Three Companies can shoot at a Time, without interfering with 
one another. The Pieces they make use of are rifling Pieces, whose 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 1 79 

allsoe Fencing with several sorts off weapons to bee seene 
For Mony, allsoe baiting and Fighting off beasts, as bull, 
beare and dogges enterchanged, sometimes horse and bear, 
wolffe and bull : butt above all the bear Finds little Favour, 
butt is toused and baited to the purpose as long as hee can 
goe or stand, allthough they observe not soe much law and 
orders in this sport as in England. Hee is afterward somtjrme 
reserved, somet5nne killed, the old Fashion beeing to bait 
them to death or kill them, this Country affording supplie. 
The first thatt I saw was ba3rted to death^. 

The Yunkerhoffe: itts Use. 

Moreover Feasting and Drincking att the Yimcker Hoffe 
[Jimkerhof]. It is a large spacious loffty roome, well adorned 
with antientt paintings. Imagery, rarites, serving For pub- 
licke use and meetings^, as one off their courts off Justice att 

Barrels are screwed and bored, and will carry a Ball a vast way with 
great Force and Execution. The Locks of them are very curious Work- 
manship, and with the lightest Touch of the Tricker, discharges.... Their 
Marks are large globular Paintings of a Hercules a Ship or anything they 
have a Mind to fancy." The reference here to "rifling Pieces** is of 
interest, for in the O.E.D. there is Only one quotation before the i8th 
century in this sense, and then (1635) as a verb: "a Patent to rifle, cutt 
out screwe barrells, &c.** There is no example of the actual term, 
rifle-barrel, before 1797, though there are quotations in 175 1 and 1769 
showing how "the rifle of the barrel impedes the ball,** &c. 

By the "Military garden in England** Mundy seems to mean the 
training ground of the Honourable Artillery Company. See Relation 
XXXI, p. 48. 

^ For the Bear-garden at Danzig, see Particular Description^ p. 20. 

* The Artushof (King Arthur *s Court) or Junkerhof (Merchants* 
Court) at Danzig still exists and is used as an exchange. It was founded 
in 1370 and was originally the meeting place of citizens of all classes for 
deliberations and conviviality, but the privileged position granted to 
merchants in the Hanse towns led to the exclusion of all others. The 
place received the name of Junkerhof from the distinguishing title of 
"Junker** adopted by Danzig merchants. Mr Letts informs me that 
the Danzig burghers generally had a vast idea of their own importance, 
and all merchants and even tradesmen were honoured by the title of 
** Junker.** See Ed. Carstenn, op. cit., pp. 56-7. 

The present building dates from c. 1480 and the lower part of the 
facade was added in 1552. The Hall has a fine vaulting borne on slender 
granite pillars. Among the paintings and " Imagery,** noticed by Mundy, 
are medallion heads of Charles V and Don John of Austria, a picture of 
Christ in the form of a ship sailing to heaven, the Last Judgment by 
A. MUUer (1601), &c. Muller*8 picture seems to be the one mentioned 
by the writer of the Particular Description in his remarks on the " Juncker 

12-2 



l8o SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

one end some daies in the Weeke^ ; allsoe in Fowle weather 
For the exchange, which lies in long Marckt [Lange Markt] 
allmost beefFore itt, and For Feasting and Drincking as 
afforesaid openly don, there beeing benches round aboutt, 
where sitt sundry companies off all degrees, which have 
drinck For their Mony, viz.^ Dantzker beer, broughte them 
by the attendantts or officers off the house. 

Moreover, in the said house are certaine o[r]ders having 
a Free Brotherhood or company, of the principall off the Citty , 
wherof some English and Scotts, their names recorded in a 
booke, admitting through Freindshippe whome they thinke 
good^. These att some daies in the yeare hold Frolicke 
Feasts, commonly att Nightt, where is lusty Chear, good 
wyne and beere, musicke of various sorts, as Organs etts. 
[and other] wind Instrumentts, vioUs and voices; solemne 
and ceremonious healthes round: all with Civill Mirth. The 
order and attendance more then Burgameisterlike, the Servi- 
tours with garlands on their heads, silver omamentts over- 
thwartt their shoulders beltwise, as the drummers in Holland 
and these parts use. Allsoe abundance off plate, as boules, 
bekers, cuppes, etts., silver and giltt, wherof Many thatt will 
conteyne aboutt 4 or 5 English quartts,all aperteyming [sic] to 
the house and Fellowshippe, the roome beeing enUghtned 
with a greatt Number of Wax torches [and] Candles disposed 
throughoutt thatt large roome. This or these Feasts mightt 
well beecom the entertayne off an Embassador or a Prince 
For order, state and plenty. Itt is perfformed to the open 

Hoff" (pp. 24-25) as a painting "delineating heaven and hell with the 
world in the middle.** The writer further states that the building was 
open all day, that it had "Stalls in it for all sorts of Toys, Models, 
carved work, Ivory,** and a "Gallery for Musick where is a weekly 
Consort.** 

^ "In the South East comer [of the Junkerhof] a Court where the 
Town Magistrates hear Civil Causes** {Particular Descriptioriy p. 25). 

* On the rebuilding of the Artushof c, 1480, after its destruction by 
fire in 1476, the organisation received several modifications and the 
assembly was divided into six separate corporations, according to nation 
and wealth. See Loschin, op. cit., i. 85-87, 143-144. It is probably to 
these corporations that Mundy refers, though possibly in alluding to the 
" Free Brotherhood** he had in mind the Brotherhood of Scots (see ante, 
note 2 on p. 170) which existed until 1697. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 181 

view of all commers who may allsoe have beere urns geltt^, 
drincking all dales of the weeke, except Sondaies from 3 
afternoon till 10, 11, ett[s]. att Night. 

Thus cold countries Invite Men to devise Meanes to come 
together to cherish and warme themselves, there wanting not 
other occasiones, as in England the swearing att Bazingstone 
by Bagshotte For the reffreshing off travellers thatt come 
From the uttmost partts of the Realme towards London^. 
Butt these much diflFer From each other. 

In the said Younker HoflFe is a Cackleoven entire, ail- 
though outt off use, aboutt 35 Foote high, the largest and 
highest I conceave in these countries*. Such Yuncker hoflFes, 
att [sic ? or] leastwise houses with drincking orders, Brother- 
hoods, etts. are in Most Citties hereawaies, as Koninxberg 
[Konigsberg], etts., butt none comparable tp this For many 
respectts. Soe much For the Dantziker Yonkerhoffe or thatt 
house of good Fellowshippe. 

English plaiers or commediens. 
Some Siunmers come here our English commediens [sic] 

^ Urns Geltf for money, on payment of dues. The entrance fee was 
two Polish Groschen from three till nine, including Danzig beer and 
music. The fee on admittance to the Brotherhood was one Thaler. See 
Zeiler, Itiner, Contin.y pp. 308-309. 

^ I am indebted to Mr H. E. Maiden, F.S A. for the following inter- 
esting note on Mundy's '* Bazingstone**: "Basingstone was about a mile 
S.W. of Bagshot by the main road which goes on to Basingstoke and the 
S.W. of England. Speed's map, early 17th century, marks it as a house 
or village. Adam's Index VUlaris, 1680, gives it as a hamlet with no 
gentleman's house in it. The map by Senex *from an actual survey,' 
17 19, seems to mark the stone, but the impression is so much worn that 
it is not very clear. Close to it, across the road, was a well known inn 
called the Golden Farmer, an ill-omened name for travellers, for the 
original Golden Farmer was a highwayman, who practised on Bagshot 
Heath and combined an ostensible trade as farmer with a more profitable 
secret vocation. I do not know if the stone is there still. Big blocks of 
hard sandstone are not uncommon in the county, but they have some- 
times been broken up for road mending and one lying near a main road 
would have been peculiarly in danger of this end. Bagshot was fiill of 
inns, and I can only conjecture that there was some famous travellers' 
ordinary held here, with perhaps special ceremonies of drinking to keep 
up the courage of those braving the notorious dangers of Bagshot Heath." 

• See antey pp. no, 144, for previous allusions to Kachelqfen or tiled 
stoves. But the great stove in the Junkerhof was of iron. See Particular 
Description^ p. 25. 



iSz SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

or players which representte [perform] in Netherlandishe 
Dutche [Low German], having bin att Coninxberg beflFore 
the prince Elector of Brandenburge ; AUsoe att Warsowe 
beflFore the king of Poland. Among those Actors was one 
here Nicknamed pickled herring, much talked oflF and ad- 
mired For his dexterity in the Jesters partt, Amo. Itt is said 
oflF him thatt hee could soe Frame his Face and countenance 
^9 thatt to one halflFe off the people on the one side hee would 
seeme heartily to laugh and to those on the other side bitterly 
to weepe and shedd teares — straimge. Hee died att Warsow. 
His wiflFe now liveth here in towne [and] hath allowance 
From the king For her Maynetenance^. 

Trafl[icke and commodities. 

The Mayne trade or troSicke here is For graine, as wheatt, 
barly. Rye (oflF the last Most), and divers other broughtt 
downe the River Wissell [Weichsel] in greatt Flatt-bottomed 
lighters called Canes ^, oflF which somet5nnes 1500 or 2000 
•att once ly Neare the Citty and May have, one with the other, 
aboutt 15 men each. By report above 160000 tonnes off 
Come is shipped From hence every Summer^. The poore 

^ The term Pickelharing, introduced into Anglo-German and German 
farce as a name for the fool or clown, and subsequently extended to a 
whole class of comical interludes (called Pickelharings- Spiel or Hanswurst- 
Spiel), was probably invented by Robert Reynolds, who visited Danzig 
in 16 16 with a company of English comedians. It was perhaps suggested 
by the nickname Stockfish, taken by an earlier Anglo-German actor, 
John Spencer. English players were at Danzig in 1636 and also at 
Konigsberg. In 1640 the Margrave of Brandenburg granted a licence 
under his own hand to Reynolds and others, and it is probably to this 
visit that Mundy refers. 

There is no record of the plays performed by the English comedians 
at Danzig, nor of the actor who took the part of "Amo," by which Cupid 
is apparently meant. See Chambers, The Mediaeval Stage, i. 208, n. i ; 
Murray, English Dramatic Companies, 15 58-1 642; Bolte, Danziges 
Theater \ Herz, Englische Schauspieler und englisches Schauspiel, etc.; 
Creizenach, Die Schauspiele der englischen Komodianten. 

* See ante, p. 96. 

' The Particular Description (1734), p. 10, gives the amount of the 
annual export of grain from Danzig as 30,000 to 40,000 German lasts, 
i.e. roughly 60,000 to 80,000 tons, and says that the reports of the volume 
of trade were greatly exaggerated, probably referring to Olearius who 
states (p. 31) that 730,000 tons were sold yearly. Boswell, History of 
Poland, says that in 16 17 the trade in grain amounted to 289,000 tons. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 1 83 

people thatt come downe with itt are in habitt and live in 
condition No better then slaves ; the like with the labourers 
and countrie people. Soe greatt a difference make they in 
Poland betweene the gentry and common Sort, the one 
lording and tiranizing over the other, their very lives Isdng 
in their hands, soe thatt if they kill one off them, they pay 
butt a Matter of ^ a crowne to the king For his Subjectt, 
and are Freed^. Such kind off oppression is used in most 
parts off the world, allthough diversly. Where is it nott thatt 
many poore Men must labour, sweatt, endure. Fare hard, 
etts., to maynetaine the pride and luxurious living off a Few 
others. Butt to our purpose. 

Here is the staple [market] For Come^, as Coninxberg 
For wood-comodity, as wainescott, Clapboard*, etts. Greatt 
store of other comodities is allsoe broughtt downe From 
Poland, as pottashes. Flax, hempe, etts*. 

English staple. 

The English staple is allsoe here kept: a greatt company 
off Merchantts, Factors, etts.. Many Married, living and 
abiding here^, having a preacher, a Church or place to repaire 
unto to heare Gods word: our common prayer omitted, only 

So it looks as if we have a story of declining trade here. Thus: 16 17, 
289,000 tons; 1642 (Miindy), 160,000 tons; 1734, 60,000 to 80,000 tons. 
See also infra in this relation, where Mundy gives the trade of Danzig 
in com as "near 200,000 tons." 

^ Mundy has scored through "J a crowne" in his MS. Until 1347 a 
lord could put a peasant to death with impunity. After that date the fine 
(prescribed by Casimir) for killing a peasant was 10 marks, of which 
7 went to the widow and children. This scale was in force until 1768. 
See Moltke, Darstellung der irmem Verhdltmsse...in PoleUy pp. 85-86; 
Coxe, Polandy i. 192; Jones, Poland^ p. 53; Shakespeare's Europe 
(Moryson), pp. 77, 90. 

* Bargrave (MS. Rawl. C. 799, fol. 77) remarked on "the Magazenes 
for Come which are stately buildings of stone, very secure from Fire, 
Capacious for very great Store, and on the Wesil side convenient for 
shipping." • See ante, note 2 on p. 91. 

* The chief articles of export from Danzig enumerated in the Par- 
ticular Description, p. 10, are com, linen, potash and plank. 

* See ante, note 4 on p. 89. The old hall of jthe English merchants of 
the staple, with its tower, is still standing. The writer of the Particular 
Description states (p. 40) liiat there was formerly " a large Country House 
nigh the Olive [Oliva] with a spacious fine Garden" belonging to the 
English, but that it was abandoned in 1734. 



184 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

some psalmes of David read, with a Chapter outt off the old 
or New Testament, a psalme or 2 sung, with a Sermon^. 

Fountaine before the Yuncker Hoffe. 
The Clocke tower. 

Beefore the Yimker Hoffe is a very Faire large artificiall 
Foimtayne, The under part or cisteme off a Firme blacke 
stone; the upper partt is a Neptune off an excellentt pro- 
portion, striding a Seahorses [sic]y etts. [and other] inven- 
tions, cast in Mettall which spouteth water through Sundry 
ingenious passages. It is the best thatt I doe remember to 
have seene^, as is the Clocktower adjoyming [ric], which hath 
vei^ good Chimes which play beefore the Full hower strike, 
there beeing another bell thatt strikes the halffe, as att 
J hower past 10 itt strikes 11, which is termed J eleven, nott 
as wee say J hower past 10. The ^ and whole hower have 
severall tunes*. 

The greatt Mill. 

Here is allsoe a very greatt Mill, a large house off one 
roome, conte3rming [sic] in itt 18 grinding Milles, 9 off each 
side, open to view. Itt yeilds by report nott lesse then i 
Hungarish duckett or 2 Reicks dollers every hour throughoutt 
the yeare, is Hungarish duckett 8760, which amountts to 
little lesse than 4000 It. sterling per annum : a good revenew 
For a Mill and a good office to bee Master Miller*. Itt hath 

^ Religious toleration was observed in Danzig at this period, the 
Lutheran form of religion being most prevalent. According to the 
Particular Description (p. 39), there were 20 public churches of all re- 
ligions at Danzig in 1734. 

* The fountain before the Junkerhof still exists. 

® Mundy has a marginal note here : " The clocke tower a very faire loffty 
structure allso. The greatt Iron wheele thatt causeth the Chimes a 
costly and artificiall peece as is the rest apperteyning : the Tunes allmost 
every 15 or 20 daies are altred." 

Mundy is here alluding to the slender tower (146 ft. with spire) of 
the still existing Rathhaus situated in the Lange Gasse near the Langer 
Markt, which contains a set of chimes of grfeat repute. 

* This calculation makes the Hungarian ducat =95. ijrf., and the 
Reichsthaler (rix-doUar) =45.6}^. But see note i on next page. AntCy p. 80. 
Mundy makes the rix-doUar about 4s. The Kremnitz gold ducat of 
Hungary was worth gs, $d. in 1835. Kelly, Universal Cambist ^ i. 192. 
See also Moryson, ii. 122 ff. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 1 85 

certaine burgers and officers For the overseeing oflF itt,the 
benefitt theroflF accrewing to the Citties stocke^. 

House of Correction. 

Hier [sic] is likewise a Zeuchthause or house off correc- 
tion^, where Misgoverned people of both sexes are sett in 
and putt to worcke, as spinning, weaving, etts. Among the 
rest an honest [of respectable position] Burger sentt thither 
by his wives complaint, by whome hee had a Child every 
yeare; butt itt seemes nott sett in For thatt, butt rather for 
mispending his t5nme and meanes in Idle company, drincke, 
etts., which hee should imploy to the Ma3metenance off his 
said wiffe and Children. 

They have here in their waggons, Cartts, etts. For common 
Service, as carrying off goods, wood, dimg, earth, etts., very 
Fatt, Faire, handsom horses, nott such elce where to bee 
scene sett to such drugery*; butt itt seemes they beelong to 
perticular [certain] burgers. 

Singers. 

Moreover, in these parts one Custom nott every where 
used, thatt is, the Singuing oflF poore schoUers, blind people, 
etts., upp and downe the streetes For ahnes. I have scene 
and heard 3 or 4 poore blind Fellowes, with one to lead them, 
thatt have sung soe harmoniously according to tableture*, 
each keeping his due part, thatt itt hath caused much delightt 

^ The com ground at this particular mill was a Government monopoly, 
as the following statement from a Particular Descriptwrij p. 5, shows: 
"Several Mills... one of which for Com may vie with any in Europe, 
having 18 stones going at a time, and each brings the King of Poland every 
hour throughout the year a golden Ducat... being in value 8 Polish 
Guilders or Ten shillings." 

^ The Zuchthaus, built in 1630 for the housing of vagabonds and 
surrounded by a wall in 1643, stood just opposite the old Castle or Burg 
and West of it, on or by the present Zuchthausplatz, in the old part of 
the town. In 1823 the building was turned into an Industrial School. 
Loschin, op. cit,, 1. 359, 11. 486; Brockhaus, Konvers.-Lex., s.v, Danzig; 
Duisburg, Dantzig, p. 30. 

^ Bargrave also remarked (op, cit, fol. 76) on the excellence of the 
horses of Danzig: "The horses are stately, Prowde and very tall, of a 
high Courage and great strength, much surpassing the best Flanders 
horses I have any where seen." 

^ An obsolete term for musical notation in general. 



l86 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

to the hearers: questionlesse instructed and taughtt therby 
to gett some living: this is usuall [blank] ^ The Instrumentt 
with a blowne bladder Forgett not [sicY. 

The great Organs in the Pfarrekerke. 

I Forgott the organs in the Pharre Churche [Parish 
Church], which in my opinion deserve Notice. Itt hath by 
reportt of Paulus Eevers, the cheifFe Organist, 3256 pipes off 
severall sorts and sizes, the biggest off them 2 Foott diameter 
or 6 Footte aboutt, as I allsoe Measured, Soe deepe as allmost 
past all distincct [sic] Sound if played alone, allthough with 
the rest itt hath an agreeable Consonance : Many other Near 
as bigge, lessning by degrees. Itt hath 4 Setts off keies to 
play on, viz. 3 For the hands and i For the Feete, All used 
and played on att one Instantt by the said Organist, who is 
said to bee the best in these partts For thatt Faculty*. Itt 
hath 54 registers or [blank] to multiply, diminish or alter 
sounds, 24 great billowes [bellows] blowen by 4 Men with 
their Feet, to each 6, treading on certaine long barres or 
t5nmbers which with a device cause the said billowes to blowe. 
This they doe with greatt ease, walking Forward and back- 
ward, treading and stepping on the said barres. The waightt 
off their bodies Forces them downe, which rise in the Meane 
[while] till they returne, which is don withoutt intermission. 
In conclusion, a very large, loffty, costly and artificial In- 
strument off Musicke*. 

* There was an old German custom for supplying poor boys with a 
means of livelihood by making them sing carols in the street. They were 
caVLed Ktirrende Jungen. Martin Luther was one. CompsLre Shakespeare's 
Europe (Moryson), p. 301: "The poore schoUers upon hoUydayes goe 
singing about the streets." 

^ This seems to mean, " I must not forget the bagpipes." See infra, 
note on the great organ in the Pfarrkirche. 

' Paul Siefert (Syfertus, Sivert), a celebrated organist, was bom in 
Danzig in 1586 and died there at the age of 80. He became organist of 
the Marienkirche in 1623 and performed on the organ during the marriage 
celebrations in 1646, in honour of Maria Ludovica Gonzaga, second wife 
of Vladislaus IV, described by Mundy later on. See Martini, Kiirtze 
Beschreibungf etc. For biographical details, see Eitner, Quellen-Lexicoriy 
Bd. 9, s.v, Siefert; F^tis, Biog, Univ. de MusicienSf Tome 8, s.v. Syfert. 

* The great organ of the Marienkirche (Pfarrkirche) was built in 1580— 
86, and the accounts of its construction are amongst the City Records. 
See Loschin, Geschichte Danzigs, i. 291-2; Duisburg, Dantzig, p. 122. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 1 87 

Strange Swallowes. 

A certaine sort of swallowes here in winter t5nne gett under 
the water, where they are shutt in by the Frost and remayne 
there till spring. They are Found in lakes upp in the country, 
especially among long reedes thatt grow therin, in greatt 
Clusters, many hundreds together, clinging one uppon 
another like a Swarme off bees. When they settle on som 
tree, bush, etts., they seeme withoutt liffe. Beeing broughtt 
into a warme stove [M.Du. stove ^ Ger. Stube, room], tiiey 
revive and Fly aboutt, but live nott long [blank] or thatt 
heeat beeing unnaturall For them. This is generally ap- 
prooved as a thing comnon [sic] and off no wonder, having 
spoken with those Fishermen thatt have bin att the taking 
off them uppe with their Netts. I have heard some say thatt 
by Carlile, on the sea shore, swallowes bury themselves in 
the sand in winter, and in Sumner [sic] com Forth againe^. 

Fish. 

Here is a Fish called Spittsgarres, somwhatt like a lamprey, 
smaller and wanting holes aboutt his head. These will live 
a yeare or two or More in a bottle off water and will grow 
bigger therin, beeing Fedd: after the Nature off those in 
China2. 

Bargrave (MS. Rawl. C. 799, fol. 76), mentions "fower Organs in the 
body of the Church, one whereof is the largest I have ever seen." The 
writer of the Particular Description remarks (p. 37): "There are three 
Organs in this Church : The largest placed at the West End ; the Second 
joined to it in the North Isle; and the Third is on the North Side of 
the great Altar. Besides what is common to them, they have several 
bag Pipes in them, which counterfeit a Choir of Human voices exceeding 
naturally." These bagpipes seem to be what Mundy means by "The 
Instrumentt with a blowne bladder" mentioned above. 

^ Mr W. L. Sclater, F.Z.A., editor of the IbiSy has kindly furnished 
me with the following note on Mundy's statements : " It was generally 
recognized and accepted, even up to the days of Gilbert White, that 
swallows and martens hibernated in winter, retiring to caves or to re- 
treats underground or underwater during the winter months." It is not 
therefore surprising that Mundy held the same opinion. 

* Mr Sclater also informs me that Mundy's "Spittsgarres" may have 
been eels, perhaps elvers or young eels, which migrate up the river at 
certain seasons and do resemble lampreys without holes (spiricles) along 
the head. The term "Spittsgarres" suggests Garfish, but these do not 
resemble lampreys. 



1 88 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

A Comparison beetweene Pnisse and India. 

These partts in som perticulers may bee compared to some 
parts off India, allthough Farre distantt and much differing 
in temperature off the aire, conditiones off the people, etts. 
For as there, if shippes take nott their opportunity to com 
away with the Monsoone are deteyned certayne Monthes^, 
Soe here likewise, if shippes gett nott away in tsnme are 
Frozen uppe untill spring, in which interim No trading by 
Sea by reason off Ice, as att Suratt [and] thereaboutts in 
tjrme off Raynes, For stormes and currantts. As there the 
Trees are greene all the Yeare, soe here in many parts are 
greatt Forrests, woods and willdemesses off many Miles in 
length and breadth, off Pine or Firre trees, which continue 
greene winter and simuner*. The Fruite or pine-apple^, no 
bigger then an egge, comes to No perffection as in Spaine, 
where they are very large and have under every Scale a 
Smalle nutt called Piniones, esteemed better then almonds^. 
Moreover, as there some t5nne off the yeare, in Many places. 
Cattle can hardly com by Fodder in the Feilds by reason off 
heatt and droughtt; Soe here, through cold weather. Frost 
and Snow, Scarce any Cattle lefft outt all winter long, either 
covered with Snow or Frozen allsoe [by] the sharpnesse and 
bittemesse off the weather. 

A Monstrous or wonderous birth. 

Att my beeing here came to this place one Lazarus 
Collaretto, an Italian borne att Genoa, a pretty [well set up] 

^ For trading in India by monsoons or seasons, see ante, vol. ii. 

PP- 30, 31. 

* The general likeness of the scenery in the great North German 

plains to that of the Indian plains has struck the editor also. The country 
from, say Halle to Berlin, has much the appearance of that from, say 
Delhi to Agra. There is the same absence of hedges and fences between 
cultivated fields, and the same apparently inconsequent rising up of 
village homesteads amid trees and of towns out of the plains in both. 

® "Pine-apple** is here used in its obsolete sense of "pine-kernel.** 
In Russia Siberian "pine-kernels** are called cedar-nuts, and Mrs Howe 
tells me that they are considered to look like ants* eggs. 

* Mundy is referring to the Sp. pinotiy a pine-kernel, the edible seed 
of the stone-pine (Pinus Pined) of the South of Europe: Fr. pignon, 
obs. Eng. pignon. 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 1 89 

yong Man, who had a living, breathing child growing Fast 
to his belly, somwhatt on one side, having head, hands, 
Feett, etts., off humaine Shape, allthough disfFormed: a 
wonderfFuU spectacle. Hee had bin Formerly here, as allsoe 
in England, Scottland, Fraunce, Spaine, etts., and could 
speake all those languages. Hee wentt From hence uppe into 
Poland and From thence intended For Turky^. He came 
hither against the greatt Domiminicke Faire held here^, butt 
was Forbidden to bee seene by reason off hurt thatt Mightt 
ensue to Married weomen, especially the yongersortt, through 
their to[o] strong apprehension or Imagination therof*. 

^ Lazarus Colloreto, or CoUoredo, is the most celebrated instance of 
parasite-bearing, or unequal double monsters. Bom in the parish of 
S. Bartolomeo de Costa near Geiioa, 12th March, 16 17, of perfectly 
healthy parents who had several older, well-formed children, the "mon- 
ster" was described a few days later in a letter of the Genoese doctor, 
Augustino Piceto, to Fortunius Licetus. Both letter and reply are repro- 
duced, with a figure, in the latter's book ; De monstrorum caussisy naturae 
et differentiis, 2nd ed. 1634, PP* 114-116. 

At birth the parasite was half the size of the brother to whom he 
adhered in ventre inferior e, and was a tolerably well-formed child, only 
wanting one leg and two fingers of one hand; but his eyes were closed. 
He slept and moved independently of his brother but had no separate 
nutritive functions. Both bodies received baptism, the one being chris- 
tened Lazarus, the other Joannes Baptista. Colloreto was seen, at the 
age of 28, at Copenhagen by Tho. Bartholinus, who describes Lazarus 
as " of good stature, decent body, good manners, and dressed in courtly 
fashion." He carefully tended both his own body and his brother's, con- 
cealing the latter with a cloak so that the "monster" did not appear at 
first sight. A picture from nature is given in the Appendix to the 
Amsterdam edition of the work of Fortunius Licetus noted above. 

Mundy's statement that Colloreto had visited England is confirmed 
by an entry in the Norwich Mayor* s Court Books y of 21 December 1640: 
"This day Larzeus Collereto have leave to shewe a monster until the 
day after twelve, he shewing to the Court a lycense signed with his 
Majesties owne hand." See Murray, Eng, Dramatic Cos. 11. p. 359. I am 
indebted to Miss M. Vagner for the information contained in this note. 

' The great Danzig Dominick Fair was founded in 1260 and was 
continued, with much abated splendour up to modem times. It began 
on the 4th August, S. Dominic's day, and lasted for some weeks. The 
writer of the Particular Description (p. 19) calls it the "Mess or Mart, 
the Dantz Dominick " and says it was held on the " Place of St. Dominick," 
that it was formerly as famous as the Leipsic and Frankfurt Fairs, but 
that, at the beginning of the i8th century, it had " declined in reputation.*.' 
See Hans Wistulanus, Danzig, pp. 25, 34; L5schin, op, cit, (Th. i.), 

p. 33. 

' For the scientific discussion of this traditional belief, see Geoffroy 

St Hilaire, Histoire ginircde et particuli^e des anomalies de ^organisation. 



190 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

A Custom. 

Among other Customes here, Burgers if they remoove to 
another Country must loose and leave beehind them the 
i^th part off their estate to the Citties use^. 

Here follow some of the habitts used hereawaies, as per 
Contrarie [t.e., the page of illustrations bound in the MS. 
opposite this folio]. 

[Mundy*s description of Plate X, Illustration No. 11.] 

A. A Polish gentleman: they ordinarily have their heads 
shaven, leaving one lock which conuneth from the Crowne 
of their head to the Forepart, like a crest hanguing 
Forward, whearas the Turckes have a locke which [? lies] 
Just on the crowne. The Turcke and Pole, as they are 
neighbours in countries, soe are they Neare in habitt^. 

B. A Dantzigker Jungffer [Ger. Jungfer^ a maid] or Damzell, 
beeginning to dance with him, which is here extraordin- 
arily used att their weddings*, allthough the dances are 
nott soe extraordinary For whatt I cold see or hear, 
generally after the Polish manner; Not soe artificial! and 
active as galliards and Corantoes* with us, Nor soe full 

&c. (p. 540 ff.)) who allows a certain influence to mental shocks and 
moral impressions. The general opinion respecting maternal impressions 
seems to be that it is impossible to set aside the influence of subjective 
states of the mother altogether, but that there is no direct connection 
between the cause of the subjective state and the resulting anomaly. 

^ Mundy is alluding to the provision in the code of laws of the City 
of Danzig which enacted that a citizen who, with his household, had left 
the town for a year and a day, was compelled to pay the value of one- 
tenth of his property in order to regain his citizenship. See Neu revuUrte 
WUlkuhr der Stadt Danzigy Th. 3, Cap. 2, Arts, i and 5. 

* The shaven heads of the Poles aroused the conmients of all the 
writers of the 17 th and i8th centuries and various reasons are given for 
the origin of the custom. See Moryson, iv. 216; Beaujeu, p. 7; Zeiler, 
Beschreibung des Komgreichs PoleUy pp. 53-54, Itin. i. 532; Jones, Hist, 
of Poland y Section xvi, p. 19. 

In Mundy *s time costumes, male and female, in Danzig were Polish 
in character. 

* Bargrave {MS. Rawl. C. 799, fol. 77) was present at a wedding at 
Danzig in 1652, "at which we had the view of most of the Dantzick 
Beauties... they danc'd after the Polish manner in about 20 Couples." 

^ Both the Galliard and Courante are mentioned by Shakespeare 
{Twelfth Nighty i. iii. 137), the former was a quick lively dance, the latter 
characterized by a gliding step. By " artificiall and active," Mundy seems 
to mean "intricate and sprightly." 



1642] SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK I9I 

off pleasant passages and changes as our Countrie dances ; 
however very seemely and gentile. One great use thatt 
they make of these Meetings is to give an opportunity 
to young Men and Maides to growe acquainted and to 
speake to one another, which otherwise is not soe easie 
to bee don. 

C. A Heyducke with a Magheerkee or Feltt Cappe. These 
are a certaine order off Foot souldiers^, somwhatt to bee 
compared with the Janizaries in Turky^. 

D. Another Danziker yongffer \Jungfer\ with a garland on 
her head^, which they usually wear From the publication 
of the banes* till they bee married. 

E. A married woman with a Furd cappe in winter and a 
Muffe ; in summer with a hatt, the yonger Sort. 

F. A man with a Muffe, which commonly is of a whole 
otters skjmne, itt beeing the Custom For all sexes and 
ages to wear Muffes. 

G. A Pole with a Furd coate. 



^ A Haiduk (Heiduc, Heyduke) with a magyarka (Hung.)> a long 
Hungarian (Magyar) cape or cloak. 

The term Haiduk (Hungarian hadju, pi. hadjuk, a driver, shepherd, 
Polish, hajduk) was applied in Hungary to a militia of mercenary soldiers 
of Magyar stock, who were re-organised in 1605 and rewarded for 
special services. 

In Poland, as in Germany, Sweden and some other countries, the 
title, in Mundy's day, designated an attendant in a court of law, a male 
servant dressed in Hungarian semi-military costume, a member of a 
special corps of infantry. Mundy's illustration and description apply to 
the last named and his ** certaine order off Foot souldiers ** indicates the 
Polish King's bodyguard of infantry (Ger. Trabanten, Du. Heyduggen) 
who were responsible for his personal safety. 

For illustrations of Haiduks, see Braun and Hohenberg, Civitates Orbis 
Terrarumt Lib. vi, Cracovia, &c.; Abraham, k Sancta Clara, Neu eroffnete 
WeluGaUeriey &c. For historical references to Haiduks, see Nouveau 
Larousse lUtistri; Janusz, Diet. Complet Franfois-Polonais; Cromer, Be- 
schreibung des Komgreichs Polen; Brockhaus, AUgemeine deutsche Real' 
Encyklopddie. 

^ See Vol. I. p. 43, n. 2 and index, s,v. Janissaries. 

^ This kind of headdress resembles the bandeau, in the form of a 
diadem surmounted by flowers, worn on fdte-days by young Cracoviennes. 
See Planch6, Cyclopaedia of Costume, p. 353. 

* By the Lateran Council of 1215 the publication of banns, which had 
already been in practice for many years in different Christian countries, 
was made compulsory in all Christendom. 



192 SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

H. A Polish gentlewoman with a short cloake^ and a cloath 
under her Chinne, with us termed a Muffler*. 

I. A woman after the old Polish Fashion, with such a greatt 
round ornament on their heads of bevers haire, not off 
thatt sofft wooll on the womb [belly] like downe, butt off 
the haires on his backe, which are long, black and shining. 

K. A Danstzigker woman with a short cloake, termed a 
Smarga, which hath Never More nor lesse than 4 plaites^. "^ 

L. A polish gentleman or lord. 

M. A woman of Coninxberg [Konigsberg] off the better Sort, 
their hoods off beaver haire allsoe*. 

N. Another woman off that place after the old Fashion^, the 
Furre off a grey Squirrell called by us [blank]®. 

O. Another off the common Sort. 

P. The hood or cappe beelonguing to Figure M. 

M. N. O. P. aperteyne to Coninxberg and should have 
been placed in folio 188'. 

Cocks and capons. 

Hier [Danzig] sometymes, as they cutt Cockes to make 
Capons, they cutt of his spurr[s] and comb, and fastning one 
of the spurres on his head while the bloud is wa[rm]e, itt 
groweth together as if itt had bin Naturall, as in the mar- 
gentt^. A question may bee asked whither a peece of a Mans 

* Mundy is right. The Polish women of his day usually wore short 
fur-trimmed jackets as shown in D and E and caps and capes, either 
entirely of fur or fur-trimmed as in E, I, K. See Weiss, Kostumkunde, p. 69. 

^ Mundy is using the term muffler in its obsolete sense of a kerchief 
worn by women in the i6th and 17th centuries to cover part of the face 
and the neck. 

^ Compare this short pleated cape with that of the Merchant's wife 
of Nuremberg (1643) in Hollar, Theatrum Mulierum, p. 40. As to 
"Smarga," Mr N. B. Jopson suggests that Mundy probably heard the 
Lithuanian term marginiai (cloth woven in different colours), applied to 
the pleated skirt worn by the won^^jLof Danzig, and mistook it for a cape. 

* L and M are missing from thepicture (Plate X, illustration No. 11). 

* For costumes of Polish gentlemen and for one similar to N, see 
Braun and Hohenberg, op, dt. vi. (47), (28). 

* The word omitted by Mundy is probably ** gris,** an obsolete term 
for any kind of grey fur. 

' This is a footnote added by the author. There is no illustration on 
fol. 188, antCy p. 92. 
® See illustration inset. 



1642] 



SOME PERTICULARITIES OF DANTZIGK 



193 



eare, or some other part, beeing cutt of through MisfFortune, 
being sodainely applied to the place while the bloud is yett 
warme, whither itt would nott grow together and heale (itt 
may bee tried on a dogge), and whither the part of one 
Creature will not growe on another^. 




The ^% Marche Anno 1643. All whatt before is written is 
after the old stile, butt from hence I will follow the New^. 
Allsoe in the Following journey I reckon English Miles, ail- 
though from the wagoners, etts., I was in [sic\ enformed by 
Dutch Miles. Itt is to bee understood that 15 rightt Dutch 
miles make one degree in the Equator, and wee reckon 20 
leagues or 60 English Miles, so thatt truely 4 English Miles 
is one Dutch Mile, butt in travelling there is Much differ- 
ence, sometymes 3, sometymes 4, are reckoned^. 

^ Dr F. A. Bather, Deputy Keeper of the Geological Department of 
the British Museum (Natural History), to whom I referred tiiis passage, 
has been good enough to supply me with the following note : " To the best 
of my information the answer to Mundy's question is in the affirmative, 
at least as regards the first half of it. As regards the second half of it, 
there is a limit beyond which the experiment will not succeed, that is 
to say, the two creatures must be somewhat closely related. One would 
not expect, for instance, a part of an amphibian to grow on a mammal. 
It is, I understand, also the case that, although the transplanted part 
would not putrify but would continue to live, it would not strictly 
speaking * grow/ Its tissues would be gradually invaded by the tissues 
of the host on which it was implanted. This, put quite broadly, I believe 
to be the present state of our knowledge on this question." 

^ The Reform of the Calendar (New Style) was introduced by Pope 
Gregory XIII in 1582 and was adopted in Poland in 1586. 

^ See ante^ pp. 52, 96 and note on p. 52. 



P M 



13 



194 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [REL . XXXV 

Journey [by road] From Dantzigk in [blank] To Warsaw 

in Poland, beegun the day abovesaid, and proceed 

as followethe 

Eng. M. 

From Dantzigk To Steeblaw [Stublau] 12 

From thence To Polshaw [Pakchau] i 
From thence To Grosselightnaw [Gross-Lichtenau] 6 

From thence To Marienbnrge [Marienburg] 5 

From thence To Stoome [Stuhm] 8 

From thence To WeishofFe [Weisshof] 5 

From thence to Marienwarder [Marienwerder] 4 
From thence To Kjioblockrugh [Knoblauchkrug]^ 16 

From thence To Growdins [Graudenz]^ 4 

From thence To Robokova [Robkau] 8 

From thence To Colmsey [Kulmsee]^ 12 

From thence To Leseemeetsee [Lissomitz] 8 

From thence To Thorunia [Thorn] , 4 

From Dantzigk to Thorunia in 3 dayes, 93 miles. 

The 14th March wee departed 

From Toome to Deebaw Castle [Dybow] 

From thence To Slushebo [Sluzewo] 12 

From thence To Coneetsco [Koneck] 4 

From thence To Loveetzee [Lowiczek] 4 

From thence To Breseschee [Brzezie, Brzesc] 8 

From thence To Covaolee [Kowal] 12 

From thence To Gustaneen [Gostynin] 12 

From thence to Gumbeene [Gombin] 12 

From thence To Saleebee [Sanniki] 8 

From thence To Sakacheebo [Sochaczew] 12 

From thence To Blonia [Blonie] 16 

From thence To Warsaw 16 



209 



^ Knoblockrugh, the Garlic Inn (Knoblauchkrug), probably at Garmsel 
between Marienwerder and Graudenz. 
' See ante, Rel. xxxiii. p. 96 and 97 n. i. 
* See ante, Rel. xxxiii. p. 97 n. i. 



1643] A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK 1 95 

In 4 daies from Thorunia to Warsaw 116 miles in all. 
From Dantzigk to Warsow, 209 which is ^2^ Dutch Miles. 
It makes More if you accompt From Tome to Warsow 
3 English to i Dutch Mile, which may bee soe. 

Grosselightnaw [Gross-Lichtenau] 

Itt is nott only reported, butt they say itt is allso recorded 
in the Cronicles of Prussia, thatt in the tyme of the Cruitz 
Herren [Kreuz-Herren, Teutonic Knights] or knights of the 
Crosse strange abuses and outrages have bin Committed in 
the Crooh att Grosselieghtnaw by the bawers, boores or 
Countrypeople, ploughmen, etts., att their druncken assem- 
blies. As thatt they roasted a poore man alive thatt came to 
begge an almes, abusing Churchemen, etts., and such like, 
For which they were enjoyned by the knights of the >^ for 
a punishment to lay and joine on the high way soe many >& 
grosses [sicy one by another as should reach from the said 
Crooh to Marienburge, beeing 5 English Miles, and beesides, 
there to build a tower, whose Morter should bee tempred 
with buttermilke^. And as then, soe to this day, A Crew of 

^ The sign iji here is interesting. Mundy appears to mean by " Knights 
of the iji ," " Knights of the Cross," i,e, the Kreuz-Herren ; and by " soe 
many iji grosses," " so many kreutzer groschen" a kreutzer being a coin 
of three old Polish groschen, or " so many groschen of the Kreuz," i.e, 
of the Kreuz-Herren. 

^ The traditional account of the story related by Mundy is given by 
Feyerabend {Kosmopolitiscke Wanderungeitf I. 408-409), who says that, 
for roasting a pilgrim alive, the peasants of Lichtenau were condemned 
to build the round ward-tower of Marienburg, and to be imprisoned for 
a year on bread and water. To escape the prison penalty, they offered 
to lay Prussian groschen the whole way from Marienburg to Gross- 
Lichtenau. 

Simon Grunau {Preussische Chroniky i. 717-721), who is less trust- 
worthy, connects the building of the "Lichtenawer Thurm" with an 
outrage on the parish priest and the Sacrament by the peasants of Gross- 
Lichtenau about the year 1406. An official from Marienburg, he relates, 
who came to punish the miscreants, was nailed up by his beard over 
a door and left hanging. His servants returned in force and slew many 
of the peasants, carrying off the rest to Marienburg, where numbers died 
in prison. As a penalty, the survivors were obliged to build the round 
tower by the Nogat. 

Busching, Das Schloss der deutschen Bitter zu Marienburg ^ p. 75, 
derives the name " Schiwelichte Thurm" from Scheibe, roll, disk, on 
account of its round form, or perhaps also in allusion' to the line of 
groschen mentioned above. Both he and Frick {Schloss Marienburg) refer 

13-2 



196 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [rEL. XXXV 

them will combine and vow one to another to Meet in such 
a Crooh and not to depart thence For a sett tyme, For a 
weeke, a Month or a yeare, as som say, and to spend thatt 
tyme in drincking druncke, sleeping, vomitting, till they bee 
sober, and then drincke till they bee druncke againe, soe 
continue using their best witts to play the beasts and to 
exceed them in beastly Fillthinesse. Itt is nott their Faultt 
alone, butt a greatt Many others in one degree or other, 
sometyme perhaps the reader and the writer allsoe The More 
to bee blamed. 

Marienburge [Marienburg]. 

Marienburge, an ancient place though nott great, with a 
Famous Castle, built by the Kruitz Herren and their Cheifest 
Seat, now Much decayed^. 

^ Stoome [Stuhm]. 

Stoome, a Cittadell finely seated in a lake^, or rather be- 
tween 2 lakes, the waters of both Joyning att the Comniing 
in and going outt of the towne, passed by bridges. I heard 
an Englishman say itt was thought the English staple should 

be there held. 

Grawdins [Graudenz]. 

Grawdins, a Citty standing on high on the banckes of the 
River Wissell [Weichsel]^. 

Thorunia or Toorn [Thorn], 

Thorunia or Toome, a handsome Citty, of which I have 
formerly said somwhat*. Only a word or two of the bridge, 
or 2 arches therof, which I then noted not, one at each end, 
of a wonderfuU length, made of purpose to give a Free 
passage for the Ice when itt breakes aboutt the spring of 

to the popular name " Buttermilch Thurm" as connected with a curious 
tradition that neither of them repeats. For details and illustrations, see 
Busching and Frick, op. cit. 

^ The Schloss at Marienburg, begun in 1274, was the residence of 
the Grand Master of the Knights of the Teutonic Order and was the 
finest mediaeval secular edifice in Central Europe. 

* The ancient castle of the Teutonic Knights at Stuhm is still existing. 

' See ante, pp. 96, 97, 194. * See ante, pp. 99-101. 



» 



t #• 



1643! A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK 197 

the year, which then comes downe in such a quantity and 
with such a violence thatt itt carries downe all afore itt, as 
bridges ; butt the loose Ice beeing stopped by other Ice yet 
fast on the River, It causes the water soe to rise Thatt itt 
would overflow much of the Country, as heretofore it hath 
don, butt thatt itt is Now prevented with greatt labour, 
dilligence and care, by making high dammes or banckes, And 
much watch att the tyme of the yeare by bawers [Bauer] or 
country people, having their carts in a readinesse with stakes, 
straw, etts. [and other] Materialls to stoppe a breach on a 
sodaine, if Need require^. 

The Arches aforementioned are somwhatt after the forme 
described in the paper hereunder annexed^. Soe that from 
A to B, which is the widnesse of one arche, is 83 of my owne 
steppes, which is aboutt 60 English yeards or 180 English 
feet, the Floore, passage or way above hanguing on 4 beames, 
CD., soe that thatt part of the bridge hangeth as a paire of 
scales with waights on a paire of Triangles ; used att London^. 
E. A Cane [barge] conuning downe laden with Come rowed 
with paddles. F. Another setting uppe against the stream and 
with poles or staves, laden with Herrings, wyne, etts. Com- 
modities from Dantzigk. They have rutchers* as our westeme 
barges att London or Gabarres^ at Rohan [Rouen] in Fraunce 
with a great long tiller, all which somwhatt More or lesse is 
Thus described, viz.^ 

Hier att Toome, by reason thatt a partt of the rest of 

^ The bridge at Thorn was seriously injured by the breaking up of 
the ice in 161 1, 1615, 1628, and again in 1651. Bargrave who was at 
"Tome** a year later (Dec. 1652), went over "the great bridge on the 
Wesil, which costs annually about 30 thou[s]and DoUers (above 1000 It,) 
to repaire, and yet was it now so decayd, that passing over it my horse 
brake a hole through a Planke ; and I esteeme my deliverance not among 
the least God has vouchsafed me" (MS, Razvl, C. 799, fol. 74). See 
Wernicke, Geschichte Thorns , ii. 273, for a history of the bridge. 

^ See Plate XI, illustration No. 12. 

^ Mundy seems to mean that he knew of a crane used in LfOndon, 
built on the same principle as the cantilever bridge he is describing. 

* By " rutcher *' Mundy probably means " rudder *' in its obsolete sense 
of a paddle or oar for steering or propelling a vessel. The spelling 
" rutcher** is not in the 0,E.D, 

^ F. gabare, Eng. gabbart, a lighter. See Vol. 11. p. 224 n, 

• See illustration No. 12. 



198 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

the bridge was borne away (a little before our coming)^ by 
Ice, weere [sicy ? we were] ferried over by boate — 2 small 
boates made fast together, 2 wheeles of our wagon in one 
boate and 2 in the other, and all on the axletree: 2 off the 
horses Feet in one boat, the other 2 in the other. In such 
sort wee drove among the Ice, soe thatt wee seemed to bee 
in a Smalle Frozen sea. Att last, by little and little, with 
pulling shooving and Rowing, wee gott to the other side, 
allthough wee drove a great way downe ere wee gat over^. 

Breseschee [Brzezie, Brzesc]. 

Breseschee, a smalle Citty and head of the province 
Corravia^: one of the 24 provinces of Poland. 

Covaolee [Kowal]. 

At Covaolee wee bought 2 hinder quarters of veal for 
20 grosse (which is about I2d. English)* of the Jewes, who 
eatt not of the hinder quarters. From Jacobs wrestling with 
the Angell. Butt as I remember the Jewes att Constantinople 
eat therof, first taking away certaine Sinewes in the thigh, 
which they conceaved to bee hurt in Jacob ^. There the 
butchers must bee learned, nott For this alone, butt they 
use very Many ceremonies in killing and cutting out other 
sundry sorts off beasts, foule, etts.^ 

Here in Poland they have Freedome to live', and in habit 
some of them here aloft were [wear] Flatte Cappes as the 
Biscayners [Basques] or Scotts, butt exceeding broad, gene- 
rally untowardly and unfittly cladde, tattred and most part 

^ I have found no record of any material damage to the bridge between 
1628 and 1651. See note above. 

* This mode of progression is curious and must have been very un- 
comfortable for the horses. 

' Corravia or Cujavia adjoined Masovia and Rava on the East, and 
Lencicia and Calissia (Kalisia) on the South. It was sometimes reckoned 
as part of Lesser Poland. See Neugebauer, in Blaeu, Geog. Blaviane^ 11. 
La PolognCy p. 4; The ancient and present state of Poland, p. 2. 

* The old Polish grosz was worth about three farthings English. 

* See Genesis xxxii. 25, 32. 

* Mimdy is alluding to the customs observed in preparing "kosher** 
(Heb. kasher, clean) meat. 

' Shakespeare's Europe (Moryson), p. 488, also says that Jews in Poland 
in the 17th century "generally** had "equall right with Christians.** 



1643] A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK 1 99 

bedabled, Farre unlike to those att Amsterdam, Hambro, 
Venice, Constantinople, which I have seene^. 

Gustaneene [Gostynin], 

Att Gustaneene were remayning yett the sepulchers of 2 
Moscoveterissen [Muskoviterischen] Lords, taken in the 
warres Anno i6[i i], beeing kept prisoners here in the Castle, 
where they died, and were here buried: From hence re- 
mooved to Warsaw, where they were enterred againe and a 
Monimient built over them. Att length, on a Conclusion of 
Peace beetweene the Pole and the Moscoviter, they were 
remooved to Moscow^. 

A Monster. 

Hier over the Castle gate^ [of Warsaw] is a Monster 
Fastned, of which the people report FearfuU things, as thatt 
itt would in the nightt com forth of som secret hole in the 
Castle and murder people in a strange Manner by laying 
himself over their Faces, stopping their breathes, and was 
att length soe Found on a prisoner whome [sic] was heard to 
Cry, butt erre they came to his reskew hee was dead. They 
then slew the said Monster and fastned him over the Castle 
gate. This is beeleived by the Commonalty: I thincknott 
by the wiser sort*. But as Near as I could perceive and 

^ For Mundy's remarks on Jews at Amsterdam, see ante, Rel. xxxii, 
p. 70. He was twice at Hamburg (see ante, pp. 114, 161), but has no 
comments on the Jews there, nor on those he met at Constantinople in 
1 61 8-1620 (Vol. i), nor at Venice in 1620 (Vol. i). 

^ Demetrius Shuisky, a Muscovite general, and one of his brothers are 
said to have been imprisoned in Gostynin Castle, after the surrender of 
Moscow in 161 1, and to have died in captivity. In their memory Sigis- 
mimd HI erected a beautiful little chapel, called the Muscovite Chapel, 
in the Cracow Faubourg of Warsaw. The chapel was subsequently dis- 
mantled and replaced by a Dominican convent. See Polmscher Stoat, 
pp. 103-4; Starowolski, Tractatus Polonia, pp. 7, 40; Anon. Histoire de 
Pologne, pp. 175-6; M^rim6e, Le Faux DhnStrius, p. 97; Baudran4) 
Diet, giog, et hist,; Moreri, Grand Diet,, s,v. Gostynin. 

^ The former Royal Castle, Zamek Krolewski, in Sigismund Square, 
commenced by the Dukes of Masovia in the 9th century. 

* I have failed to trace any allusion to the "Monster" or the legend 
connected with it. Mr Letts informs me that counterfeit basilisks and 
monsters sold by returned sailors in the 17th century were generally 
constructed from the dead bodies of thomback-rays. Sir Thomas Browne 
contrived them, doubtless for his museum at Norwich. See Vulgar 
Errors, Bk. ill. Ch. vii. 



200 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

Judge, beeing Near enough to disceme, itt is nothing butt 
a broad Fish called with us a Ray, disguised, disffigured, 
the Mouth Made open, etts., as I have seene in Amsterdam 
and Hambro to bee sould, soe cutt uppe thatt they perffittly 
resemble dragons or other Monsters, though nott soe bigge 
as this. Every Country, etts., can relate of some perticuler 
wonder, viz.^ Mountaine, River, well, tree, stone, house: in 
England, many. 

WARSAW. 

From Thome hither, to Warsaw^, a Fertile plaine Country, 
but poore habitations, unffashionable [ill-constructed] durty 
villages, some townes and Citties, promising Much From 
withoutt by som old Castle, Churches, etts., butt within wast, 
with Foule ill contrived streets, sleight buildings: Thus For 
the Most part^. 

A Reichs tag or Parliament: 

Hier att presentt was held a Reichs Tag [Ger. Reichstag], 
a Parliamentt or an assembly off the Nobles aboutt the states 
affaires. Itt was held in a greatt hall in the kings pallace, 
himselff sitting under a Canopy in a Chaire, with a bears 
skynne under his Feete, no higher then the Common Floore, 
the Rest of the Nobillity in Chaires allso, broughtt thither by 
their Servauntts and taken away every day or tyme they 
depart. There is a guard att the doore, yett allmost any Man 
May com in, Soe thatt the Councell is Full of strangers and 
others, Only [except] att some speciall tyme or occasion, and 
then all are excluded excepting the CouncelP. 

* The "to" is redundant. The sense is "From Thorn, to this place, 
i,e., Warsaw." 

* Bargrave, however {MS. Rawl. C. 799, fol. 24), found " the continued 
Plaine numerously bespread with pretty villages, decked with stately 
woods and watred with curious Rivoletts." 

^ There is no mention, in any account of the Polish constitution that 
I have consulted, of the custom regarding the chairs of the members of 
the Reichstag, as stated by Mundy. Jones, Hist, of Polandy says (p. 63) : 
"At the diet the Polish palatines and castellans are arranged in three 
rows of armed chairs extending from the throne on each side." For 
the Polish Reichstag generally, see Olearius, p. 31 ; Particular Descriptions ^ 
pp. 27-28; Boswell. Hist, of Poland ^ p. 66. 



1643] TO WARSAW IN POLAND 201 

Polish pompe : Coaches. 

They repaire to itt with greate pomp and state att cer- 
tayne tymes^, every Noble Man in his Coach, which are 
extraordinary large, with glasse windows, each drawne with 
6 horses [at] a very leisurely pace, a couple off heyducks 
standing uppon the hinder part of the Coach, each side one, 
his gentlemen and officers going, som riding before, a band 
or company of his owne heyducks [bodyguard] Following in 
their livery off one coullour and Fashion^, with their Magueer- 
kees or little Felt Cappes^ and their armes, as sabres or back 
swords, poleaxes, gunnes, etts. This is generally speaking 
of one, to speak of all, only some Nobleman [sic] give a sundry 
coullour of livery to their heyducks. 

The Poles [nobles] in their apparell much resembling the 
Turckes in Fashion and coullour, as Red, greene, blew, 
yellow, etts. light couUours, except they Moume, then blacke 
generally; in Furd Capps Winter and Summer, only the 
greater Sort, for a greater bravery, wear a single Feather of 
a certaine kind of faulcon [really heron, egret], sticking uppe 
Right. Those Feathers are soe esteemed that one of them 
is vallued at [blank] a peece, sometymes att [blank*]. 

Prerogative of the great ^avery of the Commonalty. 

Those parliamentts or Reichstagen last nott above a Fort- 
night or 3 Weekes, and then every lord departs to his home 
where they live and rule like little kings ^. Thus for the 
Nobility. Butt For the Common Sort of people, they are 
as Miserable on the other side, like slaves or beasts, allowed 

* Dal6rac (pseud. Beavyeu), quoted by Lelevel, Hist, de Pologne, 1, 
163 n., says that under Sigismund III and Vladislaus IV, '* Les palatins 
^talent autant de rois; on les voyait aller aux di^tes avec douze mille 
hommes k leurs gages, soldats ou domestiques." 

' See ante, note i on p. 191. 
^ See cmtey p. 191 and note. 

* " Sur les chapeaux et les bonnets [of the Polish nobles], on attachait 
un plumet de h^ron qui coOtait jusqu'k 500 ducats (6,000 fr.)." Lelevel, 
Hist, de Pologne, I. 119. See also Boswell, Hist, of Poland, p. 106. 

* Compare Shakespeare's Europe (Moryson), p. 77: "The Palatines, 
Castellans and Gentlemens immunity from lawes and liberty in generall, 
and absolute Command with power of life and death in their own Terri- 
tories and lands." 



202 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

no More then will serve to keepe them alive, and in such 
case as they may bee able to labour againe ; the lives of one 
of them slaine by his landlord not vallued above [blank] 
P[? ounds] English, which hee must pay [blank] For a fine^. 

The kings attendants. 

The king himseUFe most served and attended by strangers, 
as French, Italians, Germains, etts., som of them of exquisite 
quallities and skill in Architecture, painting, Musicke, en- 
genious worcks, etts., as all his guard. Of all which I saw and 
heard somwhatt, viz., Musicke, voices, pictures, buildings^ 
statues, gardens, etts.^ 

Gardens. 

In his gardeins wear other gardeins undergroimd, viz.y a 
greatt vault or pitt like a Seller, lo or 12 Foote deepe, aboutt 
40 long and 20 broad, in Winter covered over with boards , 
thatt with straw, and the straw covered with dimg againe. 
Soe thatt in Middle Winter itt Causeth underneath such 
warmth thatt herbes and Flowers, some Sort of them, spring 
and Flourish as in Summer^. 

Cranes. 

Here [Warsaw] were certaine greatt Foule of an ashe 
couUor, called here Cranes and in India Saros, For those 
which in Spain ar called Ciguenhas and the English call 
Cranes (which I conceave to bee the Rightt, beeing a greatt 
white fowle with blacke wings) are hier named Adebares*. 

^ See antCf p. 183 and note. See also Le Laboureur, Relation du Voyage 
&c., pp. 106-107. 

^ Vladislaus IV was a great admirer of Italian literature and civilisa- 
tion. In 1633 he called an excellent company of Italian singers and 
actors to his court, for whom a theatre was built in 1637 in the Warsaw 
Royal Palace. See Windakiewicz, U Opera italien a la cour de Ladislas IV. 
In the i6th and 17th centuries, artists, painters and sculptors, generally 
of Italian origin, often passed from Poland to the Imperial Court and 
vice versa {ibid.). See also Loschin, Danzig y i. 379-395. 

* No reference has been found to these subterranean gardens. 

* For Saras and Crane see ante^ p. 149. Ciguefia is Spanish for a 
stork. Adebare (Ardea ciconiay Ger. Storch) is not a Polish word, but 
was borrowed from the German Adebdr. The modem Polish word for 
stork is bocian. See Grimm, s.v. Adebar; Schiller und Liibben, Mittel- 
rdederd. Worterbuch, 



1643] TO WARSOW IN POLAND 203 

In this garden were albo other strange foule. Among the rest 
a Couple presented unto the king by the Tartarian Em- 
bassador^ (here att presentt), like imto duckes, allthough 
much bigger and of a Red couUour^. 

A strange water worcke. 

The Gardners servauntt shewed mee a house in a garden 
Near the pallace, which by wheele worckes drew water outt 
of a well of it selflFe, which hee gave mee to imderstand after 
this Manner, t;t3r: , among other is one great principall wheele 
unto which are fastned a greatt Number of pottts. This 
wheele, having once Motion given itt, Forceth upp a quantity 
of water through pipes by the helpe of pumpe holes, leathers, 
etts., as I have seene in other water worckes. Of this water, 
part runneth to the pallace and the rest runneth back in to 
the vessells fastned on the greatt wheele, which beeing of a 
greatt compasse, a little waight on the Circumference causeth 
itt to goe aboutt (as wee see in our common cranes where 
I Man will wey upp Near [blank] waight). Having once 
Motion, itt forceth upp Soe much water thatt supplies the 
kings house and itt selff againe to continue the said Motion 
of itt seMFe, Soe thatt if this bee true, as I thinck itt is, Itt 
may bee rightly called a perpetual Motion : the water in the 
well supplyed by his owne springs^. Itt was contrived by 
an Italian^, who dying and the worck comming out of frame, 
there hath bin none since can bee foimd thatt can bring itt 
into order .againe, soe thatt att presentt there must bee 12 
Tartar slaves to supply the worcke which the wheele alone 

^ The reference is to the proceedings of the Polish Commander-in- 
Chief, Stanislaus Koniecpolski against the Zaporazhian Cossacks of the 
Ukrain in 1636 and 1638, when he mercilessly repressed them. This 
would accoimt for presents to Vladislaus IV, King of Poland in Mundy*s 
time and for the presence of many Tartar slaves in Warsaw, as noted 
below. 

* Mr W. L. Sclater informs me that Mundy*s red duck is probably 
the Tadoma casarcay Ruddy Sheld-duck (Shell-duck, Shiel-duck, Shield- 
duck), the feminine of Sheldrake. 

' Mundy is describing what is known in India as the " Persian Wheel ** 
(rahat)y in this case driven by water machinery supplied by itself. In 
India, Persia and Mesopotamia it is driven by a bullock. Such wheels 
are still common in Italy and Portugal. 

* This engineer has not been identified. 



204 A JOURNEY FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

performed of itt selfFe. (This is to bee farther examined.) 
There are many other Tartar slaves aboutt the pailace im- 
ployed in drudgery, in Chaines aboutt their legges^. 

Another [garden]. 

In another garden was another device Intended and beegun 
by an Italian allsoe, butt remajoied unefFectuall, which was 
a hart or dear of wood to run to and Fro perpetually by water 
worck; perhapps after the Nature of the Former. The 
wooden hart with some other devices were there yett to bee 
scene, yett new^. 

Munition-house . 

Near unto the Citty is a New Munition house or Arsenall, 
a building where were greatt store of Armes, Ordnance, 
Morters, etts. Munition^, part taken att Smolensco ^ and from 
thence brought hither: some of them very greadt [sic], espe- 
cially one (I know not if termed a double Cannon), of aboutt 
20 Foote long and aboutt 220 quintally or 26U400 //. [in 
weight], att 120 //. per C, shooting a bullet of 80 //.^ 

Among persons of dignity here att presentt: Imprimis the 
king; then the queene, sister to the Emperor of Germany; 
Prince Cazmeere, the kings brother; [blank], bishop of 
Cracovia [Cracow]^; and of other Noblemen and Ladies a 
greatt Number. 

^ See p. 203, note i. 

^ I have found no reference to this mechanical devicfe nor to the 
engineer who devised it. 

* The arsenal at Warsaw was erected by Etienne Batory, predecessor 
of Sigismund III. From Mundy*s statement, extensive alterations appear 
to have been made to it in 1643. 

* Smolensk was a centre of contention between the Muscovites and 
the Poles for long before Mundy*s day, and in 1634 Vladislaus IV in- 
flicted a serious defeat on the Russian army there. The place was finally 
surrendered to the Russians in 1667. 

* The quintal was a hundredweight of varying dimensions from 100 
to 130 lb. Here Mundy takes it as 120 lb. For Mundy's sign for thousand, 
see antef pp. 69, 161, 166, 169 n. 3. 

® The King was Vladislaus IV (163 2-1 648), and the Queen was his 
first wife, Cecilia Renata of Austria, sister of the Emperor Ferdinand III. 
She was married in 1637 and died in 1644. John Casimir, a Cardinal, 
succeeded his brother Vladislaus IV in 1648, having been released from 
his Cardinars vows. The Bishop of Cracow in 1643, whose name Mundy 



1643] TO WARSAW IN POLAND 205 

Praage, a Village [Praga]. 

On the other side of the Wissell [Weichsel] over against 
the Citty lies a village called Praag^, from whence Warsaw 
hath a faire prospect, itt standing on high ground Close by 
the River, The kings house. Churches, Coneetspoleskees^, 
and the Rahthouse [Ger. Rathatis] kings garden beautifying 
itt much. 

Our retume back from Warsaw to Dantzigk. 

Aprill the first 1643. I and other good Freines [sic] tooke 
passage on a Cane [Ger. Kahtiy 2l boat] to com downe by 
water, and wee proceeded from place to place as FoUoweth, 
rowing downe with the streame — 

From Warsow to Plottskee [Plock]^ M. 60 

From thence [Warsaw] to the River Bugge [Bug] M. 16 

From thence to Sacrocheene [Zakroczyn] M. 8 

From thence to Chirkee [Czerwinsk] M. i 

From thence to another Plotskee [Plock, pron. Plotsk] M. 7 

had forgotten, was Peter Czembicki. See Howe, Thousand Years of 
Russian History , p. 391; Gams, Series Episcoporum &c. 

^ Praga, on the right bank of the Vistula. 

2 By " Coneetspoleskees " Mundy means Koniecpolski. The Palace of 
Stanislas Koniecpolski, Castellan of Cracow, Polish Commander-in-chief, 
was near the present University in the Cracow Faubourg. I am indebted 
to Mr Leonard C. Wharton for this identification. 

' Mundy has made a muddle of his journey here. He starts by saying 
that "From Warsow to Plottskee [Plock]" is 60 miles by river, and he 
then gives the detail by the R. Bugge (Bug), Sacrocheene (Zakroczyn), 
Chirkee (Czerwinsk), to " another Plotskee " and he makes all these places 
to be beyond Plock and not on the way thither. And then, in order to 
get his main mileage right, he much imderrates the distances between 
these intermediate places. The real names and distances of the places 
he mentions between Warsaw and Danzig are as follows : 

Miles Miles 

Warsaw to the R. Bug 20 Thorn to Fordon (Fordonek) 25 
R. Bug to Zakroczyn 5 Fordon to Kulm (Chelmno) 20 

Zakroczyn to Czerwinsk 10 Kulm to Schwetz (Swiesde) 2 
Czerwinsk to Plock 30 Schwetz to Graudenz 15 

Plock to Vloclawek 30 Graudenz to Neuenburg 10 

Vloclawek to Bobrowniki 12 Neuenburg to Mewe 15 

Bobrowniki to Mieszawa 5 Mewe to Dirschau 20 

Mieszawa to Thorn 20 Dirschau to Palschau 6 

J^2 Palschau to Danzig by road 15 

128 
Total from Warsaw to Danzig 260 miles. 



206 FROM THORN TO DANZIG [REL. XXXV 

From thence to Vladislavia [Vloclawek] M. 7 

From thence to Bobubbemeekee [Bobrowniki] M. 12 

From thence to Measava [Mieszawa] M. 4 

From thence to Thorunia [Thorn] M. 24 

From Warsaw to Thorunia by water M. 139 

From Thorunia to Dantzigk M. 133 

From Warsow to Dantzigk M. 272 

From Thorunia to Fourdalee [Fordon, Fordonek] 
From thence to Culme [Kulm, Chelmno] 
From thence to Suetsee [Schwetz or Swiescie] 
From thence. to Grawdinsh [Graudenz] 
From thence to Newenburg [Neuenburg] 
From thence to Meve [Mewe] 
From thence to Darshaw [Dirschau] 
From thence to Polishaw [Palschau] 
From thence by land to Dantzigk 

From Thorunia to Dantzigk M. 113 

[«^> 133] 
Dantzigk. 

Beetweene Warsow and Plotskee [Plock] wee were 6 daies 
on the way, sometymes aground, sometymes lying still the 
day tyme, butt every night withoutt faile. Bugge [Bug] is a 
River on the Right hand with a ruined Castle by itt^. A little 
beefore wee came to Sacrocheene [Zakroczyn] was such 
broken ground as by Dholpore in India^. Beetweene Chirkee 
[Czerwinsk] and [blank] lies Charwa Castle^. Brotslavia or 
Vladislavia [Vloclawek] a pretty towne and a bishoppes see*. 

^ Perhaps Novy-Dvor on the Bug, near its junction with the Weichsel 
or, more probably, the old Modlin where now stands the fort of Nowo- 
georgijewsk. 

* See vol. II. pp. 63, 86, 89, where Mundy was much impressed with 
the broken ground round Dholpur. 

* Possibly a castle guarding the Skrwa river. 

* Vladislavia (Wladislaw, Wloclawek, Wlozlawek, now Vlotslav) in 
Great Poland, on the left bank of the Weichsel (Vistula), was the former 
capital of the Province of Cujavia and the seat of a bishopric under the 
Archbishop of Gnesen. See Ferrarius, Lexicon Geog. Baudrand, s,v, 
Vladislavia. 



M. 


24 


M. 


12 


M. 


2 


M. 


16 


M. 


18 


M. 


10 


M. 


28 


M. 


10 


M. 


13 



1643] FROM THORN TO DANZIG 207 

At Fourdalee [Fordon, Fordonek], wee paid Custom^. Not 
farre hence mimes in a River [Brahe] or Creeke to Bramberge 
[Bromberg], whence commeth good Polish white beere of 
wheat Mait^. Culme [Kuhn], a towne near the River, said 
in old t)niie to bee the English staple^. Suetsee [Schwetz, 
Swiescie], a towne with a faire Castle, som whatt ruinated*. 
Hereaboutts the Wissell [Weichsel] very Narrow butt deepe. 
On this side Growdins [Graudenz], towards Dantzigk, is 
much Inhabited by hoUandish bowers [Bauer ^ peasant] who 
Made good land of the Marish and low ground lying Near 
the River by dammes, ditches, etts., in which thatt Nation 
is much exercised and expert^. 

Marien Warder [Marienwerder] lies an English Mile From 
the River. Hereaboutts runnes a branch of the Wissell to 
Marienburg, called Noga [Nogat]^. Meve [Mewe], a smalle 
Citty close on the River. Darshaw [Dirschau, Darschau], 
another fine little dtty to sight, allsoe on the River. Polshaw 
[Palschau], a Crooh [inn] and a Ferry over the River. 

Dantzigke : An odde voyage. 

From hence wee came to Dantzigk by land, itt beeing the 
13th of Aprill, soe thatt wee were 13 dales on the way, making 

^ The old frontier between Poland and Prussia, "Fourdalee" re- 
presents Fordon, a name at this point on each side the Weichsel, with 
Fordonek between them. 

^ Bromberg is still in Posen, then under Poland. 

' The year of the foimdation of the English Staple or Warehouse 
(Packhaus) in Kulm can no longer be definitely traced, but it may be 
certainly assumed to be somewhat older than the one at Danzig, and 
probably not later than 1400, when Kulm itself was already on the 
decline. The New English Warehouse in that town eventually became 
the existing Hdtel de Rome. See Schultz, Geschichte der Stadt und des 
Kreises Kulm, pp. 168-172. 

* The "faire Castle" at Schwetz was fortified by Swantspolk, Duke 
of Pomerania c. 1239 and further strengthened against the attacks of the 
Teutonic Knights in 1243. See Schultz, op, cit, pp. 58, 76. 

The Tiefbett, deep bed, of the Weichsel above Zantir, where the Nogat 
branches off from it, formed the boundary of the lands of the Duke of 
Pomerania and those of the Knights of the Teutonic Order by the 
Arbitration of 1247 (flnd, pp. 76, 89, 130). 

' The land here lies below river level and is still protected from 
inimdation by embankments. 

* Mundy has made a mistake. Marienwerder is on the Liebe and Marien- 
burg on the Nogat (see ante, p. 196): the two towns are not far apart. 



2o8 dantzigk: some accidents etts. there [rel. xxxy 

our reckning att first itt would nott bee above 4 or 5, and 
thatt wee should have had a short passage downe the streame^ 
butt wee were deceaved, beeing Not acquainted with such 
kind of seamen, For this is another Manner of voyaging. 

Danger on the Wissell. 

They had som reason for their delay, vtz.^ much wind> 
cold hard weather. Divers canes [Kahn^ boat] were said to 
bee Simcke aboutt thatt tyme comming downe. They are 
commonly laden within 6 or 8 inches of the brymme, soe 
thatt if they com agroimd and thatt itt a little overblow, they 
endaunger loosing cane and come (the people not in soe 
great hazard), therfore are wary and tedious in their passage. 

Pilot boates. 

They have allwaies a very little narrow boate, or trough 
rather, wherin one thatt is nott accustomed would hardly 
adventure to Sitt in, worse to stand upp in. These little 
pilatt boates, with one man in them, are sentt a pretty [con- 
siderable] distance before, who with one oare paddles his 
boat forth as those thatt [? go] downe the River From the 
Country to Bayon in France^. I say these sound the depth with 
their paddle as they goe forth, and [with] their said paddle 
Make a signe to the Cane, weaving [waving] them to the 
Rightt or left hand, etts., whichever followes the little prow^. 

Hard cold wether 8 daies after Easter. 

Att our arrivall att Dantzigk, beeing the f^th Aprill, was 
such a hard Frost that some of our hollandish guests wentt 
over the Ice on the Motlaw with shrittshooes^ by the Citty 
where shipps use to lye. 

Grave Wolmars triumphantt entertaynement att 
Dantzigke, outward bound. 

Anno 1644 came Grave [Grev] Wolmaer, one of the king 
of Denmarckes naturall Sonnes by Fraw Christina, who was 

^ Mundy was in Bayonne in 1610 and 1625. See Vol. i. pp. 13, 138. 
* M-aiay prdhu, prdUy a canoe. See Vol. 11. p. 373 note i. 
' Ger. Schlittschuhet skates. 



1643/4] DANTZIGK : SOME ACCIDENTS ETTS. THERE 209 

not his lawful! wifFe, butt one of those whome hee married 
giving his left hand (as they say). The said Fraw Christina 
was lately banished For entending to poyson the king, who 
tooke in to her roome [in her place] the waiting gentlewoman 
thatt discovered itt^. 

The said grave or Earle was traveilling towards the Citty 
of Mosko, there to espouse the greatt Duke (of Moscovia) 
his daughter. Here hee held the estate of a prince and was 
accordingly entertejoied by this Citty by visitts, banketts, 
presentts, etts.^ Most of his attendantts, guard, tnmipetters, 
Followers, officers, apparrelled in red; beeing part of the 
cloath which his Father seized on att Gluckstadt by Hambro 
[Hamburg] in an English shippe. For which hee after made 
satisfaction by another shippe of his which came From India, 
which was mett withall in the Channell and brought in to 
Portsmouth^. 

Sleightt wellcome backe. 

The next year the Grave came backe to this place againe 
withoutt any thing att all effected in thatt Matter, And with 
very little or no Notice att all taken of his beeing here, having 
his residence withoutt the Citty, where some t)niie hee 
privately came and harboured himselffe in some privat Inne. 
Some say the Matche was broken through the Instigation of 

^ Christina Monk (Kirsten Munch) was the morganatic wife of 
Christian IV of Denmark. Her downfall is variously attributed to her 
own intrigues and to the King's passion for Vibeke Kruse, her attendant. 
For original documents relating to her supposed use of a " white powder" 
and for the Interrogatory conducted by Christian IV in person see 
Suhm, Nye Samlinger etc. Bd. i. pp. 98-102. See also Liisberg, 
Christian IV, pp. 255, 369-382, 403* 

^ Mikhail Romanov, Czar of Russia, proposed a marriage between his 
daughter and Christian IV*s son in 1643. Accordingly, Grev Waldemar 
was splendidly equipped, in spite of the emptiness of the royal coffers, 
and sent to the Russian Court. See Liisberg, op, cit. p. 432. 

^ For an allusion to the seizure of cloth from English merchants, see 
Cal. S. P. Dom. Chas. I, 1644, p. 196. The "satisfaction" noted by 
Mimdy was, in reality, retaliation, for the Golden Sun, a Danish E. I. 
ship was captured by the English Vice- Admiral in July 1644 and sent 
under convoy to Portsmouth, so that if it were thought fit to seek redress 
for " the losses and miseries received from the King of Denmark by our 
English merchants, this opportunity will not be omitted" (Cal. S. P. 
Dom., Chas. I, 1644, p. 356). 

P M 14 



210 DANTZIGK: some accidents ETTS. there [REL. XXXV 

the Swede, uppon Jealousies of some Invasion or new warre 
thatt might happen beetweene him and the Moscovite through 
this Matche. Other say it was Frustrated through InfForma- 
tion given the greatt Duke of his lUigitimate [morganatic] 
birth. Soe it was thatt the marriage was nott only annulled, 
but hee himselff allsoe conffined and detejoied in the Country, 
Soe thatt with much adoe and greatt danger of his liffe hee 
escaped From thence^. Soe thatt you may perceave by this 
example off the Father and the Sonne, thatt Princes and 
greatt men are many tymes Subject to troubles, dangers and 
disgrace as well as those of Inferiour degree. 

Madamme de Nevers, queene of Poland ; her 
wellcom to Dantzigke. 

Anno J^ the loth February came Madamme de Nevers, 
a great lady of Fraunce to bee married to the king of Poland, 
to whome shee was allready espoused by deputy 2. The Citty 
shewed her affection, liberality, art and strength (in which 
shee is enfferiour to Few others) in honnouring their pro- 
tector king and wellcomming his espoused queene with costly 
and Magnificent banquetts, presentts, sundry triimiphantt 
Arches, especially one by the Raht house or Councell house 
which cost alone above 20U000 Florines (is about 5000 It. 
sterling)^, allsoe artificiall dances, as the kersners [Ger. 

^ The proposed alliance with the Russian Princess was broken off, to 
Christian IV's great disappointment, probably on account of the warlike 
activities of Sweden in 1643, reports of which reached Moscow at the 
same time as Grev Waldemar Christian. After many difficulties, he 
returned home in 1645, and took service under the Emperor. Liisberg, 
op, cit, p. 491, note 2. 

* Cardinal Mazarin, wishing to detach Vladislaus IV from the Austrian 
Alliance, offered Marie Louise (Maria Ludovika Gonzaga) daughter of 
the Duke of Nevers to him as a second wife, his first wife having died 
in 1644. The dowry of Marie Louise was 800,000 livres. She was 
married by proxy (Count Gerard Douhoff, Palatine of Pomerania) at 
Fontainebleau on the 26th Sept. 1645 and left Paris on the following day 
for Poland. The date given by Mundy, 10 Feb. 1645/6, refers to the 
arrival of the Queen and her train at the Abbey of Oliva outside Danzig, 
where she slept that night. The following day Prince Charles, brother 
of the King, went to meet her there and she then made her official 
entrance into the city. See Bain, Slavonic Europe, pp. 199, 207: Le 
Laboureur, Relation d*un Voyage, pp. 2-3, 136-138, 140. 

* By " Florines," Mundy seems to mean dollars worth 5s. each. 



1^45/6] DANTZIGK : SOME ACCIDENTS ETTS. THERE 211 

Kiirschner] or Furriers and Marriners, costly and artificiall 
Fireworckes, the Citty Souldiers, burgers and strangers in 
armes (both within and withoutt the Citty) in their acoutre- 
ments; in all aboutt 70 ensign[s, companies of] horse and 
Foote. And lastly, in this t)niie of generall rejoycing, Pro- 
clamations, etts. orders For preventing tumults. Fire, etts.^ 
Shee stayed aboutt 10 dales and then proceeded towards 
Warsow^. Of her receaving in to the Citty, entertaynement 
and conducting Forth, there is a booke printed^, and another 
yet unfinished, to decipher all by prints or Copper-peeces 
[plates]*. The king and queenes effigies or pictures are on 
the other side^. hee then aboutt 50 and she 37 yeares of Age. 

An engenious device. 

The other print is of an Invention made by Weeb Adam, 
a citty Ingenier, to convey earth over the citty ditch From 

^ Le Laboureur, who gives a detailed account of the royal progress 
and the ceremonies that accompanied it, describes two triumphal arches 
in the middle of the main street, one of which was supported by Atlas 
and Hercules in the form of a rainbow, while beneath was a framed 
picture of the city of Danzig illuminated by the rising sun and surrounded 
with appropriate verses, pictures and emblems. Inside the statues of 
Hercules and Atlas were living men who shouted, as the royal couple 
passed, " Vivat Rex; Regina Vivat." 

The second arch was larger, higher and still more magnificent. It was 
decorated with the effigies of the most famous kings of Poland, surmounted 
by a crowned queen, &c. 

Le Laboureur also describes a ballet of the **menues gens de la ville,** 
with lighted paper lanterns, that took place after a feast on the 12th 
February. Three days later a comedy was performed; and on the i6th 
February there was an elaborate display of fireworks. On the 19th Feb. 
the Queen visited the Arsenal and saw the mechanical figures described 
by Mundy, antey p. 171 . See Le Laboureur, op. cit. pp. 173-174, 1 51-167. 

* The King and Queen left Danzig on the 21st February 1645/6 
{Le Laboureur, p. 173). 

* The book referred to must be Adam Joseph Martini's Kiirtze Be- 
schreihung und Entwurff alles dessen was bey der...Princessin...Ludovicae 
Mariae Gonzagae...Kdniglicher Mayst: zu Polenund Schtveden,.,,Gespons 
geschehenen Einzuge in die...Stadt Dantzig^ sich denckwurdiges begeben 
und zugetragen. Dantzig, 1646. 

* The unfinished book is evidently the description of the festivities, 
which the Council of Danzig ordered to be printed, and adorned with 
engravings on copper of the triumphal arches and " spectacula," in the 
Dutch manner. See Ldschin, i. 410-11, also Preface to Martini {supra, 
note 3). 

* The pictures of Vladislaus IV and his Queen are not now to be found 
in Mundy 's MS. 

14-2 



a 12 DANTZIGK: some accidents ETTS. there [REL. XXXV 

Bishoppsberg^, a hill very Near the Citty (of which there 
are Many), to the wall therof to make it higher, itt being 
aboutt 150 Fathom or 900 Feete over 2, and hath aboutt 200 
basketts and bucketts Fastned and hanguing on hawsers, 
having only the helpe of 2 horses to draw itt aboutt, with 
some labourers to Fill and empty the basketts, et[ts]. The 
hill is much higher then the wall Soe thatt the waightt of 
the full basketts helpe themselves over as the empty ones 
backe againe, going continually round. The same Man is 
(by some) said to have Made the perpetuall water worcke at 
Warsovia in the kings gardein, Mentioned in the afforegoing 
FoUo«. 

English tumblers. 

Anno 1646 and 47 came hither and [sic] English timibler, 
who, with aboutt a Foote advauntage, would leape cleare 
over 8, sometimes 9, 10 or More tall Men standing upright 
one before another, making one turne in the aire, allsoe over 
sundry paires of swords, viz. 6 or 7 paire a good distance 
one from another, over a paire of partisans* and through a 
hoope held uppe as high as 2 men could hold, and the like» 
allso dance on a rope in heavy compleat armour, the like 
yett Never scene to bee performed by any, as by the Figure 
hereby^. In my opinion the sodaine contracting of his body 
in the aire is an occasion of higher, Farther and quicker 
shooting Forth. 

In the Interim of my beeing here att Dantzigk I went to 
Braunsberge^, a smalle Citty aboutt 16 miles beeyond Elbing, 

^ Bischofsberg, a hill to the W. of Danzig. 

* No mention has been found of Weeb Adam or of his contrivance, 
which is similar to that described on p. 203. 

Many attempts to lessen the vulnerability of Danzig from the hills 
in its neighbourhood were made in the 17th century, and in 1627 a re- 
doubt was constructed on the Bischofsberg. It may be to this that Mundy 
refers. See Loschin, i. 350-352; Duisburg, pp. 331-333. 

* See antCf p. 203. 

* ** Partisan" is defined in the O.E.D. as a military weapon used by 
footmen in the i6th and 17th centuries, consisting of a long-handled 
spear, the blade having one or more lateral cutting projections, variously 
shaped, so as sometimes to pass into the gisarme and the halberd. 

* The figure is missing from Mundy *s MS., and I have found no 
mention of this particular acrobat. * See antey p. 105. 



1645/6] dantzigk: some accidents etts. there 213 

where att Shrovetide is a running att tilt, not in such courtly 
Manner as wee read in former tymes to bee performed by 
lords and knights, for this was don by labourers and country- 
men in a* course and rusticke fashion. Soe went thither on 
the Ice, it beeing acted somwhatt after the Following Manner. 

Running att tilt after a Rustick Manner. 

First, those thatt are appointed to run were armed in the 
towne house or YimckerhofFe [Junkerhof], their armour 
beeing very old and after an antique fashion, in my judge- 
ment not lesse then f C: waight, the stemme on the heele 
of their spurres Nere i spanne long, they beeing led backe- 
wards downe the staires beetweene 2 others. For they could 
not well com downe forward by reason of their long heeles, 
their lances beeing long bigge rough poles with greatt wodden 
knobbes at the ends : their horses none of the best, withoutt 
Saddle or stirrupps. 

Att the sound of trumpetts they sett forth, their horses 
pricked or spurred on, butt Most commonly beaten forward 
by the standers by till they come Near, when every one aimes 
at his fellow, whome if hee hitt hee surely comes to groimd, 
sometymes both. Yea, somet)niies one or both fall from their 
horses withoutt once toutching either the other att all, only 
with ayming and bending their bodies with an eameist intent 
to hitt, butt missing their stroke, the waightt of their armour 
and poles brings them many tymes to groimd, for if they 
sway butt somwhatt on the one side and bee once going, they 
can hardly recover themselves, butt downe they Must. The 
falls they gett, especially beeing thrust downe, are most 
Churlish [heavy] and seemingly daungerous, sometymes 
throwne over the horse taile backwards, falling on head and 
shoulders with such a ratling and Clashing of their heavy 
armour that one would thincke they had broken their Necks 
or some of their bones att least. Butt they receave butt little 
hurt, For their armour is so lyned, buckled and Fastned on 
to another and their head peeces came down and bore and 
rested on the other armour on their shoulders thatt, allthough 
they shold fall on their heads or beetweene head and shoulders 



214 DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

as commonly they did, they tooke Noe greatt hurt, butt 
beeing soe downe were taken uppe againe, their bever^ opened 
thatt they Mightt take breathe and soe holpen on horsebacke 
againe. This was performed sundry tymes by sundiy couples 
with great labour and eamestnesse of the Actors and as 
greatt delightt and laughter of the Spectators. They say the 
towne holds certaine privilidges by performing this Service 
yearly, which otherwise they shold lose. 

The Champions have for their good endeavours in this 
service a barrill or two of strong beere allowed amongst them 
with which, their quarrells at an end, then goe these knight 
errand [errant] to visitt the ladies in the yunkerhofFe, znz.y 
burgers daughters, etts. townesmaides, with whome they 
dance to the Musick. Every stranger thatt would come in 
must give aboutt 8d., so is admitted and may stay as long as 
hee please and drinck as much as hee will, as allsoe dance 
with the Maides if hee have skill, for the said Mony. This 
lasteth som houres, which giveth an end to this triumph or 
mocke turniamentt; howsoever, good plaine Mirth enough. 

After all this merriment, a word or 2 in earnest more yet 
concerning this place and these parts wherin I have live[d] 
soe long and of which I have writt soe much. 

This Citty [Danzig] exceeds (i) in trafRcke, (2) plenty, 
(3) voluptuousnesse, (4) pride, (5) arts. 

(i) For trafficke : wittnesse Near 200 (J 000 tonnes of Corne^, 
besides other commodities brought yearly downe outt of 
Poland hither and From hence transported, which hath and 
doth Merveillously inritche the Inhabitantts. 

(2) For Plenty : see their Marketts how they abound with 
Flesh, Fish, Chace, WildfFoule, Fruits, herbes, rootes, etts., 
such store, such variety and Soe Cheape as it exceeds all 
other places that I have yet scene. 

(3) Their voluptuousnesse: Manifested in their banketts, 
Meales, which not only abounds, butt allsoe in their long 
Sittings, especially att Weddings, which is commonly 5, 6 

^ Mundy is using the obsolete term '* beaver " as indicating a visor rather 
than in the restricted meaning of the lower portion of the faceguard of 
a helmet. ^ See antey note 3 on p. 182. 



1646] ACCIDENTS AND PERTICULARITIES OF IT 21 S 

and 7 houres att a dinner^, their drincking answearable by 
Men2. This within the Citty. 

Their Winter and Summer walkes without the Citty by 
greatt and smalle, to Heiligbrun or Holywell, Suppott, 
Templeburg etts.® [and other] places adjojming, where the 
resort is great and expence immoderate, especially in lacks- 
fome (troutts)^, krebs (kray fish)^, etts. rarities ; not withoutt 
Musicke, wyne and beare and dancing in every comer. 

(4) Their pride: cheifly in their Apparrell, not to bee 
parallelled, especially by the yonger Sort (and of them the 
Female Sex) in Costly Furres, Sables, etts., sattins, silkes, 
ritche stuffes, Jewells, chaines, rings of gold and pretious 
stones on their bodies. Necks, armes and Fingers. 

Allsoe their stately buildings, adorned and furnished within 
with curious and costly household stufFe, paintings, seelings, 
etts. These with the former may lawfully [be] used with 
Moderation and commendable, butt here is only Ment the 
excesse and abuse. 

(5) And lastly. For arts and Sciences: their artificiall 
Clocke tower and Chimes the best I have yett scene ^; the 
Foimtaine before the YonkerhofFe'^, Organs and Musicall 
Instrumentts®, in which they exceed (Musick not soe generall 
in use in No part that I know) ; their buildings and furniture. 
Curious arts, as painting. Carving, dialljoig, with all other 
Necessarie handicraffs Not wanting. But More especially in 
one perticuler speculation or observation, whither commend- 
able or No I leave it to censure [adjudication] which is 
this. 

^ Bargrave, who was present at "a wedding of one of the Burgho- 
maister's daughters" at Danzig in 1652 (MS. Ratvl. C. 799, fol. 77), 
says that " Theyr Wedding Dinner usually lasts from Noon till late in 
the Evening." 

* Mundy seems to mean that they drank in proportion to the leAgth 
of the meal. 

^ Heiligenbrunn, a northern suburb of Danzig. Suppot is Zoppot, 
a watering place on Danzig Bay. Tempelburg is in the hills to the west 
of Danzig. 

* Ger. Lachsforelleitf salmon-trout. 

* Ger. Krebse, cray-fish. • See onfe, p. 184. 

' See ante, p. 184. * See antef pp. 169, i86. 



2l6 DANTZI6K [REL. XXXV 

A metaphisicall discourse. 

Nicholas Copernicus, who lived about loo [years] since, 
was this Countryman, borne att Thonmia in Prussia, after- 
ward Thumbherr [Ger. Domherr] or Channon in the Church 
att Frawenburge^ beetweene Elbing and Brownesberg, did 
undertake to proove by demonstration and strong reasons 
(yet not to mainetaine for an absolute truth) that the Sunne 
stood still, and thatt the earth as a planet with the rest of the 
plannetts went round about it, making it evidently appear 
thatt all Astronomicall conclusions are farre sooner and easier 
to bee broughtt to passe this way then the other, and thatt 
it stands better with humaine reason. This opinion is butt 
revived by him. For it was old among the ancientts, butt his 
coimtriemen now adaies hold it not only for a supposition 
butt an imdoubted truth, as Linemanus, EuchstadiuSy 
Hevelkius^, etts. Astronomers [and] Mathematicians. 

Att my beeing here Herr Joh: Hevelkee above Mentioned 
sett out a large booke of his owne Making (in folio) concerning 
the Opticks®, butt cheifF[ly] whatt hee observed with pro- 
spective glasse in the Sunne, Moone and starres, viz., in the 
® certaine Spotts, which allthough bright, yett of a darker 
colour, easilie to bee distinguished, and thatt they keepe noe 
certaine Motion ; Thatt aboutt Saturn and Jupiter are other 
starres or planetts, which regard the said h and y. for their 
center as other planetts do the Sunne, thatt Venus encreases 
and decreases as the ([ allthough in another proportion of 
tyme, and the sight of many other starres in the heavens 
impossible to bee discerned with humaine eies withoutt helpe 
of the said truncke spectacles or prospective glasses*. 

^ Nicolaus Copernicus (Koppernigk, Zepernich), 1473-1543, bom at 
Thorn, canon of Frauenburg Cathedral, 1497. 

* "Linemanus" is Albert Linemann, bom 1603, died at Konigsberg 
in 1653. 

" Euchstadius " is L. Eichstadt, 1596-1660. 

"Hevelkius" is Johann Hevelius (Hevel, Hovelke), a celebrated 
German astronomer and mathematician, bom at Danzig 28 Jan. 161 1, 
died 28 Jan. 1687. 

' The title of Hevel's book is Selenographia sive Lunae description etc. 
It was published at Danzig in 1647. 

* Trunk-glass, trunk-spectacle, prospective-trunk, were 17th century- 
terms denoting a telescope. 



1646/7] ACCIDENTS AND PERTICULARITIES OF IT 217 

Mappes of the Moone. 

And of the C hee hath Made above 30 large mappes, 
prints, or Copper peeces [plates] of the Manner of every 
daies encrease and decrease, deciphering in her land and sea, 
Mountaines, valleies. Hands, lakes, etts., making it another 
little world, giving Names to every part, as wee in a mappe 
of our world. This is allsoe None of his owne Invention, 
butt noted long Since, butt not brought to effect soe exactly 
and plaine to demonstration. It was vallued ioj|)J^^^: 
is aboutt 45s. sterling. 

Opinions : Etemitie and unmeasurablenesse imdeniable, 
containing tyme and proportions. 

Another little booke allsoe was newly sett forth at My 
beeing there by One Abraham Franckenberge, dedicated to 
the burgermeisters, etts. lords of the Councell of Dantzigke^, 
wherin hee brings Authors to mayneteyne thatt nott only the 
Moone is another world butt allsoe the starres, and thatt Not 
only those wee see, butt allsoe infinite others outt off the 
reach of our sight, and one serving the other wonderfully; 
as the Moone serves us, soe doeth our world serve thatt for 
a Moone; thatt the Eather or ayre is unmeasurable and 
boundlesse and infinite, still standing Sunnes which have 
lightt in themselves and enlighten others, as allso infinite 
other darcke bodies enlightned by another, Mooving aboutt 
another center or turning about their owne. His cheifest 
allegations are outt of Jordanus Brune, an Italian, who wrote 
a booke, De Immenso & Innumirabilibus : unmeasurable- 
nesse Innumerablenesse. Itt must bee no small booke for hee 

^ This sign represents Spanish dollars or pieces of eight, worth, as 
Mundy says, about 4s. 2d. 

^ Abraham von Franckenberg, 1 593-1652, a native of Ludwigsdorff, 
is noticed in the Biographie Umverselle. He was a German alchemist 
who retired to Danzig on account of his disputes with the clergy on 
questions regarding the Eucharist. At Danzig he was associated with 
Johann Hevel mentioned above. The work alluded to by Mundy, pub- 
lished c. 1644, has not been identified. For a further reference to 
Franckenberg and his writings and a note on the volume in question, 
see infra, Appendix IV. 



21 8 DANTZIGK : A VOYAGE FROM THENCE [REL. XXXV 

quotes Fol. 600 and odde^. This is allsoe no New opinion. 
For itt hath bin mayneteyned off old by the ancientt Philo- 
sophers, as Anaximander^ and others, and cannot bee dis- 
prooved by discourse. 

A proportion betweene finite and finite but beetweene 
finite and Infinite No proportion att all. 

For let a Man only radotinate this one p[roposition] : 
Thatt as any body, bee it Never soe smalle, by arithmeticke 
may bee brought to bee a certaine part of any other bodie, 
bee it Never soe great, as a sand come to beare a proportion 
to the globe of the whole earth, Soe on the contrary, No 
number of bodies, bee they Never soe great, can fill uppe an 
Infinite Space butt an Infinite number. 

Distance diminishes and brings to Nothing. 

For any bodie, bee it Never soe bright and greatt, by 
distance may bee brought to Nothing, as some of the Fixed 
starres, which by computation are 100 tymes as bigge as the 
whole earth: yett by their great distance seeme to us Nott 
much bigger then a pricke or point. 

In fine. The Lord God is infinite in Mercy, Wisdome, 
Power, etts., unto whome Nothing is impossible and whose 
worckes are past all Mens limitation. Therfore lett us all 
with admiration say with St. Paul, Rom: xi. ver. 33-34: 
O the deepnesse of the Ritches : both of the Wisedom and 
knowledge of God: how unsearchable are his Judgementts 
and his waies past finding outt^; etts: with which etts. [«V], 

^ Giordano Bruno, c. 1 548-1600, an Italian philosopher. The work 
referred to is De Monade Numero et Figura liber, Consequens quinque de 
Minimo Magno & Mensura, Item De Innumerabilibus , Immenso & In- 
figurabilt; sen De Vmverso & Mundis lihri octo, etc. Mundy is right. 
The 1 591 edition of the work contains 655 octavo pages. 

* Anaximander, Ionian philosopher, disciple and successor of Thales, 
610-547 B.C. 

® Dr Kilgour of the British and Foreign Bible Society, to whom I 
referred this text, is of opinion that it is taken from the Great Bible of 
1 540-1 541, though the spelling is slightly different from that particular 
edition, where the passage runs : " O the depnes of y^ ryches : both of 
y* Wysedome and knowladge of God : how unsearchable are hys Judge- 
metes ad his wayes past fynding outt." 



1647] TO FALMOUTH IN ENGLAND 219 

an then thus [«ic], with which I will shutt uppe all further 
dispute of those Matters and prosecute the purpose and 
intent of this booke concerning voyages. 

Having spentt allmost 7 yeares tyme in this place and to 
and Fro, much of it much against my will, yett Neverthelesse 
with an ill will must I leave the place, by reason of the 
troubles in England which were not yett stilled^. However, 
occasiones compelled Mee to leave those parts and retire home. 

A voiag from Dantzigk to England viz: 

Dantzigke roade the f| July Anno 1647. We came from 
Dantzigk aboard the shippe Prophett Daniell of Lubecke, in 
the roade. 

The 20th [July]. Wee sett saile from thence, the wind 
westerly. Wee plyed itt uppe as farre as ReegshoofFt [Rixhoft]. 

The 3 1 dido. Wee bore uppe for Hela and there anchored : 
a smalle fisher towne 5 leagues from Dantzigk. 

The I August, Wee sett saile from Hele and plied to 
wyndward as high as Reegshofft againe. 

The 3 August 1647. Wee bore uppe once More for Hela 
by reason it overblew^. 

The 5 ditto. Wee sett saile from thence. 

The 6 ditto. Wee had a faire wynde and came as farre as 
Bomeholme, an Hand. 

The 7 ditto. The wynde came westerly, soe thatt wee bore 
roome [large, wide] and came and anchored on the east side 
of the Hand before a towne called Nex [Nexo], Here the 
people came aboard of us in smalle yoUes [yawls], with Fish, 
sheepe, hennes, etts., which made Mee calle to Minde 
Pulotimoan^, etts., butt their Jellee Jellees* exceeding these 
yohoUs in smallenesse, lighttnesse and Neatnesse. 

^ The Civil War between Charles I and the Parliament broke out in 
1642) after Mundy*s departure from England, and was still raging when 
he returned to England in 1647. 

« "Overblew," blew a gale. 

• Pulo Tioman, off the East Coast of the Malay Peninsula. See Vol. iii, 
map facing p. 157. 

* A name for a small boat, a canoe. See Vol. in, p. 320, note 5. 



220 DANTZIGK : A VOYAGE FROM THENCE [REL. XXXV 

The gth of August. Wee sett saile from Bomeholme with 
a faire winde, butt at nightt itt proveed [sic] contrary againe. 

The loth August. Itt grew calme, wee beeing beetweene the 
Hand Meeun [Moen] and the land Schone^, both in sightt. 

The nth ditto. Last nightt the winde beegan to blow 
westerly, Soe thatt this Morning wee were beetweene Steden 
and Valsterbaum [Falsterbo], aboutt 2 leagues offe the shore 
from Steden [Stevns-Klint], that side somwhatt high land and 
white Chalky cleeves as on the Coast of England, butt Valster- 
baum on the other side very low land. Aboutt Noone wee 
were against Coppenhaven [Copenhagen, Dan. Kjebenhavn]. 

Floting castles. 

Aboutt a Mile from the shore there by, wee saw 2 Floating 
Castles of the King of Denmarcks, which hee caused to bee 
made to prevent the passage in and out through the Sound 
in the last Invasion of the Swedes; butt they hindred not 
the Hollanders, who came through perforce and Joyned with 
the Swede against him Anno 164b] ^. Over on the other side 
wee saw the land of Shone^ all alongst and divers townes, as 
Mallmuyen [Malmo], etts. 

Uraniburgum [Uranienborg], the habitation of Ticho 
Brache [Tycho Brahe] on Huena [Hven, Hveen], 

Aboutt 3 or 4 of the Clocke wee came Near Wee-en [Hven], 
a little pretty Hand, called by some of us English, Scarlett 
Iland^, aboutt a Mile in length. The late famous Astro- 
[nojmer Ticho Brache had heere his residence, butt for his 

^ By Schone and Shone {infra) y Mundy clearly means the Southern 
District of Sweden, now known as Malmohus. 

^ During the Thirty Years* War, there was a contest in 1643— 1645 
between Denmark and Sweden, after many years of peace. 

^ The name Scarlet Island, applied to Hven by foreigners in the i6th 
and 17th centuries probably arose from the story related by Fynes 
Moryson (i. 127) who was in Denmark in 1593 : "The Danes thinke this 
Hand Wheen to be of such importance, as they have an idle fable, that 
a King of England should offer for the possession of it, as much scarlet 
cloth as would cover the same with a Rose-noble at the corner of each 
cloth." Dr Dreyer (Tycho BrahCy p. 89 and note) says that Tycho Brahe 
himself mentions the name Insula Scarlatina as applied to the island. 
Dr Dreyer further states that the story given by Moryson also occurs in 
P. D. Huetii Commentarius de Rebus ad eum perttnentibuSy pub. 17 18. 



1647] TO FALMOUTH IN ENGLAND . 221 

• 

Judiciall Astrologie was banished'by the king^. That evening 
wee anchored before Elsenore [Helsingor] or the Soimd. 

The 12th of August 1647. Wee rode still and cleared our 
shippe. 

The 1 2th [August], Wee sett saile beetymes. In the 
Morning wee were thwart of old Cole and new Col [Kulla]^, 
2 head lands, the one Ijdng 2 or 3 leagues withoutt the other. 
Att old CoUe, the hithermost, all strangers thatt com by itt 
and Never saw it before must pay Somthing to bee spentt 
in wyne or beere, etts., as they please^. 

Wee came outt of the Sound with Many other shippes, 
wherof 5 of our Consort shipps, viz., the [blank], Master 
Bromwell*, English, and a smale Yarmouth Man, a Swedish 
shippe, one J English, ^ Danes, and ourselves, a Lubecker, 
ours beeing the best sayler amongst them: a great comffort 
at Sea. 

The i^th August. Wee plied to and Fro and had sightt of 
the Coast of Norway^. 

The i^th {August], Wee came Near the Hand Anout 
[Anholt] and thatt nightt past by it. 

The 16th [August]. Aboutt Noone Near the Hand Lesou 
[Lceso], and thatt evening Near Schagen [Skagen]. 

The ly th [August], Last nightt and to day beecalmed soe 

^ Tycho Brahe, 1 546-1 601, the celebrated Danish astronomer, re- 
ceived the gift of the island Hven in the Sound from Frederick II of 
Denmark in 1576, and established there the observatory of Uranienborg. 
He fell out with Christian IV and left Hven in 1597, and after wandering 
about Germany, died at Prague in 1601. See Wunderer's remarks (pp. 
174-175) on Uranienborg Castle and its contents. Speed, op, cit,^ p. 30, 
says that Tycho Brahe was "memorable for his artificiall Towre on fiie 
He of Fimera." See also Moryson*s description (i. 125) of the "Hand 
Wheen" and his remarks on "Tugo Brahe." Mr Letts tells me that the 
Bodleian possesses a copy of Tycho Brahe's Astronomiee instauratee 
mechamca printed at his press there, which contains an interesting illus- 
tration of the observatory at Uranienborg. See Bod, Quarterly Record, 
1919, Vol. II, No. 22, p. 238. 

^ See ante, p. 84 note 2. In Speed's map of "The Kingdome of 
Denmarke" (between pp. 29 and 30 of his Prospect of the Most Famous 
Parts of the World) "Col" is marked on the Swedish coast, on the N.E. 
extremity of the " Sont." ' This is paying for their footing. 

* I have failed to identify this individual. 

* Lieut.-Comr. G. T. Temple observes that from this position the 
coast referred to must have been Sweden, not Norway. 



222 . DANTZIGK : A VOYAGE FROM THENCE [REL. XXXV 

thatt this evening allsoe w^ were by Schagen. Then came 
a gale attt S E [b] E. Wee saw to day a kind offish Swymming 
on the water called Mizens^, which Made mee remember 
another Sort called Caravells^ which wee somt5mies see in 
the Ocean, these beeing good to eate. To night the wind 
Westerly again. 

The i8th ditto. Wee were Near the Coast of Norway to 
the westward of OxfFort, Mardo^, etts., ragged land and som- 
whatt high. Att evening the wind came faire againe. 

A strange Manner of Fishing. 

The igth [August], Itt prooving calme, they beeing on the 
bancke or rifFe [reef] of Schagen, they wentt to fish for 
Coddalau* or [blank] after a way I saw not. Yett they have 
a peece of lead cast in the forme of a herring on the stenune 
of a double hooke, which beeing let downe to the bottome, 
they sodainely and violently snatche uppe againe. This they 
do continually, letting downe and snatching uppe, not thatt 
the fish doth then bite, butt itt seemes the living fish comming 
about the Counterfaict herring are hitched or hooked on the 
outtside in head, backe, belly or taile^; butt wee then caught 
None of them, only pretty store of Mackrell since wee came 
into the North Sea, which are commonly caught in a gale 
of wynde when the shippe or boate hath fresh waie. Soe 

^ In the margin Mundy has a small sketch resembling a four-pointed 
starfish. Dr F. A. Bather, to whom I referred Mundy's description, 
writes as follows: "A Caravel, as is well known, was another term for 
what is popularly called the * Portuguese man-of-war,' a large colonial 
form of jelly-fish known as Physalia. It seems probable therefore that 
the " Mizens ' * were a form of jelly-fish, especially as the jelly-fish have four- 
rayed symmetry, and the markings which bring this out are almost all 
that is seen as the creature floats along in the water. Such jelly-fish are 
quite common along the S.W. coast of Sweden." Dr Bather adds that 
Mundy's "Mizens" could hardly do more than furnish a salt soup, 
and he notes that this creature swimming on the water is not what ive 
should now-a-days call a " fish." 

^ For Caravel, carvel, see Vol. iii, p. 27 note. 

® Of these places Lieut.-Comr. G. T. Temple remarks: "'OxfFort* 
is probably Oxefiord, the entrance to Tredestrand, a small trading town 
about 10 miles N.E. of Arendal. I cannot identify *Mardo'; the text is 
too vague." 

* Ger. KabeljaUy cod. 

* Mundy is describing one of the many methods of sea-angling. An 
artificial eel is also used to catch pollack and other fish. 



1647] TO FALMOUTH IN ENGLAND 223 

that Severall sorts of fish require severall sorts of fishing, as 
allsoe places and seasons. 

The zith [August], Since the 19th variable windes and 
weather; to day much wind and a great sea against us, beeing 
on Dubbers bancke^. 

The 22th [At^ust], Wee sailed our rightt course SW by S, 
etts., faire wind and weather againe, butt no More Missens. 

The z^d [August]. Wee saw a couple of herring busses^ 
bound Eastward. 

The 2\th [August], Wee mett sundry shippes, viz.y 2 
handsom well apointed Scottish shippes and a Hollander. 
Aboutt 3 of the clocke in the aftemoone wee were Nere the 
point of a sand^ soe thatt beeing Not able to wether itt, wee 
tackt aboutt 2 or 3 glasses [hours] and then stood on againe. 
The Yarmouth Man left us and steared towards his port and 
in his stead came a Dane into our company bound For 
London. Hee belongued to Some of Norway* and by Seamen 
called a Norman^. Wee were somwhatt entangled among 
the shoalds soe thatt wee made divers boards^ before wee 
could bee clear of them. This Night wee were fr[? ee]. 

The ^tt [At^ust], This Morning wee sailed along the 
shoare, Faire wind and weather; many Fine townes all along 
in sightt, as North Yarmouth, Listoffe [Lowestoft], SoU- 
haven [Southwold] "^j Dunwyche, Albrough [Aldeburgh]. 
By Albrough was a faire beacon on the strand. Wee sailed 
close by itt and saw the Castle of Harwyche® a Farre offe. 

^ Apparently the Dogger Bank is meant, but I have found no other 
instance of Mundy*s designation for it. 

' Two-masted or three-masted vessels of various sizes, used especially 
in the Dutch herring fishery. 

* Lieut.-Comr. G. T. Temple writes that this "point" is too vague 
to be identified. 

* " Some of Norway," probably Soon on the east side of Christiania 
Fjord. 

* The term Norman, for a Northman, a Norwegian, was in general 
use in Mundy*s day. It is now obsolete. 

* " Wee made divers boards," i.e. We tacked several times. It is unusual 
to find "board" in this sense used as a noun. "We boarded several 
times" would be the usual form. 

' Compare Defoe, 1.55,71, who speaks of herrings caught at " Leostof " 
and of "The Bay called corruptly Sowl or Sole-Bay (t.e. Southwold)." 

^ The original Landguard Fort, built in the reign of James I, was 
demolished in the reign of Chas. II, but fortifications were subsequently 
erected on its site and still exist under that name. See Defoe, i. 26. 



224 ARRIVALL TO ENGLAND FROM DANTZIGK [REL. XXXV 

A faire shore : A dangerous Coast. 

Hardly a sea shore to bee seene better stored with townes, 
trees, tillage, etts., and pleasanter to looke on then was this 
From Yarmouth to Albrough, butt on the other side [hand] 
not a More dangerous coast For shoalds, bancks, etts., 
passing by many boies, beacons, wracks of shipps, etts. Wee 
anchored to Nightt a little above Lee^. 

The 26th of August 1647. Wee came a little shortt of 
Gravesend and anchored there by reason of Contrary windes. 

The 2y th [August]. Wee came to Gravesend where wee 
tooke boate For London and landed att Billingsgate, I beeing 
then Just 50 years of age^. Here wee found a greatt and 
strange Alteration in Citty and Country, in the Religion, 
government, Customes, conditiones and affections of the 
people of whatt it was when I last left these parts (being 
Near 7 yeares). The perticuler proceeding and occasion of 
all these confusions I am not able to Judge off, so leave it 
to wiser heads and proceed yett a little further to Make an 
end of this voyage. 

The ^tt of October. Wee went From London and thatt 
Morning came to Gravesend, From whence our shippe, the 
Morning Starr e^^ was departed 3 or 4 houres before wee 
arrived, soe hired a barge to follow and overtake her, which 
was not till the Next Morning thatt wee found her att Anchor 
in the Downes, where wee went aboard. 

The 15/A ditto. Wee sett saile From the Downes. 

The 16th [October] att nightt. Wee arrived in Plimouth 
Sound. 

The ly th [October]. Wee came into Catte Water [Catwater]. 
Here wee saw tokens of our Civill Warres, as in some places 
New Fortifficationes and in other Ruines off houses, etts.^ 

The iSth [October]. Wee sett saile in a smalle barcke. 

^ Leigh, at the mouth of the Thames, just below Canvey Island. 

^ This is an important statement, as it shows that Mundy was bom 
in 1597. ' I have failed to find any trace of this vessel. 

* Plymouth was in the hands of the Parliamentarians during the whole 
of the Civil War, and though closely invested by the Royalists, was never 
taken by them. 



1647] ARRIVALL TO ENGLAND FROM DANTZIGK 225 

The igth of October, In the Morning wee arrived in the 
harbour of Fahnouth once againe, here making an end of a 
Most tedious, troublesome, Crosse and Costly voyage, and 
amongst all the rest the worst of the Many in this booke. 
Gods name bee praised For our saffe arrivall and Send an 
end to these generall troubles into which I am now come, 
as allsoe to my owne perticuler, and give us all grace to better 
our lives and then No question butt hee will blesse us the 
better For it. 

From my last departure hence, beeing the 19th Jime 1639, 
untill my arrivall here againe on the 19th October 1647 is 
the tyme of 8 yeares and 4 Monthes Just. 

From Dantzigk to London and downe to Fallmouth as I 
gather by Mappes in this booke is about the Some of Miles 
1U410. 

From Anno 161 1, my First comming abroad^, untill Aimo 
1647, ^is ^y ^^^ comming home, is 36 yeares, etts., in which 
tyme I have travelled and sailed in Sundry Joumeies, voyages, 
Imploymentts, and voluntary, the some of 100U833I English 
miles, through Sundrie Climates, Countries, Eongdomes, 
Seas, Hands, etts., subject to lUooo dangers. From which 
the Mercy of God hath preserved mee and saffely brought 
mee home, whose Glorious name bee blessed and praised 
For ever. Amen. 

^ See Vol. I, p. 13. 



PM 



15 



[THE APPENDIX] IP 

In the Relation xxvi, Folio 148^, Mention is made of a voyage 
intended round aboutt the world and thatt one going E. and 
another W., the first shold gett one day and the last should loose 
a Day. Chuse the following Instrument with its Derection*. 
An Instrument cheifely to Demonstrate thatt one Man going 
Eastward till hee come round aboutt the world shall loose a 
whole Day and a nightt of 24 houres, and contrarywise another 
thatt travells Westward shall gett as much, to a third Man thatt 
keepes one Station; Soe thatt when they come together they 
shall have 3 severall Dales, all uppon one Day: to bee experi- 
mented best under the Eaquinoctial^. 



An example for prooffe of the former proposall. 

Lett there bee 3 men distinguished by A, B, C. Lett A bee a 
Christian, B a Turcke, and C a Jew, Suppose these 3 men dweltt 
on the Hand of Sumatra, where wee were severall tymes in our 
China voyage®, the Eaquinoctiall crossing it Near about the 
Middl[e]. 

A and B intend to travell : A Eastward, B Westward, and C re- 
maines beehind. They beegin to sett forth the first of January 
att Noone, beeing Wednesday. You must allsoe admitt that they 
Journey and saile by sea and land i degree or 60 miles every 
24 houres. Soe that the 2d of January att Noone A will bee 
60 miles to the Eastward of C, and B will bee 60 miles to the 
Westward. Soe thatt, according to the former rule, A will have 
4 Minutts past Noone and B will want soe much. When C hath 
just Noone here, allready hath A gotten 4 Minutts and B lost the 
like. Againe, More playnely, each of them hath traveilled 15 

^ For Miindy*s First Appendix, consisting of notes on his China 
Voyage, see Vol. in, Pt. 11, pp. 424-428. 

Appendix II consists of a long description of the ** Instrument*' de- 
picted in Plate XII, illustration No. 13. It has been considered unneces- 
sary to print the whole of it. 

* See Vol. Ill, Pt. I, pp. 290-292. 

• Mundy has a marginal note here: "See the Instrument in Polio 
214.** He is referring to Plate XII, illustration No. 13. 

* Here follows a long explanation of the "severall Parts of the said 
Instrument." 

• See Vol. Ill, Pt. I, pp. 1 16-137, Pt. II, pp. 329-338. 



OF TRAVELLING ROUND THE WORLD E. AND W. 227 

dales, is 15 degrees, viz., A Eastward and B Westward. And you 
shall finde when you tume the 2 rundles [circles] with the 2 letters 
A and B (which you may gently doe with a couple of pynnes or 
Needles), and placing the O in the Zenith at C, that when the 
said C hath Noone, then will A have i clocke aftemoone and 
B in the forenoone (Aftemoone [«ic]), I say forenoone, soe thatt 
in 15 daies A hath gotten i houre; thatt Whereas C hath just 
15 daies, A hath 15 daies and i houre and B wants i houre of 
15 daies all att one instantt, each of them 900 miles distant from C, 
and A and B 1,800 Miles. Then is A near the MoUuccaes which 
yeilds Nuttmeggs, Mace and Cloves; B will bee Near the Hand 
Zeiloan, where is the best Cinamon; whiles C is on Sumatra that 
afFoards good pepper^. 



Lastly, A and B come to meete againe with C, having gon 
45 degrees farther, in all 360 degrees each, soe thatt C had just 
360 daies, beeing Saterday the Jewish Sabbaoth. A, the Christian, 
by the aforesaid triall, had gotten by little and little 24 houres, 
is I day, is 361 day, which is Sonday, the Christians Sabbaoth; 
and B, the Turcke, loosing 24 houres, will have butt 359 daies, 
and itt must bee Friday, which the Mahometanes hold for their 
sabbaoth. Soe thatt these 3, A the Christian, B the Turcke, 
C the Jew, will keepe holy daye together all uppon one day, 
allthough they fall on 3 severall dayes, wisr., Friday, Saterday and 
Sonday, to fall uppon one day. This is true, for every Man kept 
his reckoning right^. 



^ Here follow further demonstrations of the same kind. 

^ Here follow further explanations and conclusions of the same nature. 



15-2 



THE APPENDIX III 

CONCERNING THE PARADOX OF THE 
EARTHES MOTION'. 

In my foregoing Joumall, fol. 207^, I mentioned an opinion of 
the Auntients, now lately revived and mayneteyned for an absolute 
truth, that the sunne and the fmnament stand still, And that the 
earth with the rest of the Flanetts goe round about the as a 
center to them all. I named some now living that dwell in Dantzigk, 
etts. in Prussia. For others, read the following lynes collected out 
of Democritus Junio[r] or Burtons Melancholy as followeth'. 



Jupiter, with his 4 satellites or moons or 
subordinaiy planetts. 
The 6th Orbe hathe planett Jupiter with his garde, or satellite^ 
as they call them, beeing 4 starres which keepe Near him and 




who writes: "This MS. (Appendix to Peter Mundy's Travels) does n 
seem to me 10 be worth printing. It is a confused medley of notes taken 
from various popular books of the 17th century, and opinions are freely 
attributed to various great astronomers which they had never set forth. 
There is not a single original idea, nor anything showing that the author 
had made any special study of astronomy. Many of the names are badly 
mis-spelt." 

In view of the above opinion, the editor has not thought it right to print 
this long Appendix (some zo pages) except as to the pointa which are 
illustrated by Mundy's own hand. 

' See ante. Relation xxxv, p. 316. 

' The extracts from Burton's Anatomy 0/ Melancholy have not been 
printed for the reasons given above. 



CONCERNING THE PARADOX OF THE EARTHES MOTION 229 

regard him as their center, the outermost about 15 minut distant, 
the nearest aboutt 4 minutts, the 2 about 10 minutts, the diameter 
or breadth of the C accompted 30 minutts. I my selfe saw 3 of 
them divers tymes the 8th March 1648^, as No. i, and the 9th 
dicto as No. 2, at 9 clocke at Night, about 45 degrees high East- 
ward : this by my Judgement, which is not much to bee relyed on 
in these speculationes, but those who desire more exact informa- 
tion, let him peruse professed authors where hee may find more 
satisfaction. 



Conclusion. 

To conclude this dispute. If the Motion of the earth be thought 
absurd, how much greater will the absurdity bee to conceave that 
those Numberlesse vast bodies of such an unmeasurable distance 
should performe such incredible courses, especially if they will 
butt consider the motion of the first Moveable that Mooveth all 
the Rest, which must exceed in a greater Measure all the rest, 
flerein let every Man resolve as his fancy leads him. 

Penrin 9th November 1651 

Somewhat to fill uppe this wast side out of 
Vincent Wing his Almanacke 1651. 

[Author's note]: I conceave Mr Wing was not long of this 
mind, for in his almanacke 1648, hee was of another opinion'. 

^ Mundy was probably at Penryn at this date. 

' Vincent Wing, astrologer, 1 619-1668. His work, published in 1651, 
was entitled Harmonicum Codeste, His Almanac for 1648/9 has a very 
long title, the main part of which is as follows : 

** A Dreadfull Prognostication, or An Astrologicall Prediction of severall 
Contingences incident to all Europe, drawn from the effects of severall 
Celestiall Configurations.... Likewise Astrologicall observations... with 
Misterious Predictions for every moneth in this year 1649. By Vincent 
Wing, Practitioner in the art Mathematical! : and approved of by the best 
Astrologers." 

After a page or so of extracts from Wing's works, Mundy adds : *' I was 
faine to abreviate for lacke of roome." 



THE APPENDIX HIP 

OF THE SPOTTES IN THE MOONE, THE PROPORTION! 

OF FLIES, WORMES, ETS. 

Of the spottes in the Moone as of those in a flies eye, etts. 

In this foregoing Joumall, folio 207, I mentioned one Signor 
Johannes Helvelkee who composed a booke intituled Silenigraphia^ 
Printed in Danzig, Anno 1647, treating chiefly of the moone*. 
This much I may say, having my selfe made triall with a Telle- 
scope, none of the best, allso my owne sight somwhat impaired, 
that the generall parts represent themselves according to the 
figures, but to perticulerize punctually as in the said booke is to 
bee scene, or any way to com Near it, passeth my abillity. 

The whiter part of the ([ is variously marbled, mingled or 
diapred with darcke and white, and the darcker part again curdled 
with white and darcke spotts. Only thus much is to bee noted: 
in the Chord, segment or place where the light of the sunne ends 
att the increase or decrease of the ([, the darker part maketh 
almost a smooth lyne, therefore supposed to bee Water, and 
contrarily the whiter part to bee land, because it appears very 
cragged and uneven. Moreover, there are many perfitt circular 
round spotts, which in my opinion ar concave or hollow like 
great deepe vallies, for that side which is toward the © is shadowed, 
and the opposite inlightned. When the (J is full they are all in- 
lightned and not soe easy to bee perceaved. Thus it is at the 
encrease and decrease, the shadowed side of the round spott 
towards the sunne, as you may perceave by the severall figures^. 



For more ample satisfaction in this perticuler I referre you to 
the aforementioned booke, as concerning allsoe the New found 
starres about Jupeter, etts., the increasing and decreasing of Venus 
and other matters to such like purpose, see the said booke Sileni- 

^ This short Appendix is printed with only one omission because it is 
illustrated by Mundy's own hand and also because his remarks on the 
eye of a fly exemplify his accuracy of observation. 

^ See ante, Relation xxxv, p. 216. 

® See Plate XIII, illustration No. 14 and Plate XIV, illustration No. 15. 

The portion of the text omitted contains Mundy's remarks on the 
diameter of the moon, its possible inhabitants, &c. 



CONCERNING FLIES AND WORMES 23 1 

graphia, and Occuli Sideralis in Latin and Dutch by Abraham 
Frankenberg, both of them lately set forth on [sic] print about 
Anno 1644^. 

Concerning Flies and Wormes. 

As wee have somwhat considered of those great high and 
Nobles [sic] creatures, Soe let us not forgett the small, low and 
contemptibles, as flies, mites, wormes in the hands or smaller, 
if smaller may bee. And consider allsoe whither wee have not 
cause to admire the worcke of Nature, Gods handmaid, in them. 
This is don with another sort of Tellescope or prospective glasse, 
termed [microscope]. 

The head and eye of a Fly: see the Figure^. 

And first of the head of a fly. It is somwhat Near the forme 
and bignesse set downe. No. a. It hath a trunck like an Elephant, 
at the end of which are certaine prickles with which it seemes hee 
pierceth and sucketh out his Nourishement. The 2 halfe round 
balles that bear out on both sides are questionlesse his eies, each 
of which conteyning above one thousand other smalle eyes, viz.y 
the ground of the balle is browne, which is full of little circles 
of an whitish couUour. In each of those white rings a little blacke 
spotte or point, and if it bee dilligently observed in the [circle]® 
there is another white poinf within the blacke againe thus®, but 
the greatest wonder is their orderly placing in rancks with such 
a proportionable distance that one may see the rancks and spaces 
sundry manner of waies, as sometymes wee see trees orderly 
planted in a garden in rancks and files. Now the whole head of 

^ See antey Relation xxxv, p. 217. I am indebted to Mr F. D. Sladen, 
Superintendent of the Reading Room, British Museum, for the identifi- 
cation of Franckenberg*s work. There is no copy in the British Museum 
Library but Mr Sladen tells me that both J6cher*s Gelehrten-Lexicon and 
Zeder*s Universal Lexicon give among Abraham von Franckenberg*s works 
one entitled Oculus sidereus and both authorities state that it was written 
in German. Mr Sladen thinks that there is no doubt that this is the work 
referred to by Mundy, whose statement that it was written in Latin 
and Dutch can be easily explained — the Latin by the fact that the title 
is in that language and the Dutch from the similarity of this word with 
deutschy German. 

Mrs Maunder of the Royal Astronomical Society, who also en- 
deavoured to trace Franckenberg*s work for me, points out that the book 
bears a striking resemblance in title to a rare volume by Schyrleus de 
Rheita published at Antwerp in 1645, the beginning of the very long title 
being Oculus Enoch et ElitCy sive Radius sidereomysticuSy but there is 
apparently no connection between the two. 

2 See Plate XIV, illustration No. 16. 

' At these points Mundy has drawn small circles. 



232 APPENDIX nil 

the flye is not soe bigge as a hempe seede: yet doth the glasse 
make it appear bigger then a hens egge, not at onoe, but by 
peecemeale; yet shall a very cunning painter have mu<ji to doe 
to bring or draw the said smalle circles, etts., which are in the 
little eye on that great space. How then is it possible for the art 
of man to performe it on the side of a hempseede. 

Flies breed yong under their bellies. 

1 saw allsoe on the belly of a smalle ordinary fly Near loo smalle 
things like nitts (som of them had forme and life), clyming uppe 
the haires that were on the flies belly. These had peifitt parts, as 
head, mouth, eies, legges. Joints, clawes, Sence, will, etts.— ^ 
orderly disposed in due proportion of Number, Measure, etts. 
The whole fabricke or body with all his parts even insencieble 
to the sharpest sight, which with the glasse it was as bigge as a 
mustard seed, soe that you may easily disceme the head, legges, 
body, etts. [and other] parts of it. This is as Impossible as the 
other to bee deciphered in its true Magnitude by humaine art, 
only by Imagination, which may conceade a point which is 
Immateriall. 

The bignesse of the head of the flye as it is visible to our sight 
is as at letter a, but as it appeareth in the glasse is represented 
by the great figure and the smalle circle etts. as att letter b. 

Proportion of the smallest wormes and creatures. 

The worme in Mens hands, called in Spanish Arador^, or a 
plower, is of the forme as is there set 2, Neare as bigge as a wheate 
corne. It hath on each side of the body beehind a little stumpe, 
and in each a couple of smalle long haires which hee waveth to 
and fro, the stumps having a Jointe that mooveth the said sprigges 
all manner of waies. [Author's marginal note.] A mistake: the 
worme was on her backe and the stumpes were her leggs. 

A mite which wee find in cheese is in forme and bignesse som- 
what like the other. On the backs of these are sundry long spiery 
haires to bee seene^. 

^ Sp. aradoTy a ploughman, with secondary meaning, hand-worm, 
flesh- wonn, ring- worm. 

2 There is no illustration in the MS. 

' Mundy's remarks as above were submitted to the Natural History 
Museum and Dr Bather writes: **The account of the fly's eye seems 
exact as far as it goes. The ' nitts' of the fly were probably some Gamasid 
mite. 'The worme in Mens hands' is very likely the itch-mite, Sarcoptes 
scabiei. The only difficulty in this ascription is the alleged size, since 
Sarcoptes is only just visible to the naked eye. Perhaps Mundy means that 
it is * neare as bigge as a wheate come ' when seen under the microscope.** 



n < 






fPvV^ 




'■Sit.' <-*,■-,■? » 







/_ 



THE APPENDIX V 

OF THE RINGING OF BELLS IN CHANGES 
OR VARYING OF NUMBERS. 

Ringing in changes: no where out of England. 

At my now last beeing in London, I overslipt to Mention som- 
what of the sweet Ringing of our tuneable bells, especially in 
changes which [in] my opinion deserves notice, first, for the Art 
therein to bee observed, (2) their melody, and (3) the singularity 
of it. Not the like, nor nothing Near, to bee heard in the whole 
World beeside. And leaving dispute whither and how farre bells 
bee necessary to churches, I will only for exercise and recreation 
set downe as well as I can somwhat concerning the said changes, 
beeing grounded on Number, Measure and tyme, as all other 
Musicke is, viz: 

The manner to find them out or Compose the Changes^. 

[Here follows a long note which is not printed here in full, as 
it is an incorrect attempt to ascertain, by an elaborate and la- 
borious empirical computation, the changes, i,e, the permutations 
and combinations, possible with a number of bells in a chime of 
2» 3> 4> S> ^ ^P *^ ^^ bells^. Mundy then goes on to compute 
**the number of Bookes and Roome required to conteine all the 
Changes arising from 4 bells or 4 numbers twice doubled [f.e., 
24 bells] or of the 24 letters of the Alphabett." Supposing the 
books to be of uniform size, containing 500 leaves, and 120 
changes to be written on each leaf, he arrives at the conclusion 
that about 3 trillion (3 and 18 ciphers) books would be required. 
He then computes, assuming the books to be 15 x 10 inches, that 
their combined leaves would fill 439 trillion (439 and 18 ciphers) 
square inches. This sets him computing the number of square 
inches on the Earth's surface (apparently at sea level), which he 
finds to be about 600,000 trillion (18 ciphers). Finally, he arrives 
at the triumphant conclusion that the changes on 24 bells, if set 

^ Mr Bernard P. Scattergood kindly submitted this Appendix to a 
friend who is an authority on change-ringing. He informs me that his 
friend is of opinion that the Appendix is not worth printing in full, since 
it consists merely of calculations and not methods of ringing. 

* See Plate XV, illustration No. 17 for a diagram showing Mundy *s 
method as explained in his text. 



234 APPENDIX V 

out in full, would cover 754 worlds all over. Further, if the 
books were piled one on the other they would form a covering 
for the whole of one world, " imagined to bee dry land," 188 J feet 
thick. 

The rest of Mundy's Appendix V is worth printing in fiiU, if 
only for its quaintness.] 

Another way to find out the changes of 3, 4 or 5 bells. 
This last way mightt bee left outt beeing trouble some. 

Yet a word more concerning the changes of 3, 4, or 5 beUs 
without the said rule. First make a shift to find the } of them. 
Then against them you must sett the figures backeward as against 
I, 2, 3, 4, set 4, 3, 2, I, etts. When you have found them all, jrou 
may chuse and place them as you please, As all the ones or twoes 
or threes to goe together before, or to follow one the other, the 
first number to begin with one, the 2d with 2, and soe 3, etts., 
or either to goe forward or backeward as the treble doth on the 
example. 

In Conclusion, some one or other may say: ")Vhat of all this? 
To what purpose is it? " I answear againe as before. I have said, 
** somwhat to exercise and recreat the Mynde," and if hee have No 
More to doe then when I did this, I wish hee wold take the paines 
to calculate where I have don right or noe, for perhappes there 
may bee an error. [Author's marginal note.] There is an error 
indeed and a great one: examine. 

Soe much I say as onely a lover of knowledge, arts and Sciences 
That 

Scientia non habett Inimicum nisi Ignorantiam. 

And againe with Chamberlaine concerning this pertituler [sic] 
and the Rest of the booke, that allthough therein bee noe matter 
of great consequence contained, I say^ : 

If thou with Momus love to Carpe, 

Or Zoilus like to pine 
Either doe something of thine owne, 

Or elce not carpe at myne. 

^ Mr Edward Bensly informs me that these lines are based on an 
epigram of Martial (i. 91): 

Cum tua non edaSy carpis tnea carmina, Laeli. 
Carper e vel noli nostra vel ede tua. 

The " Chamberlaine " referred to would seem to be Robert Chamberlain 
who flourished 1640- 1660, but I have failed to trace the lines in any of 
his works to be found in the Library of the British Museum. 



LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 
MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 

Aa, a. J, van der. Biographisch Woordenboek der Nederlanden. 

Haarlem, 1852. 
Abraham, d Sancta Clara [Ulrich Megerle]. Neu erSffnete Welt- 

Galleria, worinnen...unter die Augen kommen allerley Aufzug 

und Kleidungen unterschiedlicher St§nde und Nationen...zu- 

sammen gebracht von P. Abrahamo a S. Clara... und von C. 

Weigel in Kupffer gestochen. Niimberg, 1703. 
Acts of the Privy Council. 
Adams, J. Index Villarus: or An Alphabeticall Table of all the 

Cities, Market- towns. Parishes, Villages an<^ Private Seats, in 

England and Wales. London, 1680. 
Allgemeine Deutsche BioGRAPHiE. 56Bde. Leipzig [und Munchen], 

1875-1912. 
Altdeutsches Namenbuch. See Forstemann, E. 
Amira, K. von. Die gennanischen Todesstrafen (Abhandlung der 

Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften Phil, und Hist. 

Klasse, xxxi. Bd. 3 Abhandlung). Munchen, 1922* 
AuBERY DU Maurier, Louis. M^moires de Hambourg, de Liibeck 

et de Holstein, de Dannemarck, de Su^de et de Pologne. 

[Edited by L. L. A. Dervaulx du Maurier.] Blois, 1735 ; La 

Haye, 1737. 

Bain, Robert Nisbet. Scandinavia : a political history of Denmark, 
Norway and Sweden from 15 13 to 1900. [With bibliography 
and maps.] (Cambridge Historical Series.) Cambridge, 1905. 

Slavonic Europe: a political history of Poland and Russia 

from 1447 to 1796. (Cambridge Historical Series.) Cambridge, 
1894 etc. 

Baltic Pilot: Admiralty: Hydrographic Department; Sailing 
Directions. London, 1907, 1910. 

Baltic Sea : Admiralty : Hydrographic Department : Sailing Direc- 
tions. London, 1888, 1893. 

Barents, William. The Three Voyages of William Barents to the 
Arctic Regions (1594, 1595 and 1596) by Gerrit de Veer, 2d ed. 
with Introduction by Lt. Koolemans Beynen (Hak. Soc. ist 
Series, vol. Liv). London, 1876. 

Barford, p. F. Danmarks Historic, 1 536-1 670. Kjebenhavn, 1891. 

Bargrave, Robert. See Manuscripts, Bodleian Library. 

Bates, E. S. Touring in 1600. Boston and New York, 1911. 

Baudrand, Michel A. Dictionnaire g^ographique et historique 
contenant une description exacte de tous les ^tats. . .de TUnivers 
&c. Paris [1705]. 



236 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

Bbaujeu, Le Chevalier de, pseud, i.e. — Dal6rac. Mdmoires du 

Chevalier de B. contenant ses divers Voyages, tant en Pologne, 

en Allemagne, qu'en Hongrie, avec des relations pardculi^res 

des guerres et des af&ires de ces paiis la depuis Tann^e 1679. 

Paris, 1698. 
Becker, Johann Rudolf. Umstftndliche Geschichte der Kaiser- 
lichen, und des Heiligen Rdmischen Reichs freyen Stadt 

LQbedk. 3 vols. Liibeck, 1782-1805. 
Behrens, H. L. and C. G. Topographie und Statistik von LCibeck. 

LQbeck, 1829-39. 
Below, Georg von. Vierteljahrschrift fUr Social und Wirtschafts- 

geschichte. Leipzig, 1904. 
Bennett, James. The History of Tewkesbury. Tewkesbury, 1830. 
Bering Liisberg, H. C. Christian IV, Danmarks og Norges Konge. 

KJ0benhavn, ^ 890. 
Besant, Sir Walter. The Survey of London: London City; 

Mediaeval London. London, 1910. 
Black, Wm. Geo. Heligoland and the Islands of the North Sea. 

Edinburgh and London, 1888. 
Blaeu, Joan. Le grand Atlas, ou Cosmographie Blaviane, en la 

quelle est exactement descritte la terre, la mer, et le ciel. 

12 vols. Amsterdam, 1667. 
Blainville, Monsieur de. Travels through Holland, Germany, 

Switzerland and other Parts of Europe; but especially Italy. 

Translated by Tumbull and Guthrie. 3 vols. London, 1743—45. 
Blondal, Sigfiis. See Life of the Icelander J6n Olafsson. 
Blount, Thomas. Glossographia or Dictionary interpreting all 

such hard words of whatever language now used in our refined 

English tongue &c. 2nd ed. London, 166 1. 
Bloxam, J. R. a Register of the Presidents, Fellows... and other 

Members of St. Mary Magdalen College &c. 8 vols. Oxford, 

1853-85. 
Bolte, Johannes. Das Danziger Theater im 16 und 17 Jahr- 

hundert [in B. Leitzmann*s Theatergeschichtliche Forschungen, 

Nr. 12]. Hamburg und Leipzig, 1895. 

Bond, Sir Edward Augustus. See Russia at the Close of the Six- 
teenth Century. 

BoRLASE, William. Observations on the Antiquities Historical and 
Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. Oxford, 1754. 

BoswELL, A. Bruce. Poland and the Poles. London, 1919. 

BowREY, Thomas. See Manuscripts, Bowrey Papers. 

Brandes, G. M. C. Poland: A story of the land, people and litera- 
ture (Translated from the Danish). London, 1903. 

Braun, Georgius und Hohenberg, Franz. Civitates orbis terrarum. 
6 vols. Coloniae Agrippinae, 1523 [? 1573]-! 6 18. 

Brayley, Edwd. Wedlake and Britton, John. The beauties of 
England and Wales. London, 1 801-15. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 237 

Bredius, Abraham. Amsterdam in de zeventiende eeuw. Door 
A. Bredius, H. Brugmans, G. KalfF...Met een voorrede van 
P. J. Blok. 3 din. 's-Gravenhage, 1897-1904. 

Bremer, J. Geschichte Schleswig-Holsteins bis zum Jahre 1848. 
Kiel: Leipzig, 1864. 

Brereton, Sir Wm. Travels in Holland &c. 1634-5 (Chetham 
Society's Publications, vol. i). Manchester, 1844. 

Bristol. The New History, Survey and Description of the City 
and Suburbs of Bristol, or complete Guide &c. Bristol, 

1794. 
Bristol Guide, The. Bristol, 1815. 

Bristol Past and Present. See Nicholls, J. F. and Taylor, J. 
Bristol and Gloucestershire Archaeological Society, Trans- 
actions of the. Gloucester, 1876 etc. 
Britten, F. J. Old Clocks and Watches and their Makers. London, 

1899. 
Britton, John. History and Antiquities of Bath Abbey Church. 

London, 1825. 
Britton, John. An Historical and Archaeological Essay relating to 

RedcHffe Church, Bristol. London, 181 5. See also s,v. 

Brayley, E. W. 
Brockhaus, F. a. Allgemeine deutsche Real-Encyklopadie fQr die 

gebildeten St^de. Conversations-Lexikon zehnte, verbesserte 

und vermehrte Auflage. 15 Bde. Leipzig, 1851-55. 
Brockhaus' Konversations-Lexikon. Vierzehnte voUstUndig neu- 

bearbeitete Auflage. Neue revidierte Jubil^ums-Ausgabe. 17 

Bde. Leipzig, Berlin und Wien, 1901-04. 
Browne, Edward, M.D. A Brief Account of some Travels in divers 

Parts of Europe... Through a great part of Germany &c. 2nd 

ed. London, 1684. 
Browne, Sir Thomas. Pseudodoxia Epidemica [Vulgar Errors]. 

London, 1646 etc. 
Buckler, J. C. and C. A. A History of the Architecture of the 

Abbey Church of St. Alban: with especial reference to the 

Norman structure. London, 1847. 
BuESCHiNG, Johann G. G. Das Schloss der deutschen Ritter zu 

Marienburg. . .Mit 7 Kupfertafeln. Berlin, 1823. 

Calendars: Patent Rolls. State Papers, Domestic. State Papers, 

Foreign. State Papers, Venetian. 
Calisch, Isaac Marcus. Nieuw voUedig Engelsch-Nederlandsch en 

Nederlandsch-Engelsch Woordenboek...Tweede druk. Tiel 

[1890-92]. 
Cambrian Travellers' Guide, The, in every direction containing 

Remarks made during many excursions in the Principality of 

Wales and bordering districts augmented by extracts from the 

best writers. 2nd ed. London, 181 3. 



238 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

Cambridge. A Description of the University, town and County of 

Cambridge. Cambridge, 1796. 
Cambridge University. College Histories. Peterhouse. By T. A. 

Walker. London, 1906. 
Cantor, Moritz. Vorlesimgen Uber Geschichte der Mathematik. 

Vol. I. Leipzig, 1880. 
Carew, Richard. The Survey of Cornwall. London, 1769. 
Carstenn, Ed. Was die Danziger Strassennamen erz§hlen. Danzig, 

1922. 
Castren, Matthias Alexander. Nordische Reisen und Forschungen. 

12 Bde. St Petersburg, 1855 etc. 

M. A. Castren *s Versuch einer jenissei-ostjakischen und 

kottischen Spraclilehre nebst Worterverzeichnissen aus den 
genannten Sprachen...Herausgegeben von A. Schie£ner. 
St Petersburg, 1858. 

M. A. Castren's W6rterverzeichnisse aus den samojedischen 

Sprachen...bearbeitet von A. Schiefner. St Petersburg, 1855. 

Cawston, George and Keane, A. H. The Early Chartered Com- 
panies (a.d. 1 296-1 858). London, 1896. 

Chambers, Edmimd Kerchever. The Mediseval Stage. 2. vob. 
Oxford, 1903. 

Chanter, John Roberts. Sketches of the Literary History of Barn- 
staple. . .To which is appended the Diary of Philip Wyot, Town 
Clerk of Barnstaple from 1586 to 1608. Barnstaple, 1866. 

Childrey, J. Britannia Baconica: Or the Natural Rarities of Eng- 
land, Scotland, and Wales... Historically related... with Obser- 
vations &c. London, 1660. 

Clark, John. See Willis, Robert and Clark, John. 

Clutterbuck, Robert. History and Antiquities of the County of 
Hertford. 3 vols. London, 1815-27. 

Cluverus, Philippus. Introductionis in Universam Geographiam 
&c. Amsteloedami, 1682. 

College Histories. See Cambridge. 

Collinson, The Rev. John. The History and Antiquities of the 
County of Somerset, collected from Authentic Records, &c. 
3 vols. Bath, 1 79 1. 

Cooke, Wm. Henry. Collections towards the History and An- 
tiquities of the County of Hereford . Vol .111. [A continuation of 
John Buncombe's History and Antiquities &c.] London, 1882. 

Coote, C. H. and Morgan, E. Delmar. See Early Voyages and 
Travels to Russia and Persia. 

CoRRY, John and Evans, The Rev. John. The History of Bristol 
Civil and Ecclesiastical, including Biographical Notices of 
Eminent and Distinguished Natives. Vol. i by John Corry. 
Vol. II by the Rev. John Evans. Bristol, 181 6. 

Coryate, Thomas. Coryats crudities, hastily gobled up in five 
moneths travells in France, &c. London, 1611. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 239 

Cosmo III, Grand Duke of Tuscany, Travels of. See Magalotti, 
Lorenzo. 

CouLON, LfOuis. Le fiidMe conducteur pour le voyage d'Angleterre. 
Paris, 1654. 

Court Minutes of the E. I. Co., Calendar of. See Sainsbury, 
£. Bruce. 

Cowley, Abraham. The Poems of. Ed. S. Johnson. 2 vols. 
LfOndon, 1779. 

Cox, John Charles. English Church Fittings, Furniture and Acces- 
sories... With an introduction by Aymer Vallance. LfOndon, 
1923. 

CoxE, William. Travels into Poland, Russia, Sweden and Denmark. 
5 vols. LfOndon, 1787-91. 

Crbizenach, Wilhelm. Die Schauspiele der Englischen Kom5di- 
anten. Herausgegeben von...W. Creizenach. [Deutsche Na- 
tional Litteratur, herausgegeben von J. Kurschner.] 23 Bde. 
Berlin imd Stuttgart [1889]. 

Cromer, Martin, Bp. of Ermeland. M. C. Bischoffs von Ermland 
Beschreibung des Konigreichs Polen &c. Dantzig, 1741. 

Crowe, J. A. and Cavalcaselle, G. B. Raphael: His Life and 
Works. 2 vols. London, 1882. 

Cruttwell, The Rev. C. A Tour through the whole Island of 
Great Britain. 6 vols. London, 1801. 

Dau^rac, — . See Beaujeu, Chevalier de. 

Danckwerth, Casparus und Meyer, Johann. Newe Landesbe- 
schreibung der zwey HerzogthOmer Schleswich und Holstein 
&c. 1652. 

Danzig. A Particular Description of the City of Dantzick, With 
many other remarkable curiosities. By an English Merchant, 
lately Resident there. London, 1734. 

Gdansk and East Prussia (Polish Commission of work pre- 
paratory to the Conference of Peace). Paris, 1919. 
Neu-revidirte WiUkuhr der Stadt Danzig, aus Schluss sSmmt- 



licher Ordnungen publicirt. Danzig [1761]. 
Defoe, Daniel. A Tour thro* the whole Island of Great Britain. By 

a Gentleman [i.e. D. D.]. 3 vols. London, 1724 etc. 2nd ed. 

1738, with very great additions &c. [By Samuel Richardson.] 
Deloney, Thomas. Strange Histories: consisting of ballads and 

other poems, principally by T. D. From the ed. of 1607. 

Reprinted in Percy's Reliques. [1880.] 
DiETZ, Master Johann, Surgeon in the Army of the Great Elector 

and Barber to the Royal Court. From the Old Manuscript in 

the Royal Library of Berlin. Translated by Bernard Miall. 

First Published by Dr. Ernst Consentius. London, 1923. 
DoRRiNGTON, Theophilus. Observations concerning the Present 

State of Religion in the Romish Church with some Reflections 



240 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

upon them, made in a Journey through some Provinces of 

Germany in the year 1698. London, 1699. 
Dreyer, J. L. E., Ph.D. Tycho Brahe: A Picture of Scientific Life 

and Work in the Sixteenth Century. Edinburgh, 1890. 
DuiSBURG, Friedrich Carl Gottlieb von. Versuch einer historisch- 

topographischen Beschreibung der freier Stadt Dantzig. 

Dantzig, 1809. 
Duncan, Alexander G. The Long Bridge of Bideford (Reprinted 

from the Transactions of the Devonshire Association for the 

Advancement of Science, Literature and Art, 1902). 
DuNCOMBE, John. An Historical Description of the Metropolitical 

Church of Christ, Canterbury, &c. Canterbury, 1783. 
Dunkirk, Town of. Afbeeldinghe van de vermaerde Seehaven en de 

Stadt van Duynkercken mit der omliggende plaetsen, sanden 

ende droochten; afgeteechent door Capiteyn P. Codde van 

Enchuysen. Amsterdam, 1631. 
Dyde, W. The History and Antiquities of Tewkesbury. 3rd ed. 

Tewkesbury, 1803. 
Dyer, G. History of the University and Colleges of Cambridge. 

London, 18 14. 

Early Voyages and Travels to Russia and Persia by Anthony 
Jenkinson &c. Edited by E. Delmar Morgan and C. H. Coote. 
2 vols. (Hak. Soc. ist Series, vols lxxii-lxxiii.) 1885. 

EiTNER, Robert. Bipgraphisch-bibliographisches Quellen-Lexicon 
der Musiker und Musikgelehrten &c. Leipzig, 1900-04. 

Encyclopaedias. Britannica; Jewish; Metropolitana; Popular. See 
also Brockhaus; Herder; Meyer. 

Evans, Rev. John. A Chronological Outline of the History of Bristol 
and the Stranger's Guide through its streets and neighbour- 
hood. Bristol, 1824. 

Evans, Rev. John and Corry, John. The History of Bristol Civil 
and Ecclesiastical &c. Bristol, 1816. 

Evelyn, John. Diary and Correspondence of John Evelyn. Edited 
by Wm. Bray. 4 vols. London, 1850. 

Faber, Carl, Dr of Konigsberg. Die Haupt- und Residenzstadt 

Konigsberg. Konigsberg, 1840. . 
Fairs in England and Wales. An Authentic Account, published by 

the King's Authority , of all the Fairs in England and Wales, as 

they have been settled .to be held since the Alteration of the 

Stile. 4th ed. London, 1765. 
Ferrarius, Philippus. Lexicon Geographicum &c. Edited by 

W. Dillingham. London, 1657. 
Fetis, Francois Joseph. Biographie Universelle des Musiciens et 

bibliographie g^n^rale de la musique. 8 tom. Bruxelles, 

1837-44. 
FfiYERABEND, Carl. Kosmopolitische Wanderungen durch Preussen, 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 24I 

Liefland, Kurland...in den Jahren 1795 bis 1797. 2 Bde. 

Germanien [Danzig]. 1798. 
FiENNES, Celia. Through England on a Side Saddle in the time of 

William and Mary. With an Introduction by the Hon. Mrs 

Griffiths. London, 1888. 
Fischer, Th. A. The Scots in Eastern and Western Prussia. Edin- 
burgh, 1903. 

The Scots in Germany. Edinburgh, 1902. 

Fletcher, Dr Giles. The Russe Commonwealth. See Russia at 

THE Close of the Sixteenth Century. 
F5RSTEMANN, Emst. Altdeutsches Namenbuch...herausgegeben 

von Hermann Jellinghaus. Bonn, 1900-16. 
Fosbroke (Fosbrooke), T. D. An original History of the City of 

Gloucester, almost wholly compiled from new materials, &c. 

London, 1819. 
Freeman, Edward A. The Historical Geography of Europe. 3rd ed. 

London, New York and Bombay, 1903. 
Frick, Friedrich. Historische und architectonische ErlHuterungen 

der Prospecte des Schlosses Marienburg in Preussen. Berlin, 

1802, 1803. 
Friedlein, Gottfried. Die Zahlzeichen und das elementSre Rechnen 

der Griechen und Romer und des christhchen Abendlandes 

vom 7 bis 13 Jahrhundert. Erlangen, 1869. 
Friis, Frederik Reinholdt. Bidrag til Dansk Kunsthistorie. 

Kjobenhavn, 1 890-1901. 

Samlinger til Dansk Bygnings- og Kunsthistorie udgivne, of 

F. R. F. KJ0benhavn, 1872-78. 

Fuller, Thomas. The History of the Worthies of England. Edited 
by John Fuller. London, 1662. 

The Church-History of Britain; From the Birth of Jesus 

Christ, Until the Year mdcxlviii. London, 1655. 

Gainsford, Thomas. The Glory of England. London, 16 18. 
Gams, P. Pius Bonifacius (O.S.B.). Series Episcoporum Ecdesiae 

Catholicae, quotquot innotuerunt a Beato Petro Apostolo. 

Ratisbonae, 187:^. 
Gdansk. See Danzig. 
Gentleman's Magazine Library: being a classified collection of 

the chief contents of the Gentleman's Magazine from 1731 to 

1868. Edited by G. L. Gromme. London, 1883 ^^c. 
Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Isidore. Histoire g6n6rale et particuli^re des 

anomalies de Torganisation chez Thomme et les animaux &c. 

3 tom. Paris, 1832-37. 
Geographische Gesellschaft LObeck: Die Hansestadt Lttbeck. 

Labeck, 1890. 
Geographisch- und Staatistische Beschreibuno der Herzog- 

THUMS HoLSTEiN... Hamburg, LObec, Btc. Altona, 1790. 

PM 16 



242 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

GiRALDUS [db Barry], Cambrensis, Archdeacon of St. Davids. 

Itinerarium Cambriae, etc. Edited by Sir R. C. Hoare. 1804, 

1806. 
Gloucester Cathedral. A History of Gloucester Cathedral, with 

some accounts of the monuments therein. Gloucester, 1844. 
Records of. Edited by the Rev. Canon Wm. Bazeley. z vols. 

Gloucester, 1882-84. 
Gloucester, Coimty of. A Hand-book for Travellers in the County 

of Gloucester. John Murray, LfOndon, 1884. 
Gloucester Guide, The : being a Brief and Methodical Account of 

Every Thing that is Worthy of Observation, in that Ancient 

City, Suburbs, &c. Collected and arranged by a Citizen and 

Member of the University of Oxford. London, 1792. 
Gloucestershire. A Topographical description of Gloucestershire, 

containing a compendious account of its dimensions, its towns 

and villages, &c. Gloucester, 1712. 
Gloucestershire Notes and Queries. Edited by the Rev. Beaver 

H. Blacker and P. W. Phillimore. London, 1881 etc. 
Graunt, Captain John, F.R.S. Natural and Political Observations 

...made upon the Bills of Mortality. 5th ed. London, 1676. 
Green, Valentine. The History and Antiquities of the City and 

Suburbs of Worcester. 2 vols. London, 1796. 
Greswell, W. H. p. Chapters on the early history of Glastonbury 

Abbey. Taunton, 1909. 
Grimm, J. L. C. Das Deutsche W6rterbuch der Gebruder 

Grimm \md die Entwickelung der deutschen Schriftsprache. 

1858. 
Grose, Francis. The Antiquities of England and Wales. 4 vols. 

London, 1773-87. 8 vols. London, 1783-97. 

Military Antiquities. 2 vols. London, 1786-88. 

A Provincial Glossary, with a Collection of local Proverbs and 

popular superstitions. London, 1787. 
Grove, Sir George. A Dictionary of Music and Musicians a.d. 1450- 

1880 &c. 4 vols. Orford, 1879-89. 
Grunau, Simon. Preussische Chronik herausgegeben von Dr. M. 

Perlbach. 3 vols. Konigsberg, 1875-96. 
Gruyer, F. a. Les Vierges de Raphael. 3 vols. Paris, 1869. 

Hakluyt, Richard. The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques 
and Discoveries of the English Nation, etc. 12 vols. Mac- 
lehose and Sons. Glasgow, 1903-05. 

Hamburg. Der Fremde in Hamburg. Malerischer Fremdenfiihrer 
durch Hamburg &c. Hamburg, 1846. 

Hamel, Dr. J. England and Russia comprising the voyages of John 
Tradescant the Elder, Sir Hugh Willoughby, Richard Chan- 
cellor, Nelson, and others to the White Sea etc. Translated 
by John Studdy Leigh. London, 1854. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 243 

Hans, Wistulanus, pseud, Geschichte der Stadt Danzig. Danzig, 
1891. 

Harding, Lt.-Col. W. The History of Tiverton in the County of 
Devon. 2 vols. Tiverton, 1845-47. 

Hasted, Edward. The history and topographical survey of the 
county of Kent &c. 4 vols. Canterbury, 1778-99. 

Hauteville, — De, pseud, (Caspar de Tende). Relation Historique 
de la Pologne, etc. Paris, 1697. 

£Hearne, Thomas, M.A.] The History and Antiquities of Glaston- 
bury with Preface and Appendix by the Publisher Thomas 
Heame, M.A. Oxford. Printed at the Theater, 1722. 

Herberstein, Baron Sigismund von. See Notes upon Russia. 

Herders Konversations-Lexikon. Dritte Auflage. Freiburg im 
Breisgau [1902-10]. 

Hertford, The Victoria History of the County of. 4 vols. 1902-23 . 

Hertfordshire, An Inventory of the Historical Monuments of. 
(Royal Commission on Historical Monuments, England.) 
London, 1910. 

Herz, £. Englische Schauspieler und englisches Schauspiel zur 
Zeit Shakespeares in Deutschland (in B. Leitzmann's Theater- 
geschichtliche Forschungen, etc.). Hamburg und Leipzig, 1903. 

Heywood, Thomas. A true Description of His Majesties Royall 
Ship, built this yeare, 1637, at WooU-witch, etc. London, 1637. 

Historical MSS. Commission, 12th Report. Coke MSS. London, 
1888-89. 

HoARE, Sir Richard Colt. Giraldus [de Barry], Cambrensis, Arch- 
deacon of St Davids, Itinerarium Cambriae, etc. Edited by 
Sir R. C. Hoare. 1804, 1806. 

Hollar, Wenceslaus. Theatru Mulierum, sive Varietas atque 
Differentia Habituum Foeminei Sexus diversorum Europae 
Nationum...a Wenceslao Hollar &c. London [1643]. 

Holmes, T. S. Wells and Glastonbury, a historical and topo- 
graphical account, etc. 1908. 

Holstein. Geographisch- und staatistische Beschreibung des Her- 
zogthums Holstein... und der freyen Reichst^dte Hamburg 
und Liibec etc. Altona, 1790. 

HoPTON, Arthur. A Concordancy of Yeares. Containing a most 
exact computation of time, etc. London, 161 2, 1635. 

Horsey, Sir Jerome. Travels. See Russia at thb Close of the 
Sixteenth Century. 

Howe, Sonia E. Some Russian Heroes, Saints and Sinners Legend- 
ary and Historical. London, 1916. 

A Thousand Years of Russian History. London, 19 15. 

Hughes, Charles. Shakespeare's Europe: Unpublished Chapters of 
Fynes Moryson's Itinerary. London, 1903. 

Hunt, W. and Poole, R. L. The Political History of England. See 
Montague, F. C. 

x6-a 



244 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

Ibbetson, J. C. a picturesque guide to Bath, Bristol, Hot Wells, &c. 
illustrated with... views &c. Liondon, 1793. 

Index Nauticus. British Isles. Admiralty. Hydrographic Depart- 
ment. London, 1920. 

Janusz, W. Dictionnaire complet Fran^ais-Polonais et Polonais- 

Fran^ais &c. 3 vols. Lwow, 1866-78. 
Jarman, Sydney Gardner. A History of Bridgwater. London, 1889. 
Jellinghaus, H. See F5rstemann, £. 
Jenkinson, Anthony. See Early Voyages and Travels to Russia 

AND Persia. 
Jewish Encyclopaedia. See Singer, Isidore. 

J5CHER, Christian Gottlieb. Compendioses Gelehrten-Lexicon. 1726. 
Jones, Stephen. History of Poland from its origin as a nation to 

the commencement of the year 1795. London, 1795. 
Jones, Theophilus. A History of the County of Brec^ock. 4 vols. 

Brecknock, 1805-09; reprint, 1898. A new edition by Lord 

Glanusk. Vols, i and 11. Brecon, 1909. 

Keane, a. H. and Cawston, George. The Early Chartered Com- 
panies (a.d. 1296-1858). London, 1896. 

Kelly, P. The Universal Cambist and Commercial Instructor: 
being a... Treatise on the Exchanges, Coins, Weights and 
Measures of all Trading Nations and their Colonies. 2 vols. 
London, 1835. 

KoEHLER, Carl. Die Trachten der Volker in Bild und Schnitt. 
Eine historische...Darstellung der menschleben Bekleidungs- 
weise von den Sltesten Zeiten bis in's XIXe Jahrhundert, etc. 
3 Theile. Dresden, 1871-73. 

KuESTER, CD. Das ruhmwiirdige Jugendleben des Grossen Kur- 
fursten...In den Jahren 1620 bis 1640. Berlin, 1791. 

Lalis, Anthony. Dictionary of the Lithuanian and Enghsh Lan- 
guages. Chicago, 111., 1915. 

Lansdowne MS. See Manuscripts, British Museum. 

Larousse, Pierre. Grand Dictionnaire universe! du XIXe si^cle. 
17 tom. Paris, 1866-70. 

Nouveau Larousse illustr6. Paris, 1 898-1 907. 

Latimer, John. The Annals of Bristol in the nineteenth century. 
Bristol, 1887, 1902. 

Le Bruyn, Comeille. Voyages au Levant... par la Moscovie, en 
Perse, et aux Indes Orientales. 5 tom. Paris, 1725. 

Le Laboureur, Jean. Relation du Voyage de la Royne de Pologne 
et du Retour de Madame la Mar6chale de Guebriant, Am- 
bassadrice Extraordinaire, et Sur-Intendante de sa conduite. 
Par la Hongrie...et un Traitt6 particulier du Royaume de 
Pologne &c. Paris, 1647. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 245 

Leland, John. The Itinerary of John Leland in or about the 

years 1 535-1543. Edited by Lucy Touknin Smith. London, 

1907-10. , 

Lelewel, Joachim. Antiquit6s de Pologne, de Litvanie, et de 

Slavonie, &c. Paris, Bruxelles, 1842. 
Leupold, Jacob. Theatri Machinarum hydraulicarum. Leipzig, 

1724-25. 
Liber Llandavensis, Evans' edition. The Text of the Book of Llan 

Dir — reproduced from the Gwysaney MS. Oxford, 1892. 
LiCETUS, Fortunius. De Monstrorum caussis, natura, et differentiis 

libri duo, in quibus &c. Secunda editio. Patavii, 1634. Ex 

recensione G. Blasii. Amstelodami, 1665. 
Life of the Icelander J6n Olafsson, The Traveller to India, 

Written by himself &c. Translated from the Icelandic edition 

of Sigfds Bldndal by Bertha S. Phillpotts and edited by the 

Translator. (Hak. Soc. 2nd Series, vol. liii.) 1923. 
LiisBERG, B. H. C. See Bering Liisberg. 
Loeschin, Matthias G. Geschichte Danzigs von der Mtesten bis 

zur neuesten Zeit &c. Danzig, 1822. 
Loudon, J . C. An Encyclopaedia of Agriculture. London, 1 83 1-34. 
Louisa Mary [Gonzaga] (successively Queen Consort of Vladislaus 

IV and of John Casimir Kings of Poland). Ver Lukiskanum 

...publicae felicitatis amoenitatem...Vladislas IV et Ludovicae 

Mariae Poloniarum maiestatibus typo exhibet, &c. [? Danzig] 

1648. 
LObeck, Geographische Gesellschaft. Die Hansestadt Liibeck. 

Liibeck, 1890. 
LucHT, A. C. Gluckstadt oder Beitr^ge zur Geschichte dieser Stadt 

&c. Kiel, 1854. 
Lysons, Daniel and Samuel. Magna Britannia, being a concise 

topographical account of the several counties of Great Britain. 

Vol. III. Cornwall. London, 18 14. 
Lysons, Samuel. What has Gloucestershire achieved? Gloucester, 

1861. 

MacCulloch, J. R. a Dictionary, practical, theoretical, and his- 
torical, of Commerce and Commercial Navigation. London, 
1832-39. 

[Macky, John.] A Journey through England in Familiar Letters 
from a Gentleman here to his Friend Abroad. 2 vols. London, 
1714, 1722. 

Madan, Falconer. A Chart of Oxford Printing, *i468'-i900. 
Oxford, 1904. 

Magalotti, Lorenzo. Travels of Cosmo the Third, Grand Duke of 
Tuscany, through England, during the Reign of King Charles 
the Second (1669). Translated from the Italian MS. in the 
Laurentian Library at Florence. London, 1821. 



246 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

Magdalen College Register. A Register of the Presidents, 

Fellows... and other Members of St Mary Magdalen College... 

from the foundation of the College to the present time. By 

J. R. Bloxam. 8 vols. Oxford, 1853-85. 

Maitland, F. W. The Collected Papers of. Edited by H. A. L. 

Fisher. 3 vols. Cambridge, 191 1. 
Malkin, Benjamin H. The Scenery, Antiquities and Biography of 

S. Wales. London, 1804. 
Malte-Brun, V. A. L'Allemagne illustr6e. 5 tom. Paris, 1884-88. 
Manuscripts: 

Bodleian Library. Rawlinson MS. C. 799. A Relation of sundry 
Voyages and Journeys made by mee Robert Bargrave (Younger 
Sonn to Dr Isaacke Bargrave Deane of Canterbury) [1646- 
1656]. 
BowREY Papers. A collection of papers (i 675-1723) relating to 
Thomas Bowrey, merchant captain and ship-owner (now in 
the possession of Col. Henry Howard). 
British Museum. Lansdowne MS. 213. A Relation of a short 
Survey of 26 Counties, briefly describing the Citties and their 
Scytuations, and the Corporate Towns and Castles therein. 
Observ'd in a Seven Weekes Journey begun at the City of 
Norwich and from thence into the North On Monday August 
nth 1634 ^^^ ending att the same Place. By a Captaine, a 
Lieutenant, and an Ancient. All three of the Military Com- 
pany in Norwich. 
Cambridge. Corpus Christi College MS. 106. 
Public Record Office. Paris Transcripts. Port Books. State 
Papers, Foreign — Holland. Venetian Transcripts. 
Mariner*s Mirror, The : The Journal of the Society for Nautical 

Research. London, 191 1 etc. 
Martens, F. Voyage to Spitzbergen. Edited by A. White. (Hak. 

Soc. ist Series, vol. xviii.) London, 1855. 
Martini, Adam Joseph. Kurtze Beschreibung und Entwurff alles 
dessen was bey der...Princessin...Ludovicae Mariae Gonzagae 
...Koniglicher Mayst: zu Polen und Schweden...Gespons 
geschehenen Einzuge in dic.Stadt Dantzig &c. Dantzigk, 
1646. 
Maton, Wm. Geo. Observations relative chiefly to the natural 
history... of the Western Counties of England, made in the 
years 1794 and 1796. Salisbury, 1797. 
M^RIM^, Prosper, fipisode de Thistoire de Russie. Les Faux 

D^m^trius. Paris, 1853. 
Meyer, Johann und Danckwerth, Caspar. Newe Landesbeschrei- 
bung der zwey Herzogthumer Schleswich und Holstein &c. 
[? Copenhagen] 1652. 
Meyers Konversations-Lexikon. Ein Nachschlagewerk des allge- 
meinen Wissens. 21 Bde. Leipzig und Vienna, 1897-1901. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 247 

MissoN, Henri de Valbourg. M. Misson's memoirs and observa- 
tions in his travels over England [1697], &c. Translated by 
Mr Ozell. London, 17 19. 

MoLTKE, H. C. B. von. Darstellung der innem VerhSltnisse und 
des gesellschaftlichen Zustandes in Polen. Berlin, 1832. 

Montague, F. C. The Political History of England, &c. 7 vols. 
1905 etc. 

Montague, William. The Delights of Holland : or A Three Months 
Travel about that and the other Provinces, &c. London, 1696. 

MoNTANUS, Petrus, of Ghent. P. Kaerii Germania Inferior, id est, 
XVII provinciarum ejus novae et exactae tabulae geographicae, 
cum luculentis singularum descriptionibus &c. Amstelodami, 
1617. 

MoRJ^i, Louis. Le Grand Dictionnaire Historique, ou le melange 
curieux de I'histoire sacr6e et profane &c. i8th ed. 8 tom. 
Amsterdam, 1740. 

MoRFiLL, W. R. Poland. London, 1893. 

Morgan, E. Delmar and Coote, C. H. See Early Voyages and 
Travels to Russia and Persia. 

MoRYSON, Fynes. An Itinerary written by Fynes Morjrson... con- 
taining his ten yeares travell &c. Maclehose edition. 4 vols. 
Glasgow, 1907-09. 

Shakespeare's Europe. Unpublished Chapters of Fynes 

Moryson's Itinerary &c. Edited by C. Hughes. London, 
1903. 

MuNRO, Robert. The Lake Dwellings of Europe. London, 1890. 
MuRCHisoN, Sir Roderick Impey. The Silurian System. London, 

1839. 
Murray, John Tucker. English Dramatic Companies, 1558-1642. 

2 vols. London, 1910. 

Nagler, G. C. Neues allgemeines Kiinstler-Lexicon &c. 22 Bde. 
Munchen, 1835-52. 

Navy Records Society Publications. See Perrin, W. G. 

Netherlands. Kingdom of the Netherlands. Ministerie van Land- 
bouw, Nijverheid en Handel. A General View of the Nether- 
lands. The Hague, 191 5. 

NiCHOLLS, Jas. F. and Taylor, J. Bristol Past and Present. Bristol, 
1881-82. 

NoAKE, John. The Monastery and Cathedral of Worcester. Bir- 
mingham, 1866. 

Worcester in the Olden Times. Worcester, 1849. 

North Sea Pilot. Admiralty, Hydrographic Department. Sailing 
Directions. London, 1857-68. 

Norway Pilot, Part II. From the Naze to the North Cape, thence 
to Jacob River. Compiled from various authorities by Lieu- 
tenant G. T. Temple, R.N. London, 1880. 



248 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

Notes and Queries : a Medium of Intercommunication for Literary 
Men, General Readers, etc. Twelfth Series. Vols. 11 etc. 
London, 191 6 etc. 

Notes upon Russia : being a Translation of the earliest account of 
that country entitled Rerum Moscoviticarum Coznmentarii, by 
the Baron Sigismund von Herberstein. Translated and edited 
by R. H. Major. 2 vols. (Hak. Soc. ist Series, vols x and xii.) 
London, 1851-2. 

Oates, Titus, D.D.: A True Narrative of the Horrid Plot and Con- 
spiracy of the Popish Party against the Life of His Sacred 
Majesty, the King, and the Protestant Religion. London, 1679. 

Ogier, Charles. DSnische Reise im Jahre 1 634, aus dem Laetinischen 
Ubersetzt mit Anmerkungen. See Schlegel, J. H. Sammlung 
zur D^scher Geschichte, etc. Bde. 2. 1773 etc. 

C. Ogerii Ephemerides, sive Iter Danaicum, Suecicum, 

Polonicum, cum esset in comitatu Claudii Meniinii...ad 
Septentrionis Reges legati &c. [Paris] 1656. 

Ogilby, John. Britannia Depicta, or Ogilby improved: being a 
correct copy of Ogilby's actual survey of all the direct and 
principal cross-roads in England and Wales... by J. Owen... 
Maps... by E. Bowen. London, 1720. 

The Traveller's Guide: or a most exact description of the 

Roads of England &c. London [1699]. 

Olafsson, J6n. See Life of the Icelander J6n Olafsson. 

Olbarius, Adam. The Voyages and Travels of the Ambassadors 
sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of 
Muscovy and the King of Persia. Begun in the year 1633 *^d 
finished 1639 &c. Rendered into English by John Davies of 
Kidwelly. London, 1662. 

Owen, John. See Ogilby, John. Britannia Depicta. 

Page, Wm. Samuel. The Russia Company from 1553 to 1660. 

London, 1912. 
Patent Rolls. See Calendars. 
Pennant, Thomas. A Journey from London to the Isle of Wight. 

2 vols . London , 1 80 1 . 
Pbpys, Samuel. Memoirs of Samuel Pepys. Comprising his diary 

from 1659 to 1669 &c. Edited by Richard Lord Braybrooke, 

with introduction by J. Timbs. London [1871]. 

Diary. Edited by H. B. Wheatley. 18 vols. London, 1903-04. 

Percy, Thomas. Reliques of Ancient English Poetry &c. [1880.] 
Perrin, W. G. The Autobiography of Phineas Pett. Edited by 

W. G. Perrin. Navy Records Society, vol. Li. London, 
1918. 
Phelps, The Rev. W. History and Antiquities of Somersetshire. 
4 vols. London, 1836. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 249 

Philipps, F. E. F. Beitrage zur Geschichte und Statistik der 

deutschen Messen. Frankfurt a.d.O., 1857. 
Phillips, Sir Claude. The Picture Gallery of Charles I. London, 

1896. 
Phillpotts, Bertha S. See Life of the Icelander J6n Olafsson. 
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society. London, 

1665 etc. 
Pinkerton, John. A General Collection of the best and most 

interesting voyages and travels, &c. 17 vols. London, 

1808-14. 
Planch^, J. R. Cyclopaedia of Costume, z vols. London, 1876-79. 
Poland. The Ancient and Present State of Poland, drawn out of 

their best Historians. London, 1697. 
Polnischer Staat: oder eigentliche Beschreibung des K5nig- 

reichs Polen, und des Grossherzogthums Lithauen &c. Cdlln, 

1697. 

Relation de I'Estat de Pologne et de leur R6publique. Cologne, 

1668. 

— '■ — Guide du Voyageur en Pologne. Varsovie, 1820. 

Histoire de Pologne, et du Grand Duch6 de Lituanie &c. 

[By J. G. Jolli.] Amsterdam, 1698. 

PosTLETHWAYT, Msdachy. The Universal Dictionary of Trade and 

Commerce, &c. 4th ed. 2 vols. London, 1774. 
Privy Council, Acts of the. 

Ray, F. a Collection of English proverbs... whereunto are added 

Local Proverbs &c. Cambridge, 1670. 
RoEVER, Nicolaus de. Uit onze oude Amstelstad. Schetsen en 

tafereelen betreffende de geschiedenis der veste en de zeden 

barer vroegere bewoners. 3 bundel. Amsterdam, 1890-91. 
Rogers, R. pseud. An Historical Account of Mr Rogers's Three 

year Travels over England and Wales &c. [A. surreptitious 

copy of J. Brome's work.] London, 1694. 
Roller, C. N. Versuch einer Geschichte der... Staat Bremen. 

4 Thle. Bremen, 1 799-1 803. 
Rosenberg, C. M. Geogr^fiiskt Statistikt Handlexikon ofver Sverige, 

&c. 2 Bde. Stockholm, 1882-83. 

Handbok fdr resande i Sverige. Stockholm, 1872. 

Royal Commission on Historical Monuments (England): an 
Inventory of the Historical Monuments in Hertfordshire. 
• London, 1909. 
Rudder, Samuel. A New History of Gloucestershire. Cirencester, 

1779. 
Russia at the Close of the Sixteenth Century, Comprising 

Fletcher's Russe Commonwealth and Horsey's Travels. 

Edited by Sir Edward Augustus Bond, K.C.B. (Hak. Soc- 

ist Series, vol. xx.) 1857. 



250 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND 

S., L'AbW F. D. Relation d'un Voyage de Pologne fait dans les 

ann^es 1688 et 1689. Paris, 1858. 
Sailing Directions. See Baltic Pilot; Index Nauticus; North 

Sea Pilot; Norway Pilot. 
Sainsbury, £. B. a Calendar of the Court Minutes of the East 

India Company 1 635-1 663 (in progress). Oxford, 1907—22. 
St Alban's Abbey Guide, The. St Albans, 1824. 
Sanderson, Patrick. The Antiquities of Durham ; also a particular 

description of the County Palatine of Durham. N^e\¥casde- 

upon-Tyne, 1767. 
ScHELTEMA, Pieter. De Beurs van Amsterdam. Amsterdam, 1846. 
Schiller, C. und LObben, A. Mittelniederdeutsches W5rterbuclu 

1875 etc. 
ScHLEGEL, J. W. [Charles Ogier's] D^nische Reise im Jahre 1634 

&c. (in Sammlung zur DiUiischen Geschichte, etc. Bde. 2). 

Kj0benhavn, 1773 etc. 
ScHOEFF VON FiCHARD, J. C. Frankfurtisches Archiv fiXr §ltere 

deutsche Litteratur und Geschichte. Herausgegeben von 

J. C. von Fichard. 3 Thle. Frankfurt am Main, 1811—15. 
ScHULTZ, Franz, of Kulm. Geschichte der Stadt und des Kreises 

Culm bis 1479. Danzig, 1876. 
Seebohm, Frederic. Customary Acres and their historical import- 
ance. Edited by H. E. Seebohm. London, 1914. 
Senex, John. An actual survey of all the principal roads of England 

and Wales... imprinted and corrected by John Senex. 1719. 
Shakespeare's England. An account of the life and manners of 

his age. Planned by Sir Walter Raleigh and edited by Sir Sidney 

Lee and C. T. Onions. 2 vols. Oxford, 1916. 
Singer, Isidore. Jewish Encyclopaedia. 12 vols. New York and 

London, 1901 etc. 
Smith, William, Rouge Dragon. The Particular Description of 

England, 1588. Edited by H. B. Wheatley and E. W. Ashbee. 

London, 1879. 
Sorbi^re, Samuel de. Relation d*un Voyage en Angleterre &c. 

Paris, 1664. 
Sparrow, W. S. A Book of Bridges. London and New York, 

1915- 
Speed, John. A Prospect of the most famous parts of the World. 

London, 1631. Containing The Theatre of the Empire of 

Great Britain... with the Shires, Hundreds, Cities, &c... 

described. London, 1627. 
Spruner-Menke. Hand- Atlas fur die Geschichte des Mittelalters 

und der Neueren Zeit. Dritte Auflage. Gotha, 1880. 
Starowolski, Szymon. S. Starovolsci Tractatus tres: i. Polonia 

(cumpraefationeH. Coringii). Editionova. 3 pt. Wratislaviae^ 

1733. 
State Papers. See Calendars; Manuscripts. 



MANUSCRIPTS QUOTED IN THE NOTES 25 1 

Stow, John. The Annals of England, faithfully collected out of the 
most autenticall Authors... untill the present yeere 1592. Im- 
printed in London by Ralph Newbery. 

The Survey of London. Edited by H. B. Wheatley. (Every- 
man's Library.) 

Strype, John. Annals of the Reformation and Establishment of 

Religion &c. London, 1709-08 [sic], 
Stukeley, Wm. Itinerarium curiosum: or an Account of the 

Antiquitys and remarkable curiositys in nature or art observed 

in travels thro' Great Brittan &c. 2nd ed. London, 1776. 
SuHM, P. F. Nye Samlinger tyl den Danske Historie. 4 vols. 

Kj0benhavn, 1792-95. 
SwANN, H. K. Dictionary of English and Folk-Names of British 

Birds. London, 191 3. 

Temple, Lieut.-Comm. G. T. See Norway Pilot. 

Tewkesbury Yearly Register and Magazine, 1830-49, 2 vols, 

Tewkesbury, 1840-50. 
Trap, Jens P. Kongeriget Danmark. 5 Bde. Kjobenhavn, 1898- 

1904. 

VoLTA, Zanino. Delle Abbreviature nella Paleografia Latina &c. 
Milano, 1892. 

Walford, Cornelius. Fairs Past and Present. 1882. 

Walker, T. A., LL.D. University of Cambridge: College His- 
tories; Peterhouse. London, 1906. 

Walpole, Horace. A Catalogue and Description of King Charles 
the First's Capital Collection of Pictures, Bronzes, &c... tran- 
scribed by the late ingenious Mr Vertue &c. London, 1757. 

A Catalogue of the curious Collection of Pictures of George 

Villiers, Duke of Buckingham &c. London, 1758. 

Ward, Artemus: The Grocer's Encyclopaedia: A compendium of 

useful Information &c. New York, 191 1. 
Warner, The Rev. Richard. The History of Bath. Bath, 1801. 

An History of the Abbey of Glaston; and of the Town of 

Glastonbury. Bath, 1826. 

Weiss, Hermann. Kostiimkunde. Handbuch der Geschichte der 
Tracht und des GerSthes vom 14 Jahrhundert bis auf die 
Gegenwart &c...mit Illustrationen. 2 Abth. Stuttgart, 1866- 
1872. 

Wernicke, J. E. Geschichte Thorns aus Urkunden, Dokumenten 
und Handschriften. 2 Bde. Thorn, 1839-42. 

WiCHMANN, E. H. Geschichte Altona's &c. Altona, 1865. 

Hamburgische Geschichte in Darstellungen aus alter und 

neuer Zeit. Hamburg, 1887, 1889. 

Heimatskunde. Topographische historische und statistische 



252 LIST OF FULLER TITLES OF BOOKS AND MANUSCRIPTS 

Beschreibung von Hamburg und der Vorstadt St. Georg. 

Hamburg, 1863. 
WiFFEN, J. H. Historical Memoirs of the House of Russell. 2 vols. 

London, 1833. 
WiLBRAHAM, Sir Roger. The Journal of Sir Roger Wilbraham. 

Edited by H. P. Scott. (Camden Soc. vol. x.) London, 1902. 
Willis, The Rev. R. The Architectural History of Canterbury 

Cathedral. London, 1845. 
Willis, R. and Clark, J. The Architectural History of the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge and of the Colleges of Cambridge and 

Eton. 4 vols. Cambridge, 1886. 
Wilson, Henry Austin. Magdalen College. College Histories. 

Oxford, 1898 etc. 
WiNDAKiEWicz, M. S. L'Op6ra italien k la cour de Ladislas IV. 

(Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau^ 1892 

etc.) 
Wood, Antony. The History and Antiquities of the Colleges and 

Halls in the University of Oxford. Continued and edited by 

John Gutch. Oxford, 1786. 

Survey of the Antiquities of the City of Oxford, composed in 

1 66 1 -6. Edited by Andrew Clark. 3 vols. Oxford, 1889-90. 

WooLHOPE Naturalists' Field Club, Transactions of the. Here- 
ford, 1867 etc. 

Worcester. A Concise History and Description of Worcester. 
Worcester, 1829. 

WuNDERER, Johann David. J. D. Wunderers Reisen nach Denne- 
marck, Russland und Schweden 1589 und 1590. See Schoefp 

VON FiCHARD, J. C. 

Zedler, J. H. Universal Lexicon. 1732 etc. 

Zeiler, Martin. Itinerarium Germaniae nov-antiquae : Teutsches 
Reysebuch des Hoch und Nieder Teutschlands auch Ungam, 
Siebenburgen, Polen, Schweden, Dennemarck etc. [M. Zeilleri 
Itinerarii Germaniae Continuatio &c.] 2 pt. Strassburg, 1632- 
40. 

Martini Zeilleri samptliche, so wohl Hoch- und Nieder- 

Teutsche als auch Franzosische [Topographic]. [Edited by 
M. Merian the elder and M. Merian the younger, and Caspar 
MerianJ 5 vols. Frankfurt am Main, 1642-72. 

Newe Beschreibung des Konigreichs Polen, und...Lithauen, 

etc. Ulm, 1663. 

Zesen, Philipp von. Beschreibung der Stadt Amsterdam &c. 
Amsterdam, 1664. 



INDEX 



Abergavenny, xxviii, 14, 15 

Abergayny. See Abergavenny 

Abingdon, 29 ; cross at, 29 n. 2 

Achin, Sumatra, 159 n. 2 

Achterburgwall, the, at Amsterdam, 
78 n. I 

Acrobats. See Tumblers 

Actors, at Danzig, 18 1-2; in Ger- 
many, xli; English, at Kdnigs- 
berg, 182 n. i 

Adebdr, Ger., a crane, stork, 
202 n. 4 

Afghanistan, 136 n. 6 

Agra, 188 n. 2 

Ahrenburg, 1 14 n. 4 

Aldeburgh, 223, 22i 

All Saints' Church, Bristol, 10 n. i 

All Souls* Chapel, Oxford, 26 n. 4 

Alle, river, 93 n. 2 

AUex, the, ship, 54 n. i 

Altnoe. See Mtonsi 

Altona, xxxvi, 120, 161 ; historical 
sketch of, 121 n. i 

Altstadt, Bremen, 159 n. 6, 160 n. 3 

Altstadt, Hamburg, 115 n. i 

Altstadt, Konigsberg proper, 90 n. 2 

Altyrty Russian coin, 147 n. i 

Amber, xxxv; account of, near 
Danzig, 107; discussed, 108; 
monopoly of collecting, at Dan- 
zig, 108 n. I ; monopoly of 
Teutonic Knights, 108 n. i 

Amber Courts, 108 n. i 

Amber Oath, 108 n. i 
Ameland, in the Zuider Zee, 82 
Amelie, the, Dutch Admiral's ship at 
the Battle of the Downs, xxix, 39 
Amesbury, 49 

Amo, a jester, ? Cupid, 182 n. i 
Amsterdam, xxxi, 82, 89, 1 11, 115, 
165, 199 n. I, 200; described, 
64-81; population, 67; death- 
rate, 167 n. 3; burials at, 67-8; 
chimes, 68; churches, 68-9; 
church organs, 68; Jews in, 70; 
synagogues, 70 n. i ; painters, 
70; streets, 70; houses on piles, 
66-7; canals, 69 n. 3; water- 
supply, 66 ; shipping and traffic, 
71 ; trade, 72; the old Exchange, 
73 n. i; hospitals, 73 n. 2; 
prisons, 73-4; clock- towers, 74; 
music and entertainment houses, 



76-7; the Great Tun, 78; dis- 
tance of, from Thorn, 100 n. 3 ; 
compared with Danzig, 167 n. 3 

Amy, file, ship, 54 n. i 

Anatomical Theatre, Oxford, 26 n. 3 

Anatomy of Melancholy, Burton's, 
quoted by Mundy, 228 

Anaximander, Greek Philosopher, 
xlv, 218 n. I 

Anchor, on tower of GlUckstadt 
Church, 120, 121 n. I 

Angelica, plant, 148 n. 3 

Angelus bell, in Danzig Pfarr- 
lurche, 169 n. 3 

Anholt, Anout, Island, 221 

Ann Roy all, slup, xi 

Antonides, Johainnes, keeper of 
a Music-house at Amsterdam, 
77 n. 2 

Aor, Pulo, 137 n. i 

Apotheker, pharmacist, at Danzig, 
position of, 176 n. 3 

Aquavity, aqua vitee, 109 

Arador, Sp., ring- worm, 232 n. i 

Archangel, xxxv, xxxvii, xxxviii- 
xxxix, 135-6, 135 .nn. i and 5, 
150 n. 6, 166; trading season in, 
148; harbour, 135, 148; British 
cemetery at, 149; reckoning 
time in, 151 ; windxnills at, 151 ; 
Gulf of, 133 n. 3, 135 n. i; 
voyage to, from Altona, 121-53 

ArchangeUca, See Angelica, 148 n. 3 

Armell Crooe, Aermel Krug, Sleeve 
Inn, xxxv, 102 n. 3 

Arsenal, at Amsterdam, 71 n. i ; at 
Danzig, described, xli, 170-2, 
211 n. I ; at Venice, 171 n. i ; at 
Warsaw, xliv, 204 

Arthur, as a place-name in Wales, 
explained, 18 

Arthur Stone, the, 18 

Artillery Company, The Honour- 
able, 48 n. I, 178 n. 4 

Artillery Garden, the, in London, 
48 n. I 

Artushof, King Arthur's Court, at 

Danzig, 179 n. 2, 180 n. 2 
Arundel, Thomas Howard 2nd 
Earl of, collections of, in the 
Strand, London, 46 n. i; 
"Father of vertu in England," 
46 n. I 



254 



INDEX 



Ass, Tiding the, a military punish- 
ment, 172 n. 2; the Danzig, 
172 n. 2 

Astronomy, Mundy's notes on, 
216-18, 228-9, 230 

Augsburg Confession, the, 85 n. 2 

Avon, river, at Tewkesbury, 22 n. 2 

Bagpipes, in the great organ in the 
Pfarrkirche at Danzig, 186 nn. 2 
and 4 

Bagshot, 181 

Bagshot Heath, 181 n. z 

Balch, H. E. and Miss, notes of, on 
Glastonbury, Wells and Bath, 

6 n. I 

Baltic Sea, 89 n. i 

Ban-uwch Denni. See Monuch 
Denny, 18 

Banns, publication of, at Danzig, 
191 n. 4 

Baptista, Joannes, a monstrosity, 
189 n. I. See Colloreto, Lazarus 

Barck-hen, Ger. Birkherme^ fem. 
of Birkhuhn, black-cock, 107 n. i 

Barckway, Barkway, Herts, 34 

Barnacle, Bemicle Goose, the, 
xxvii, 51 n. I 

Barnstaple, xxvii, 2 

Barnwell, Cambridgeshire, Stour- 
bridge Fair held at, 32 n. 3 

Barrique, a French measure of 61 
gallons, 78 n. i 

Bartholinus, Thomas, his descrip- 
tion of Lazarus Colloreto, 189 n. i 

Barytone, a musical instrument, 
XXXV, 104 n. 3 ; described, 104-5 

Basingstoke, 181 n. 2 

Basingstone, the, 181 n. 2 

Basques, the, 144; a custom of, on 
St John*s Eve, 86 n. 4; caps of, 
198 

Bastable Stone, at Barnstaple, 2-3 ; 
the "Toune Stone," "Mer- 
chants' Exchange," 3 n. i 

Batavia, later Holland, 65 n. 2 

Bath, described, 7-8; baths at, 7, 
50; mixed bathing at, 7 n. 2; 
King Bladud's foundation of, 

7 n. 2 ; Lady Waller's monument 
at, 8 n. I ; and Wells, 6 

Bather, Dr F. A., notes supplied 

by, 193 n. I, 232 n. 3 
Bathing, mixed, at Bath, 7 n. 2 
Batory, Etienne of Poland, 204 n. 3 
Bauer t Ger., peasant, 195, 197; 

habits of, 195-6, 207 
Bayonne, 35 n. i, 86 n. 4, 208 n. i 



Bazeley, Canon of Gloucester, 
notes supplied by, 13 nn. i and 2, 

14 n. 3 

Beacons, beacon-fires , 48 

Beaker, silver, 1 1 

Bearbaiting, 179 

Bears, in Archangel, 152 

Bedford, Francis Russell, 4th Earl 
of, 30 n. I 

Bedriicher^ Ger., a hangman, 175 n. 3 

Beer, of Danzig, 180, 181; of 
Frankenhausen, 163 n. 2; of 
Hamburg, 163; of Lubeck, 162- 
3 ; of Raueburg, 163 n. 2 ; white, 
163 n. 2; white Pohsh, 207; sea, 
163 n. i; urns Gelt, for money, 
181 n. I 

Bees, about the FHsches Haff, 108 

Beheading, at Danzig, account of, 

173 

Bell-ringing in England, 49; at 
Amsterdam, 68; Mundy's re- 
marks on, xlvi, 233-4 

Bells, the great, of the Wester- 
Kirke, Amsterdam, 69 n. 2; in 
Amsterdam generally, 74; in 
Russian Churches, 143 n. 2 

Belt, the Great, 87 

Beluga catodon, white whale, 
134 n. 3 

Benefit of clergy, xxvu, 14 n. 5 

Bensly, Mr Edward, note furnished 
by, 234 n. I 

Berezov Channel, the. Archangel, 

154 n- !• 
Bergen, Norway, 83, 127, 155 

Berkeley ship Canal, Gloucester, 

14 n. 4 
Berlin, 188 n. 2 
Bemicle goose, the. See Barnacle 

Goose 
Bernstein, German name for amber, 

107 ; derivation of, 107 n. 4 
Bemstein'Eid, the Amber Oath, 

108 n. I 
Betglocke, Bedeclocke, Angelus 

bell, 169 n. 3; of Danzig, 

described, 169 
Beurs, Du., Burse, Exchange, 

73 n. I 
Bideford, Bridge at, xxvii, 2 n. 3 
Billingsgate, xlv, 224 
Birken Masem (Ger., birch- 
measles), certain cups so called 

by German-speaking Russians, 

.153 n. I 
Bischofsberg, hill W. of Danzig, 

212 n. I 



INDEX 



255 



Black-cock) 107 n. i 

Bladud) King, his foundation at 
Bath, 7 n. 2 

Blaew-Hooke, Du., Mundy*s Blau- 
hooke, xxxvii, 133 n. 3 

Blanky SL Dutch coin, 79, 80 n. i 

Blauhooke. See Blaew-Hooke 

Blonie, 194 

Blue Nose, Cape. See Blaew- 
Hooke 

Board, to =to tack, 233 n. 6 

Boat, tilted, explained, 32 n. 2 

Bobbing, parish, Sheppey I., 56 n. 3 

Bobrowniki, Mundy*s Bobubber- 
neekee, 205 n. 3, 206 

Boca Tigris (Canton River), xiii 

Bociafif Pol., a crane, 202 n. 4 

Bodleian Library, Oxford, 26 n. i 

Bohemia, Frederick V, King of, 
marries Elizabeth sister of Charles 
I of England, 90 n. 3 ; his sister 
marries the Elector of Branden- 
burg, 90 n. 3 

Bohnsack, 102 n. 5 

Bolltverkf embankment on the 
Frisches HafF, xxxiii, 89 n. 6; 
of the Pregel, at Konigsberg, 
92 n. 2 

Bon Esperanza, Cape, Cape of 
Good Hope, 125, 126, 128 

Boom, Ger. Bauniy a river barrier, 
xxxiv, 95 n. I 

Boor. See Bauer 

Bordeaux hogshead, a French 
measure of about 61 gallons, 
78 n. I 

Bore, in rivers, at Bridgwater, 
25 n. I ; at Gloucester, 24-5 ; at 
Rouen (Roane), 25; at Cambay 
(Cambayett), 25 

Bomholm, Island of, xxxiii, xzxv, 

Xlv, 88, 112, 219, 220 

Bdrsengebftude, the Old Exchange, 

at Kdnigsberg, 92 n. i 
Bothnia, Gulf of, xxxii 
Boyar, Russian noble, xxxviii 
Brabander, Brabanter, Fleming, 

« "7 

Brabant huke, a mantle, cape, xxxi, 

70 n. I, Plate H, No. z 

Brane, river, 207 

Brahe, Tycho, 220 n. 3; designs 
Kronborg Castle, 84 n. 2; ac- 
count of, 221 n. I 

Brandenburg, Germany, 93; on 
the Frischmg, 105 n. 2; fishing 
near, 106 

Brandenburg, Electors of, xli. 



88 n. I, 182; in Mundy's day 
was Georg Wilhelm, 90 n. 3; 
Anna, mother of, 90 n. 3 ; marries 
Elizabeth Charlotte, sister of 
Frederick V, King of Bohemia, 
90 n. 3 ; styled Markgraf, xxxiii, 
90, 182 n. I ; his Court at 
Konigsberg, 90, 104 n. 2; illness 
and death of, 105 n. i ; Johann 
Sigismund, father of Georg 
Wilhelm, 90 n. 3; Friedrich 
Wilhelm, son of Georg Wilhelm, 
illness of, 105 n. i 

Brassica nigra, mustard, 21 

Braunsberg, xlv, 93, 105, 212, 216; 
tilting at, 213-14 

BrayneSbrd. See Brentford 

Breaking on the wheel, at Danzig, 
172; account of, 173-4; illustra- 
tion of, Plate IX, No. 10 

Breame, Breme. See Bremen 

Brecknock, xxviii, 16-19, 52; re- 
mains of Castle of, 19 n. i 

Brecknock Mere, 19 n. 3 

Brecknockshire Beacons, the, 17 n. i 

Breheenock. See Brecknock 

Breite Gasse, the, street, at Dan- 
zig, 168 n. I 

Bremen, xxxix, 166; described, 
159-61; brick architecture at, 
115 n. 6; mills at, 160, 161 n. i; 
water-wheel at, 161; Bishopric 
of, xxxii; Bishop (Archbishop) 
of, xxxix, 158 n. 2, 159 n. 5; 
Duchy of, 158 n. 2 ; costumes in, 
xxxix, i6i, Plate VII, No. 8; 
under Sweden, 158 n. 2 

Bremerv6rde, Mundy's Bremen- 
fioerd, xxxix, 158 n. 2, 159 

Brent Goose, the, 51 n. 3 

Brentford, 29 

Bricks, in architecture in Northern 
Europe, 115 n. 6 

Bridgwater, xzvii, 4; St Mary's 
Church at, 4 n. i 

Brielle. SeeBnil 

Brightstad (9 n. i), Brightestone 
(8 n. 2 and 10 n. 3). See Bristol 

BriU, the (Brielle, de Briell), xxx, 
60, 61, 64, m; a "Cautionary 
Towne," 60 n. i ; Mundy lands 
in Holland at, 60 

Bristol, xxvii, 8-1 1, 52; drainage, 
9 n. I ; St Mary Redcliff Church, 

9 n. 2; the Exchange, 9-10, 

10 n. I ; the Bridge, 9, 10 n. 2; 
the Castle, 9, 10 n. 3 ; the High 
Cross, 9 n. 3; shooting com- 



2s6 



INDEX 



petitions, lo n. 4; medidnal 
springs, 11 n. 4; coal, 11 n. 5 
Bristow. See Bristol 
Bromwell, Master, a ship's cap- 
tain, 221 
Broomberg, Posen, 207 n. 2 
Brotherhood, Free, 180 n. 2. See 

Order 
Brotslavia. See Vladislavia 
Bruges, population of, 167 n. 3 
Bruno, Giordano, xlv, 217; length 

of his work, 218 n. i 
Bruskbaroque work in St OlaPs at 

Elsinore, 86 n. i 
Brycheiniog ( 1 9 n . 3) . iSetf Brecknock 
Brzezie, Brzesc, zlii, 194, 198 
Bucentaur (Bucintoro), the, of 

Venice, 36 
Buckstone, the, near Monmouth, 

15 n. 3 
Bug, Bugge, River, 205 n. 3, 206 

Bulbs in Holland, 75 ; Bulb-mania, 

the, 75 n. I 
Burford, xxviii, 25 
Burg, the, castle, of Danzig, 185 n. 2 
Burger, 176, 185, 190 
BUr^rmeister, 176 
Burials, at Ainsterdam, hours and 

method of, 67-8; absence of 

women at, 68 
Burmestene . See Bernstein ; Amber 
Burse, the = the New Exchange, 

London, 49 ; =the Old Exchange, 

Amsterdam, 73 n. i 
Bushes, " cairns of, xxxv, 108 n. 2 
Bushuis (Arsenal), the, of Amster- 
dam, 71 n. I 
Busino, Horatio, his description of 

Amsterdam, 70 n. 3 
Buss, a ship for herring fishing, 

223 n. 2 
Busse, Christopher, story of, 174-5 
Buttermilch Thurm, the, at Ma- 

rienburg, 195 n. 2 

Cackleoven, a tiled stove. See 

Kachelofen 
Cader Arthur (Pen y Fan), highest 

of the Brecknockshire Beacons, 

17 n. i; called Cadier Arthur, 

Cadar Arthur, correctly, Cadair 

Arthur, 18 
Cain and Abel, statue of, at York 

House, 45 ; history of, 45 n. 2 
Cairns of bushes, xxxv, io8 n. 2 
Caliche, calash, a light carriage, 

xxxiv, 99, loi ; derivation of the 

term, 99 n. i 



Calf of Man, the, 51 n. 3 

Calissia. See Kalisia 

Callais, cullasse. See CctUche 

Calvinists^ in Danzig, 168 

Cfun. river, 32 n. 3 

Cfunbay, Camba3^tt, 25 

Cambo, Cambo-les-Bains, near 

Bayonne, 86 n. 4, 144 
Cambridge, xxviii-xxix, 3a, ^8, 52; 

Trinity College, 33 ; Kng^s Col- 
lege Chapel, 33 n. I ; Peterhouse 

Chapel, 33 n. 2 
Camel, Arabian, one-humped, 

118 n. I ; Bactrian, two-humiped, 

1 18 n. I ; the wooden, described, 

163 n. I 
Canals, in Holland, 62—3 
Canary House, London, a tavern, 

49 n. 4 
Cane. See Kahn 
Canella de matto, explained, zii 
Canon, Mr. See Canynge, William 
Canterbury, xxix, 37; font and 

stained glass in Cathedral at, 

37 nn. I and 2 
Cantilever bridge, at Thorn, 196-7, 

197 n. 3 
Canvey Island, 224 n. i 
Canynge, William, grandfather and 

grandson, of Bristol, 9 n. 2 
Cape of Good Hope, 125, 126 

n. 2 
Caravel, carvel, jelly fish, 222 n. i 
Carelia, xxxii 

Carfax Conduit, Oxford, 28 n. 2 
Carlisle, 187 
Carrack, a vessel, 38 
Carts, for carrying Portland Stone, 

XI 

Cary, Sir Nicholas, garden of, 49 
Cary House, in London, 49 n. 4 
Cash (Chinese coin), described, xv 
Casimir, King of Poland, 183 n. i 
Caspian Sea, 134 n. 3 
Cassubia (Mundy's Cassooben), a 

part of Pomerania, xxxiii, 88 n. i , 

107 
Castles, Norman, in S. Wales, 

19 n. 4 
Castren, Alexander, his work on 

the languages of the Samoyeds, 

138 n. 4 
Catch, Ketch, a small sea vessel, 

53 n. I 
Cathedrals, Continental : Dom- 

Frauenburg (Dom-Kirche), 107 

n. 3; St Peter's, Bremen, 159 

n. 4 



Cathedrals, England: Canterbury, 
37; Christchurch, Oxford, 27-8, 
27 n. 3, 33; Gloucester, xxvii, 
12-13, 13 n. i; Salisbury, 49; 
St Paul's (Old), London, xii, 
XXV, 30 n. 3, 47 n. 4, 48 n. 3 
Catsnose, xxxvii, 133 n. 3 
Catwater, xlvi, 224 
Cautionary Towns, the, of Hol- 
land, XXX, 60 n. I 
Caviare, 152 

Cecilia Renata of Austria, ist wife 
of Vladislaus IV of Poland, 
204 n. 6 
Cedar-nut, pine-kernel, 188 n. 3 
Ceylon, 227 

Chair of honour, Chinese, xv 
Chamber, small ordnance, 54 n. 4 
Chamberlain, Robert, quoted by 

Mundy, 234 
Chancellor, Richard, the first En- 
glishman in Russia, xxxviii 
Clumge-ringing of bells, xlvi, 233-4 
Chapels. See Churches 
Charles of Poland, brother of 

Vladislaus IV, 210 n. 2 
Charles, the Simple, of France, 
endows the County of Holland, 
65 n. 2 
Charles I, of England, 189 n. i; 
vacillation of, at the Battle of the 
Downs, 40, 43 n.; his sister 
marries Frederick V, King of 
Bohemia, 90 n. 3; plays at Pell 
Mell in London, 44 ; his pictures 
at Whitehall, 44-5, 45 n. i ; his 
bedstead at Theobalds, 29 
Charles II, of England, 223 n. 8; 

as Prince Charles, 44 n. i 
Charles V, of Austria, portrait of, 
at the Junkerhof at Danzig, 
179 n. 2 
Charles XI, of Sweden, 86 n. 5 
Charwa Castle, 206 
Chatham, xxxix, 35 ; the Chain at, 
34 n. i; Dockyard, 36 n. 4; 
Rope-walk, 36 n. 5 
Chawbucke, chabuk, a whip, a 

knout, 150 n. 4 
Chelmno, 205 n. 3, 206. See Kulm 
Chelmza. See Kuhnsee 
Chimes, at Amsterdam, 68; at 

Danzig, 184 
Chinese, people, 137 
Chirkee. See Czerwinsk 
Christchurch Cathedral, Oxford, 
xxviii, 27-8; painted windows 
at, 27 n. 5 

PM 



INDEX 257 

Christian IV of Denmark, xxvi, 
xxxii, 87 n. 2, 114 n. 3, 209 n. 3, 
210 n. I ; his sons, xxxix, xliv, 
158, 208, 209 n. 2; his quarrel 
with Hamburg, 120,121 n. i, 161, 
162 n. 2, with Tycho Brahe, 
221 n. I ; his relations with 
Christina Monk, 209 n. i ; with 
Vibeke Kruse, 209 n. i ; seizes 
British broadcloth, 209; his 
house at Gluckstadt, xxxvi, 119, 
157 n. 3; his camp at Fuhls- 
biittel, 161-2; his defences 
against Sweden, 220 
Christiania Fjord, 223 n. 4 
Christina, Fraw. See Monk, Chris- 
tina 
Churches, Continental, Amster- 
dam, in, 68; Archangel, in, 
143 n. 3 ; Bremen, in, 159; Dan- 
zig, 169, 186; English Church, 
Danzig, 107, 183-4; Gluckstadt, 
in, 157 n. 3; Great Church, 
Archangel, 143 n. 3; Jacobi 
Kirche, Hamburg, 115 n. 3; 
Lutheran, 143 n. 3, 159 n. 3, 
169 ; Marien Kirche, Pfarrkirche, 
Danzig, 169 n. i, 186 n. 3; 
Moscow, in, 143 n. 3; Nieuwe- 
kirk. Delft, 63 n. 3 ; Oude Kirk, 
Amsterdam, 68 n. 3 ; Our Lady's, 
Lubeck, 163 n. 4; Russia, in, 
143; described and illustrated, 
144, and Plate V, No. 6; Wester 
Kirke, Amsterdam, 69 n. 2; 
St Ansgarius, Bremen, 159 n. 4; 
St Catherine's, Hambuig, 115 n. 5, 
116; St Jacob's, Hamburg, 
115 n. 3; St Mary the Virgin, 
Archangel, 143 n. 3; St Mary's, 
Lubeck, 163 nn. 4 and 5; 
St Nicholas, Amsterdam, 68 n. 3 ; 
St Nicholas, Hamburg, 115 n. 4, 
1 16; St Olaf, Helsingor (Elsi- 
nore), 85 n. 2, 86 n. i ; St Peter's, 
Hamburg, 1 1 5 n. 2 ; St Stephen's, 
Bremen, 159 n. 4; St Ursula, 
Delft, 63 n. 3 
Churches, England: All Saints', 
Bristol, 10 n. I ; All Souls' Col- 
lege Chapel, Oxford, 26 n. 4; 
King's College Chapel, Cam- 
bridge, 33; Magdalen College 
Chapel, Oxford, 26-7, 26 n. 4, 
33; Minster Abbey, Sheppey, 
Kent, 56 n. 3; Osney Abbey 
Priory, Oxford, 27 n. 4, 28 n. z ; 
St Alban's Ab^bey, 30 n. 3; 

17 



258 



INDEX 



St Faith's, London, xxv, 47 n. 4 ; 
St Frideswide's, Christchurch, 
Oxford, 27 n. 4; St James's, 
Bristol, 1 1 n. I ; St John's Col- 
lege Chapel, Oxford, 27 n. 2; 
St Mary Magdalene's, Taunton, 
3 n. 5 ; St Mary Redcliff, Bristol, 
on. 2; St Mary the Virgin, 
Bridgwater, 4 ; St Mary's Chapel, 
French Protestant, Lonclon, 
68 n. 4 ; St Nicholas', Gloucester, 
14; St Peter's, Tiverton, 3 n. 3 ; 
Westminster Abbey, London, 
49; Whitehall Palace Chapel, 
LK>ndon, 44 n. 2 

CtgueHa, Sp., a stork, 202 n. 4 

Civil War m England, 1 642-1 647, 
219 n. I 

Claegeese, Clagis, Clawgeese, Cla- 
kis, xxvii, 51 n. 3 

Clapboard, 91 n. 2, 183 

Clements, Mrs, introduced modem 
mustard to Durham, 20 

CUpiydray reckoning of time, in 
Archangel, in Capri, in Manda- 
lay, 151 n. 3 

Cleves, the land of, Brandenburg 
as, 90 n. 3 

Clocks, method denoting half- 
hours at Amsterdam, 66; clep- 
sydra in Archangel, 151 n. 3; at 
Glastonbury Abbey, 6 n. 2; at 
St Mary's Church, Lubeck, 
163 n. 4; at St Nicholas' Church, 
Hamburg, 116; at Wells Cathe- 
dral, 6 n. 2 

Clock-tower at Danzig, xli, 184 n. 3 ; 
in Amsterdam, 74 

Cloth, British, seizure of, by 
Christian IV and reprisal, 209 n. 3 

Coal, at Kingswood near Bristol, 
xxvii, II 

Coblegrove. See Kobbelgrube 

Cock-fighting in England, 50 n. 4 

Cocks, spurs of, grafted on the 
heads of, 192-3 

Cod, coddalau, xlv, 222 n. 4; = 
stockfish, 127 n. 2 

Coins, in Holland, 79-80; in 
Russia, 147; altyn, 147; blank, 
79, 80; brass penny, 79, 80; 
copeck, 147 ; crown, 75 n. i ; 
daalder, 80; denushka, 147 n. i ; 
doit, duit, 79, 80; dollar, 79, 80, 
217 n. I ; dubbeltje, dubbelke, 
dooblekin, 79, 80 ; ducat, 176 n. 3 ; 
gold Kremnitz, 184 n. 4; Hun- 
garian, 184 n. 4; Polish, 201 n. 4 ; 



ducatoon, dukaton, IXitch, 79, 
80 ; farthing, 22 ; florin = gulden, 
80, 210 n. 3; franCy 201 n. 4; 
gold ducat, Rreninitz, 184 n. 4; 
grievna, 147 n. i ; groat, groot, 
79, 80; groschen, 147 n. i; 
Polish, 181 n. I ; old Polish, 195; 
grosse,i95 ;grosz,Polish, 195 n.i ; 
guilder, gulden, 79 » 80; Polish, 
195 n. I ; gulden, 75 n. i, 79, 80; 
half a crown, 183 n. i ; kopeka, 
147 ; kreutzer, kreutzer-groschen, 
195 n. i; kushka, 147; mark, 
German, 183 n. i; Lrubs, Lu- 
bish, 116 n. 2; musciiscous, 147; 
oortke, ortke, oortje, 79, 80 n. i ; 
penning, 80 n. i ; penny, 62 n. 4, 
79, 147 ; pieces of eight, 217 n. i ; 
polluscoe, polushka, 147; pond, 
pound, pownd, 79, 80, 147 n. i ; 
pound, English, 202; reaal, 
reealle, 79, 80 n. i ; reichsthaler, 
184 n. 4; rijksdaalder, 80 n. i; 
rix dollar, 79, 80 n. i, 116 n. 2, 
147, 165 n. I, 184 n. 4; rose- 
noble, 220 n. 3; rouble, 147;' 
schelling, shilling, 79, 80 n. i; 
shilling, 185 n. I ; sou, 149 n. 2; 
stiver, stuiver, 62 n. 4, 79, 80 
n. I ; stooter, stoter, 79, 80 n. i ; 
thaler, Danzig, 181 n. i 

Col. See Kullaberg 

Cold, effects of, in Northern 
Europe, 97-9, loi 

Cole, cabbage, 149 n. i 

Cole, Young and 01d=Kulla, 
xxxiii, xlv, 84 n. 2, 221 . See also 
Kullaberg 

Coliholt. See Kahlholz 

Colloredo, CoUoreto, Lazarus, xlii; 
a monstrosity, story of, 188-9, 
189 n. I 

Coimesey. See Kulmsee 

Colmogro. See Kholmogory 

Colnbrook, 29 

Cologne, population of, at the end 
of the 1 6th cent., 167 n. 3 

Common Garden. See Co vent 
Garden 

Companies, English trading, 48 n. i 

Coneetspoleskees. See Koniec- 
poiski 

Confession, auricular and general, 
in Denmark and among Lu- 
therans, 85 n. 3 

Conguerol = Kingroad (Bristol), 
8 n. 2 

Coninxberg. See Konigsberg 



INDEX 



259 



Constantinople » 150 n. 2, 199 n. i 

Content t the, ship, 53 n. 2, 54 n. i ; 
her troublesome passage to Hol- 
land, XXX, 54, 58-61 ; in danger 
off Queenborough, 58 

Copeck, 147 n. i 

Copenhagen, 83 n. 4, 87, 189 n. i, 
220 

Copernicus (Koppernigk), Nicho- 
las, of Frauenberg, xlv, 216; 
tomb of, 107 n. 3; reference to 
his works, 216 

Copperas, industry, carried on near 
Queenborough, 57 n. i 

Cornwall, i, 129 

Corravia. See Cujavia 

Cossacks, 172 n.; Zaporazhian, 
203 n. I 

Costa, S. Bartolomeo de, 189 n. i 

Costumes, at Bremen, 161 and 
Plate VII, No. 8 ; at Danzig, 164, 
190-2, 215 and Plate X, No. 11 ; 
at Hamburg, 117-18, 164 and 
Plate III, No. 3; at Holstein, 
164; at Ltibeck, 164 and Plate 
VIII, No. 9; at Mecklenburg, 
164; of Polish gentlemen, 190; 
of Polish nobles, 201 

Cotosste. See Kotteskrug 

Cots wolds, the, xxviii, 25 

Courante , Coranto , a dance, 1 90 n. 4 

Courland, Cooreland. SeeKurlana 

Courteen's Fleet, 159 n. 2 

Courthose, Robert, tomb of, Glou- 
cester, xxvii, 12 n. 3 

Covaolee. See Kowal 

Co vent Garden, London, 47 n. 3 

Cracow, bishop of, 204 n. 6; 
Castellan of, 205 n. 2 

Cracow Faubourg, Warsaw, 199 n. 2 

Craig Fawr, St Michael's Mount, 
Abergavenny, 15 n. 5 

Crane, for unloading boats at Dan- 
zig and Bruges, 96 n. i ; canti- 
lever type in London, 197 n. 3 

Cranes, birds, in Holland, 78; in 
the Eastern counties of England, 
78 n. 2 ; in Warsaw, 202 

Craven, first Earl of, xxx, 53 n. 5, 54 

Crew, crooh, an inn. See Krug 

Crockem Pill, Mundy's "Crocke 
andPiU"(Bristol), 8n. 2 

Cromer, Bishop, on the Poles, xliii 

Croo, Crooh, a country inn. See 
Krug 

Cross, wearing the, in Russia, 
explained, 143 n. i ; knights of 
the, Teutonic knights, 195 n. i 



Cross, the High, at Bristol, 9 n. 3 

Crossbows, practice with, at Dan- 
zig, 178 

Crown, half a, 183 n. i 

Crucomey, derivation of, 15 n. 5 

Cujavia, a province of Poland, 
198 n. 3, 206 n. 4 

Cullasse. See Caliche 

Culme. See Kulm 

Culpeper, Sir Thomas, obtains 
turf for fuel from Holland, 64 n. 4 

Cups, hooped, in Wales, = firkin 
of Devon, 16 n. 3 

Customs duty on leaving Danzig, 
190 n. I 

Cymin, Hill, in Monmouthshire, 
15 n. 3 

Czar of Russia. See Tsar 

Czembicki, Peter, Bishop of Cra- 
cow, 204 n. 6 

Czervonaya Russ =Galicia, 94 n. 3 

Czerwinsk, 205 n. 3, 206 

DaaldeTf dollar, a Dutch coin, 
80 n. I 

Dago, Island of, xxxii ' 

Dam, flat land from which water 
has been drained, 76 n. i 

Dantz Dominick. See Dominick 
Fair 

Danzig, Dantsic, xxxi, xxxiii, 
xxxiv, XXXV, xxxix, xl, xlii, xliv, 
72, 83, 92, 93 n. I, 95 n. 3, 96, 
97, loi, I02 n. I, 103, 106, 107, 
III, 112, 144, 165, 166, 205 n. 3, 
206, 207, 208, 210, 217 n. 2, 
228, 230; situation of, 89 n. i, 
153 n. 2 ; compared with London 
and Amsterdam, 167; a chief 
town of the Hanseatic League, 
167 n. I ; German and Polish 
Languages in, loi n. 2; descrip- 
tion of, 167, 192; merits of, 
enumerated, 214-15 ; area^ 91 n. i ; 
streets, 168; brick architecture 
at, 115 n. 6; not a clean town, 
115; city wall, 170; described, 
170 n. 2; defences, 211-12; 
against Poland, 170 n. 2; Bet- 
glocke, 169 n. 3; clocktower, 
184 n. 3; chimes, 184; method 
of reckoning hours, 184; Arsenal 
described, 170-1 ; great corn- 
mill, 184-5 ; Lighthouse, 88 n. 3 ; 
Merchant's hall, 183 n. 5 ; Corn- 
market, 183; Munde, 164, 165; 
population, 167 n. 3; death-rate, 
167 n. 3; manners, xli, 214-15; 

17-2 



26o 



INDEX 



sumptuary laws, i68 n. 3; cos- 
tumes, 190-2, 215 ; Orders (Cor- 
porations), English and Scots in, 
180; Punishments, 172-7; hang- 
man at, 177; Zuchthaus, House 
of Correction, 185 n. 2; recre- 
ations, 177-81 ; bear-garden, 
179 n. I ; Schiitzenhaus, 178 n. 4; 
Yimkerhof 179-81 ; Comedians, 
1 8 1-2; English tumblers, 212; 
Religion, 168; Pfarrkirche and 
its great organ described, 169, 
186 ; Lutherans, 184 n. i ; Trade, 
182-3, 182 n. 3, 183 n. 4; En- 
glish staple, 89 n. 4, 183-4; En- 
glish merchants, 183; English 
Church, 183-4; amber mono- 
poly, 108 n. I ; Dominick Fair, 

189 n. 2 ; good horses at, 185 n. 3 ; 
street singers, 185, 186 n. i ; 
"Jerusalem" near, 173; mar- 
riage ceremonies of Marie Louise 
of roland in 1646, vii, 210-n; 
customs duties on leaving, 

190 n. I ; capons at, 192 
Danzig Road, xxxiii, 112 n. 2, 219 
Danziger Haupt, xxxiv, 95 n. 3 
Darschau. See Dirschau 

Deal, xxix, 37, 52 

Dean, Forest of, xxviii, 15 n. 4 

Deer, from Cassubia, 107 

Delft, xxxi, 62, 1 1 1 ; described, 63 

Delftshaven, 61 n. 2 

Delhi, 188 n. 2 

Delpkinus leucaSt white dolphin, 

134 n. 3 
Democritus, Junior (Robert Bur- 
ton), 228 
Denmark, Northern, extension of, 

132; extent of, in the Thirty 

Years' War, xxxii 
Denny, island, in the Severn, 18 
Denny (Dywenydd), stream, in 

Monmouthshire, name explained, 

18 
DenushkOf Russian coin, 147 n. i 
Derwentwater, Lake, floating islands 

on, 51 n. I 
Devonshire, 129 
Dholpur, India, 206 n. 2 
Dietrich, the first Frisian Count, 

65 n. 2 
DievenleideTf Du., police-constable, 

76 

Dirschau, Mundy s Darshaw, 97 

n. I, 205 n. 3, 206, 207 
Divinity School, Oxford, 26 n. i 
Dmitri, the False, xxxviii 



Dogger Bank, 223 n. i 

Dogs, turnspit, 11 n. 2 

Doit, duitf L>utch coin, 79, 80 n. i 

DolkuiSj Du., lunatic asylum, at 

Amsterdam, 73 n. 2 
Dollar, Rix, 116 n. 2; Spanish, 

217 n. I 
Dolphin, a white, 134 n. 3 
Dom-Frauenburg. See Frauen- 

burg 
Domherr, Ger., Canon, 216 
Dom-Kirche at Frauenburg, 107 
^n. 3 
Dominick Fair, at Danzig, 189 

n. 2 
Don John of Austria, portrait of, 

at the Junkerhof at Danzig, 

179 n. 2 
Dool-hof, lit. maze, Amsterdam, 

77 n. 3 ; described, 76 
Dorchester (Oxon.), 25 n. 3 
Dorp, Du., village, 114 n. i 
Douhoff of Pomerania, Count 

Gerard, married by proxy to 

Marie Louise de Nevers, 210 n. 2 
Down on the nail, explanation of 

the expression, 10 n. i 
Downs, the, xlvi, 224; the great 

fleet at, in 1639, xxix, 34 nn. 2 

and 6, 35, 37 n. 4 ; Dutch, Spanish 

and English Fleets in, 37—40; 

Battle of, described, xxix, xxxvi, 

42-3 
Drave, Drauve, river. See Trave 
Dreyer, Dr J. L. E., his opinion 

on Mundy*s Appendix III, 

228 n. I 
Droitwich, saltsprings of, 51 n. i 
Dronten. See Trondhjem 
Drunkenness in Germany, xlii, 

i95~6; in Poland, xliii-iv 
dubbeltje, dubbelke^ a. Dutch coin, 

80 n. I 
Dubbers Bank. See Dogger Bank 
Ducat, 176 n. 3; Hungarian, value 

of, 184 n. 4; gold, Kremnitz, 

184 n. 4, 185 n. i; Polish, 12 

francs, 201 n. 4 
Dukaton^ ducaton, a Dutch coin, 

79, 80 n. I 
Duncan, Alexander G., on Bide- 

ford Bridge, 2 n. 3; on the 

Bastable Stone, 3 n. i 
Dune or Sand Island, near Heligo- 
land, 157 n. 2 
Dunkirk, escape of Spanish vessels 

to, 1639, 38 n. I, 42 n. I ; under 

Spain in Mundy *s day, 57 n. 2 



INDEX 



261 



Dunkirkers, privateering or private 
vessels and their crews, of Dun- 
kirk, XXX, xxxii, 38 n. i, 57 n. 2, 

59-60 
Durham, the mustard of, 20 n. 2 
Durham House, Strand, London, 

47 n. 3 

Dutch, in Hamburg, 1 17 ; in Russia, 

136 n. 2, 145 
Dutch, the term used to describe 

the German language, loi ; 

Broad, a kind of German, loi n. 2; 

High-German, loi n. 2 
Dutch fleet, in the Downs, 37-43 
Dvina, river (Archangel), 134 n. i, 

135 n. 3, 153; the Northern 

River, 153 n. i 
Dvina, Syevemaya, river, 154 n. i 
Dwyna River. See Dvina 
Dybow, Poland, 194 
Dywenydd, stream, Monmouth- 
shire, 18 

Earth, motion of the, round the 

sun, discussed, xl\4, 228-9 
East India Company, the English, 

48 n. 2; the Dutch, 71 n. i 
East India Company, the Dutch, 

House of, at Amsterdam, 71 n. i 
Edgar Tower, the, at Worcester, 

23 n. 3 
Edward II, tomb of, at Gloucester 

Cathedral, xxvii, 12 n. 4 
Edward III, 12 n. 4, 55 nn. i and 2 
Eevers Paulus. See Siefert, Paul 
Egret, feathers of the, worn by 

Polish nobles, 201 
Eichstadt, L., astronomer, xlv, 

216 n. 2 
Eitzen, Admiral Albrecht de, 

121 n. I 
Eland, Ger., elk, Mundy's "Ey- 

land,'* 107, 152 
Elbe, river, xxxvi, n8 n. 3, 156, 

157 n. 2; described, 115 
Elbe Privilegium, 121 n. i 
Elbing, xxxiii, 89 nn. 5 and 6, 92, 

93 n. I, 107, III, 212, 216; 

English staple at, 89 nn. 3 and 4 
Elector of Prussia, the Great, 

Friedrich Wilhelm, xxxv 
Elector Palatine, the = Pfalzgraf, 

90 n. 3 
Elephant's skull, a, at the West 

India House, Amsterdam, 72 
Elizabeth, Queen of Bohemia, 

54 n. I, 90 n.. 3 
Elizabeth, Queen of England, her 



ambassador to Russia, 136 n. 3; 
" Cautionary " towns delivered 

to, XXX, 60 

Elk, specimen of an, in Danzig, 107 
Elsinore, xxxiii, 84, 85-6, 87, 120, 

221 

Ely Tower, 19 n. i 

Emperor (Imperator) of Russia, 
xxxvii 

Enfield Chase, xxviii, 30 

Engels, Gabriel, painter of Ham- 
burg, 116 

England, the seven excellencies of, 
47-51 ; Civil War in, 1 642-1 649, 
219 n. I 

English, in Rotterdam, 62 n. i ; in 
Russia, 136 n. 2, 145; in Ham- 
burg, 117; soldiers, in the service 
of the Dutch, 54 n. 2 ; Order of, 
at Danzig, 180; Fleet of, in the 
Downs, 1639, 35, 37, 39, 42 

Enkhuizen, Holland, 82 n. i 

Ensame. See Eynsham 

Enscance, Mundy's " enschaunst," 
161 n. 4 

Ensign = company of foot soldiers, 
211 

Epiphany Fair, at Thorn, history 
of, 100 n. 3 

Erasmus (Gerrit Gerritsz), statue 
of, in Rotterdam, 62 n. 2 

Eric XIV of Sweden, 86 n. 5 

Ermeland, Bishop of, 107 n. 3 

Esthonia, xxxii 

Esths, Language of the, 138 n. 4 

Exchanges, at Bristol, 9-10; Royal 

=the Old, London, 49; the 

New, London, xxx, 47 n. 3, 49; 

the Merchants', Barnstaple, 3 n. i ; 

the Old, Konigsberg, 92 n. i 

Exe, River, 3 

Executions, at Danzig, 173 

Exmoor, fall of snow on, in sum- 
mer, xxvii, 3 

Eynsham Ferry, 25 n. 3 

Fairs : at Danzig, Frankfurt, Leip- 
sic, 189 n. 2; three annual, at 
Thorn, 100 n. 3 

Fal, River, 2 n. i 

Falconer, Matthias, founder of the 
copperas industry near Queen- 
borough, 57 n. I 

Falmouth, xlvi, 52 n. i, 152, 225 

False witnesses, punishment of, 

174 
Falsterbo, 220 

Farthingale, the, at Bremen, 161 



262 



INDEX 



Favenham (Feversham), oysters 

at. 57-8 
Featherbeds, use of, in Denmark 

and Northern Europe, 86 n. 3; 

in Gascony (Southern France), 

86 n. 4 
Fencing, 179 

Ferdinand II, Emperor, 121 n. i 
Ferdinand III, Emperor of Austria, 

204 n. 6 
Ferry, over the Nogat, 89 ; over the 

Vistula at Thorn in winter, 

described, 198 
Fimera, Island. See Hven Island 
Finland, Gulf of, xxxii, 153 n. 3 
Finmark = Northern Norway, 

128 n. 2 
Finmarken, in Norway, 127 n. i 
Finno-Ugrian Languages, 138 n. 4 
Finns, 128; Language of the, 

138 n. 4 
Fishing on the Frisches HafT, 106; 

for smelts, 106 n. i ; for cod, 

222-3 
Flanders, coast of, 59: brick archi- 
tecture in, 115 n. 6 
Flemings, in Hamburg, 117 
Florin = dollar, 210 n. 3 
Floris V, Count of Holland, builds 

the Castle of Muiden, 65 n. 2 
Flushing, a "cautionary" town, 

60 n. I 
Fly, the eye of, through the micro- 
scope, Mundy's description of, 

xlvi, 231-2; his remarks on the 

"nitts** on the belly of a, 232 
Flyboat, Du., vliebooty explained, 

83 n. 2 
Fontainebleau, 210 n. 2 
Footing, paying for a, case of, 

221 n. 3 
Fordon, Fordonek, Poland, 205 n. 3, 

206, 207 
Forges. See Hubert, R. 
Fortune off HambrOy Mundy's ship 

from Archangel to Hamburg, 

xxxix, 153 
Fortune off Luhecke^ the, Mundy 

sails from Lubeck to Danzig in, 

xl, 164-5 
Fourdalee. See Fordon 
Fowey, river, 2 n. i 
Foxnos, Foxnose=Cape Kerez, 

133 n. 3, 134". 3 
Franckenberg, Abraham von, as- 
trologer, xlv, 217 n. 2; on the 
Moon, 217; his Oculus Sidereus 
discussed, xlvi, 251 n. i 



Francs, 201 n. 4 

Frank = Frangi, Ferin^hee, a West- 
em European, 150 n. 2 

Frankenhauzen, beer of, 163 n. i 

Frankfurt am Main, 174; fair at, 
189 n. 2 

Frott, Fraw (Madame), 208, 209 

Frauenburg, xxxv, 93, 102 n. 3, 
105; the Cathedral of, 107 n. 3, 
216 n. I 

Frederick II, of Denmark, 221 
n. I ; builds Kronborg Castle, 84 

n.3 

Frederick III of Denmark, son of 
Christian IV, as Archbishop of 
Bremen, xxxix, 158 n. 2 

Frederick V, of Bohemia, 90 n. 3 

Frederiksberg Castle, 157 n. 3 

French, the, in Hamburg, 117; in 
Poland, 202 

Friedrich Wilhelm, of Branden- 
burg, the Great Elector, xxxv; 
illness of, 105 n. i 

Frische Nehrung, xxxv, 108 ; i^troods 
on the, 108 

Frisches Haff, xxxiii, xxxv, 89 n. 6, 
92-3» 93 n. I, 95 n. 3, 102-5, 
106, 108; wildfowl on the, 93 

Frisching, river, 105 n. 2 

Fuhlsbilttel, military camp at, 
xxxix, 1 6 1-2 

Fumun = Hu-mSn = Boca Tigris 
(Canton River), xiii 

Furstenwerder, 95 n. 3 

Gabare, Fr., a lighter, 197 n. 5 

Gainsford, Thomas, on the excel- 
lencies of England, 50 n. 3 

Galicia, 94 n. 3 

Galliard, a dance, 190 n. 4 • 

Gamasid mite, xlvi, 232 n. 3 

Gans Krug, Gantts Crooe, the 
Goose Inn, xxxiv, 102 n. i 

Garfish, 187 n. 2 

Garlic (Allium ursinum), at Stratton 
in Cornwall, xxvii, i n. 2 

Garlic Inn, the, xlii, 194 n. i 

Garmsel, xlii, 194 

Garraway, Sir Henry, Lord Mayor 
of London, 44 n. 4; A "Com- 
mittee" of the E. I. Company, 
44". 4 

Genoa, 188, 189 n. i 

Genoese, the, 150 

Georg Wilhelm, Elector of Bran- 
denburg, his disastrous attitude 
in the Thirty Years* War, 90 n. 3 ; 
illness and death of, 105 n. i 



.jii 



German, language, varieties of the, 
loi n. 2; "High Germaine," 
150 n. I ; Low, 182 

Germans, in Hamburg, 117; in 
Poland, xliii, 202 

Gerrit Gerritsz. See Erasmus 

Gillingham, xxix, 56 n. 3; the 
Chain at, 35 n. i 

Giordano Bruno, Italian philo- 
sopher, 218 n. I 

Giralda, the, at Seville, 74 

Gjoesvaer, 125 n. 3 

Glastonbury (Glacenbury) Abbey, 
xxvii; tomb of S. Joseph of 
Arimathsea at, 4 n. 3; kitchen 
of, story of, 4 n. 4; Holy Thorn, 
near, 5 n. i, 50; clock from, at 
Wells, 6 n. 2 

Glastonbury Tor, 6 n. i 

Gloucester, xxviii, 15, 19, 22, 52, 
160; Cathedral of, xxvii, 12-13, 
49 ; Castle at, 14 n. i ; S. Nicho- 
las' Church at, 14; Berkeley Ship 
Canal at, 14 n. 4; Bore in the 
Severn at, 24-5, 25 n. i 

Gloucester, Humphrey Duke of. 
See Humphrey Duke of Glou- 
cester 

Gliicksburg, the castle at Gluck- 
stadt, 157 n. 3 

Gliickstadt, xxxvi, xxxix, 121 n. i, 
157 n. 3, 209; Christian IV's fort 
on the Elbe, 119 n. i ; castle and 
garden at, described, 119-20 

Gnesen, Poland, 206 n. 4 

Goa, 117 

Godunoff, Boris, xxxviii 

Goeree, 59, 60 

Golden Farmer, the, inn near 

Bagshot, 181 n. i 
Golden Russ, old name for Galicia, 

94 n. 3 
Golden Sun, the, Danish East India 

ship, seized by the British, 

209 n. 3 
Gonzaga, Maria Ludovica, 2nd 

wife of Vladislaus IV of Poland, 

186 n. 3 
Gospodar, Gosyudar, xxxvii 
Gostynin, 194; tombs at, xlii, 199 
Gothland Island, xxxii 
Governor's Straits, Singapore, xiii 
Grachty Du., canal, 69 
Grafting parts of one animal on 

another, 192-3 
Grain, Isle of, 56 n. 3 
Grampus, a dolphin, 134 
Granta, river, xxix, 32 



INDEX 263 

Graudenz, xxxiv, xlii, 96, 97 n. i, 

194, 196, 205 n. 3, 206, 207 
Grave. See Grev 
Gravesend, xxx, xlv, 41, 53, 54, 224 
Green colour of the sea, 155 n. 2 
Gregory, Herr, hangman of Dan- 

zig, 177 
Grev, Graff, Grave, Earl, 208, 209 
Grievna, Russian coin, 147 n. i 
Gris, grey fur, 192 n. 6 
Grodinske. See Graudenz 
Grooty groat, a Dutch coin, 80 n. i 
Groote Markt in Rotterdam, 62 
Groschen, Russian and German 
coin, 147 n. i ; Polish, 181 n. i ; 
old Polish, 195 
Gross-dichtenau, 194; a story of, 

xlii, 195-6, 195 n. 2 
Grosse=groschen, Russian (and 

German) coin, 147 n. i 
Grosz, Polish coin, 198 n. 4 
Grudziadz, Polish form of Grau- 
denz, q,v, 
Griine Briicke, at Konigsberg, 

92 nn. I and 2 
Guilder, Polish coin, 185 n. i 
Guing =ging =gang =a boat's crew, 

xi 
Gulden, a Dutch coin, 80 n. i 
Gustavus Adolphus of Sweden, 
xxvi; betrothed to Marie Eleo- 
nore, sister of George Wilhelm, 
Elector of Brandenburg, 90 n. 3 ; 
in Elbing, 89 n. 5 

Haaf, Frisches. See Frisches Haff 
Haakon V, of Norway, 128 n. 4 
Haarlem, Harlem, xxxi, 64 n. 3; 

described, 65 
Hadfu, hadjuk, Hungarian, a hai- 

duk, shepherd, 191 n. i 
Haffs, on the Baltic Coast, 95 n. 2 
Hague, the, 62 ; buildings at, 63 
Haiduk, Heiduc, Heyduke, Hey- 
ducke, a soldier, male attendant 
or servant, xlv, 191, 201; cos- 
tume of, 191 n. I 
Haies. See Hay 
Hqjdukf Polish, Haiduk, q.v. 
Halibut, 129 
Halle, 188 n. 2 

Hamburg, xxxii, xxxv, xxxix, 
113 n. 3, 114, 118 n. 3, i6i, 165, 
166, 199 n. 1 , 200, 209 ; described, 
115-17; not a clean town, 115; 
fortification, 115 n. i; churches, 
115, 116; costumes, 1 17-18 and 
Plate III, No. 3; nationalities, 



264 



INDEX 



117; quarrels with Christian IV, 
120-21, 121 n. I ; staple at, 158 

Hanse Stfidte, "Hanstownes, 
158 n. 2, 160 

Hanseatic League, 158 n. 2 

Hanstowns. See Hanse Stfidte 

Hanswurst' Spiel, a comical inter- 
lude, 182 n. I 

Hares, white, at Heiligenbeil, 107 

Harlemmerdijk, Amsterdam, 72 n. i 

Harlingen, Holland, 82 n. 2 

Harwidi, Castle of, 223 

Hdsawa, Yuriak Samoyed, mean- 
ing of, 140 n. 5, 141 n. 3 

Hatfield House, xxviii; exchanged 
by James I with ist Earl of 
Salisbury for Theobalds, 29 n. 3 ; 
2nd Earl of Salisbury at, 30 n. 2 

Haupt, Danziger, 95 n. 3, 96 

Hay, in Herefordshire, 19 ; Norman 
Castle at, 19 n. 4 

Heerengracht, Amsterdam, 69 n. 3 

HeflFt. See Haupt, Danziger 

Heidelberg, the great Tun of, 
78 n. I and Plate I, No. i 

Heiligenbeil, 105; game at, 107 

Heiligenbrunn, near Danzig, xli, 
178, 178 n. 3, 215 

Hela, on the Putziger Nehrung, 
xxzv, xlv, 112 n. 4, 219 

Heligoland, xxxvi, xxxix, 121, 156- 
7; origin of the name discussed, 
156 n. 2 

Helsingborg, on the Sound in 
Sweden, Castle of, 86 n. 5 

Helsingors. See Elsinore 

HenkeTy Ger., a hangman, 175 n. 3 

Henley on Thames, 29 

Henrietta Maria, Queen, wife of 
Charles I, 44 n. 2 

Henry V, born in Monmouth 
Castle, 15 n. 2 

Henry VIII, repairs Queenborough 
Castle, 55 n. 2 

Henstades. See Hanse Stadte 

Hen wick Hill, near Worcester, 

23 n. 4 ^ , 

Hereford, xxviii, 19; Cathedral at, 

Hevel, Hevelius, Johann. See 
Hoveike, Johann 

Heyduggen, Ger., Polish King's 
bodyguard, 191 n. i 

Hiet, Gregory, master of the Con- 
tent, 53 n. 2 

Hinksey, North and South, Oxford- 
shire, 29 n. I 

Hinter-Pommern, 88 n. i 



Hitteren Island, 155 n. i 

Hof, Ger., court, factory, exchange, 

175 
Hogholms, the, 154 n. 2 

Holland, the County of, 61 n. 2, 
65 n. 2; coast of, 59; Mundy's 
journey in, 52, 81 ; Counts of, 
xxxi, 65 n. 2; war between Den- 
mark and, 220 

Hollander, used to describe a Ger- 
man, loi n. I 

Holstein, 113; costume in, 164; 
Duchy of, xxxii 

Holyland. See Heligoland 

Holy Mount, the, near Aber- 
gavenny, 15 n. 5 

Holy Nose. See Sviatoi Nos 

Holy Thorn, near Olastonbury 
Abbey, xxvii, 5 n. i, 50; grew in 
Werrall Park, 5 n. i 

Holywell. See Heiligenbrunn 

Hooft, P. C, "drost" of Muiden, 
65 n. 2 

Hoogstraat, Amsterdam, 71 n. i 

Hoom, Holland, 82 n. 2 

Hope, the ship, xxxii, 82 

Hornet, a rock, 126 n. 3 

Horse- Fair Day at Stourbridge 
Fair, 32 n. i 

Horses, of Danzig, 185 n. 3 

Horsey, Sir Jerome, ambassador of 
Queen Elizabeth to Russia, 
136 n. 3 

Hospitals at Amsterdam, for sol- 
diers, for the sick, for burghers, 
73 n. 2 

Hospodar. See Gospodar 

Hdtel de Rome, Kulm, 207 n. 3 

Hotwell, the, at Bristol, ii n. 4 

Hour, method of reckoning the, at 
Amsterdam, 68; at Danzig, 184 

Hoveike, Johann, German astro- 
nomer, xlv, 216; his Seleno- 
graphia, 216 n. 3, 230 

Howard, Mr Eliot, his note on 
mileage, 52 n. i 

Howe, Mrs, her help in Russian 
history, xxxviii n. i ; in the 
Samoyedish language, 138 n. 4 

Hubert, a collector of rarities, 
46 n. 2 

Hufte-Wulst, Hufti-oulst, waist 
pad, farthingale, xxxix, i6i n. 3 

Huijste Sinnelust, a music-house 
at Amsterdam, 77 n. 2 

Huke, huyke, Du. huik, a. mantle, 
cape, xxxix, 79 n. i ; at Bremen, 
161 n. 3 



INDEX 



265 



Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, 
the Good Duke, xxix, 31 n. i 

Hungarians, language of the, 
138 n. 4; costume of the, 191 n. i 

Hungary, 94 n. 3 

Hungroad, near Bristol, 8 n. 2 

Hven, Hveen, Huena, island, xlv, 
220-1, 220 n. 3, 221 n. I 

Ice, a journey on the, in the 

Frisches Haff, 103-4; cracking, 

explanation of, 104 n. i 
Ikotiy eikorif Russian, forbidden to 

be sold to strangers, 142 n. i 
Imperator of Russia, origin of 

title, XXX vii 
In de Mennisten Bruyloft, a music- 
house at Amsterdam, 77 n. 2 
Infinity, Mundy's philosophy of, 

218 
Ingermanland, xxxii 
Insula Scarlatina, Hven Island, 

220 n. 3 
Irtish, River, 137 n. 4 
Isis, river, 25 
Iskandar Muda of Achin, his sister 

marries a King of Johor, xii 
Islands, floating, in Scotland, 51; 

in Lake Derwentwater, 51 n. 2 
Italians in Poland, 202 ; singers and 

artists at Court of Vladislaus IV, 

202 n. 2; engineers in Warsaw, 

203-4 
Ivan Vassilie witch, 136 n. 3 
Ivan III, the Great, of All Russia, 

xxxvii 
Ivan IV, the Terrible, xxxvii, 

xxxviii 

Jacob and the Angel, xlii, 198 

Jacobi-Kirche, the, at Hamburg, 
115 n. 3 

jagdy Ger., chase, hunt, origin of 
"yacht," 177, 178 n. i 

yagty Du., yacht, 178 n. i 

James, the, ship, in the Downs, 
1639, 39 n. 3 

James I, 223 n. 8; at Theobalds, 
29 n. 3; Palace of, at Royston, 
xxix, 32 n. i; restores the 
"cautionary towns" to Holland, 
xxxi, 60 n. I ; his daughter 
marries Frederick V King of 
Bohemia, 90 n. 3 

James II, of England, 44 n. 3 

Janissary, 191 

Jellee jellee, canoe, 219 n. 4 

Jerusalem, near Danzig, 173; near 



Ltibeck, 173 n. i ; family of von, 

at Danzig, 173 n. i 
Jews, in Amsterdam, 70, 70 n. i, 

199; in Constantinople, 70, 198, 

199 ; in Thorn, loi n. i ; position 

and costumes of, 198-9 
Jillingame. See Giilingham 
Job, Metropolitan of Moscow, 

xxxviii 
Jodenbree-Straat, Amsterdam, 70 
John, King, tomb of, in Worcester 

Cathedral, 23 n. 2 
Johor, King of, marries Iskandar 

Muda's sister, xii ; date of death 

of, xii 
yolf Du., yawl, 128 n. 2 
yolie, jidl, Scand., yawl, a boat, 

128 n. 2 
Jones, Sir Thomas, Judge, 14 n. 6, 

19 
Jopen Gasse, the, at Danzig, 

168 n. I, 170 

Jopson, Mr N. B., his note on 
Mundy's "Smarga," 192 n. 3 

Jordanus Brune. See Bruno, Gior- 
dano 

JuchteUy Du., Jufteriy Ger., Russia 
leather 

JungfeTy Ger., a maid, 190, 191 

Junker, a title of the Danzig mer- 
chants, xii, 179 n. 2 

Junkerhof, a house used for enter- 
tainments by social corporations, 
a Merchants' Court, 179 n. 2; 
at Danzig, described, xii, 179-81, 
184, 215; at Braunsberg, 213 

Jupiter and its satellites, Mundy's 
remarks on, 228-30 

Jurak, Yuriak, 138 n. 4 

Justice of Lubecke, the, ship, xxxv, 
112 

Jutland, xxxii, 84 

KabeljaUy Ger., cod, 222 n. 4 

Kachely Ger. (kagchaly Du.), a tile, 
no, in; a continental tiled- 
stove, III n. I 

Kacheloferiy described, xxxv, 109, 
iio-ii. III n. I, 144 n. 3; at 
the Junkerhof, Danzig, 181 n. 3 

iCa^a = commercial fleet, xiii 

Kahlholz, 102 n. 4 

Kahrty Ger., a corn-lighter, wherry 
(Mundy's "Cane"), xxxiv, xlii, 
xliv, 96, 182, 197, 205, 208 

Kaisar, Tsar, 145 

Kalisia, province of Poland, 198 n. 3 

Kalver-Straat, Amsterdam, 70 



266 



INDEX 



Kamassin, dialect of Samoyedish, 
138 n. 4 

Kampen, Holland, 82 n. 2 

Kanin Peninsula, the, 132 n. i 

Kara Sea, 137 n. 4 

Katsnoes. See Koshkinos 

Kattel, Swiss, a tiled stove, 1 1 1 n. i 

Keizersffracht, Amsterdam, 69 nn. 2 
and 3 

Ken = view, 16 n. i 

Kennel, street channel, gutter, 
22 n. 5 

Kenneston. See Kynaston Green 

Kentish Flats, the, 54 n. 3 

Kerez, Cape, 123 n. 3 

Kersner. See KUrscfmer 

Khan, a Turkish inn, 109 

Kholmogory, 145 n. 2, 150 n. 6 

Kiev, Grand Duchy of, xxxvii 

Kilgour, Dr., his verification of 
Mundy's quotation, 218 n. 3 

Kingdon, Mr C. D., on Stratton 
garlic, I n. 2 

Kmgroad (Bristol), 8 n. 2 

King's College Chapel, Cam- 
bridge, xxix; glass in, 33 n. i 

Kingswood Coalpits, Bristol, 1 1 n. 5 

Kjebenhavn. See Copenhagen 

Klovienerburgwall, Amsterdam, 
71 n. I 

Knaresborough, dropping well at, 
51 n. I 

Kneiphof in Konigsberg, 90 n. i, 
92 n. 2; the Old Exchange in, 
92 n. I 

Knoblauch Krug, the. Garlic Inn, 
xlii, probably at Garmsel, 194 n. i 

Knot, a laid-out flower bed, 1 19 n. 2 

Knout, 150 n. 5 

Kobbelgrube, 106 

Kolas ka, Kolyaska^ Pol. and Russ., 
origin of caUchSy q.v. 

Kolberg, capital of Cassubia, 
88 n. I 

Komar, Russian, a singing gnat, 
134 n. 2 

Koniecpolski, Stanislas, xliv, 
205 n. 2 

Konigsberg, Koningsberg, xxxi, 
xxxiii, 72, 83, III, 181; Court 
of Elector of Brandenburg at, 
90 n. 3, 105 n. I ; area of, 91 n. i ; 
a market for timber, 183 ; En- 
glish comedians at, 182 n. i ; 
costumes of women at, 192; 
Mundy's journey to, in 1640 
and 1641, 89, 102-5; game at, 
107 



Konings Garde, the, at Oliickstadt, 

119 n. 4 
Kopeka, copeck, 147 n. i 
Kopemikus. See Copernicus 
Kosher, Heb., kosher, meat, 198 

n. 6 
Koshkinos, Koskanos (Catsnose), 

Cape Kuiski, 133 n. 3 
Kotteskrug, 102 n. 2 
Kowal, Poland, xlii, 194, 198 
Krehse, Ger., crayfish, 215 n. 5 
Kreutzer, Kreutzer gn^chen, 195 n. i 
Kreuzer-Herren, the Teutonic 

Knights, a story of, 195-6, 

195 n. I, 196 n. I 
Krolewic, Polish name of Kdnigs- 

berg, 90 n. 2 
Kronborg Castle, Sj. n. 3 
Krtdg, Ger., a rough country inn, 

xxxiii, XXXV, 89 n. 2, 90, 95, 

114 n. ^, 207; described, 109 
Kruse, Vibeke, her relations with 

Christian IV of Denmark, 

209 n. I 
Kuiski, Cape (Catsnose), 133 n. 3 
Kulla Bay in Sweden, 84 n. 2 
Kullaberg, Sweden, xxxii, xlv, 

84 n. 2, 221 
Kulm, 205 n. 3, 206, 207; English 

staple at, 207 n. 3; Hdtel de 

Rome at, 207 n. 3 
Kulmsee, xxxiv, 97 n. i, 194 
Kurfiirsten-Werk, in St Mary's 

astronomical clock, Liibeck, 

163 n. 4 
Kurisches Haff, by Memel, 95 n. 2 
Kurland, 107 

Kurrende Jungen, educated street- 
singers, xli, 186 n. I 
Kiirschner, Ger., furrier, 211 
Kushka, Russian coin, 147 n. i 
/C«;an=tael, xii 

Kynaston Green, i6th cent, land- 
slide at, xxviii, 20 n. i 

Labeer, Du. laveeren, to tack, 

156 n. 3, 165 n. 3 
Labyrinth, at Rosamond's Bower, 

xxvii, 28 n. 4 
Lachsforellen, Ger., salmon-trout, 

215 n. 4 
Loeso, Lesou, island, xxxii, 84, 221 
Landenny, Monmouthshire, 18 
Landguard Fort, Harwich, 223 n. 8 
Land-portage for boats in Holland, 

64 n. 3 
Lange Gasse, the, at Danzig, 

168 n I 



INDEX 



267 



Langer Markt, the, at Danzig, 

168 n. I, 180 
Langgassenbriicke, the, at Kdnigs- 

berg, 92 n. 2 
Langorse Lake. See Brecknock 

Mere 
Langrwyne, Llangrenay, Lan- 

groyna, S. Wales, xxviii, 15 n. i 
Lansdowne MS., 213; quoted, 

4 n. 4, and elsewhere in Rel. 

XXXI 
Laore, Pulo. See Aor, Pulo 
Lapland, extent of, xxxvii, 133 
Lapps, Laplanders, 125 n. 3, 128; 

described, 127, 129; language of 

the, 138 n. 4 
Lastf Ger., a measure of z tons, 

182 n. 3 
Latvia, 150 n. i 
Lauritzen, Frantz, a font presented 

by, to St Olaf's, Elsinore, 86 n. i 
Le Laboureur, J., his account of 

the marriage ceremonies of 

Marie Louise of Poland at Dan- 
zig in 1646, 211 n. I 
Ledbury, 24 

Leigh, Lee, on the Thames, 224 n. i 
Leipsic, the Lutherans of, 85 n. 3 ; 

fair at, 189 n. 2 
Lencicia, a province of Poland, 

198 n. 3 

Leopardy the, ship, in the Downs, 

1639, 39 n. 3 
LesjankOf Russian, a stove for 

sleeping on, 144 n. 3 
Letland, 150 n. i 
Letou. See Lithuania 
Lettonia, 150 n. i 
Letts, Mr Malcolm, notes supplied 

by, 46 n. 2, 96 n. I, 167 n. 3, 

172 n. 2, 176 n. 2, 179 n. 2, 

199 n. 4, 221 n. I 

Levant Company, the, 48 n. 2 
Leyden, 69, 77 n. 2 
Liang f tael, weight of, xv-xvi 
Licetus, Fortunius, his De monstro- 

rum causstSy referred to, 189 n. i 
Lichtenau. See Gross-Lichtenau 
Lichtenawer Thurm, the, at Ma- 

rienburg, 195 n. 2 
Liebe, river, 207 n. 6 
Lifflander, Livlander, 150 n. i 
Lighthouses, at Danzig, 88 n. 3, 

164; at Liibeck, 164 
Lingelbach, David, the Dool-hof 

(maze) of, at Amsterdam, 77 n. 3 
Linemann, Albert, astronomer, 

reference to, xlv, 216 n. 2 



Lissomitz, Poland, 194 

Listoffe. See Lowestoft 

Lithuania, 107 

Litva, Litou, a Lithuanian, 94 n. 4 

Livland, Livonia, xxxii, 87, 150 n. i 

Lizard, the, 127 

Llandenny. See Landenny 

Llaniihangel Crucomey , near Aber- 
gavenny, IS n. 5 

Llyn Safuddan. See Brecknock 
Mere 

Lobenicht, district of Konigsberg, 
Court of the Elector of Branden- 
burg in, 90 n. 2 

Lodee, lodge, lodgen, etc. See 
Lodia 

Lodia, lody, a Russian sailing 
lighter, xxxvii, 133 n. i, 152; 
description of, 152 n. 2 

Lofoten, Lofotodden Islands, 154, 

154 n. 2 

Log-houses in Northern Europe, 
94 ; in Archangel, 143 ; described, 
143 n. 4 

Lombasch. See Lumbovsk 

London, a description of, xxx, 
44-7; Train Bands and training 
grounds oj, 48 n. i ; population 
of, 67 ; death rate in, 67, 167 nn. 3 
and 4 ; compared with Danzig, 1 67 

London Bridge, 49 ; fire on, 49 n. i 

Lopes de Oresy Cordova. See Ores 
y Cordova, Lopes de 

Louvre, the, Ix>ng Gallery at, 
36 n. 5 

Lowestoft, 223 

Lowiczek, Poland, 194 

Liibeck, 87, 114, 166; account of, 
XXXV, xxxix, 162-3 ; shipping at, 
162 n. 3; beer of, 162-3; cos- 
tumes in, xl, 164, and Plate VIII, 
astronomical clock at, 163 n. 4; 
Danish garrison at, 114 n. 3; 
population of, 167 n. 3; Road 
of, 113 ; the Munde at, 164 

Lubecker, a ship of Liibeck, 221; 
in the Spanish Fleet, 43 n. i 

LuUwigsdorff, 217 n. 2 

LufFoet Hand. See Lofoten Islands 

Lumbovsk, xxxvi, 132 

Luther, Martin, 186 n. i 

Lutherans, in Archangel, 143 n. 3, 
Bremen, 159 n. 3, Danzig, 168, 
184 n. I, Denmark, 85 n. 3, 
Hamburg, 113 n. 4, Liibeck, 
XXXV, 1 13 n. 4 ; German, 146 n. 3 ; 
account of, 168; versus Calvinist 
Princes in Germany, 90 n. 3 



268 



INDEX 



Lynher, river, 2 n. i 

Lyttelton, John and Thomas, 

.monument to, in Magdalen 

College Chapel, Oxford, 27 n. i 

Maas, Holland, 59 

Maasluis, Mundy's "Scluise on 
the Maze," 61 n. 2 

Macao, 117 

Mackerel, in the North Sea, 222 

Magero Island, 125 

Magdalen Cx)llege Chapel, Oxford, 
xxviii, 26-7, 33 

Magdeburg, loi n. 2 

Magyar ka (magheerkee), Hun- 
garian, a long cloak, 191 n. i, 
201 

Magyars, 191 n. 2 ; language of the, 
138 n. 4 

Maidenhead, 29 

Maidstone, 40; thread factory at, 
xxix, 40 n. 3 

Main, river, 174 

Maistling, 114 

Malacca, Straits of, 137 n. i 

Malayans, 137 

Maiden, Mr H. E., his note on 
Basingstone, 181 nft2 

Mallemucke, Ger., a Fuknar Petrel, 
"Molly," 125 n. I 

Malmd, Mallmuyen, 220 

Malmohus, Sweden, 220 n. i 

Malstrom, the, xxvii, xxxix; de- 
scribed, 154 n. 2 

Malvern Hills, xxviii, 24 

Man (Chinese), myriad, not a lakh, 
xvi 

Mandeville, Sir John, supposed 
burial of, at St Albans Abbey, 
xxix, 31, 31 n. 2 

Mandrake, mandragora, xxvii, 
46 n. 2 

Manucdenny. See Monuch Denny 

Manwood, Sir John, reports of, on 
fleets in the Downs 1639, 39 nn. 2 
and 5, 41 n. 3 

Marcle Hill, i6th cent, landslide 
on, xxviii, 20 n. i 

Mardo, unidentified, 222 n. 3 

Mardyck, the Old Fort at, 43 n. 

Margate, 54 

Marginiaiy Lithuanian, pleated 
skirt, 192 n. 3 

Marie Eleonore, sister of Georg 
Wilhelm, Elector of Branden- 
burg, betrothed to Gustavus 
Adolphus King of Sweden, 
90 n. 3 



Marie Louise, Maria Louisa Gon- 
zaga, 2nd wife of Vladislaus IV 
of Poland, marriage ceremonies 
of, at Danzig, xliv, 210-11, 
210 n. I, 211 n. I 

Marienburg, 194, 195, 207; castle 
at, 196 n. I 

Marienkirche, Danzig, 169, 186 

Marienwerder, 194 n. i, 207 

Mark, Lubs, Lubish, 116 n. 2; 
Polish, 183 n. I 

Marlborough, James Ley, 3rd Earl 
of, pirated by Dunkirkers, xxx, 
57 n. 3 

Marriage customs in Holland, 

76 n. 2 

Martial, a reference to, 234 n. i 

Mary and Hatma, the ship, 53 

Masovia, province of Poland, 
198 n. 3 ; Dukes of, 199 n. 3 

Mathenni. See Landenny 

Maunder, Mrs, of the Royal Astro- 
nomical Society, her note on 
Franckenberg's work, 23 1 n. i 

Maurice, Prince of Orange, monu- 
ment to, at Delft, 63 n. 4 

Mazarin, Cardinal, arranges a 
marriage between Vladislaus IV 
of Poland and Marie Louisa 
Gonzaga, 210 n. 2 

Maze. See Maas 

Mazes, at Amsterdam, 77 n. 3 

Mazure cups, 153; made of birch 
burrs, 153 n. i 

Mecklenburg, 113; costumes at, 164 

Medley, Oxon., 29 

Medway, river, 40 

Memel, 95 n. 2 

Men- Amber, Men-an-bar, Rocking 
Stone, destruction of, 50 n. i 

Menisten Bruiloft, the, Amster- 
dam, 76-7; a Music-house, 

77 n. 2 

MerhonneuTy the, ship, at Chatham, 

36 n. 4 
Mess (Mart), the "Dantz Domi- 

nick,*' 189 n. 2 
MesttfOy Mestizo f a half-caste, 

117 n. 3 
Mevis. See Mewe 
Me we, on the Weichsel, 97 n. i, 

205 n. 3, 206, 207 
Mewe J Ger., gull, 125 n. i 
Micheldean, derivation of, 15 n. 4 
Microscope, in the 17th cent., 

47 n. I ; Mundy's use of, 23 1 
Midnight Sun, the, xxxvi, 12 1-2; 

explained, 123 n. i 



INDEX 



269 



Mieszawa, Poland, 205 n. 3, 206 

Mikhail Romanoff, Tsar of All the 
Russias, 94 n. 2 

Mile, reckoning of the English, 
52 n. I ; the Dutch, 193 ; Dutch 
(trnjl) and English compared, 
64 n. 2, 96, 166; German, 166 

Military Yard, Military Garden, 
London, the Hon. Artillery 
Company's training ground, 45 
n. I, 178 n. 4 

Mills, saw, at Bremen, 161 ; com, 
at Bremen, 160, 161 n. i ; great 
com, at Danzig, xli, 184-5 

Minster-in-Sheppey, described, 56 ; 
Abbey of, 56 n. 3 

Mistauban. See Maistling 

Mite, the Garmasid and the itch, 
xlvi, 232 n. 3 

Mizen, missen, a jelly fish, 222 n. i, 
223 

Modlin, Castle, 206 n. i 

Mden Island, 220 

Moldavia, 94 n. 3 

Molly, the Fulmar Petrel, 125 n. i 

Moluccas, the, 227 

Monch, Der, Monk Rock, Heligo- 
land, 157 n. I 

Monk, Christina, morganatic wife 
of Christian IV of Denmark, 
xliv, 208-9, 209 n. I 

Monmouth, xxviii, 15; Castle of, 
15 n. 2 

Monsoon, 188 

Monster, at the Royal Castle at 
Warsaw, xxvii, xlii, 199 n. 3; 
method of making false, in En- 
gland, 199 n. 4 

Monuch Denny, Manucdenny, 
Mounchdenny, Mount Denny, 
xxviii, 17; the name discussed, 
17 n. I 

Moon, maps of the, 217; spots on 
the, discussed, 230 

Moorfields, London, 49 n, 3, 70 

Moor Park, Herts, 30 n. i 

Morgan, Rice, a harper, xxviii, 14 

Morning Starre, the, ship, xlvi, 
224 

Moscovia, Russia, xxxvii, 145; 
Duke of, xxxvii, 133, 209; com- 
modities of, 152 

Moscovite. See Muscovite 

Moscow, Moscwa, xxxviii, xliv, 
145 n. I, 153 n. 2, 209; churches 
in, 143, 150; female costumes in, 
146 ; Mundy's desire to travel to, 
and beyond, 153 



Moshkiy Russian, a midge, 134 

n. 2 
Mosken Island, 154 n. 2 
Moskenstrom, Malstrdm, 154 n. 2 
Moslava, river. See Mottlau 
Mosquitoes, in Russia, 134 n. 2 
Mother and Daughters, islands, 

off the North Cape, 125 
Mottlau, river, at Danzig, xliv, 

89 n. I, 170 n. 2, 178, 208 
Moimt St Michael, Cornwall, 55 
Mucke, Ger., a singing gnat, a 

midge, 134 n. 2 
Muff, for men, at Danzig, 191 
Muiden, xxxi, 65 ; Castle of, 65 n. 2 ; 

"Drost" of, 65 n. 2 
Muller, The Last Judgement, by, 
at the Junkerhof at Danzig, 
179 n. 2 
Mimch, Kirsten. *5e« Monk, Chris- 
tina 
Mii^ide, the, at Danzig, xl, 88 nn. 3 
and 4; at Lubeck, 113, 164, 165. 
See also Weichselmunde 
Mundy, Anne, wife of Peter 

Mundy, xxv 
Mundy, Peter (the author), date of 
birth (1597), xlv, 224 n. 2; his 
marriage and children, xxv; 
thrown from his horse, 14-15; 
misses seeing the Battle of the 
Downs, 41; escapes shipwreck, 
58-60; nearly perishes of cold 
97-8; his wonderful ear for 
languages, 138 n. 4; his interest 
in, and knowledge of, astronomy, 
228-9; his instrument for mea- 
suring time roimd the world, 
226-7; ^s remarks on bell- 
ringing and on change-ringing, 
233-4; Ws description of a fly's 
eye, 231-2; of "nitts," 232; his 
remarks on changes made in 
London by the Civ5 War (1647), 
224 
Mundy, Peter, son of Peter Mundy, 

the author, xxv 
Murman Coast, the, 132 n. i 
Muscovite, Muscoveter, Muscovi- 
terische, Russian, xlii, 94, 145, 
199, 210 
Muscovy. See Moscovia 
Muscovy Company, the, 48 n. 2 
Muscuscou, Russian coin, 147 n. i 
Music, in Archangel and Turkey 

compared, 151 
Mustard, of Tewkesbury, 20-a; of 
Durham, 20 n. 2 



270 



INDEX 



Musters, military, in England, 

48 n. I 
Muttlow, River. See Mottlau 
Mynydd Caerau, hill in Glamorgan, 

16 n. I 

Nadder, river, 49 n. 6 

Napkins, not used in Danish inns, 
86 

Naring. See Nehrung 

Narova River, 153 n. 3 

Narva, Gulf of, Finland, 153 n, 3 

Natural History Museum, Oxford, 
26 n. 3 

Nehrung, Frische, 93 n. i, 107 

Neistack, Near Piece, rock, Heligo- 
land, 157 n. I 

Netherlandish Dutch, Low Ger- 
man, 182 

Neuenburg, Newingburg, 97 n. i, 
205 n. 3, 206 

Neugarten, a division of Danzig, 
170 

Neuminsterberg, 95 n, 3 

Neumiihlen, Hamburg, 118 

Neustadt, in Kdnigsberg, 90 n. 2* 
in Hamburg, 115 n. i; in 
Bremen, 160 n. 3 

Neva, river, 138 n. i 

Nevers, Duke of, xliv, 210 n. 2 

Nevers, Madame de. See Marie 
Louise, 2nd wife of Vladislaus IV 
of Poland 

Nexo, 219 

Nicholas Woolle. See Nickelswalde 

Nickelswalde, 106 

Niedersachsische, a dialect of the 
German language, the language 
of Lower Saxony, loi n. 2 

Nieuwendyk, a street in Amster- 
dam, 70 

Nieuw Markt, the. New Market, 
at Amsterdam, 65 

Nightingales, in Germany, xxxvi, 
114; absent from Devonshire 
and Cornwall, 114 n. 2 

Nive, river, 86 n. 4 

Nogat, river, xxxiii, 89, 93 n. i, 
95 n. 3, 195 n. 2, 207 

Norman, Norwegian, xlv, 223 n. 5 

North Cape, the, xxxvi, xxxix, 125, 
126, 128, 154, 156 

North Foreland, 59 

Northumberland, loth Earl of, at 
Bath in 1639, 7 n. 3; corre- 
spondence of, regarding the 
Spaniards in the Downs, 1639, 
39 n. 4 



Norway, 155; Coast of, 222; con- 
fused with Sweden, 227 n. 5 
Norwich, 189 n. i, 199 n. 4 
Nova Kholmogory, Arc^hangel, 

135 n. 3 
Nove, Polish name for Neuenburg, 

Novemiasto. See Neuenburg 
Novgorod, xzxvii, 134 n. i 
Novy-Dvor, on the Bug, 206 
n. I 

Ob, Gulf of, 137 n. 4 

Ob, Obi, river, 137 n. 4 

Obdorsk, 137 n. 4 

Oesel, island, xxxii 

Oldenburg, House of, rulers of 

Denmark and Nonvay, xxxii 
Oldesloe (Old Sloe), Danish gar- 
rison town, xxxvi, 113, 114 
Oliva, the Olive, Oliffe, near Dan- 
zig, xli, 178 n. 3, 183 n. 5 ; Abbey 

of, 210 n. 2 
Ooievar, Du., stork, 149 n. 4 
Oortje^ oortke, Dutch coin, 00 n. i 
Oquendo, Antonio de, conunander 

of the Spanish Fleet at the Battle 

of the Downs, 38, 57 n. 3; 

escapes to Dunkirk, 42 n. i 
Orders = (Corporations), Cnglish 

and Scottisn, at Danzig, 180 
Ores y Cordova, Lopes de, Spanish 

Vice Admiral at the Battle of the 

Downs, 38 n. 2 
Organs, in churches at Amsterdam, 

68; in the Pfarrkirche, Danzig, 

169, 186, 186 n. 4 
Ort, Matthias van, his clock at 

Liibeck, 163 n. 4 
Osney Abbey, 27 n. 4 
Ost Vlieland, in the Zuider Zee, 

82 n. 4 
Ostend, 59 
Osterwitt, 97 n. i 
Ostiak, dialect of Samoyedish, 

138 n. 4 
Otto VI, Count, of Holstein, 

121 n. I 
Our Lady's Church, Liibeck. See 

St Mary's Church, Lubeck 
Overblow, 165 ; the term explained, 

112 n. 3, 219 n. 2 
Owffare. See Ooievar 
Oysters, Kentish, 57-8 
Oxefiord, Mundy's "OxfFortt," 

222 n. 3 
Oxford, xxviii, xxix, 25-8, 48, 52; 

University of, 25-6; Divinity 



INDEX 



271 



School at, 26 n. i; Bodleian 
Library at, 26 n. i ; Anatomical 
Theatre at, 26; Natural History 
Museum at, 26 n. 3; Carfax 
Conduit, 28 n. 2; University 
Press at, 28 n, 3 

Packhaus, Staple, at Kulm, 207 n. 3 
Padua, 22 

Pagoda, pagode, meaning of, xiii 
Pahang, State of, 137 n. i 
• Pall Mall, a game. See Pell Mell 
Pall Mall, London, 44 n. i 
Palma de Matto, explained, xii 
Palschau, 194, 205 n. 3, 206, 207 
Pampus Shoal, in the Zuider Zee, 

82 
Papists. See Roman Catholics 
Pardo, Span., grey, tawny, 41 
Parliament, in Warsaw. See 

Reichstag 
Parret, river, 25 n. i 
Partisan, spear, 212 n. 4 
Partridges, at Heiligenbeil, 107; in 

Archangel, 149 n. 2 
Passages, by sea, cost of, 165 n. i 
Passarge, river, 93 n. i 
PatereroSf swivel guns, 160 n. i 
Patriarch of all Russia, xxxviii ; of 

Constantinople, xxxviii 
Paulson, Matthias, skipper of the 

Fortune off Hambro, 153 
Payne, James, his engraving of the 

Royal Sovereign y xxix, 36 n. 2 
Pearl of the Sea, island near 

Canton, xv 
Pell Mell, Paille Maille, PaU Mall, 

the game described, 44 n. i 
Pembroke, Earls of, Wilton House, 

the residence of, 49 n. 6 
Pen y Fan, the highest Brecknock- 
shire Beacon, 17 n. i 
Penning, a Dutch coin, 80 n. i 
Pennington, Sir John, Admiral, 

xxix, 34 n. 2, 36 n. 6, 39 nn. 3 

and 4, 40 n. i, 42 n. i 
Penny, English, 147 
Penoy. See Ponoi 
Penrjm, Penrin, xxvii, 50, 52, 229 ; 

Mundy starts from, i 
PetchkOj Russian, a stove, 144 n. 3 
Pepys, Samuel, xxxv, 7 n. 4 
Peter the Great, at Danzig, xxxv, 

102 n. 2; orders Russians to 

trim their beards, 146 n. i 
Peterhouse Chapel, Cambridge, 

described, xxix, 33 
Petersort (Petershore), 105 



Petrel, the Fulmar, 125 n. i; the 

Pintado, 125 n. 2 
Petrograd, St Petersburg, 138 n. i 
Pfarrkirche, the, in Danzig, de- 
scribed, 169; organs in, xli, 

186 n. 4 
Philaret, Patriarch of Russia, 

xxxviii 
Philippa, Queen of Edward III, 

55 nn. I and 2 
Piazza, a covered market place, 

63 n. 2 
Picaro, Span., a vagabond, 41 
Piceto, Augustino, Genoese doctor, 

189 n. I 
PickelhSring (Pickled-herring), 

Ger., a clown, xli; the term 

explained, 182 n. i 
PickelhSrings-Spiel, 182 
Pictures, in Amsterdam, 70; in the 

Junkerhof, Danzig, 179 n. 2; at 

Gliickstadt, 120, 157; Gabriel 

Engels* at St Catherine's Church, 

Hamburg^, 116 n. 3 
Picul, capacity of a, xi-xii 
Pigeon, me Cape. See Pintado 
PQnon, English for pine-kernel, 

188 n. 4 
Pill. *5«« Crockem Pill 
Pillars, octagonal, in St Mary's, 

Liibeck, 163 n. 5 
Pillau, on the Frisches Haff, 92, 

93, 102 n. 4 
Pine-apple, meaning pine kernel, 

188 n. 3 
Pine-kernel, 188 nn. 3 and 4 
Pinneberg (Hamburg), 117 n. 4, 

121 n. I 
PiBon, Span., pine-kernel, 188 n. 4 
Pintado, a petrel, the Cape pigeon, 

125 n. 2 
Pirates, the Baltic, free from, 

87 n. I. See also Dunkirkers 
Pitchcroft, the, at Worcester, 23 n. 4 
"Plat Deutch," used to describe 

"a kind of German," loi n. 2 
Plock, Plotsk, Plotskee, xliv, 205 n. 3, 

206 
Plymouth, Plinmouth, 152; Civil 

War in, xlvi, 224 n. 4 
Plymouth Soimd, 224 
Podgorz, Poland, 100 
Podolia, Poland, 94 n. 3 
Poland, extent of, xxxii, xxxiv, 

94 n. 3, 100, 167 n. i; Great, 

206 n. 4; Little, 94 n. 3; as a 

Kingdom, 167; coimtiy parts 

described, 200 n. z; defence of 



272 



INDEX 



Danzigagainst, 17011. i ; position 
of, in Tlurty Years* War, zxzii ; 
trade between Danzig and, 
183 n. 4; gentry and people of, 
183; life of the people of, in 
Mundy's time, described, xliii; 
Germans in, xliii 

Poland, King of, 171 n. 2, 182, 
185 n. I ; bodyguard of, 191 n. i ; 
claim of, against Brandenburg, 
105 n. I. See also Vladislaus IV 

Poland, Queen of. See Marie 
Louise Gonzaga 

Poles, the, manners of, 201 ; power 
of the nobles, 183, 201-2; cos- 
tumes of, 190, 192, 201 ; hair 
dressing of, 190 n. 2; dancing 
of, 1 90-1 ; position of peasantry 
of, 183, 201 

Polesia, province, 94 n. 3 

Polishaw. See Palschau 

Pollack, fish, 222 n. 5 

Polluscoe. See Polushka 

Polonia. iS^^ Poland 

Polushka J Russian coin, 147 n. i 

Pomerania, zxziii, 88 n. i, 90 n. 3 

Pomerania, Duke of, i,e. Elector of 
Brandenburg, 207 n. 4 

Pomerellen, province of, 167 n. i 

Pondf pound, a Dutch coin, 79, 
80 n. I 

Ponoi, xxxvii, 133 

Ponoi, river, 133 

Pood, Russian weight, 147 

Portland, 127 

Portland Race, 154 

Portland stone, carts for carrying, xi 

Portsmouth, 209 

Poshtirty a skin coat with the hair 
on, 136 n. 6 

Potsgarre. See Podgorz 

Praam f pram, Dutch, a flat- 
bottomed lighter, 83 n. 2 

Praga, near Warsaw, xliv, 205 n. i 

Prague, 175, 221 n. i 

PrdhUy prdu, a boat, 208 n. 2 

Prain, Sir David, on Stratton 
garlic, I n. 2 

Pregel (Preil), river, xxiv, 90 n. 2, 
92 nn. I and 2, 93 n. i, 94, 104 

Prinsengracht , Amsterdam , 69 nn . 2 
and 3 

Prophett Daniell, the, ship, Mundy 
sails to England in, xlv, 219 

Prospective glass, meaning both 
telescope and microscope, 231 

Providence y the, with the Royal 
fleet in the Downs, 1639, 39 n. 3 



Prow. See Prahu 

Prussia, 2x6; under the Elector of 
Brandenburg, xxxiv ; West,xxxii, 
167 n. I ; Duchy of, zxxii; com- 
pared to India, 188 n. 2; as a 
Kingdom, 167 

Prussia, Duke of, Albrecht Fried- 
rich, xxxiii, 90 n. 3 ; Elector of 
Brandenburg as, 90 n. 2 

Pudoshem Channel, the. Arch- 
angel, 154 n. I 

Pulo Aor. See Aor, Pulo ^ 

Pulo Tioman. See Tioman, Pulo 

Punishments, at Danzi^^, 172—5 ; in 
Archangel, 150 

Puns, Mimdy's fondness for, 
loi n. I 

Putziger Nehrung, xzxv, X12 n. 4 

Queenborough, xxx, 54, 57, 58, 
112; described, 55; Castle of, 
55-^; named after Queen Phi- 
Uppa, wife of Edward IV, $5 n. i 

Qmntaly quintally, a hundred- 
weight, 204 n. 5 ; a picul, xi 

Rdcher-Kneckt, Ger., hangiman's 

servant, 173 n. 2, 176; pardoned 

convicts, 176 
Radaune, river, 89 n. i 
Rade de Danzig. See 'Danzig Road 
Radnor, 20 
Rahaty Persian wheel, in Warsaw, 

203 n. 3 
Ranmiekens, a "cautionary town," 

Holland, 60 n. i 
Raphael, pictures of, at Whitehall, 

44-5, 45 n. i 
Rasp House, the, a prison at Am- 
sterdam, 73, 74 n. I 
Rathaus, at JBremen, 159 n. 5; at 

Danzig, 210; at Thorn, described, 

99, 99 n. 2; at Warsaw, 205 
Rathsherr, alderman, 176 
Ratzeburg, beer of, 163 n. 2 
Rava, province of Poland, 198 n. 3 
Ray, fish, use of, to create false 

monsters, 199-200, 199 n. 4 
Reaaly a Dutch silver coin, 79, 

80 n. I. See also Real of eight 
Real of eight, 147 
Red hides. See Russia leather 
Red Sand, the, off Queenborough, 

58 n. I 
Red Sea, the, cause of the name, 

155 n. 2 
Reichstag, Polish Parliament, xliv, 

200 n. 3, 201 



INDEX 



273 



Reichsthaler. See Rix-dollar 

Reindeer, 137-8 

Rembrandt van Rijn, painter, 
70 n. 2 

Reynolds, Robert, comedian, 
182 n. i; inventor of Pickel- 
haring, 182 n. i 

Rheita, Schyrleus de, his Oculus 
Enoch et Elite, discussed, 231 n. i 

Rhijstrom, river, 119 n. 4 

Rice a gant. See Morgan, Rice 

"Rifling-pieces ".'(guns), at Dan- 
zig, described, 178 n. 4 

Riga, xxxii, 83, 87 

Riggshofftt. See'Rxshoit 

Rix-dollar, value of, 147, 165 n. i, 
184 n. 4* 

Rixhoft, by Danzig, 88, 165, 219 

Roane. See Rouen 

Robert Courthose, effigy of, Glou- 
cester Cathedral, xxvii, 12 n. 3 

Robinson, — , comedian and col- 
lector of rarities, 47 

Robkau, 194 . 

Rochester, xxix, 37; bridge at, 
34 n. 3 ; castle of, 34 

Rock Island, Heligoland, 157 n. 2 

Rokin, the, Amsterdam, 73 n. i 

Roman Catholics, in Danzig, 168 

Romanoff (Romanov) Mikhail, of 
Russia, xxvi, xxxvii, 145 n. i, 
1 52 n. I ; proposed marriage of 
his daughter, xliv, 209 n. 2 

Rome, H6tel de. See H6tel de 
Rome 

Rosamond's Bower, Rosamund's 
Well, Labyrinth at and ballad 
of, 28 n. 4 

Rose-noble, 220 n. 3 

Rosin and amber discussed, 108 

Ross, Herefordshire, xxviii, 14 

Rostock, XXXV, 113 

Rotterdam^ xxx, 53, 54 nn. i and 3 ; 
described, 61-3; English and 
Scotch in, 62 n. i ; statue of 
Erasmus in, 62 n. 2; Groote 
Markt in, 62; distance between 
De Brielle and, 11 1 

Rouble, Russian coin, value of, 
147 n. I 

Rouen, 25 n. i, 197 

Rought-house. See Rathaus 

Rowe, Walter, name of two 
musicians at Brandenburg in 
the 17th cent., xxxv, 104 n. 2 

Royal Sovereign, the, ship, described, 
35-6, 48-9; John Payne's en- 
graving of, xxix, 36 n. 2 

PM 



Royston, James 1 's Palace at, xxix, 

31-2, 32 n. I 
Rubens, picture of, at Whitehall, 

44-5 
Rligen, island, 112 

Rumbledowse. See Rummeldeus 

Rummeldeus, rummeldeisz, rum- 

meldossz, a white beer, 163 n. 2 
Rumpelbier, 163 n. 2 
Rundles, round glass windows in 

churches, 37 n. 3 
Russ. See Russians 
Russia, religion in, xxxix, 142-3; 

introduction of Christianity in, 

143 n. I ; autonomous Church 

in, xxxviii; passes required in, 

145; Grand Duke of, xxxvii; 

historical sketch of monarchy of, 

xxxvii-xxxviii 
Russia Company, the, 136 nn. i 

and 3, 150 n. 6, 152 n. i 
Russia leather, 150 n. 3 
Russians, 145, 150, 151; costumes 

of the, 145-6 and Plate VI; 

never cut their beards, 146 n. i 
Rutcher, rudder, 197 n. 4 

Sacrocheene. See Zakroczjm 
St Alban, the protomartyr of 
Britain, xxix, 30 n. 4; his tomb, 
30 
St Albans, St Albon, St Albones, 
Abbey of, xxviii, 30-1 ; monu- 
ments in, 31 
St Alexander Nevsky, xxxvii 
St Ansgarius' Church, Bremen, 

159 n. 4 
St Anthony's Hospital, London, 

48 n. 4 
St Bartolomeo de Costa, near 

Genoa, 189 n. i 
St Catherine's Church, Hamburg, 
115 n. 5; described, 116; pulpit 
in, 116 n. I 
St Dominic, 189 n. 2; Place of, 

Danzig, 189 n. 2 
St Faith's Church, London, xxv, 

47 n. 4 
St Jacob's Church, Hamburg, 115 
St James, the, ship. See Santiago 
St James's Church, Bristol, 11 n. i 
St James's Palace, London, 44 n. i 
St James's Park, London, 44 n. i 
St John Evangelist, Mundy s ship 
from Hamburg to Archangel, 
xxxvi, 118; part of the Spanish 
Fleet that escaped from the 
Battle of the Downs, zi8 

18 



274 



INDEX 



St John's College Chapel, Oxford, 

xxviii. 27 
St John 8 Eve, S6 n. a. 
St Joseph of Arunathaea, reputed 

tomb of, at Glastonbury Abbey, 

4n. 3 
St Mary's Chapel (French Pro- 
testant), Ix>nclon, 68 n. 4 
St Mary's Church, Danzig, 169 

n. 2 
St Mary's Church, Liibeck, 163 nn. 4 

and 5 
St Mary Magdalene's Church, 

Taunton, 3 n. 5 
St Mary Redcliff Church, Bristol, 

9 n. 2 
St Mary the Virgin's Church, 

Bridgwater, 4 n. i 
St Mary's Gate, Worcester. See 

Edgar Tower 
SS. Mary and Sexburga, convent 

of. Isle of Sheppey, 56 n. 3 
St Michael Archangel, xxxvii, 135, 

166; Castle of, 135, 151 ; Fort of, 

136 n. 4; monastery of, 134 n. i, 

135 n. 3, ij6n. 4 

St Michael's Mount, Abergavenny, 
xxviii, 15 n. 5 

St Michael's Tower, on Glaston- 
bury Tor, 6 n. I 

St Nicholas, Archangel, monastery 
of, 134 n. I, 135 n. 3; fort of, 
xxxviii, 134 n. i ; harbour of, 

136 n. I 

St Nicholas Bay. See White Sea 
St Nicholas' Church, Amsterdam, 

68 n. 3 
St Nicholas' Church, Hamburg, 

115 n. 4; picture in, 116; clock 

of, 116 
St Olafs Church, Elsinore, 85-6, 

85 n. 2 
St Paul's Cathedral, Old, London, 

XXV, 30 n. 3, 47 n. 4, 48 n. 3, 

169 n. 2 
St Peter's Cathedral, Bremen, 

159 n. 4 
St Peter's Cathedral, Hamburg, 

115 
St Peter's Church, Tiverton, 3 n. 3 

St Petersburg, xxxviii, 138 n. i 

St Stephen's Church, Bremen, 

159 n. 4 
St Ursula's Church, Delft, 63 n. 3 
St Vincent's Spring, Bristol, 11 

n. 4 
St Vladimir, xxxvii 
Salisbury Cathedral, steeple of, 49 



Salisbury, Robert Cecnl, ist Earl 
of, 29 n. 3; William Cecil, 2nd 
Earl of, 30 n. z 

Salisbury Plain, 25 

Salt, springs of, in England, 50, 
51 nn. I and 4 

Samogetia, Samoveda, the country 
of tne SamoyedSy 137 n. 4 

Samoyeds, the, names for, 137 n. 4; 
described, 136—8, 137 n. 4; 
meaning of the term, 136 n. 5; 
language of, xxvi, Ixxxix, 138-42; 
dialect of, 138 n. 4;' costume of, 
138 and Plate V, visits of, to 
St Petersburg, 138 n. i 

Samuter, Samout. See Samoyeds 

Sand Island, Heligoland, 157 n. 2 

Sandwich, xxix, 40 

Sanniki, Poland, 194 

Santa Teresa, the, Spanish Vice- 
Admiral's ship at the Battle of 
the Downs, xxix, 38 ; sunk, 41,42 

SantiagOy the, Spanish admiral's 
ship at the Battle of the Downs, 
xxix, 38 ; escapes to Dunkirk, 42 

Saras, saros, crane, 149 n. 3 , 202 n. 4 

Scarlet Island. See Hven, island 

Scattergood, Mr Bernard, 232 n. i 

Scethrog, near Brecknock, 16 n. 2 

Scharfrichter, Ger., a hangman, 
xli, 174 n. i; described, 175-7 
and Plate IX; his privileges and 

Cosition, 176 n. 3; an official 
onesetter, 176; a master- 
scavenger, 176 
Schelling, a Dutch coin, 80 n. i 
Schiedam, Holland, 61 n. 2 
Schiefs Garten. See Schiitzenhaus 
Schippety Du., skipper, 118 
Schiwelichte Thurm, the, at Ma- 

rienburg, story of, 195 n. 2 
Schleswig, Duchy of, xxxii 
Schlittschuhey Ger., skates, 208 n. 3 
SchlosSy Ger., castle, 94 
Schlossplatz, the, at Gluckstadt, 

157 n. 3 
Schmergrube, Smeregrove, 106; 

amber at, 107 
Schone, Shone. See Malmohus 
Schonwarling, 97 n. i 
Schonwarling, 96, 97 n. i 
Schopfen, amber fishing, 108 n. i 
Schottland, a division of Danzig, 

102 n. I ; Alt, xli, 170 n. 2 
Schouty Du., a mayor or sheriff, 76 
Shrittshooes. See Schlittschuhe 
Schroder, Hans, Master of the 
St John Evangelist, Mundy's ship 



INDEX 



275 



from Hamburg to Archangel, 
118; escaped from the Battle of 
the Downs, 118 n. 2 

Schuity Du., a river boat, 62 n. 3; 
passages by, 62, 62 n. 5 ; travel- 
ling by, 64; land-portage for, 
64 n. 3 

SchiitzenhauSt Ger., shooting-hall, 
178 n. 4 

Schwarzburg, beer from, 163 n. 2 

Schwarzenberg, a Minister, of the 
Elector of Brandenburg, 105 n. i 

Schwetz, Swiescie, 205 n. 3, 206, 
207 ; castle of, 207 n. 4 

Schwinge, river, no n. 3 

Sclater, Mr W. L., notes supplied 
by, 51 n. 3, 203 n. 2 

Scompe, 96 

Scotch, in Rotterdam, 62 n. i ; at 
Thorn, 100 n. 4; in Europe, 
100 n. 4; in Bremen, 158 n. 2 

Scotland, 155; name of a division 
of Danzig, 170 n. 2 

Scots, xli. Order of the, at Danzig, 
170 n. 2, 180 n. 2; caps worn by 
the, 198 

Screw, screw pile, 67 n. i 

Scyrrid Hill. See Skirrid Fawr 

Seals, dappled and white, 112 

Seine, river, 25 n. i 

Serfs, the Russian, origin of, 
xxxviii 

Severn, river, 22, 24; the bore in, 
at Gloucester, xxviii, 24-5, 
25 n. I ; the Little, at Worcester, 
2j n. 4 

Sexburga, Queen, founds Minster 
Abbey, 56 n. 3 

S'Gravenhaege. See Hague, the 

Shah Jahan, Mughal Emperor, 
136 n. 3 

Shamanism, Central Asian, 137 n. 3 

Sheld-duck, Sheldrake, the Ruddy, 
203 n. 2 

Shenewarincke. See Schdnwarling 

Sheppey, Isle of, 55 n. 2, 56,59; 
Castle of, described, 55 n. 2 

Sherazzee, shirdzly a mantilla, 
117 n. 3 

Skihf picul, xi 

Ships: AlleXj 54 n. i ; Amelie, xxix, 
39 ; Amy, 54 n. i ; Arm Royal, xi ; 
Content, xxx, 53 nn. 2 and 4, 
54 n. I ; Golden Sun (Danish), 
209 n. 3; Fortune off Hambro, 
xxxix, 153; Fortune off Lubecke, 
xl, 164-5 ; Hope, xxxii, 82 ', James, 
39 n. 3 ; Justice of Lubecke, xxxv. 



112; Leopard, 39 n. 3 ; Mary and 
Hanna, 53 n. 4 ; Merhonour, Mer- 
honneur, 36 n. 4 ; Morning Starre, 
xlvi, 224; Prophett Darnell (of 
Lubeck), xlv, 219; Providence, 
39 n. 3; Royal Skip. See Royal 
Sovereign, Royal Sovereign,7aax, 
35» 35 n. 5, 36 nn. i and 2; 
St James. See Santiago ; St John 
Evangelist, xxxvi, 118; Santa 
Tereza, xxix, 38 n. 2, 41, 42; 
Santiago, xxix, 38, 42; Soveragn 
oftkeSeas. See Royal Sovereign. 
Teresa. See Santa Tereza. Uni- 
com (Royal ship), xxix, 39 n. 3 ; 
Unicom (Merchant ship) , 3 9 n . 3 ; 
Vanguard, 39 n. 3; Victory, 
39 n. 3 

Shivering Sand, the, 58 n. i 

Shooters Hill, 34 

Shooting competitions in England, 
10 n. 4 

Shoreditch, Mr Robinson's curio 
exhibition at, 47 

Shuisky, Demetrius, imprisoned in 
Gostyriin Castle, xhi, 199 n.; 
tomb of, at Warsaw, 179 n. 2 

Shuttleworth, Mr C. B., his notes 
on Worcester, 22 n. 6, 23 n. 3 

Siberia, 137 n. j. 

Sibir, Land of tne. See Siberia 

Siefert, Paul (Syfertas, Sivert), 
organist at Danzig, xli; accoimt 
of, 186 n. 3 

Sigismund HI, of Poland, 204 n. 3 ; 
dissolves English staple at Elbing, 
89 n. 4; builds a tomb to Deme- 
trius Shuisky at Warsaw, 199 n. 2 

Sigismund Square, Warsaw, 199 n. 3 

Silver, ratio of, to gold (Chinese), xv 

Singapore, Straits of, xiii 

Singelgracht, Amsterdam, 69 n. 3 

Singers, street, in Danzig, 185-6, 
186 n. I 

Singknecht, Gregor, Dutch artist, 
at Kdnigsberg, 92 n. i 

Sittingboume, 40 

Skagen, Schagen, Cape, xxxii, xlv, 
84, 221, 222. See also Skaw, the 

Skarsvaagnsering, headland, 126 n. i 

Skates, new in South England in 
early 17th cent., 103 n. i 

Skaw, the, Denmark, 84 n. i 

Skelder Bay. See Kulla Bay 

Skirrid Fawr, the Holy Mount, 
near Abergavenny, 15 n. 5 ; vie\/ 
from, 16 

Skitchroke. See Scethrog 



276 



INDEX 



Skrwa, river, 206 n. 3 

Sladen, Mr F. D., note supplied 

^ by, 231 n. I 

Slater, Rev. H., his note on Uni- 
versity Printers in Oxford, 28 n. 3 

Slokomb, Thomas, an English inn- 
keeper on the Frisches Half, 90 

Slott. See Schloss 

Sluzewo, 194 

"Smarga," the term discussed, 
192 n. 3 

Smoking to death, a punishment, 
172 n. 2 

Smolen Island, 155 n. i 

Smolensk, 204 n. 4 

Snedker, Jesper, of Kronborg, a 
pulpit by, in St OlaTs at Elsinore, 
86 n. I 

Snow, fall of, in June 1639, on 

^ Exmoor, 3 n. 4 

Sochaczew, 194 

Sole Bay, Sollhaven, Sowl Bay. 
See Southwold 

Soon, a fishing town in Norway, 
223 n. 4 

Sophie Amalie of Brunswick- 
Luneburg, wife of Frederick III 
of Denmark, 158 n. 2 

Sorga, river, 89 n. 6, 93 n. i 

Soro, island, xxxix, 154 

Sound, the, xxxiii, 165 n. i, 220, 
221 ; position of, 83 n. 4; Danish 
dues in, 85 n. i 

Southwold, 223; old names for, 
223 n. 7 

Spanish Fleet, in the Downs, 37-9 ; 
escape of some of the, to Dun- 
kirk, 38 n. I ; attacked by Martin 
van Tromp, 38 n. 3 ; sickness in, 
39 ; destruction of, 41 

Speed, John, his Great Britainey 
copied by Mundy, 17 n. i 

Spencer, John, English actor at 
Danzig, 182 n. i 

Spin House, the, at Amsterdam, a 
prison for women, 73, 74 n. i 

"Spittsgarres,** perhaps elvers, 
187 n. 2 

Splint, name of a Fort at Dunkirk, 
42; the Old Mardyck Fort, 
42 n. I 

Splinter, the, a sand bank near 
Dunkirk, 42 n. i 

Spurs, of fighting cocks, 192-3 

Stade, Stode, xxxix, 158, 161, 166; 
Oid English staple, near Harp- 
burg, XXX vi, 118 n. 3; under 
Swedish rule, 118 n. 3 



Stadt, Stadtlandy Norway, 15^ n. i 
Stanton, near Moiunoudi» hill at, 

15 n. 3 
Staple, a factory, authorised place 
of trade, xxzvi, 89 n. 3 ; English, 
at Danzig, xii, 183 n. i ; for com, 
183; for woody at Kdnigsberg, 

Stappen, Stapper Islands (Store 
and Kirke), 125 n. 3 

Statthof, 102 

Stavoren, Holland, 82 n. 2 

Steden. See Stevns-Klint 

Steereman's Trolle, Stynnands 
Trold (Norwegian), the Hornet 
rock, 126 n. 3 

Stengade, the, Elsinore, 85 n. 2 

Stettin, 95 n. 2 

Stevenson, Mr W. H., his note on 
St John's College, Oxford, 27 n. 2 

Stevns-Klint, 220 

Stintgam, Ger., a net for smelts, 
106 n. 2 

Stithney, Cornwall, Log;an Stone 
at, 50 n. I 

Stockfish, nickname of John Spen- 
cer, comedian, 182 n. i 

Stockfish, dried cod, 127 n. 2 

Stockholm, 87 

Stode. See Stade 

Stolzenburg, near Danzig^, execu- 
tions at, 177, 177 n. I 

Stonehenge, 49 

Stooter, stoter, a Dutch coin, 79, 
80 n. I 

Stotehoffte. See Statthof 

Stour, river, 32 n. 3 

Stourbridge (Sturbridge) Fair, 
Cambridgeshire, xxviii— xxix, 29, 
52; described, 32, 32 n. i ; held 
at Barnwell, 32 n. i 

Stove used for Stube, Ger., stove ^ 
Du., a warmed room, 109, 
lion. 1, 187; described, iio-ii; 
Continental, made of tiles, de- 
scribed, III n. i; origin of En- 
glish, II I n. I ; Russian, xxix, 144 

Stoves, Russian, described, 144 n. 3 ; 
German, xxxv, 144 n. 3 

Strand, the, London, 47 n. 3 

Strappado, a military punishment, 
described, 162 n. i, 172 n. 2 

Stratton, Cornwall, garlic industry 
at, xxvii, I 

Stuhcy Ger., a heated room. See 
Stove 

Stublau, 194 

Stuhm, 194; castle at, xlii, 196 n. 2 



INDEX 



277 



Stuiver, Du., a penny, 62 n. 4, 79, 

80 n. I 
Style (Calendar), Old and New, 

Mundy's use of, 193 
Suetsee. See Schwetz 
Sumatra, 159 n. 2, 226, 227 
Sumptuary laws in Danzig, 168 n. 3 
Suppott. See Zoppott 
Surat, Suratt, 25, 77 
Suroy. See Soro 
Sviatoi Nos, xxxvi, 131 n. 3; 

various names for, 131 n. 3 
Swallows, folklore as to, 187 
Swantspolk, Duke of Pomerania, 

207 n. 4 
Swearing, German manner of, by 

a witness, 174-5 
Sweatnose. See Sviatoi Nos 
Sweden, war between Denmark 

and, 210 n. i, 220 n. 2; posses- 
sions of, in Thirty Years' War, 

xxxii, 220 n. 2 
Swedes, in Pomerania, 88 n. 2 ; in 
J Elbing, 89 n. 5; in Bremen, 

158 n. 2 
Swiescie. See Schwetz 
Synagogues, Jewish, at Amsterdam, 

68, 70 n. I 

Table Mountain, 126 n. 2 

Tableture, musical notation, 185 
n.4 

Tael, xiv ; terms for a, xii ; exchange 
value of, xii 

Tagwy dialect of Samoyedish, 
138 n. 4 

Tamar, river, 2 n. i 

Taw, of Canton, xi 

Tanjong Penyusok, Point Cock- 
spur, not Point Wetnurse, xiii 

Tapiau, on the Pregel, 94 

Tarell, river, 18 

Tartars, 137; as slaves in Warsaw, 
203 n. I, 204 

Taunton, xxvii, 3; church of St 
Mary Magdalene at, 3 n. 5 

Taw, river, 2 n, 4 

Telescope, 230; used for a micro- 
scope, 231 

Temple, G.T., Lieut.-Commander, 
R.N., notes by, xxxvi, 123 n. i, 
125 n. 3, 154 n. 2, 221 n. 5, 
223 n. 3 

Tempelburg, in the hills W. of 
Danzig, 215 n. 3 

Terschelling, in the Zuider 2Jee, 
82 n. 2 

Tetelhofft, Hans, story of, 174-5 



Teutonic Knights, a story of, 195- 
6; castles of the Order of, xlii, 
105 n. 2, 207 n. 4 

Tewkesbury, xxviii , 20 ; the mustard 
of, xxviii, 20-2, 20 n. 2 ; the lock 
(double sluice) at, 22 n. 2 

Texel, in the Zuider Zee, 82, 
82 nn. 2 and 3 

Texel Stroom, a strait into the 
Zuider Zee, 82 n. 3 

Thaler f of Danzig, 181 n. i 

Thame, river, 25 n. 3 

Thames, river, 25 n. 3 

Thatcher, Mr, a merchant pirated 
by Dunkirkers, 57 n. 2 

Theobalds Mansion, xxviii; ex- 
changed by I St Earl of Salisbury 
with James I for Hatfield House, 
29 n. 3; Charles Ts bedstead at, 
29 

Thirty Years' War, political geo- 
graphy during, xxxii 

Thorn, Thorun, 216 n. i ; Mundy's 
journey to, xxxi, xxxiv, xliv, 96, 
III, 195, 200 n. I, 205 n. 3, 206; 
described, 99, 196; bridge over 
the Weichsel at, described, xlii, 
99-100, 196-7, 197 n. I ; political 
situation, 100 n. 2; Epiphany 
Fair at, 100 n. 3; Scots at, 

1 00 n. 4; Armenians, Dutch, 
French at, 100; Jews at, 100 n. 4, 

1 01 n. I ; distance of, from 
Amsterdam and Venice, 100 

Thousand, the peculiar sign for a, 

used by Mundy, 69 n, i, 161, 

166, 169 n. 3, 204, 225 
Thumbherr. See Domherr 
THaOy tael, xii 
Tilting, rustic, at Braunsberg, 

described, xlv, 213-14 
Time, loss and gain of in voyaging, 

xlvi, 226-7 
Tioman, Pulo, 137 n. i 
Titian, pictures by, at Whitehall, 

44 
Tiverton, xxvii, 3; fires at, 3 n. 2; 

St Peter's Church at, 3 n. 3 
Tolzey, the Old, the Exchange at 

Bristol, 10 n. I 
Tdrfisk, Norwegian, stockfish, 

127 n. 2 
Torglas Common, 18 
Torun. See Thorn 
Touchstone, black marble, properly 

black or dark jasper (Basanite), 

4 n. 2 



278 



INDEX 



"Toune Stone," the, at Barn- 
staple, 3 n. I 
T(W8, children's, at Amsterdam, 

67 n. 2 
Trabantetij Ger., Polish King's 

bodyguard, 191 n. i 
Train %nds, of London, 48 n. i 
Trauerstube, Ger., a room in the 

prison, Danzig, 173 
Trave, river, 113, Z14, 164 
Travemiinde, port of Liibeck, 

113 n. 2, 164 n. 3 
Tree Goose. See Barnacle Goose 
Trevor, Sir Sackvill, 14 n. 6 
Trevor, Sir Thomas, judge, 14 n. 6 ; 

Tridacna giga, great shell, speci- 
men in the East India House, 
Amsterdam, 71 n. i 

Trinity College, Cambridge, xxix, 

33 
Tromp, Martin van, Dutch Ad- 
miral, attacks the Spanish Fleet, 
3811.3 
Trondhjem, 155, 155 n. i 
Trunk, speaking tube, 35 n. 4 
Trunk-glass, trunk-spectacle, pro- 
spective-trunk, a telescope, 
216 n. 4 
Tsar, 145; = Kaisar, Caesar, ex- 

glanation of title, xxxvi; =A11- 
:ussian Ruler, xxxvii, xxxviii, 
209 n. 2 
Tsotangy Chinese assistant district 

magistrate, xv 
Tuenaes, point, near North Cape, 

125 n. 3 
Tulips, a 17th cent, craze for, xxxi, 

75 
Tumblers, English, at Danzig, 212 

I'un, the Great, at Amsterdam, 
xxxi, 78; at Heidelberg, xxxi, 
78 n. I and Plate I, No. i 

Tundra, the, bog country, Russia, 

135 n- 2 
Turf, peat, as fuel in Holland, 

64 n. 4 

Turks, hair-dressing of, 190; ap- 
parel of, 201 

Turnspit dogs, 11 

Tu-t'angy Tu-Vung, Tu-pu-t'ang, 
Chinese Governor General, xiv 

Tycho Brache. See Brahe, Tycho 

Ukrain, the, 203 n. i 

Unicorn^ the. Sir John Pennington's 

ship at the Battle of the Downs, 

xxix, 39 n. I 



Unicom, the, a City ship (mer- 
chantman), in the Downs, 1639, 
39 n. 3 

United Provinces of Holland, 
65 n. 2 

University Press, Oxford, printers 
at, in the 17th cent., 28 n. 3 

University (Divinity) School at 
Oxford, 26 n. I 

Uranienborg, Uraniburgum, 220; 
Observatory at, of Tycho Brahe, 
xlv, 221 n. I 

Usk, River, 18 

Utrecht, 69 

Vaerd, 154 n. 2 

Vagner, Miss M., help of, in 

Samoyedish language, 138 n. 4; 

notes supplied by, 151 n. 3, 

189 n. I 
Valladolid, statue at, 45; history 

of, 45 n. 2 
Valsterbaum. See Falsterbo 
Vanguard y the, at the Battle of the 

Downs, 39 n. 3 
Vans. See Brecknockshire Beacons 
Vard5, islands, xxxvi, 132 ; various 

names for, 128 n. 4; a boundary 

between Norway and Russia, 

128 n. 3, 132 
Veneen, Du., turf-moors, described, 

64 n. 4 
Venice, 22; arsenal at, 171 n. i; 

distance between Thorn and, 

100 n. 3 ; Jews at, 199 n. i 
Venus (planet), discussed, 230 
Vest Fiord, 154 n. 2 
Victory y ship, at the Battle of the 

Downs, 39 n. 3 
Virginal, a musical instrument, 

76 n. 3 
Visitador, Chinese provincial go- 
vernor, xiv 
Vistula, river. See Weichsel, river 
Vlaardingen, Vlaerdin, oldest town 

in Holland, 61 n. 2 
Vladimir, introduces Christianity 

into Russia, 143 n. i 
Vladislaus IV of Poland, xxvi, 

203 n. I, 204 nn. 4 and 6; his 

marriage to Marie Louise de 

Nevers, xliv, 186 n. 3, 210-11; 

Italian tastes of, 202 n. 2 ; gardens 

of, 202; portrait of, 211 
Vladislavia, Poland, 206 n. 4 
Vlie, island. See Vlieland 
Vlie Stroom, a strait into the 

Zuider Zee, 82 n. 2 



INDEX 



279 



Vliebooty Du., a fast sailing vessel, 

83 n. 2 
Vlieland, islands, West and Ost, 

in Zuider Zee, xxxii, 82 
Vlotf Du., a raft, lighter, 83 n. 2 
Vogelsang, 106 
Vogtwerder, island in the Pregel 

at Kdnigsberg, 90 n. 2 
Volga, river, 134 n. 3 
Volhynia, 94 n. 3 
Vologda, 150 n. 6 
Voyages, in Northern Europe and 

England, why undertaken by 

Mundy, i 

Wafter, Du. toachter, an armed 
convoy vessel, 83 n. 3 

Waggerooe Island. See Magerd, 
island 

Walcheren, island, 60 

Waldemar, Christian Grev, of Den- 
mark, failure of his marriage 
scheme, xliv, 208-10 

Waldenhoff, near Ahrenburg, 
114 n. 4 

Wales, Mundy's travels in, 14-20 

Walker, Dr T. A., his note on 
Peterhouse Chapel, Cambridge, 
33 n. 2 

Wallenstein, General, in Branden- 
burg, 90 n. 3 

Waller, Jane, Lady, her monument 
in Bath Abbey, xxvii, 8 n. i 

Walloons, French Protestants, in 
London, 68 n. 4 

Ward, Sir Adolphus, his note on 
Peterhouse Chapel, Cambridge, 
33 n. 2 

Wardhouse,Ward6huis, SeeVardd 

Ware, the great bed of, xxix, 34 n. i 

Warmoes-Straat, Amsterdam, 70 

Warsaw, xxvii, xlii, 182, 205 n. 3, 
206, 211 ; described, 199-205; 
Royal Castle at, 199 n. 3; tomb 
of Demetrius Shuisky at, 199 n. 2 ; 
Italian engineers at, 203, 204; 
gardens at, 202-4; cranes at, 
202; Arsenal at, 204 n. 3; dis- 
tance between Danzig and, 194-5 

Water, scarcity of fresh, at Amster- 
dam, 66; supply of, at Amster- 
dam, 66 n. z 

Waterhouses, at Worcester, 23 ; in 
London, 23 n. 4 

Weaijr-all HiU. 5«« Werrall Park 

Weather, in 1639, 3, 54 n. 5, 64 

Weeb, Adam, an engineer of Dan- 
zig, 211-12 



Wee-en, island. See Hven 
Weeshuis, Du., orphanage, at Am- 
sterdam, 73 n. 2 
Weesp, Wesop, 65; Amsterdam 

supplied with water from, xxxi, 

66, 66 n. I 
Wehlau, on the Pregel, xxxiii, 93 , 94 
Weichsel, river, xxxiv, xlii, iiv, 

97 n. I, 102, 115 n. 6, 178, 182, 

196, 207 n, I ; width of, near 

Danzig, 88 ; tributaries of, 93 n. i ; 

mouths of, 95 n. 3 ; bridge over, 

at Thorn, 99-100, 196-7 ; dangers 

in navigating the, 109, 208 
Weichselmiinde, the, at Danzig, 

88 n. 4, 112 n. 2 
Weiser, Ger., Weizery hand of a 

clock, used for a dial, 163 
Weisshof, 194 
Wells, xxvii, 6; Cathedral at, 6; 

great clock at, 6 n. 2; Vicar's 

College at, 6 n. 3 
Welsh language, used in churches 

in the 17th cent., 17 
Werden, Bishopric of, xxxii, 159 n. i 
Werrall Park, the Holy Thorn in, 

5 n. I 
Wesder, river. See Weser, river 
Wesel, Weesell, river. See Weich- 
sel, river 
Weser, river, 115 n. 6, 159 n. i, 

160 n. 3 
Wessell, river. See Weichsel, liver 
West India House, Amsterdam, 

72 n. I 
Westkapelle, 60 
Westminster Abbey, 49 
Westphalia, Westfalen, Treaty of, 

xxxii, 88 n. i, 158 n. 2 
Westphalian Circle, the, 159 n. i 
West Vlieland, in the Zuider Zee, 

82 n. 4 
Weybridge, Monmouthshire, 15 n.3 
Wejmiouth, bridge at, 92 
Wharton, Mr Leonard C, note 

supplied by, 205 n. 2 
Wheel, water, at Bremen, 161 n. i ; 

Persian, at Warsaw, 203 n. 3 
Wheen Island. See Hven Island 
Whipping, at Danzig, 172 n. 2; at 

Archangel, 150 
Whispering gallery in Gloucester 

Cathedral, 13 n. i, 4.9 
White, Gilbert, his belief as to 

hibcnnation of swallows, 187 n. i 
White Fish. See Beluga catodon 
White Sea, xxxvii, 136 n. i; the 

name discussed, 134-5 n. i 



zSo 



INDEX 



Whitehall, Palace, described, xxx, 

45 n. I ; Charles Ts pictures at, 

44~5» 45 n- I ; Chapel in, 44 n. 2 
William the Silent, Prince of 

Orange, monument to, at Delft, 

63 n. 4 
Wilson, Canon J. M., his notes on 

Worcester Cathedral, 22 n. 6 
Wilton House, near Salisbury, 49 
Windmills, at Archangel, 151 
Wing, Vincent, astrologer, his 

Almanac, quoted by Mundy, 

xlvi, 229 n. I 
Wintergam, a net for smelts, 

Z06 n. 2 
Wismar, 113 

Wladislaw. See Vladislavia 
Wloclawek. See Vladislavia 
Wolgast, in Pomerania, Duchy of, 

88 n. I 
Wolmar, Grave. See Waldemar, 

Christian Grev 
Wolsey, Cardinal, his windows at 

Christchurch, Oxford, 27 n. 3 
Women, pregnant, impressions of, 

by sight, discussed, 189 n. 3 
Wonder, the, landslip, Marcle Hill, 

Kynaston Green, xxviii, 20 n. i 
Wood, Mr J. G., notes by, on 

Wales, 14-20 
Woodstock, King's Manor-house 

at, 2o; Rosamond's well at, 20; 

labyrinth at, xxvii, 20 n. 4 
Worcester, 20, 160; streets of, 

xxviii, 22 n. 4; Cathedral of, 

xxviii, 22-3 ; its organs and 

monuments, 23 nn. i and 2; 

Edgar Tower at, 23 n. 3; water 

supply of, 23 n. 4 
Wyche, Thomas, at Archangel, 

151; family of, 15 1-2; pedigree 

of family of, 152 n. i ; his father, 

152 n. I 

Y Fan Corn ddu, highest peak of 
the Brecon hills, 18 



Yacht, oriffin of the term, 178 n. i 
Yagh-sleighs, at Danzig, 177-8. 

See also Jagd 
Yalmal Peninsula, 137 n. 4 
Yantunus ^Anthony). See Anto- 

nides, Jonannes 
Yarmouth, 224; North, xlv, 223 
Yarmouth man, a certain class of 

ship, 221, 223 
Yawl (yoU, yoal, yole, yoholl), a 

boat, 128 n. 2, 219 
Yellow Sea, the, cause of the name, 

155 n. 2 
Yenissei dialect of Samoyedish, 

138 n. 4 
Yopungast. See Jopen Gasse 
York, Duke of, afterwards James II, 

44 n. 3 

York House, London, xxx, 45 n. 2; 
statue of Cain and Abel, at, 

45 n. 2 

Yughts, yufts, Russia leather, 150; 

various names for, 150 n. 3, 152 
Yimkerhof. *See Junkerhof 
Yuriak dialect of Samoyedish, 

xxxix, 138 n. 4 

Zakroczyn, 205, 205 n. 3, 206 
Zamek Krolewski, the Royal Casde 

at Warsaw, 199 n. 3 
Zantir, 207 n. 4 

Zaporazhian Cossacks, 203 n. i 
Zealand, island, Denmark, 83 n. 4, 

Zeiloan. See Ceylon 

Zeughaus, arsenal, at Danzig, 

described, 170-2, 171 n. 2 
Zoppot, watering place near Dan« 

zig, xli, 178 n. 3 
Zoutboug, the, Amsterdam, 78 n. i 
Zuchthaus, House of Correction, 

at Danzig, xli, 185 n. 2 
Zuchthausplatz, Danzig, 185 n. 2 
Zuider Zee, the, xxxi, xxxii, 82 
Zwingh, river. See Schwinge, 

river 



CAMBRIDGE I PRINTED BY W. LEWIS AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 



XLbc lOahlui^t Societi?* 



(Founded 1846.) 
1925. 



President. 

Sir albert GRAY, K.C.B., K.C. 

Vice-Presidents. 

Sir JOHN SCOTT KELTIE, LL.D. 

Sir CHARLES PRESTWOOD LUCAS, IC.C.B., K.C.M.G. 

Admiral of the Fleet The Right Hon. 
Sir EDWARD HOBART SEYMOUR, G.C.B., O.M., G.C.V.O., LL.D. 

Treasurer. 

EDWARD HEAWOOD, Esq. 



JOHN F. BADDELEY, Esq. 



Council. 

EDGAR PRESTAGE, Esq. 



The Right Hon. JAMES PARKER 
Sir WILLIAM FOSTER, CLE. 1 SMITH. 

DOUGLAS W. FRESHFIELD, Esq., F. P. SPRENT, Esq. 
D.C.L. 

Brig.-Gbn. Sir PERCY M. SYKES, 
A. R. HINKS, Esq., C.B.E., F.R.S. K.C.I. E., C.B., C.M.G. 

Sir JOHiN F. F. HORNER, K.C.V.O. Liect.-Col. Sir RICHARD CARNAC 

TEMPLE, Bart., C.B., CLE. 
Sir EVERARD IM THURN, K.C.M.G., 

K.B.E., CB. Sir BASIL HOME THOMSON, K.CB. 

Sir FREDERIC G. KENYON, K.C.B., Sir REGINALD TOWER, K.C.M.G.„ 
F.B.A., Litt. D. C.V.O. 

ALFRED P. MAUDSLAY, Esq., D.Sc. I J. A. J. de VILLIERS,Esq. 

Hon. Secretary. 

T. A. JOYCE, Esq., O.B.E., 

British Museum, W.Ci. 

Clerk and Assistant Treasurer. 
Mr. H. BEHARRELL. 

Bankers in London. 
Messrs. BARCLAY & Co., Ltd., i. Pall Mall East, S.W.i. 

Bankers in New York. 
THE GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 140, Broadway. 

Agent for Distribution and Sale of Volumes. 

Messrs. BERNARD QUARITCH, Ltd., xi. Grafton Street, New Bond 

Street, W.i. 



Annual Subseription.--One Guinea (in America, five dollars). 



11 



^t^e l^aftlUSt SbOtittSf established in 1846, has for its object the 
printing of rare and valuable Voyages, Travels, Naval expe- 
ditions, and other geographical records. Books of this class are of 
the highest interest to students of history, geography, navigation 
and ethnology ; and many of them, especially the original narra- 
tives and translations of the Elizabethan and Stuart periods, are 
admirable examples of English prose at the stage of its most robust 
development. 

The Society has not confined its selection to the books of English 
travellers, to a particular age, or to particular regions. Where the 
original is foreign, the work is given in English, fresh translations 
being made, except where it is possible to utilise the spirited renderings 
of the sixteenth or seventeenth century. The works selected for 
reproduction are printed (with rare exceptions) at full length. Each 
volume is placed in the charge of an editor especially competent — in 
many cases from personal acquaintance with the countries described — 
to give the reader such assistance as he needs for the elucidation 
of the text. As these editorial services are rendered gratuitously, 
^/te whole of the amount received from subscribers is expended in 
the prepajation of the Society s publications . 

One hundred volumes (forming Series I., see pages iv. to xiv.) 
were issued from 1846 to 1898 ; fifty-four volumes of Series II. (see 
pages XV. to xx.) have been issued in the twenty-five years ending 
1923. A brief index to these is given on pages xxii. to xxviii., and a 
list of works in preparation on pages xx. to xxi. 



Ill 



The Annual Subscription of One Guinea — entitling the member 
to the year's publications — ^is due on January i, and may be paid 
to 

Messrs. Barclay and Co., i. Pall Mall East, London, S.W.i ; 

The Guaranty Trust Co., 140, Broadway, New York. 

Members have the sole privilege of purchasing back or current 
issues of the Society ; these tend to rise in value, and those which 
are out of print are now only to be obtained at high prices. 

The present scale of charges is as follows :^ 

First Series. 

Sets, 'omitUni Nos. 1 to 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 32, 

33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 42, 48» 52, 75 and 99 
(64 vols.) £70 Os. <M. 

SingU Copies.— Hos. 29, 31, 34, 46, 47, 51, 53, 55, 56, 58, 60 to 73, 

77, 79, 80, 82 to 87, 90 to 94, 96, 97, 98, at . 2O5. 04. 

Nos. 28, 30, 45, 49, 50, 57, 74, 76, 78, 81, 88, 89, 
95, 100, at ..... . 30s. Od. 

Nos. 20, 21, 23, 40, 43, 44, 54, 59, at . . 40s. Oi. 

Second Series. 
Nos. 1-10 are out of print. 
Nos. 11 to 22, 28, 29, 31, 35, 39, 45, 46, 47, 48, 

50, 51, 54, 55, at . 20s. Oi. 

Nos. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 30, 32, 37, 38, 40, 42, 52, 53, 

56, at i : • . . ; s 25s. 0<i. 

Nos. 33, 34, 36, 41, 43, 44, 49, at . . . 30s. 04. 

Ladies or Gentlemen desiring to be enrolled as members should 
send their names to the Hon. Secretary, with the form of Banker's 
Order enclosed in this Prospectus. AppUcations for back volumes 
should be addressed to the Society's Agent, Messrs. B. Quaritch, 
Ltd., II, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, London, W.i. 



A 2 



IV 



WORKS ALREADY ISSUED. 

FIRST SERIES. 
1847-1898. 

1 -The Observations of Sir Riehard Hawkins, Knt., 

Ill his Voyage into the South Sea in 1593. Reprinted from the edition 
•>f i6ai, and edited by Admiral Charles Ramsay Drinkwatbr 
Bkthune, C.B. pp. xvi. 246. Index. 

{First Edition out 0/ print. See No. 57.) Issued /or 1 847. 

2— Select Letters of Christopher Columbus, 

With Original Documents relating to the Discovery of the New World. Trans- 
lait'd and Edited by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., Keeper of Maps, 
British Museum, Sec R.G. S. pp. xc. 240. Index. 

( Inst Edition out of print. See No. 43. Two copies only were printed on 
vellum, one of which is in the British Museum, C. 29. k. 14.) 

Issued for 1847. 

3— The Diseovery of the Large, Rieb, & Beautiful Empire of Guiana, 

\\ ilh a relation of the great and golden City of Manoa (which the Spaniards 
call El Dorado), &c., performed in the year 1595 by Sir Walter Ralegh, 
Knt . . . Reprinted from the edition of 1596. With some unpublished 
Documents relative to that country. Edited with copious explanatory Notes 
and a biographical Memoir bySiR Robert Hermann Schomburgk, rh.D. 
pp. Ixxv. XV. I Map. Index. 

{Out of print.) Issued for \%^%. 

4-Slr Francis Drake his Voyage, 1695, 

By Thomas Mavnardf, together with the Spanish Account of Drake's 
attack on Puerto Rico. Edited from the orij^inal MSS. by William 
DRSBORorcni CooLEV. pp. viii. 65. {Out of print.) Issued for i%^%. 

6— Narratives of Voyages towards the North- West, 

In search of a Passage to Cathay & India, 1496 to 1631. With selections 
from the early Records of . . . the East India Company and from MSS. 
in ilie British Museum. Edited by Thomas Rundall. pp. xx. 259. 2 Maps. 

( Out of print. J Issued for 1 849 . 

6- The Historie of Travalle into Virginia Britannia, 
I'.xpressing the Cosmographie and Commodities of the Country, together with 
tlie manners and customs of the people, gathered and observed as well by those 
who went first thither as collected by William Strachey, Gent, the 
first Secretary of the Colony. Now first edited from the original MS. in the 
Hiilish Museum by Richard Henry Major, F.S. A., Keeper of Maps, British 
Museum, Sec. R.G.S. pp. xxxvi. 203. i Map. 6 Illus. Glossary. Index. 

( Out of print. ) Issued for 1 849. 

7 -Divers Voyages touching the Discovery of America 

And the Islands adjacent, collected and published by Richard Hakluyt, 
Prebendary of Bristol, in the year 1582. Edited, with notes & an introduction 
by ToHN Winter Jones, Principal Librarian of the British Museum, 
pp. *xci. 171. 6. 2 Maps, i Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for 1850. 



8— Memorials of the Empire of Japon 

In the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. (The Kingdome of Japonia. 
Harl. MSS. 6249.— The Letters of Wm. Adams, 161 1 to 1617.) With a 
Commentary by Thomas Rundall. pp. xxxviii. 186. i Map. 5 Illus. 

( Out of print. ) Issued for 1 8 50. 

9— The Discovery and Conquest of Terra Florida, 

By Don Ferdinando de Soto, & six hundred Spaniards his followers. Written 
by a Gentleman of Elvas, employed in all the action, and translated out of 
Portuguese by Richard Hakluyt. Reprinted from the edition of 161 1. 
Edited with Notes & an Introduction, & a Translation of a Narrative of the 
Expedition by Luis Hernandez de Biedma, Factor to the same, by 
William Brenchley Rye, Keeper of Printed Books, British Museum, 
pp. Ixvii. 200. V. I Map. Index. ( Out of print, ) Issued for 1 85 1. 

10— Notes upon Russia, 
Being a Translation from the Earliest Account of that Country, entitled Reruin 
Muscoviticarum Commentarii, by the Baron Sigismund von Herberstein, 
Ambassador from the Court of Germany to the Grand Prince Vasiley Ivanovich, 
in the years 1517 and 1526. Translated and Edited with Notes & an 
Introduction, by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., Keeper of Maps, British 
Museum, Sec. R.G.S. Vol. i. pp. clxii. 116. 2 Illus. 
(Vol. 2 = No. 12.) ( Out of print. ) Issued for 1 85 1 . 

11— The Geography of Hudson's Bay, 

Being the Remarks of Captain W. Coats, in many Voyages to that locality, 
between the years 1727 and 1751. With an Appendix containing Extracts 
from the Log of Captain Middleton on his Voyage for the Discovery of the 
North-west Passage, in H.M.S. "Furnace," in 1741-3. Edited by John 
Barrow, F.R.S., F.S.A. pp. x. 147. Index. 

{Out of print.) Issued for iS$2, 

12— Notes upon Russia. 
(Vol. I. =No. 10.) Vol. 2. pp. iv. 266. 2 Maps, i Illus. Index. 

(Out of print.) Issued for iS $2. 

13— A True Description of Three Voyages by the North-East, 

Towards Cathay and China, undertaken by the Dutch in the years 1594, 1595 
and 1596, with their Discovery of Spitzbergen, their residence often months in 
Novaya Zemlya, and their safe return in two open boats. By Gerrit de 
Veer. Published at Amsterdam in 1598, & in 1609 translated into English 
by William Philip. Edited by Charles Tilstone Beke, Ph.D., 
F.S.A. pp. cxlii. 291. 4 Maps. 12 Illus. Index. 

(Out of print. See a/so jVo. $4. J Issued for 18$^. 

14-15— The History of the Great and Mighty Kingdom of China and 

the Situation Thereof. 

Compiled by the Padre Juan Gonzalez de Mendoza, & now reprinted from 
the Early Translation of R. Parke. Edited by Sir George Thomas 
Staunton, Bart, M.P., F.R.S. With an Introduction by Richard 
Henry Major, F.S.A., Keeper of Maps, British Museum, Sec. R.G.S., 
1 vols. Index. {Fbt. 14 out of print.) Issued for 18^4. 

16— The World Encompassed by Sir Francis Drake. 

Being his next Voyage to that to Nombre de Dios. [By Sir Francis 
Drake, the Younger.] Collated with an unpublished Manuscript of Francis 
Fletcher, Chaplain to the Expedition. With Appendices illustrative of 
the same Voyage, and Introduction, by William Sandys Wright 
Vaux, F.R.S., Keeper of Coins, British Museum, pp. xl. 295. I'Map. 
Index. ( Out of print.) Issued for iS$^. 



VI 

17— The History of the Two Tartar Conquerors of China, 

Including the two Journeys into Tartary of Father Ferdinand Verbiest, in the 
suite of the Emperor Kang-HL From the French of P^re Pierre Joseph 
d'Orl^ns, of the Company of Jesus, 1688. To which is added Father 
Pereira*s Journey into Tartary in the suite of the same Emperor. From the 
Dutch of NicoLAAS WiTSBN. Translated and Edited by the Earl of 
Ellssmere. With an Introduction by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., 
Keeper of Maps, British Museum, Sec. R.G.S. pp. xv. vi. 153. Index. 

(Out of print,) Issued for 1855. 

18— A CoUeetion of Doemnents on Spitzbergen and Greenland, 

Comprising a Translation from F. Martens' Voyage to Spitzbergen, 167 1 ; a 
Translation from Isaac de la Peyr^re's Histoire du Groenland, 1663, and 
God's Power and Providence in the Pres«rvation of Eight Men in Greenland 
Nine Moneths and Twelve Dayes. 1630. Edited by Adam White, of the 
British Museum, pp. xvi. 288. 2 Maps. Index. 

{Out of print. ) Issued for 1 856. 

19— The Voyage of Sir Henry Middleton to Bantam and the Malueo Islands, 

Being the Second Vo3rage set forth by the Governor and Company of 
Merdiants of London trading into the East Indies. From the (rare) Edition 
of 1606. Annotated and Edited by Bolton Corney, M.R.S.L. pp. xi. 83. 
52. viii. 3 Maps. 3 lUus. Bibliography. Index. 

{Oitt 0/ print. ) Issued for 1856. 

20— Russia at the Close of the Sixteenth Century. 

Comprising the Treatise, ''The Russe Commonwealth" by Dr. Giles 
Fletcher, and the Travels of Sir Jerome Horsey, Knt., now for the first 
time printed entire from his own MS. Edited by Sir Edward Augustus 
Bond, K.C.B., Principal Librarian of the British Museum, pp. cxxxiv. 392. 
Index. Issued for 1857. 

21— History of the New World. By Girolamo Benzoni, of Milan. 

Showing his Travels in America, from a.d. 1 541 to 1556, with some 
particulars of the Island of Canary. Now first Translated and Edited by 
Admiral William Henry Smyth, K.S.F., F.R.S., D.C.L. pp. iv. 280. 
19 Illus. Index. Issued for 1857. 

22— India in the Fifteenth Century. 
Being a Collection of Narratives of Voyages to India in the century preceding 
the Portuguese discovery of the Cape of Good Hope ; from Latin, Persian, 
Russian, and Italian Sources. Now first Translated into English. Edited 
with an Introduction bv Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., Keeper of 
Maps, British Museum, pp. xc. 49. 39. 32. 10. Index. 

( Out of print, ) Issued for 1 858. 

23 -Narrative of a Voyage to the West Indies and Mexico, 

In the years 1599-1602, with 4 Maps and 5 Illustrations. By Samuel 
Champlain. Translated from the original and unpublished Manuscript, 
with a Biographical Notice and Notes by Alice Wilmere. Edited by 
Norton Shaw. pp. xcix. 48. Issued for 1858. 

24— Expeditions into the Valley of the Amazons, 1539, 1540, 1639, 

Containing the Journey of Gonzalo Pizarro, from the Royal Commen- 
taries of Garcilasso Inca de la Vega ; the Voyage of Francisco de Orellana, 
from the General History of Herrera ; and the Voyage of Cristoval de Acufia. 
Translated and Edited by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., 
ex-Pres. R.G.S. pp. Ixiv. 190. i Map. List of Tribes in the Valley of the 
Amazons. {Out of print.) Issued for i%^(). 



Vll 

25 -Early Voyages to Terra Australis, 

Now called Australia. A Collection of documents, and extracts from early 
MS. Maps, illustrative of the history of discovery on the coasts of that vast 
Island, from the beginning of the Sixteenth Century to the time of Captain 
Cook. Edited with an Introduction by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., 
Keeper of Maps, British Museum, Sec. R.G.S. pp. cxix. 200. 13. 5 Maps. 
Index. {Out of print,) Issued fori^$^, 

26— Narrative of the Embassy of Buy Gonzalez de ClaviJo to the Court 

of Timour, at Samareand, A.D. 1403-6. 

Translated for the first time with Notes, a Preface, & an introductory Life of 
Timour Beg, by SiR Clements R. Mark ham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. 
R.G.S. pp. Ivi. 200. I Map. {Out of print,) Issued for i860. 

27— Henry Hudson the Navigator, 1607-13. 

The Original Documents in which his career is recorded. Collected, partly 
Translated, & annotated with an Introduction by George Michael 
AsHER, LL.D. pp. ccxviii. 292. 2 Maps. Bibliography. Index. 

{Out of print,) Issued for i^do. 

28— The Expedition of Pedro de Ursua and Lope de Aguirre, 

In search of £1 Dorado and Omagua, in 1560-61. Translated from Fray 
Pedro Simon's " Sixth Historical Notice of the Conquest of Tierra Firme," 
1627, by William Bollaert, F.R.G.S. With an Introduction by Sir 
Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. pp. lii. 237. 
I Map. Issued for i%fi\. 

29— The Life and Acts of Don Alonzo Enriquez de Guzman, 

A Knight of Seville, of the Order of Santiago, a.d. 15 18 to 1543. Translated 
from an original & inedited MS. in the National Library at Madrid. With 
Notes and an Introduction by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., 
F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. pp. xxxv. 168. i Illus. Issued for 1862. 

30~The Discoveries of the World 

From their first original unto the year of our Lord 1555. By Antonio 
Galvano, Governor of Temate. [Edited by F. de Sousa Tavares.] 
Corrected, quoted, & published in England by Richard Hakluyt, 1601. 
Now reprinted, with the original Portuguese text (1563), and edited by 
Admiral Charles Ramsay Drinkwater Bethune, C.B. pp. iv. viiii. 242. 

Issued for 1862. 

31~Mii*abilia Deseripta. The Wonders of the East. 

By Friar Jordanus, of the Order of Preachers & Bishop of Columbum in 
India the Greater, circa 1330. Translated from the Latin Original, as published 
at Paris in 1839, in the Recueil de Voyages et de Mimoires^ of the Soci^t^ de 
Geographic. With the addition of a Commentary, by CoL. Sir Henry 
Yule, K.C.S.I., R.E., C.B. pp. iv. xviii. 68. Index. Issued for 1863. 

32— The Travels of Ludovico di Varthema 

In Egypt, Syria, Arabia, Persia, India, & Ethiopia, A.D. 1503 to 1508. 
Translated from the original Italian edition of 15 10, with a Preface, by 
John Winter Jones, F.S.A., Principal Librarian of the British Museum, 
& Edited, with Notes & an Introduction, by the Rev. George Percy 
Badger, pp. cxxi. 321. i Map. Index. {Out of print,) Issued for 1863. 



Vlll 

33— The Travels of PedPO de Cieza de Leon, A.D. 1532-50, 

From the Gulf of Darien to the City of La Plata, contained in the first part of 
his Chronicle of Peru (Antwerp, 1554). Translated & Edited, with Notes 
& an Introduction, by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., 
cx-I'res. R.G.S. pp. xvi. Ivii. 438. Index. 
(Vol. 2 = No. 68.) {Out of print.) Issued for 1864. 

34— Narrative of the Proceedings of Pedrarias Davila 

III the Provinces of Tierra Firme or Castilla del Oro, & of the discovery of the 
South Sea and the Coasts of Peru and Nicaragua. Written by the Adelantado 
Pascual de Andagoya. Translated and Edited, with Notes & an Introduc- 
tion, by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. 
pp. xxix. 88. I Map. Index. Issued for 1865. 

35— A Description of the Coasts of East Africa and Malabar 
In the beginning of the Sixteenth Century, by Duarte Barbosa, a 
Portuguese, Translated from an early Spanish manuscript in the Barcelona 
Library, with Notes & a Preface, by Lord Stanley of Alderley. 
pp. xi. 336. 2 lUus. Index. {^Out of print,) Issued for 1865. 

36-37— Cathay and the Way Thither. 

Being a Collection of mediaeval notices of China, previous to the Sixteenth 
Century. Translated and Edited by Colonel Sir Henry Yule, K.C.S.I., 
R.E., C.B. With a preliminary Essay on the intercourse between China & the 
Western Nations previous to the discovery of the Cape Route. 2 vols. 
3 Maps. 2 lUus. Bibliogpraphy. Index. 

{^Oiit ^ print ; see also Ser, II., Vol, 33.) Issued for 1866. 

38— The Three Voyages of Sir Martin Frobisher, 

In search of a Passage to Cathaia & India by the North-West, A.D. 1576-8. 
By George Best. Reprinted from the First Edition of Hakluyt's Voyages. 
With Selections from MS. Documents in the British Museum & State Paper 
Office. Edited by Admiral Sir Richard Collinson, K.C.B. pp. xxvi. 
376. 2 Maps. I Illus. Index. (Out of print.) Issued for 1867. 

39— The Philippine Islands, 

Moluccas, Siam, Cambodia, Japan, and China, at the close of the l6th Century. 
By Antonio de Moroa, 1609. Translated from the Spanish, with Notes & 
a Preface, and a Letter from Luis Vaez de Torres, describing his Voyage 
tlirough tlie Torres Straits, by Lord Stanley of Alderley. pp. xxiv. 431. 
2 Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Isstied for \%(>%. 

40— The Fiah Letter of Hernan Cortes 

To the Emperor Charles V., containing an Account of his Expedition to 
Honduras in 1525-26. Translated from the original Spanish by Don 
Pascual de Gayangos. pp. xvi. 156. Index. Issued for 1868. 

41— The Royal Commentaries of the Yncas. 

By the Ynca Garcilasso de la Vega. Translated and Edited, with Notes 
& an Introdufction, by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B. , F.R.S., 
ex-Pres. R.G.S. Vol. i. (Books I. -IV.) pp. xi. 359. i Map. Index. 
( Vol. 2. = No. 45. ) ( Out of print. ) Issued for 1 869. 

42— The Three Voyages of Vasco da Gama, 

And his Viceroyalty, from the Lendas da India of Caspar Correa ; accom- 
panied by original documents. Translated from the Portuguese, with Notes 
& an Introduction, by Lord Stanley of Alderley. pp. Ixxvii. 430. 
XXXV. 3 Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for 1 869. 



IX 

43— Select Letters of Christopher Columbus, 
With other Original Documents relating to his Four Voyages to the New 
World. Translated and Edited by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., 
Keeper of Maps, British Museum, Sec. R.G.S. Second Edition, pp. iv. 142. 
3 Maps. I Illus. Index. 

(First Edition = No. 2. ) Issued for 1870. 

44— History of the Im^ms and Seyyids of 'Om&n, 

By SALtL-lBN-RAZiK, from a.D. 661-1856. Translated from the original 
Arabic, and Edited, with a continuation of the History down to 1870, by the 
Rev. George Percy Badger, F.R.G.S. pp. cxxviii. 435. i Map. Biblio- 
graphy. Index. Issued for 1 870. 

46— The Royal Commentaries of the Yncas. 

By the Ynca Garcilasso de la Vega. Translated & Edited with Notes, 
an Introduction, & an Analytical Index, by Sir Clements. R. Markham, 
K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. Vol. II. (Books V.-IX.) pp. 553. 
(Vol. i.=No. 41.) Issued for 1871. 

46— The Canarian, 
Or Book of the Conquest and Conversion of the Canarians in the year 1402, 
by Messire Jean de B^thencourt, Kt. Composed by Pierre Bontier and 
Jean le Verrier. Translated and Edited by Richard Henry Major, F.S.A., 
Keeper of Maps, British Museum, Sec. R.G.S. pp. Iv. 229. i Map. 2 Illus. 
Index. Issued for 1871. 

47— Reports on the Discovery of Peru. 

I. Report of Francisco de Xeres, Secretary to Francisco Pizarro. II. Report 
of Miguel de Astete on the Expedition to Pachacamac. III. Letter of 
Hernando Pizarro to the Royal Audience of Santo Domingo. IV. Report of 
Pedro Sancho on the Partition of the Ransom of Atahuallpa. Translated and 
Edited, with Notes & an Introduction, by SiR Clemknis R. Markham, 
K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Prcs. R.G.S. pp. xxii. 143. I Map. Issued for 1872. 

48— Narratives of the Rites and Laws of the Yncas. 

Translated from the originsll Spanish MSS., & Edited, with Notes and an 
Introduction, by SiR Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. 
R.G.S. pp. XX. 220. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for i^'] 2, 

49— Travels to Tana and Persia, 

By JosAFA Barbaro and Ambrogio Contarinl Translated from the 
Italian by William Thomas, Clerk of the Council to Edward VI., and by 
E. A. Roy, and Edited, with an Introduction, by Lord Stanley of 
Alderley. pp. xi. 175. Index. A Narrative of Italian Travels in Persia, 
in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth centuries. Translated and Edited by 
Charles Grey. pp. xvii. 231. Index. Issued for 1873. 

50— The Voyages of the Venetian Brothers, Nicolo & Antonio Zeno, 

To the Northern Seas in the Fourteenth century. Comprising the latest 
known accounts of the Lost Colony of Greenland, & of the Northmen in 
America before Columbus. Translated & Edited, with Notes and Introduc- 
tion, by Richard Henry Major, P\S.A., Keeper of Maps, British 
Museum, Sec. R.G.S. pp. ciii. 64. 2 Maps. Index. Issued for 1873. 

51— The Captivity of Hans Stade of Hesse in 1547-55, 

Among the Wild Tribes of Eastern Brazil. Translated by Albert Tootal, 
of Rio de Janiero, and annotated by Sir Richard Francis Burton, 
K.C.M.G. pp. xcvi. 169. Bibliography. Issued for 1874. 



62— Th« PiPtt Voyage Round the World by Masellan, 1518-1521. 

Translated from the Accounts of Pigafetta and other contemporary writers. 
Accompanied by original Documents, with Notes & an Introduction, by Lord 
Stam.ry of Aldbrley. pp. Ix. 257. XX. 2 Maps. 5 Illus. Index. 

{Out of print. ) Issued for 1 874. 

53— The Commeiitaries of the Great Afonso Dalboquerque, 

Second Viceroy of India. Translated from the Portuguese Edition of 1774, 

and Edited by Walter de Gray Birch, F.R.S.L., of the British Museum. 

Vol. I. pp. Ix. 256. 2 Maps. I Illus. (Index in No. 69.) 

(Vol. 2 = Na 55. Vol. 3 = No. 62. Vol. 4= No. 69.) Issued for 1875. 

54-The Three Vosrages of Wllllam Barents to the Arctic Regions, in 1594, 

1505, ft 1595. 
By Gerrit de Veer. Edited, with an Introduction, by Lieut. Koolemans 
Beynsn, of the Royal Netherlands Navy. Second Edition, pp. clxxiv. 289. 
2 Maps. 12 Illus. Issued for 1876. 

(First Edition = No. 13.) 

55— The Commentaries of the Great Afonso Dalboquerque, 

Second Vicerov of India. Translated from the Portuguese Edition of 1774, 
with Notes and an Introduction, by Walter de Gray Birch, F.R.S.Lr., of 
the British Museum. Vol. 2. pp. cxxxiv. 242. 2 Maps. 2 Illus. (Index in 
No. 69.) Issued for 1875. 

( Vol. I = No. 53. Vol. 3 = No. 62. Vol. 4 = No. 69. ) 

56— The Voyages of Sir James Lancaster, Knt., to the East Indies, 

With Abstracts of Journals of Voyages to the East Indies, during the Seven- 
teenth century, preserved in the India Office, & the Vojrage of Captain John 
Knight, 1606, to seek the North- West Passage. • Edited by Sir Clements 
R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. pp. xxii. 314. Index. 

Isstiedfor 1877. 

57- The Hawkins* Voyages 

During ihc reigns of llenrj' VIII, Queen Elizabeth, and James I. [Second 
edition of No. I.] Edited by SiR Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., 
ex-Pres. R.CJ.S. pp. lii. 453. i Illus. Index. Issued for 1877. 

(First Edition = No. i.) 

58 The Bondage and Travels of Johann Sehiltberger, a Native of Bavaria, 

in Europe, Asia, & AfMca, 

Kiom his capture at the battle of Nicopolis in 1396 to his escape and return 
to Europe in 1427. Translated from the Heidelberg MS., Edited in 1859 by 
Professor Karl Fr. Neumann, by Commander John Buchan Telfer, 
R. N. ; F.S. A. Wiih Notes by Professor P. Bruun, & a Preface, Introduction, 
vS: Notes bv the Translator & Editor, pp. xxxii. 263. I Map. Bibliography. 
Index. ' Issued for 1878. 

59 The Voyages and Works of John Davis the Navigator. 

Kiliteii by Admiral Sir Albert Hastings Markham, K.C.B. 
pp. xcv. 392. 2 Maps. 15 Illus. Bibliography. Index. Issued foriSyS. 

The Map of the World, A.D. 1600. 

CiiWcd by Shakspere ** The New Map, with the Augmentation of the Indies. 
To illustrate the Voyages of John Davis. Issued for 1878. 



XI 

60-61— The Natural ft Moral History of the Indies. 

By Father Joseph de Acosta. Reprinted from the English Translated Edition 
of Edward Grimston, 1604 ; and Edited by SiR Clements R. Markham, 
K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. Vol. i, The Natural History Books, I.-IV. 
)^xlv. 295. Vol. 2, The Moral History Books, V.-VII. pp. xiii. 295-551. 

Issued for 1879. 

dfor 1879. 

rque, 

ition of I774> 
I, F.S.A., of 
us. (Index in 
td for 1880. 



.. Markham, 
IS. Index. 
uedfor 1880. 

slnla 

£Z. Translated 
tion, by Lord 
"Mid for 1 88 1. 

unds. 

i a MS. in the 

tENRY LEFROY, 
Illus. Glossary. 
isuedfor 1881. 



22, with Corre- 
by Sir Edward 
fuseurn. Vol. i. 
^ssuedfof 1882. 

>32-1660. 
Mited, with Notes 
ICC.B., F.R. S. , 
Issued for 1883. 



(Vol. i=No. 33.; 



69— The Commentaries of the Great Afonso Dalboquerque, 

Second Viceroy of India. Translated from the Portuguese Edition of 1774, 
with Notes & an Introduction, by Walter de Gray Birch, F.S.A., of the 
British Museum. Vol* 4. pp. xxxv. 324. 2 Maps. 2 Illus. Index to the 
4 vols. Issued for 1883. 

(Vol. i=No. 53. Vol. 2 = No. 55. Vol. 3=No. 62.) 

76-71— The Voyage of John Huyghen van Llnsehoten to the East Indies. 

Prom the Old English Translation of 1598. The First Book, containing his 
Description of the East. In Two Volumes, Edited, the First Volume, by 
the late Arthur Coke Burnell, Ph.D., C.I.E., Madras C. S. ; the 
Second Volume, by Pieter Anton Tiele, of Utrecht. Vol. i. pp. lii. 307. 
Vol. 2. pp. XV. 341. Index. Issued for 1884. 



xu 

72-73— Early Voyages and Travels to Russia and Persia, 

By Anthony Jrnkinson and other Englishmen, with some account of the 
first Intercourse of .the English with Russia and Central Asia by way of the 
Caspian Sea. Edited by Edward Delmar Morgan, and Charles Henky 
CooTE, of the British Museum. Vol. i. pp. clxii. 176. 2 Maps. 2 lUus. 
Vol. 2. pp. 177-496. 2 Maps. I Illus. Index. Issued for 1885. 

74-75 -The Diary of William Hedges, Esq., 
Afterwards SiR William Hedges, during his Agency m Bengal; as well as on 
his Voyage out and Return Overland (1681-1687). Transcribed for the Press, 
with Introductory Notes, etc., by R. Barlow, and Illustrated by copious 
Extracts from Unpublished Records, etc., by Col. Sir Henry Yule, 
K.C.S.I., R.E., C.B., LL.r). Vol. I. The Diary, with Index, pp. xii. 265. 
Vol. 2. Notices regarding Sir William Hedges, Documentary Memoirs of Job 
Chamock, and other Biographical & Miscellaneous Illustrations of the time in 
India, pp. ccclx. 287. 18 Illus. {VoL ^^ out of print.) Issued for 1886. 
(Vol. 3-No. 78.) 

76-77 -The Voyage of Francois Pyrard, of Laval, to the East Indies, 

The Maldives, the Moluccas and Brazil. Translated into English from the 
Third French Edition of 1619, and Edited, with Notes, by Albert 
Gray, K.C, assisted by Harry Charles Purvis Bell, Ceylon C. S. 
Vol. I. pp. Iviii. I Map. 1 1 Illus. Vol. 2. Part I. pp. xlvii. 287. 7 Illus. 
(Vol. 2. Part lI.=No. 80.) Issued for 1887. 

78-The Diary of William Hedges, Esq. 

Vol. 3. Documentary Contributions to a Biography of Thomas Pitt, Governor 
of Fort St. George, with Collections on the Early History of the Company's 
Settlement in Bengal, & on Early Charts and Topography of the Huglf River. 
pp. cclxii. I Map. 8 Illus. Index to Vols. 2, 3. Issued for 1888. 

(Vols. I, 2 = Nos. 74, 75.) 

79— Tractatus de Globis, et eorum usu. 
A Treatise descriptive of ihe Globes constiiicted by Emeiy Molyneux, and 
Published in 1592. Hy Roiucrt Hues. Edited, with annotated Indices & an 
Introduction, by Sir Clemems R, Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. 

R.G.S. To which is appended, 

Sailing Directions for the Circumnavigation of England, 

And for a Voyajie to the Straits of Gibraltar. From a Fifteenth Century 
MS. Edited, with an Accouot of the MS., by James Gairdner, of the 
Public Record Office ; with a Glossary by Edward Delmar Morgan. 
pj). I. 229. 37. I Illus. I Map. Issued for 1888. 

80 The Voyage of Francois Pyrard, of Laval, to the East Indies, the 

Maldives, the Moluccas, and Brazil. 

Translated into English from the Third French Edition of 1619, and Edited, 
with Notes, by Ali{p:kt Gray, K.C, assisted by Harry Charles Purvis 
Bell, Ceylon Civil Service. Vol. 2. Pt. II. pp. xii. 289-572. 2 Maps. Index. 
(Vol I. Vol. 2. Pt. I. = Nos. 76, 77.) Issued for 1889. 

81— The Conquest of La Plata, 1535-1555. 
I. — Voyage of Ulrich Schmidt to the Rivers La Plata and Paraguai, from 
the original German edition, 1567. II. The Commentaries of Alvar Nufiez 
Cabeza de Vaca. From the original Spanish Edition, 1555- Translated, 
with Notes and an Introduction, b' II. E. Don Luis L. Dominguez, 
Minister Plenipotentiary of the Argentine Republic, pp. xlvi. 282. I Map, 
Bibliography. Index. Issued for 1889. 



Xlll . 

82-83- The Voyage of Francois Leguat, of Bresse, 1690-98. 

To Rodriguez, Mauritius, Java, and the Cape of Good Hope. Transcribed 
from the First English Edition, 1708. Edited and Annotated by Capt. Samuel 
Pasfield Oliver, (late) R.A. Vol. i. pp. Ixxxviii. 137. i Illus. 6 Maps. 
Bibliography. Vol. 2. pp. xviii. 433. 5 Illus. 5 Maps. Index. 

Issued for 1890. 

84-85— The Travels of Pietro della Valle to India. 

From the Old English Translation of 1664, by G. Havers. Edited, with 
a Life of the Author, an Introduction & Notes by Edward Grey, late 
Bengal C. S. Vol. i. pp. Ivi. 192. 2 Maps. 2 Illus. Bibliography. Vol. 2. 
pp. xii. 193-456. Index. Issued fot 1891. 

86— The Journal of Christopher Columbus 

During his First Voyage (1492-93), and Documents relating to the Voyages 
of John Cabot and Gaspar Corte Real. Translated, with Notes & an 
Introduction, by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. 
R.G.S. pp. liv. 259. 3 Maps, i Illus. Index. Issued for 1892. 

87— Early Voyages and Travels in the Levant. 

I. — The Diary of Master Thomas Dallam, 1599- 1600. II. — Extracts from 
the Diaries ol Dr. John Covel, 1670- 1679. With some Account of the 
Levant Company of Turkey Merchants. Edited by James Theodore Bent, 
F.S.A., F. R.G.S. pp. xlv. 305. Illus. Index. 

Issued for 1892. 

88-89— The Voyages of Captain Luke Foxe, of Hull, and Captain Thomas 

James, of Bristol, 
In Search of a N.-W. Passage, 1631-32 ; with Narratives of the Earlier 
North-West Voyages of Frobisher, Davis, Weymouth, Hall, Knight, Hudson, 
Button, Gibbons, Bylot, Baffin, Hawkridge, & others Edited, with Notes & 
an Introduction, by Robert Miller Christy, F.L.S. Vol. i. pp. ccxxxi. 
259. 2 Maps. 2 Illus. Vol. 2. pp. viii. 261-681. 3 Maps, i Illus. Index. 

Issued for 1893. 

90— The Letters of Amerigo Vespucci 

And other Documents illustrative of his Career. Translated, with Notes & 
an Introduction, by Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. 
R.G.S. pp. xliv. 121. I Map. Index. 

Issued for 1894. 

91— Narratives of the Voyages of Pedro Sarmiento de Gamboa to the 

Straits of Magellan, 1579-80. 

Translated and Edited, with Illustrative Documents and Introduction, by 
Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., F.R.S., ex-Pres. R.G.S. pp. xxx. 
401. I Map. Index. 

Issued for 1894. 

92-93-94— The History and Description of Africa, 

And of the Notable Things Therein Contained. Written by Al-Hassan Ibn- 
Mohammed Al-Wezaz Al-Fasi, a Moor, baptized as Giovanni Leone, but 
better known as Leo Africanus. Done into English in the year 1600 by 
John Pory, and now edited with an Introduction & Notes, by Dr. Robert 
Brown. In 3 Vols. Vol. i. pp. viii. cxj. 224. 4 Maps. Vol. 2. pp. 225-698. 
VoL 3. pp. 699-1119. Index. 

Issued for 1895. 



XIV 

95— The Chroniole of the Discovery and Conquest of Guinea. 

Written by GoMES Eannbs de Azurara. Now first done into English 
and Edited by Charles Raymond Beazlby, M.A., F.R.G.S., and Edgar 
Prestagb, B.A. Vol. i. (Ch. l— xl.) With Introduction on the Life & 
Writings of the Chronicler, pp. Ixvii. 127. 3 Maps, i Illus. 
(Vol. 2 = No. 100.) Issued for 1896. 

96-97-Danl8h Arctic Expeditions, 1605 to 1620. In Two Books. 

Book I. The Danish Expeditions to Greenland, 1605-07; to which is added 
Captain Jabies Hall*s Voyage to Greenland in 161 2. Edited by Christian 
Cari. August Gosch. pp. xvi. cxvii. 205. 10 Maps. Index. 

Issued for 1896. 

Book 2. The Expedition of Captain Jens Munk to Hudson's Bay in search 
of a North- West Passage in 1619-20. Edited by Christian Cabl August 
Gosch. pp. cxviii. 187. 4 Maps. 2 Illus. Index. Issued for 1897. 

98— The Topographia Christiana of Cosmas Indicopleustes, an 

Egyptian Monk. 

Translated from the Greek and Edited by John Watson McCrindlb, LL.D., 
M.R.A.S. pp. xii. xxvii. 398. 4 Illus. Index. Issued for 1897. 

99— A Journal of the First Voyage of Vaseo da Gama, 1407-1499. 

By an unknown writer. Translated from the Portuguese, with an Intro- 
duclion and Notes, by Ernest George Ravenstein, F.R.G.S. pp. xxxvi. 
250. 8 Maps. 23 Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for 1898. 

100 -The Chronicle of the Discovery and Conquest of Guinea. 

Written by Gomes Eannes de Azurara. Now first done into English and 
Edited by Charles Raymond Beazley, M.A., F.R.G.S., and Edgar 
Prestage, H.A. Vol. 2. (Ch. xli. — xcvii.) With an Introduction on the 
Early History of African Kxploralion, Cartography, &c. pp. cl. 362. 3 Maps. 
2 IIIjs. Index. Issued for 1898. 

(Vol. I =N(>. 95.) 



XV 



WORKS ALREADY ISSUED. 



SECOND SERIES, 1899, etc. 

1-2— The Embassy of Sir Thomas Roe to the Court of the Great Mogul, 

1615-19. 

Edited from Contemporary Records by William Foster, B.A., of the 
India Office. 2 vols. Portrait, 2 Maps, & 6 Illus. Index. 

( Out of print. ) Is stud for 1 899. 

3— The Voyage of Sir Robert Dudley to the West Indies and 

Guiana In 1594. 

Edited by George Frederic Warner, Litt.D., F.S.A., Keeper of 
Manuscripts, British Museum, pp. Ixvi. 104. Portrait, Map, & i Illus. 
Index. ' {.Out of print,) Issued for \%k^, 

4— The Journeys of William of Rubruck and John of Plan de Carpine 

To Tartary in the 13th century. Translated and Edited by H. E. the Hon. 
Wm. Woodville Rockhill. pp. Ivi. 304. Bibliography. Index. 

{^Out of print.) Issued for i^oo» 

5— The Voyage of Captain John Saris to Japan in 1613. 
Edited by H.E. Sir Ernest Mason Satow, G.C.M.G. pp. Ixxxvii. 242. 
Map, & 5 Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for 1900. 

6— The Strange Adventures of Andrew Battell of Leigh in Essex. 

Edited by Ernest George Ravenstein, F.R.G.S. pp. xx. 210.2 Maps. 
Bibliography. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for n^oo. 

7-8— The Voyage of Mendana to the Solomon Islands in 1668. 

Edited by the Lord Amherst of Hackney and Basil Thomson. 2 vols. 
5 Maps, & 33 Illus. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for 1901. 

9- The Journey of Pedro Teixeira from India to Italy by land, 1604-06; 

With his Chronicle of the Kings of Ormus. Translated and Edited by William 
Frederic Sinclair, late Bombay C. S., with additional Notes, &c., by 
Donald William Ferguson, pp. cvii. 292. Index. 

( Out of print. ) Issued for 1 901 . 

10— The Portuguese Expedition to Abyssinia in 1541, as narrated by 
Castanhoso and Bermudez. Edited by Richard Stephen Whiteway, 
late I.C.S. With a Bibliography, by Basil H. Soulsby, F.S.A., Super- 
intendent of the Map Department, British Museum, pp. cxxxii. 296. Map, & 
2 Illus. Bibliography. Index. {Out of print.) Issued for i<)02. 

1 1 - Early Dutch and English Voyages to Spitzbergen in the Seventeenth 

Century, 

Including Hessel Gerritsz. " Histoire du Pays nomm^ Spitsberghe," 1613, 
translated into English, for the first time, by Basil II. Soulsby, F.S.A., of 
the British Museum : and Jacob Segersz. van der Brugge, **Journael of Dagh 
Register," Amsterdam, 1634, translated into English, for the first time, by 
J. A. J. de Villiers, of the British Museum. Edited, with introductions 
and notes, by Sir Martin Conway, pp. xvi. 191. 3 Maps, & 3 Illus. 
Bibliography. Index. Issued for 1902. 



XVI 

12~The Countries round the Bay of Bengal. 

Edited, from an unpublished MS., 1669-79, by Thomas Bowrey, by Col. Sir 
Richard Carnac Temple, Bart., CLE. pp. Ivi. 387. 19 Illus. & i Chart. 
Bibliography. Index. Issued for 1903. 

13— The Voyage of Captain Don Felipe Gonzalez 
in the Ship of the Line San Lorenzo, with the Frigate Santa Rosalia in 
company, to Easter Island, in 1770-1771. Preceded by an Extract from 
Mynheer Jacob Ro(;geveen's Official Log of his Discovery of and Visit to 
Easter Island in 1722. Translated, Annotated, and Edited by Bolton 
Gi-ANVILL CoRNEY, Companion of the Imperial Service Order. With a 
Preface by Admiral Sir Cyprian Bridge, G.C.B. 3 Maps & 4 Illus. 
Bibliography. Index, pp. Ixxvii. 176. Issued for i^'^. 

14, 15— The Voyages of Pedro Fernandez de Quiros, 1596 to 1606. 
Translated and Edited by Sir Clements Markham, K.C.B., Pres. R.G.S., 
President of the llakluyt Society. With a Note on the Cartography of the 
Southern Continent, and a Bibli(^raphy, by Basil H. Soulsby, F.S.A., 
Superintendent of the Map Department, British Museum. 2 vols. 3 Maps. 
Bibliogpraphy. Index. Issued for 1904. 

16-John Jourdain's Journal of a Voyage to the East Indies, 1608-1617. 
(Sloane MS. 858, British Museum.) Edited by William Foster, B.A, 
of the India Office, pp. Ixxxii. 394. With Appendices, A — F, and a Biblio- 
graphy, by Basil II. Soulsby, F.S.A. 4 Maps. Index. Issued for 1905. 

17— The Travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia, 1608-1667. 
(Bodleian Library. Rawl. MSS. A. 315.) Vol. I. Travels in Europe, 
16081628. Edited by Lieut. -Col. Sir Richard Carnac Temple, Bart., 
CLE., Editor of ** A Geographical Account of Countries round the Bay of 
Bengal." 3 Maps & 3 Illus, With a Bibliography, alphabetically arranged. 
Index, pp. Ixiii. 284. Issued for 1905. 

(Vol. II, iii = No. 35, 45, 46.) 

18— East and West Indian Mirror. 

By JORis VAN Speilbercen. An Account of his Voyage Round the World 
in the years 1614 to 1617, including the Australian Navigations of Jacob le 
Mairk. Translated from tlie Dutch edition, ** Oost ende West-Indische 
Spiegel, cVc," NicoUies van Gcelkercken : Leyden, 16 19, with Notes and an 
Introduction, l)y John A. J. de Villiers, of the British Museum. With a 
Bibliography «S: Index by Basil H. Soulsuv, F.S.A. 26 Illus. & Maps. 
Index, pp. Ixi. 272. Issued for 1906. 

19, 20— A New Account of East India and Persia. 

In eight Letters, being Nine Years' Travels, begim 1672, and finished 1681. 
By John Fryer, M.D., Cantabrig., and Fellow of the Royal Society. 
Printed by A*. A\ for Ki. Chiswell ; at the Rose and Crmvn in St. PauPs 
Churchyard, London, i6g8. Fol. Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, 
by William Crookk, B.A., Bengal Civil Service (retired), Editor of 
** Ilobson Jobson," &c., &c. Vol. i-ii. (Vol. 1) Map & 6 Illus. pp. xxxviii. 
353; (Vol. 11) Map. pp. 371. Issued for 1909 and 1912. 

(Vol. 111 = No. 39.) 

21— The Guanches of Tenerlfe, The Holy Image of Our Lady of Candelaria. 

With the Spanish Conquest and Settlement. By the Friar Alonso de 
EspiNOSA, of the Order of Preachers. 1594. Translated and Edited, with 
Notes and an Introduction, by Sir Clements Mark ham, K.C.B., President of 
the llakluyt Society. With a Bibliography of the Canary Islands, A.D. 1341- 
1907, chronologically arranged, with the British Museum press-marks, and an 
alphabetical list of authors, editors, and titles. 2 Maps, by SiR Clements 
Markham, and 4 Illus. Index, pp. x.wi. 221. Issued for 1907. 



XVll 

22— History of the Incas. 

By Pedro Sarmiento de Gamboa. 1572. From the MS. sent to 
King Philip II. of Spain, and now in the Gottingen University Library. 
And The Execution of the Inca Tupac Amaru. 1571. By Captain 
Baltasar de Ocampo. 1610. (British Museum Add. MSS. 17, 585.) 
Translated and Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, by Sib Clements 
Markham, K.C.B. 2 Maps and 10 Illus. Index, pp. xxii. 395. 

Supplement. A Narrative of the Vice- Regal Embassy to Vilcabambal 



1571, and of the Execution of the Inca Tupac Amaru, Dec. 1571. By Friar 
Gabriel de Oviedo, of Cuzco, 1573. Translated by Sir Clements 
Markham, K.C.B. Index, pp. 397-412. Issued for 1907. 

23, 24, 26— Conquest of New Spain. 

The True History of the Conquest of New Spain. By Bernal Diaz 
DEL Castillo, one of its Conquerors. From the only exact copy made of the 
Original Manuscript. Edited and published in Mexico, by Genaro GARCfA, 
1904. Translated into English, with Introduction and Notes, by Alfred 
Percival Maudslay, M.A., Hon. Professor of Archaeology, National 
Museum, Mexico. Vols, i-iii. (Vol. i) pp. Ixv. 396. 3 Maps. 15 Illus. ; 
(Vol. 11) pp. xvi. 343. Map and 13 Panoramas and Illus. ; (Vol. ill) pp. 38. 
8 Maps and Plans in 12 sheets. Issued for 1908 and 19 10. 

(Vol. IV and v = Nos. 30 and 40.) 

26, 27— Stopm van's Gravesande. 

The Rise of British Guiana, compiled from his despatches, by C. A. Harris, 
C.B., C.M.G., Chief Clerk, Colonial Office, and J. A. j. de Villiers, 
of the British Museum. 2 vols. 703 pp. 3 Maps. 5 Illus. 

Issued for 191 1. 

28— Magellan's Strait. 

Early Spanish Voyages, edited, with Notes and Introduction, by Sir Clement 
R. Markham, K.C.B. pp. viii. 288. 3 Maps. 9 Illus. Issued for 191 1. 

29— Book of the Knowledge. 

Book of the Knowledge of all the Kingdoms, Lands and Ix)rdships that are in 
the World. . . . Written by a Spanish Franciscan in the Middle of the 
XIV Century ; published for the first time, with Notes, by Marcos Jimenez 
DE LA Esfada. Translated and Edited by Sir Clements Markham, 
K.C.B. With 20 Coloured Plates, pp. xiii. 85. Issued for i<^i2. 

80— Conquest of New Spain. 

The True History of the Conquest of New Spain. By Bernal Diaz del 
Castillo. . . . Edited by Genaro Garcia. Translated, with Notes, by 
Alfred P. Maudslay, M.A., Hon. Professor of Archaeology. Vol. iv. 
pp. xiv. 395. 3 Maps and Plan. 3 Illus. Issued for 191 2. 

(Vols, i-iir, v = Nos. 23-25, 40.) 

81— The War of Quito. 

The War of Quito, by Cieza de Leon. Translated and Edited by Sir 
Clements Markham, K.C.B. pp. xii. 212. Issued for 1913. 

82— The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti. 

The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti by Emissaries of Spain during the years 
1 772- 1 776. Compiled, with Notes and an Introduction, by B. Glanvill 
Corney, I.S.O. Vol. I. pp. Ixxxviii. 363. 3 Charts, 8 Plans and Illus. 
(Vol. II, III = No. 36, 43.) Issued for 19 13. 

B 



XVllI 

83— Cathay and the Way Thither. 

Cuihay and the Way Thither. Being a Collection of Mediaeval Notices of 
China. Translated and Edited by Colonel Sir Henry Yule, K.C.S.I., 
R. K., C.B. New Edition, revised throughout by Professor Henri Cordier, 
de rinstitut de France. Vol. ii. pp. xii. 367.* Map & 6 lUus. Issued for 191 3. 
(Vols, r, iii-iv = Nos. 38, 37 and 41.) 

84— New Light on Dpalce. 

New Light on Drake. Spanish and Portuguese Documents relating to the 
Circumnavigation X'^oyage. Discovered, translated, and annotated by Mrs. 
Zi:i lA NiTTAi.L. pp. Ivi. 443. 3 Maps and 14 Illus. Issued for 1914. 

85— The Travels of Peter Mundy. 

Tho Travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia, 1608-1667. Edited by 
Sir Richard Carnac Temple, Bart., CLE. Vol. 11. pp. Ixxix. 437. 
2 Maps and 29 Illus. Issued for 1914. 

(Vol. I, 111= No. 17, 45, 46.) 

36— The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti. 

The (Jiiesl and Occupation of Tahiti. Edited by B. Glanvill Cgrney, 
LS.O. Vol. II. pp. xlvii. 521. 8 Plans and Illus. Issued for 1^1^. 

(Vol. I, III = No. 32, 43.) 

87— Cathay and the Way Thither. 

Catliay and the Way Thither. Being a Collection of Mediaeval Notices of 
China previous to the XVIth century. Translated and edited by Colonel 
Sir Henry Yule, K.C.S.L, R.E., C.B. A new edition by Professor 
Henri Cordier, de I'lnstitut de France. Vol. iii. pp. xv. 270. Map and 
Portrait. Issued for 19 14. 

(Vols. I, II and iv = Nos. 38, 33 and 41.) 

38— Cathay and the Way Thither. 

Caiiiay and ihe Way Thither. Being a Collection of Mediaeval Notices of 
China previous to the XVIth century. Translated and edited by Colonel 
Sir IIknrv Vl'i.e, K.C.S.L, R.E., C.B. A new edition by Professor 
IIknki Cokmkr, de I'lnstitut de France. Vol. I. pp. xxiii. 318. Map 
and rortrait. Issued for 1915. 

(\'uls. H, III and IV = Nos. 33, 37 and 41.) 

39— A New Account of East India and Persia. 

A New Account of East India and Persia. In eight Letters, being Nine 
Vcars' Travels, begun 1672, and finished 1681. By John Fryer, M.D. 
Kdited, with Notes and an Introduction, l)y William Crooke, B.A., Bengal 
Civil Service (retired). Vol. Ill and last. pp. viii. 271. Issued for 191 5. 
(Vols. Ill = Nos. 19, 20.) 

4C— Conquest of New Spain. 

The True History of the Conquest of New Spain. By Bernal Diaz del 
Castillo. Translated, with Notes, by A. P. Maudslay. Vol. V and 
last. pp. xiv. 463. 3 Maps and 2 Plates. Issued for 191 6. 

(Vols, i-iv = Nos. 23-25, 30.) 

41— Cathay and the Way Thither, 

Calhay and the Way Thither. New edition. Vol; IV and last. 

pp. xii. 359. Map and Plate. 

; (Vols, i-iii = Nos. 33, 37, 38.) Issued for 1916. 



XIX 

42— The War of Chupas. 

The War of Chupas. By Cieza de Leon. Translated and edited by 
Sir Clements Markham, K.C.B. pp. xlvii. 386. 2 Maps and 2 Plates. 

Issued for 19 17. 

43— The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti. 

The Quest and Occupation of Tahiti. Edited by B. G LAN v ill Corney, 
I.S.O. Vol. Ill and last. pp. xlix. 270. i Map and 7 Plates. 

(Vol. I, ii = Nos. 32, 36.) Issued for 1918. 

44— The Book of Duapte Barbosa. 

The Book ot Duarte Barbosa. An Account of the Countries lx)rdering on the 
Indian Ocean . . 1518 a.d. A new translation by Mr. Long worth Dames. 
Vol. I. pp. Ixxxv. 238. 2 Maps. ' Issued for 191 8. 

(Vol. II = No. 49.) 

45, 46— The Travels of Peter Mundy. 

The Travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia, 1608- 1667. Edited by 

Sir Richard Carnac Temple, Bart, C.B., C.L E. Vol. Ill, Parts i and ii. 
pp. I. 316. 6 Maps and 36 Illustrations. 

(Vols. MI = Nos. 17, 35.) Issued for 1919. 

47— The Chronicle ot Muntaner. 

The Chronicle of Muntaner. Translated and edited by Lady Goodenough. 
Vol. r, pp. xc. 370. 2 Maps. Issued for 1920. 

(Vol. II = No. 50.) 

One of the rarest and, at the same time, one of the most 
interesting chronicles of the Middle Ages, written between 1325 and 
1330, midway between Joinville and Froissart. 

48— Memorias Antiguas Historiales del Peru. 

Memorias Antiguas Historiales del Peru by Lie. Fernando Montesinos. 
Translated and edited by Philip Ainsworth Means, M.A. pp. li. 130. 
10 Plates. Issued for 1920, 

49— The Book of Duarte Barbosa. 

The Book of Duarte Barbosa. An Account of the Countries bordering on the 
Indian Ocean « . 1518 a.d. A new translation by Mr. Longworth Dames. 
Vol. II, pp. xxxi. 286. 2 Maps and i Plate. Issued for 1921. 

(Vol. I = No. 44. ) 

50-The Chroniele of Muntaner. 

The Chronicle of Muntaner. Translated and edited by Lady Goodenough. 
Vol. II, pp. xzxiv. 371-759. I Map. Issued for 1921. 

(Vol. I =» No. 47. ) 

51— Journal of Father Samuel Fritz. 

Journal of the Travels an Labours of Father Samuel Fritz in the River of the 
Amazons between 1686 and 1723. Translated from the Evora MS., and 
edited, with and Introduction and Notes, by the Rev. Dr. George 
Edmundson. pp. viii. 164. 2 Maps. Issued for 1922. 

52— Journal of William Lockerby. 

William Lockerby's Journal in Fiji, 1808. Edited by SiR Everard F. 
IM Thurn, K.C.M.G., K.B.E., C.B., and L. C. Wharton, B.A. 

Issued for 1922. 

B 2 



68-Th§ Life of Jon Olafsson. 

The Life of the Icelander, J6n Olafsson. Edited by Sir R. C. Temple, 
Bart., C.B., C.I.E., and Miss Bertha Phillpotts, O.B.E., LL.D., 
Vol. I. pp. xxxiv. 238. 2 Maps and 4 Plates. 

Issued for 1923. 
The memoirs of an Icelandic farmer's son, who took service 
under Christian IV. of Denmark. After voyages to the White 
Sea and to Spitsbergen he volunteered for service in India, 
and in 1623-1624 made a stay at the Danish fortress Dansborg 
on the Coromandel coast. 

54-The War of Las Salinas. 

The War of Las Salinas. One of the civil wars of Peru in the sixteenth 
century. By Cieza de Leon. Translated and edited by Sir 
Clements Markham, K.C.B. pp. xxiv. 304. 

Issued for 1923. 



EXTRA SERIES. 

1-12— The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques, & Discoveries of the 

English Nation, 
Made by Sea or Over-land to the remote and farthest distant quarters of ihe 
earth at any time within the compasse of these i6oo yeeres. By Richard 
Hakluyt, Preacher, and sometime Student of Christ Church in Oxford. 
With an Essay on the English Voyages of the Sixteenth Century, by 
Walter Raleigh, Professor of the English Language in the University of 
Oxford. Index by Madame Marie Michon and Miss Eliz.a.beth Carmont., 
12 vols. James MacLehose & Sons : Glasgow, 1903-5. {Out of print.) 

13— The Texts & Versions of John de Piano Carpini and William de 

Rubpuquis. 

As printed for the first time by Hakluyt in 1598, together with some shorter 
pieces. Edited by Charles Raymond Beazley, M.A., F.R.G.S. 
pp. XX. 345. Index. University Press: Cambridge, 1903. {Out of print.) 

14-33— Hakluytus Posthumus or Purchas His Pilgrimes. 

Conlayning a History of the World in Sea Voyages and Lande Tra veils by 
Englishmen and others. By Samuel Purchas, B.D. 20 vols. Maps & 
Illus. With an Index by Madame Marie Michon. James MacLehose and 
Sons: Glasgow, 1905-7. 



THE ISSUES FOR 1924 ARE : 

55. The Travels of Peter Mundy in Europe and Asia, 1608-1667. 

Edited by Sir R. Carnac Temple, Bart., C.B., CLE. Vol. IV. 

56. Colonising Expeditions to the West Indies and Guiana, 1623-1667. 
Edited by Vincent T. Harlow, B.A., B.Litt., F.R.Hist.S. 

These narratives, hitherto unpublished, record the 
early efforts of English adventurers to explore and occupy 
regions in the New World, made famous by the buccaneers 
of the sixteenth century. They thus form a vital link between 
the voyages of Hawkins and Raleigh and subsequent colonial 
history. 



XXI 

THE ISSUES FOR 1925 ARE : 

57. Thomas Bowrey's Diary of his Travels in the NetherlaDds, 1698. 
Edited by Sir R. C. Temple, Bart., C.B., C.I.E., &c. 

The diaxy is of special interest for its accounts of 
Amsterdam and other cities of the Low Countries at the end of 
the seventeenth century and of the monetary system of the 
time. 

58. R. Mortoft*s Journal of his Travels through France and Italy in 

1658-59 from a manuscript at the British Museum. Edited by 
Malcolm Letts, F.R.Hist.S. 

A lively journal by a typical tourist of the period con- 
taining, among other items of interest, a detailed description 
of Rome in the seventeenth century. 

OTHER VOLUMES IN ACTIVE PREPARATION ARE : 

The Life of the Icelander, J6n Olafsson. Edited by Sir R. C. Temple , 
Bart., C.B., CLE,, and Miss Bertha Phillpotts, O.B.E., LL.D. , 
Vol. 11. 

Itinerario de la Misiones Orientales, by Fray Sebastian Manrique. 
Translated and edited by Col. Charles Eckford Luard, M.A., 
and the Rev. Father H. Hosten, S.J. 

One of the most authoritative and valuable of the works 
by early travellers in Asia. 

A Relation of a Voyage to Guiana, by Robert Harcourt, 1613. 
Edited by Sir Charles Alexander Harris; K.C.M.G., C.B., C.V.O. 

An account of one of the earliest voyages to Guiana — 
the country between the Orinoco and the Amazon — ^written 
four yeeirs after it was undertaken, as a sort of prospectus 
to the grant of a charter which had been renewed in 1613. 
It is an interesting addition to Sir W. Raleigh's account of 
the same region. 

The Travels of Ibn Batuta. Translated from the Arabic and edited 
by H. A. R. GiBB, M.A. 3 Vols. 

A personal record of the entire Mohammadan world from 
Western Africa to the Pacific Ocean, traversed between 1325 
and 1353 by the author, whom Burckhardt calls *' perhaps 
the greatest land-traveller who ever wrote his travels." 

Bishop Landa's Relacion de las Cosas de la Nueva Espana. Translated 
and edited by Alfred P. Maudslay, D.Sc. 

The earliest account of Maya civilization : the discovery 
of Landa's M.S. laid the foundation of the decyphering of 
Central American hieroglyphics. 



XXll 



INDEX 

TO THE FIRST AND SECOND SERIES OF THE SOCIETY'S 

PUBLICATIONS, 1874-1922. 



At>d-er-Razzak, i. 22 
Abyssinia, i. 32, 64 ; ii. 10 
Aoosta, Joseph de, i. 60, 61 
Aouna, Cristoval de, i. 24 ; ii. 22 
Adams, WUL, i. 8, 66, 67 ; ii. 5 
Africa, i. 21, 58, 82, 83, 92-94, 95, 

100 
Afrioa, East, i. 32, 35, 64 ; ii. 10, 44 
Africa, West, ii. 6 
Aguirre, Lope de, i. 28, 47 
Alaminos Anton de, ii. 23 
Albuquerque, Affonso de, i, 53, 55, 

62,69 
Alcook, Thomas, i. 72, 73 
Alessandri, Vincentio d*, i. 49 
Al Hassan Ibn Muhammad. See 

Hasan 
Alvarado, Pedro de, ii. 23 
Alvarez, Francisco, i. 64 
Alvo, Francisco, i. 52 
Amapaia, i. 3 

Amat ye Junient, Manuel de. Vice- 
roy of Peru, ii. 1 3 
Amazon, i. 24 ; ii. 51 
America, Central, i. 40 
America, North, i. 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 

18,21,23,43,50,65,96,97 
America, South, i. 3, 21, 24, 28, 33, 
34, 41, 43, 45, 47, 51, 60, 61, 68, 
7C, 77, 80, 81, 91 ; ii. 3, 13, 14, 15, 
22 
Amherst of Hackney, Lord, ii, 7, 8 
Andagoya, Pascual de, i. 34 ; ii. 22 
Andrew, Bishop of Zayton, i. 36 ; 

ii. 37 
Angiolello, Giovanni Maria, i. 49 
Angola, ii. 6 
Aquines, Juan. See Hawkins, Sir 

John 
Arabia, i. 32; ii. 16 
Arctic Regions, i. 13, 54, 88, 89, 96, 

97 
Arias, Dr. Juan Luis, i. 25 ; ii. 1 4, 1 5 
Arias d'Avila, Pedro, i. 21, 34, 47 ; 

ii. 22, 23 
Arriaga y Rivera, Julian de, ii. 1 3 



Arromaia, i. 3 

Asher, George Michael, i. 27 

Asia, i. 5, 8, 13-15, 17, 19, 22, 26, 

35-39, 42, 44, 49, 53-55, 68, 62, 66, 

67, 69-78, 80, 82, 83, 87 ; ii. 1, 2, 

4,5,12, 16,17,35 
Astete, Miguel de, i. 47 ; ii. 22, 35 
Atahualpa, i. 47, 68 ; ii. 22 
Australasia, i. 25 ; ii. 7, 8, 14, 15, 18 
Avila, Francisco de, i. 48 ; ii. 22 
Avila, Pedro Arias d*. ^ee Arias 

d'Avila 
Azov, i. 49 
Azurara, Gomes Eannes de. See 

Eannes 



Badger, George Percy, i. 32, 44 

Baffin, William, i. 5, 63, 88, 89 

Balak, John, i. 13, 54 

Bantam, i. 19 

Barbaro, Giosafat, i. 49 

Barbosa, Duarte, i. 35, 52, ii. 44, 49 

Barcelona MSS., i. 35 

Bardsen, Ivar, i. 50 

Barentsz., William, i. 13, 27, 54 

Barker, Edmimd, i. 56 

Barlow, R., i. 74, 75, 78 

Barrow, John, F.R.S., i. 11 

Battell, Andrew, ii. 6 

Beazley, Charles Raymond, i. 96, 

100 ; Extra Ser. 13 
Behrens, Carl Friedrich, ii. 13 
Beke, Charles Tilstone, i. 13, 54 
Bell, Harry Charles Purvis, i. 76, 77, 

80 
Belmonte y Bermudez, Luis de, ii. 

14, 15 
Bengal, i. 37, 74, 75, 78 ; ii. 12 
Bent, James Theodore, i. 87 
Benzoni, Girolamo, i. 21 
Bermudas, i. 65, 86 
Bermudez, Joao, ii. 10 
Beste, George, i. 38 
Bethencourt, Jean de, i. 46 ; ii. 21 



xxni 



Bethune, Charles Ramsay Drink- 
water, i. 1, 30 
Beynen, Koolemans, i. 64 
Biedma, Luis Hernandez de, i. 9 
Bilot, Robert, i. 88, 89 
Birch, Walter de Gray, i. 53, 55, 62, 

69 
Bollaert, William, i. 28 
Bond, Sir Edward Augustus, K.C.B., 

i. 20 
Bontier, Pierre, i. 46 ; ii. 21 
Boty, Iver, 1. 13 
Bowrey, Thomas, ii. 12 
Bracoiolini, Poggio, i. 22 
Brazil, i. 61, 76, 77, 80 
Bridge, Admiral Sir Cyprian Arthur 

George, G.C.B., ii. 13 
British Guiana, ii. 26, 27 
British Museum MSS., i. 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 

16, 20, 25, 38, 52, 53, 55, 62, 65-67, 

69; ii. 13, 16,22 
Brown, Dr. Robert, i. 92-94 
Brugge, Jacob Segersz. van der. 

See Segersz, Jacob 
Bruun, Philip, i. 58 
Burnell, Arthur Coke, C.I.E., i. 70, 

71 
Burre, Walter, i. 19 
Burrough, Christopher, i. 72, 73 
Burrough William, i. 72, 73 
Burton, Sir Richard Francis, 

K.C.M.G., i. 61 
Butler, Nathaniel, i. 65, 86 
Button, Sir Thomas, i. 5, 88, 89 
Bylot, Robert, i. 5, 63, 88, 89 



Cabe9a de Vaca, Alvar Nuiiez. See 

Nuiiez Cabega, de Vaca 
Cabot, John, i. 86 
Cabot, Sebastian, i. 6, 12 
Cambodia, i. 39 
Canarian, The, i. 46 ; ii. 21 
Canary Islands, i. 21, 46 ; ii. 21 
Candelaria, Our Lady of, ii. 21 
Cape of Good Hope, i. 22, 36, 37, 82, 

83 
Carmont, Elizabeth, Extra Scr. 12 
Carpino Joannes, de Piano. See 

Joannes 
Caspian Sea, i. 72, 73 
Cassano, Ussan, i. 49 
Castanhoso, Miguel de, ii. 10 
CastiUa del Oro, i. 34, 47 
Cathay, i. 5, 13, 36-38, 54; u. 19, 

20, 33, 37, 38, 41 
Champlain, Samuel, i. 23 



Chanca, Dr., i. 2, 43 

Charles V., Emperor, i. 40, 47 ; ii. 
22, 23, 24 

Chamock, Job, i. 74, 75, 78 

Cheinie, Richard, i. 72, 73 

China, i. 5, 13-15, 17, 36, 37, 39, 54 ; 
ii. 19, 20, 33, 37 

Christy, Robert Miller, i. 88, 89 

Cieza de Leon, Pedro de, i. 33, 68 ; 
ii. 22,31,42,54 

Cinnamon, Land of, i. 24 

Clavigo, Ruy Gonzalez de. See Gon- 
zalez de Clavigo 

Cliffe, Edward, i. 16 

Clifford, George, i. 59 

Coats, William, i. 11 

Cocks, Richard, i. 8, 66, 67 

Cogswell, Joseph G., i. 27 

Collinson, Sir Richard, K.C.B., i. 38 

Columbus, Christopher : 
Journal, i. 86 
Letters, i. 2, 43 

Congo, ii. 6 

Contarini, Ambrogio, i. 49 

Conti, Nicol5, i. 22 

Conway, Sir William Martin, ii. 11 

Cooley, William Desborough, i. 4 

Cook, Captain James, i. 25 

Coote, Charles Henry, i. 72, 73 

Cordier, Henri, ii. 33, 37, 38, 41 

Corney, Bolton, i. 19 

Comey, Bolton Glanvill, I.S.O., ii. 13, 
32, 36, 43 

Correa, Gaspar, i. 42 

Corte Real, Gaspar, i. 86 

Cortes, Hernando, i., 21, 40; ii. 23, 
24, 26 

Cosmas, Indicoplcustes, i. 98 

Covel, John, i. 87 

Crosse, Ralph, ir 56 

Crooke, William, ii. 19, 20 

Cumberland, Earl of, i. 69 

Cuzco, i. 47 ; ii. 22 



Dalboquerque, Afonso. See Albu- 
querque 

Dallam, Thomas, i. 87 

Dalrymplc, Alexander, i. 25 ; ii. 14, 
15 

Dames, Manscl Longworth, ii. 44, 49 

Dam pier, William, i. 25 

Danish Arctic Expeditions, i. 96, 97 

Darien, Gulf of, i. 33 

Dati, Giuliano, i. 2, 43 

Davila, Pedrarias. iSccAriasd'Avila 

Davis, Edward, ii. 1 3 

Davis, John, i. 5, 59, 88, 89 



XXIV 



De Villicre, John Abraham Jacob, 

ii. 11,18,26,27 
Diaz, Juan, Clerigo, ii. 23 
Diaz del Castillo, Bemal, ii, 23, 24, 

26, 30, 40 
Digges, Sir Dudley, i. 63 
Domingucz, Don Luia L., i. 81 
Donok, Adrian van der, i. 27 
Dorado, El, i. 3, 28 ; ii, 26, 27 
Doughty, Thomas, i. 16 
Downton, Nicholas, i. 56 
Drake, Sir Francis, i. 4, 16 ; ii 34 
Drake, Sir Francis, the Younger, i. 

16 
Drake, John, ii. 34 
Dryandri, Joh., i. 61 
Ducket, Jeffrey, i. 72, 73 
Dudley, Sir Robert, ii. 3 
Dutch Voyages, i. 13 ; ii. 11, 13, 18 

East India, ii. 19,20,39 
East India Company, i. 6, 19 
East Indies. See India 
Easter Island, ii. 13 
Eannes, Gomes, de Zurara, i. 95, 100 
Egerton MSS., ii. 13 
Eden, Richard, i. 12 
Edmundson, Rev. Dr. G., ii. 51 
Edwards, Arthur, i. 72, 73 
Egypt, i. 32 

El Dorado, i. 3, 28 ; ii, 26, 27 
Ellesmere, Earl of, i. 17 
Elvas, Gentleman of, i. 9 
Emeria, i. 3 

England, Circumnavigation of, i. 79 
Engroneianda, i. 50 
Enriquez de Guzman, Alonzo, i. 29 
Eslanda, i. 50 
Espinosa, Aionso, de, ii. 21 
Eatotilanda, i. 50 
Ethiopia. See Abyssinia 
Europe, i. 10, 12, 13, 18, 20,49, 54, 
58,04,72,73,79; ii. 9,11,17 

Ferguson, Donald William, ii. 9 
Fernandez de Quiros, Pedro de. See 

Quiros 
Figueroa, Christoval Suarez de. See 

Suarez de Figueroa 
Fletcher, Francis, i. 16 
Fletcher, Giles, i. 20 
Florida, i. 7, 9 
Fort St. George, i. 74, 75, 78 
Foster, Sir William, C.I.E., B.A., ii. 

1,2,16 
Fothcrby, Robert, i. 63 
Fox, Luke, i. 5, 88, 89 
Foxe, Luke. See Fox 



Frislanda, i. 60 
Fritz, Father Samuel, ii. 61 
Frobisher, Sir Martin, i. 6, 38, 88, 89 
Fryer, John, ii. 19, 20, 39 
Furnace, H.M.S., i. 11 

Gairdner, James, i. 79 

Galvao, Antonio, i. 30 

Gama, ChristovSo da, ii. 10 

Gama, Vasco da, i. 42, 99 

Qamboa, Pedro Sarmiento de. See 

Sarmiento de Gamboa 
Garcia, Genaro, ii. 23, 24, 25, 30 
Garcilasso de la Vega, el Inca, i. 24. 

41, 46 ; ii. 22 
Gastaldi, Jacopo, i. 12 
Gatonbe, John, i. 63 
Gayangos, Pasoual de, i. 40 ; ii. 22 
Gerritsz., Hessel, i. 27, 64 ; ii. 11 
Gibbons, William, i. 6, 88, 89 
Gibraltar, Straits of, i. 79 
Globes, i. 79 

OocTs Power ds Providence, i. 18 
Goes, Benedict, i. 36, 37 
Gonzalez de Clavijo, Ruy, i. 26 ; ii. 

Jul 

Gonz^ez y Haedo, Felipe, ii. 13 
Goodenough, Lady, ii. 47, 60 
Gosch, Christian Carl Auanist, i. 96. 
97 

Gray, Sir Albert, K.C.B., K.C., i. 76. 
77, 80 * 

Great Mogul, ii. 1,2 

Greenland, i. 18, 50, 96, 97 

Grey, Charles, i. 49 

Grey, Edward, i. 84, 85 

Grijalva, Juan de, ii. 23 

Grimston, Edward. See Grimstone 

Grimstone, Edward, i. 60, 61 

Gaunchcs, ii. 21 

Guiana, i. 3 

Guinea, i. 95, 100 ,• ii. 6 

Hackit, Thomas, i. 7 
Hakluyt, Richard : 

Divers Voyages, i. 7 

Galvano, i. 30 

Principall Navigations, i. 16,20. 
38, 59; Extra Ser., 1-12 

Terra Florida, i. 9 

Will of, i. 7 
Hall, James, i. 5, 88, 89, 96, 97 
HarleianMSS.,i. 8 
Harris, C. A., ii. 26, 27 
Hasan Ibn Muhammad, al Wazzan, 

al Fasi, i. 92-94 
Havers, George, i. 84, 85 



XXV 



Hawkins, Sir John, i. 1, 57 
Hawkins, Sir Richard, i. 1, 57 
Hawkins, William, i. 57 
Hawkridge, WiUiam, i. 88, 89 
Hedges, Sir WiUiam, i. 74, 75, 78 
Heidelberg MS., i. 58 
Herberstein, Sigismund von, i. 10, 

12 
Hernandez de Biedma, Luis, i. 9 
Herrera, Antonio de, i. 24 ; ii. 22, 23 
Herv6, Juan, ii. 13 
Honduras, i. 40 
Horsey, Sir Jerome, i. 20 
Houtman's Abrolhos, i. 25 
Howard, Eliot, ii. 12 
Hudson, Henry, i. 13, 27, 88, 89 
Hudson's Bay, i. 11, 96, 97 
Hoes, Robert, i 79 
Hugli River, i, 78; ii. 12 



Ibn Batuta, i. 36, 37 

loaria, i. 50 

Imftms and Seyyids of 'Oman. i. 44 

Im Thum, Sir Everard, K.C.M.G., 

K.B.E., O.B., u. 52 
Inoas, i. 41, 45, 47, 48 ; ii. 22 
Inoas, Rites and Laws, i. 48 ; 

ii. 22 
Inoas, Royal Commentaries, i. 41, 

45 ; ii. 22 
India, i. 5, 22, 32 38, 42, 53, 55, 56, 

82, 69, 70, 71 , 74-78, 80, 84, 85 ; ii. 

1 2 9 12 16 17 
India Office MSS., i. 5, 56, 66, 67 
Indian Language, Dictionarie of the, 

i. 6 
Italy, ii. 9 



James I., i. 19 

James, Thomas, i. 5, 88, 89 

Janes, John, i. 59 

Japan, i. 8, 39, 66, 67 ; ii. 5 

Java, i. 82, 83 

Jeannin, P., i. 27 

Jenkinson, Anthony, i. 72, 73 

Joannes, de Piano Carpino, ii. 4; 

Extra Scr. 13 
Jones, John Winter, i. 7, 22, 32 
Jordanus [Catalani], i. 31, 36 ; ii. 37 
Jourdain John, ii. 16 
Jovius, Paulus, i. 12 
Juet, Robert, i. 27 



Keeling, William, i. 56 
Knight, John, i. 5, 66, 88, 89 



Lambreohtsen, i. 27 

Lancaster, Sir James, i. 56 

La Peyr^re, Isaac de, i. 18 

La Plata, City, i. 33 

La Plata, River, i. 81 

Lefroy, Sir John Henry, K.C.M.G., 

i. 65, 86 
Leguat, Fran9ois, i. 82, 83 
Le Maire, Jacob, ii. 1 8 
Lendds da India, i. 42 
Leo Africanus, i. 92-94 
Leone, Giovanni, i. 92-94 
Leupe, P. A., i. 25 
Levant, i. 87 

Le Verrier, Jean, i. 46 ; ii. 21 
Leza, Gaspar Gonzalez de, i. 39 ; ii. 

14, 15 
Linschoten, Jan Huyghen van, i. 70, 

71 
Lockerby, AVilliam, ii. 52 

McCrindle, John Watson, i. 89 
Madras, i. 74, 75, 78 
Madrid MSS., i. 29 
Magellan, Ferdinand, i. 52 
Magellan, Straits, i. 91 ; ii. 18 
Major, Richard Henry, i. 2, 6, 10, 12, 

14, 15, 17, 22, 25, 43, 46, 50 
Malay Archipelago, ii. 16, 18 
Malabar, i. 35 ; ii. 44 
Maldive Islands, i. 76, 77, 80 
Maluco Islands. See Molucca Islands 
Manoa, i. 3 

Marignolli, John de', i. 37 ; ii. 37 
Markham, Sir Albert Hastings, 

K.C.B., i. 59 
Markham, Sir Clements Robert, 

K.C.B., i. 24, 26, 28, 29, 33, 34, 41, 

56, 57, 60, 61, 63, 68, 79, 86, 90. 

91; ii. 14,15,21,22,28,29,31,42, 

54 
Martens, Friedrich, i. 18 
Maudslay, Alfred Percival, ii. 23, 24, 

25, 30, 40 
Mauritius, i. 82, 83 
Maynarde, Thomas, i. 4 
Means, Philip Ainsworth, ii. 48 
Mendaiia de Neyra, Alvaro, i. 25, 39 ; 

ii. 7, 8, 14, 15 
Mendoza, Juan Gonzalez do, i. 14, 15 
Mexico, i. 23 ; ii. 23, 24, 25, 30, 40 
Michon, Marie, Extra Ser., 12, 33 
Middleton, Christopher, i. 11 
Middle ton. Sir Henry, i. 19, 56 
Mirabilia Descripta, i. 31 
Mogul, The Great, ii. 1, 2 
Molucca Islands, i. 19, 39, 52, 76, 77, 

80 



XXVI 



Molyneux, Emery, i. 79 
Monteoorvino, John of, i. 36 ; ii. 37 
Hontesinos, Fernando, ii. 48 
Montezuma, i. 61 ; ii. 23, 24 
Morga, Antonio de, i. 39 ; ii. 14, 15 
Morgan, Henry, i. 59 
Morgan, Edward Delmar, i. 72, 73, 

79, 83, 86 
Mundy, Peter, ii. 17, 35, 45, 46 
Munk, Jens, i. 96, 97 
MiinBter, Sebastian, i. 12 
Muntancr, ii. 47, 50 
Musoovy Company, i. 7, 63 ; ii. 1 1 

Neumann, Karl Friedrich, i. 58 

New Hebrides, ii. 14, 15 

New Spain, ii. 23, 24, 25, 30, 40 

New World, i. 2, 43 

Nicaragua, i. 34 

Nicopolis, i. 58 

Nikitin, Athanasius, i. 22 

Nombre do Dios, i. 1 G 

Norsemen in America, i. 2, 50 

North-East Voyages, i. 13 

North-West Passage, i. 5, 11, 38, 56, 

88, 89, 96, 97 
Northern Seas, i. 50 
Nova Zembla, i. 13, 54 
Nuhez Cabe^a de Vaca, Alvar, i. 81 
Nuttall, Mrs. Zelia, ii. 34 



Ocampo, Baltasar de, ii. 22 

Odoric, Friar, i. 36 ; ii. 33 

(Mafssoii, J6n, ii. 53 

Olaondo, Alberto, ii. 13 

Olid, Cristijval de, ii. 23 

Oliver, Samuel Pasfield, i. 82, 83 ' 

Omagua, i. 28 

'Oman, i. 44 

Ondegardo, Polo de, i. 48 ; ii. 22 

Orcllana, Francisco de, i. 24 

Orleans, Pierre Joseph d', i. 17 

Ormuz, Kings of, ii. 9 

Ovicdo, Gabriel do, ii. 22 

Pachacamac, i. 47 ; ii. 22 
Pacific Ocean, i. 1, 34, 57 ; ii. 13, 18 
Paraguav, River, i. 81 
Parke, Robert, i. 14, 15 
Pascal of Vittoria, i. 36 ; ii. 37 
Po^olotti. i. 37 ; ii. 37 
Pcllhani. Kdward, i. 18 
IVlsart, Francis, i. 23 
Porrira, Thomas, i. 1 7 
IVrsia, i. 32, 49, 72, 73; ii. 19, 20, 
39 



Peru, i. 33. 34, 41, 45, 47, 60, 61 , 68 ; 

ii. 22, 42, 48, 64 
Peru, Chroniole of, i. 33, 68 
Philip, William, i. 13, 54 
Philippine Islands, i. 39 
Phillpotts, Miss Bertha S., O.B.E., 

LL.D., ii. 53 
Pigafetta, Antonio, i. 52 
Pitt Diamond, i. 78 
Pitt, Thomas, i. 74, 75, 78 
Pizarro, Francisco, i. 27, 47 ; ii. 22 
Pizarro, Gonzalo, i. 21, 24, 47 ; ii. 22 
Pizarro, Hernando, i. 47 ; ii. 22 
Pochahontas, i. 6 
Pool, Gerrit Thomasz., i. 25 
Portugal, i. 64 ; ii. 10 
Pory, John, i. 92-94 
Powhatan, i. 6 
Prado y Tovar, Don Diego de, ii. 

14, 15 
Prestage, Edgar, i. 95, 100 
Prester, John, i. 64 ; ii. 10 
Pricket Abacuk, i. 27 
Public Record Office MSS., i. 38 
Puerto Rico, i. 4 
Purchas, Samuel, i. 1 3, 56, 63 ; Extra 

Ser. 14-33 
Pyrard, Fran9ois, i. 76, 77, 80 

Quatremere, i. 22 

Quiros, Pedro Fernandez de, i. 25, 

39 ; ii. 14, 15 
Quito, The War of, ii. 31 

Raleigh, Sir Walter, i. 3 

Raleigh Walter, Professoty Extra 
Ser. 12 

Ramusio, Giovanni Battista, i. 49, 
52 

Rashiduddin, i. 37 ; ii. 37 

Ravenstein, Ernest George, i. 99; 
ii. 6 

Rawlinson MSS., ii. 17 

Recueil de Voyages, i. 31 

Remun, Alonzo, ii. 23 

Ribault, John, i. 7 

Rockhill, William Woodville, ii. 4 

Rodriguez, Island, i. 82, 83 

Roe, Sir Thomas, ii. 1,2 

Roggeveen, Jacob, ii. 13 

Roy, Eugene Armand, i. 49 

Rubruquis, Gulielmus de, ii. 4 ; Ex- 
tra Ser. 13 

Randall, Thomas, i. 5, 8 

Russe Commonwealth, i. 20 

Russia, i. 10, 12, 20, 72, 73 

Rye, William Brcnchley, i. 9 



xxvu 



Salil-Ibn-Bozaik, i. 44 

Samaroand, i. 26 

Sancho, Pedro, i. 47 ; ii. 22 

Santo-Stefano, Hieronimo di, i. 22 

Saris, John, i. 8 ; ii. 5 

Sarmiento de Gamboa, Pedro, i. 91 ; 

ii. 22, 34 
Satow, Sir Ernest Mason, G.C.M.G., 

ii. 5 
Sohiltberger, Johann, i. 58 
Sohmidel, Ulrioh, i. 81 
Sohmidt, Ulrioh. See SchmideL 
Schomburgk, Sir Robert Hermann, 

i. 3 
Schouten, Willem Comelisz., ii.l8 
Soory, Sir Edmund, ii. 21 
SeamarCa Secrets, i. 59 
Segersz., Jacob, ii. 11 
S^man, Edward, i. 38 
Shakspere's " New Map,*' i. 59 
Sharpeigh, Alexander, i. 56 
Shaw, Norton, i. 23 
Siam, i. 39 
Silva, Nufio da, ii. 34 
Simon, Pedro, i. 28 
Sinclair, William Frederic, ii. 9 
Sloane MSS., i. 25, 65 ; ii. 16 
Smithy Gapt. John, i. 65, 86 
Smith, Sir Thomas, i. 19, 63, 65 
Smyth, William Henry, i. 21 
Solomon Islands, ii. 7, 8, 14, 15 
Soltania, Archbishop of, i. 36; ii. 

37 
Somers, Sir George, i. 65 
Soto, Ferdinando de, i. 9, 47 
Soulsby, Basil Harrington, ii. 10, 1 1, 

14, 15, 16, 18 
Sousa Tavares, Francisco de, i. 

30 
South Sea. See Pacific Ocean. 
Spanish MSS., i. 29, 48 
Spanish Voyages, i. 25, 39 ; ii. 7, 8, 

13, 14, 15 
Speilbergen, Joris van, ii. 18 
Spitsbergen, i. 13, 18, 54 ; ii, 11 
Staden, Johann von, i. 51 
Stanley of Alderley, Lord, i. 35, 39, 

42, 52, 64 
Staunton, Sir George Thomas, Bart., 

i. 14, 16 
Stero, William, i. 13 
Storm van *s Gravesande, ii. 26, 

27 
Strachey, William, i. 6 
Suarez de Figueroa, Christoval, i. 57; 

ii. 14, 15 
Summer Islands, 1. 65, 86 
Syria, i. 32 



Tabasco, ii. 23 

Tahiti, ii. 13, 32, 36, 43 

Tamerlane, The Great, i. 26 

Tana (Azov), i. 49 

Tapia, Andres de, ii. 23 

Tartary,i. 17; ii. 1,2,4 

Tavares, Francisco de Sousa. ^ee 

Sousa Tavares, F. de 
Teixeira, Pedro, ii. 9 
Telfer, John Buchan, i. 58 
Temple, Sir Richard Camac, Bart., 

C.B., C.I.E., ii. 12, 17, 35, 45, 46, 53 
Tenerife, ii. 21 
Terra Australis, i. 25 
Terra Florida, i. 9 
Thomas, William, i. 49 
Thompson, Sir Edward Maunde, 

K.C.B., i. 66. 67 
Thomson, Basil Home, ii. 7, 8 
Thome, Robert, i. 7 
Tibet, i. 36, 37 ; ii. 33 
Tiele, Pieter Anton, i. 70, 71 
Tierra Firme, i. 28, 34, 47 
Timour, Great Khan, i. 26 
Toledo, Francisco de. Viceroy of 

Peru, ii. 22 
Tootal, Albert, i. 51 
Topographia Christiana, i. 98 
Torquemada, Fray Juan de, ii. 

14,15 
Torres, Luis Vaoz de, i. 25, 39 ; ii. 

14,15 
Toscanolli, Paolo, i. 86 
Towerson, Gabriel, i. 19 
Tractatus de Olobis, i. 79 
Transylvanus Maximilianus, i. 52 
Tupac Amaru, Inca, ii. 22 
Turbervile, George, i. 10 
Turkey Merchants, i. 87 



Ursua, Pedro de, i. 28, 47 



Valle, Pietro della, 84, 85 
Varthema Ludovico di, i. 1 9, 32 
Vaux, William Sandys Wright, i. 16 
Vaz, Lopez, i. 16 
Veer, Gerrit de, i. 13, 54 
Velasco, Don Luis de, ii. 34 
Veldsquez, Diego, ii. 23 
Vera Cruz, ii. 23 
Verarzanus, John, i. 7, 27 
Verbiest, Ferdinand, i. 1 7 
Vespucci, Amerigo, i. 90 
Vilcapampa, ii. 22 
Virginia Britannia, i. 6 



xxvm 



Vivero y Velasco, Rodrigo de, i. 8 
Vlamingh, Willem de, i. 25 
Volkersen, Samuel, i. 25 



Warner, George Frederic, Litt.D., 

ii. 3 
Weigates, Straits of, i. 13, 54 
West Indies, i. 4, 23 ; ii. 3, 23 
Weymouth, George, i. 6, 88, 89 
Wharton, L. C, u. 52 
White, Adam, i. 18 
Whiteway, Richard Stephen, ii. 10 
Wielhoraky, L 22 
William of Rubnick. See Rubni- 

quis, Gulielmus de 
Wilmere, Alice, i. 23 
Winter, John, i. 16 
Witsen, Nioolaas, i. 17, 25 
Wolstenholme, Sir John, i. 63, 88, 

89 



Worlde's Hydrographical Descrip' 

Hon, i. 59 
Wright, Edward, i. 59 



Xeres, Francisco de, i. 47 ; ii. 22 



Yncas. See Incas 

Yucatan, ii. 23 

Yule, Sir Henry, K.C.S.L, i. 31, 36, 

37, 74, 75, 78 ; ii 19, 20, 33, 37, 

38,41 



Zarate, Don Francisco de, ii. 34 
Zeno, Antonio, i. 50 
Zeno, Gaterino, i. 49 
Zeno, Nicolo, i. 50 
Zyohman, i. 51 



XXIX 



LAWS OF THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY. 



I. The object of this Society shall be to print, for distribution among the 
members, rare and valuable Voyages, Travels, Naval Expeditions, and other 
geographical records. 

II. The Annual Subscription shall be One Guinea (for America, five dollars, 
U.S. currency), payable in advance on the 1st January. 

III. Each member of the Society, having paid his Subscription, shall be 
entitled to a copy of every work produced by the Society, and to vote at the 
general meetings within the period subscribed for ; and if he do not signify, 
before the close of the year, his wish to resign, he shall be considered as a 
member for the succeeding year. 

IV. The management of the Society's affairs shall be vested in a Council 
consisting of twenty-two members, viz., a President, three Vice-Presidents, a 
Treasurer, a Secretary, and sixteen ordinary members, to be elected annually ; 
but vacancies occurring between the general meetings shall be filled up by 
the Council. 

V. A General Meeting of the Subscribers shall be held annually. The 
Coimcil's Report on the condition and proceedings of the Society shall be 
then read, and the meeting shall proceed to elect the Council for the ensuing 
year. 

VI. At each Annual Election, three of the old Council shall retire. 

VII. The Council shall meet when necessary for the dispatch of business, 
three forming a quorum, including the Secretary ; the Chairman having a 
casting vote. 

VIII. Grentlemen preparing and editing works for the Society shall receive 
twenty-five copies of such works respectively. 



LIST OF MEMBERS.— 1924.* 



Members are requested to inform the Hon. Secretary of any errors or 

alterations in this List. 



A. 

1 S99 Aberdare, The Right Hon. Lord, 83, Eaton Square, S.W.I. 

1 847 Aberdeen Univeraity Library, Aberdeen. 

1013 Abraham, Lieut. H. CS., Topographical Survey Office, Toiping, 

Perak, F^ Malay States. 
181*3 Adelaide Public Library, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia. 
1847 Admiralty, The, Whitehall, S.W.I. [2 00PIBS.] 
1847 Advocates* Library, 11, Parliament Square, Edinburgh. 
1024 Alba, Duque de, c/o Messrs. Hatohards, 187, Piccadilly, W.l. 
1847 All Souls College, Oxford. 

1923 Allan, George, Esq., " Westbank,** Peterculter, Aberdeenshire. 
1921 Allen, A. C, Esq., 19, Terlingham Gardens, Folkestone. 
1919 Allen, WUliam Henry, Esq., Bromham House, Bromham, near 

Bedford. 
1847 American Geographical Society, Broadway at 156th Street, New 

York, U.S.A. 

1923 American Museum of Natural History, 77th Street and Central 

Park West, New York City. 
llKtl Andrews, Capt. F., R.N., H.M. Dockyard, Malta. 
19iHl Andrews, Michael C.,, Esq., '* Orsett,** Derryvolgie Avenue, Belfast. 
1919 Austcy, Mi$s L. M., 23, Cautley Avenue, Clapham Common, S.W.4. 
1847 Antiquaries, The Society of, Burlington House, Piccadilly, W.l. 
UKn» Armstrong, Col B. H. 0., C.M.G., R.E., 24, Montague Road, Rich- 

mon(l. 
1S»: Army and Navy Club, 36, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 
IVl'' Arnold, Arthur, Esq., Wickham, Hants. 

1924 Arnott, L. K., Esq., 2903, Monument Avenue, Richmond, Virginia, 

U.S.A. 
VX2\ Asoherson, Lieut. S. R., R.N., Stede Court, Harrietsham, Kent. 
I S47 Athenroum Club, Pall MaU, S.W.I. 
191 - Aylward, R. M., Esq., 7a, Avenida Sur, No. 87, Guatemala. 



B. 

1922 Baddoley, John F., Esq., 34, Bniton Street, W.l. 

1922 Baker, Charles C, Esq., Box 296, Lancaster, California, n.S.A. 

192m Baker, G. H. Massy, Esq., Kerema, Gulf Division, Papua. 

1925 Hiiker, J. N. L., Esq., " Celfan," Bickerton Road, Highfield, Oxford. 

1909 Baldwin, Rt. Hon. Stanley, Esq., M.P., Astley Hall, nr. Stourport. 

191 S Bannorman, David A., Esq., M.B.E., B.A., British Museum (Natural 

History), Cromwell Road, S.W.7. 

1S93 Barclay, Hugh Gumey, Esq., M.V.O., Colney Hall, Norwich. 

1920 Barclay, W. S., Esq., 16, Clifford's Inn, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. 

1919 Barrett, V. W., Esq., I, Raymond Buildings, Grajr's Inn, W.C.1. 

1919 Barry, Eugene S., Esq., 94, Washington Street, Ayer, Mass., XJ.S.A. 

♦ Sent to press, February, 1925. 



XXXI 

1899 Bassett, ^L Ren6, Doyen de la Faculte des Lettres d' Alger, Villa 

Louise, rue Itenfert JEloohereau, Algiers. 
1922 Bavarian State Library, Munich. 

1920 Beasley, Harry G , Esq., Haddon Lodge, Shooters Hill, S.E.iS. 
1913 Beaumont, Major H., O.B.E., The Little Manor, Hurstmonceux, 

Nr. Hailsham, Sussex. 

1920 Bedford- Jones, H., Esq., c/o The Authors' Club, 2, Whitehall Court, 

S.W.I. 
1904 Beetham, Charles Gilbert, Esq., Windmoor Heath, P.O., Carlisle, 

Co. Cumberland, Pa., U.S.A. 
1899 Belfast Library and Society for Promoting Knowledge, Donegall 

Square North, Belfast. 

1913 Bennett, Ira E., Esq., Editor Washington Post, Washington, D.C., 

U.S.A. 

1914 Bemice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii Island. 

1913 Bewsher, Capt. E. W., D.S.O., M.C., H.Q. Palestine Gendarmerie, 
Jerusalem. 

1921 Bickerton, F. H., Esq., Castle Mai wood, Lyndhurst, Hants. 

1911 Bingham, Professor IDram, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. 
1847 Birmingham Old Library, The, Margaret Street, Birmingham. 

1875 Birmingham Public Libraries (Reference Dept.), Ratcliff Place, 

Birmingham. 
1910 Birmingham University Library. 
1899 Board of Education, The Keeper, Science Library, Science Museum, 

South Kensington, S.W.7. 
1847 Bodleian Library, Oxford. 
1917 Bombay University Library, Bombay. 

1920 Bone, H. Peters, Esq., 5, Hamilton Mansions, King's Gardens, Hove. 
1847 Boston Athenaeum Library, 10 J, Beacon Street, Boston, Mass., 

U.S.A. 
1847 Boston Public Library, Copley Square, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

1912 Bourke, Hubert, Esq., Feltimores, Harlow, Essex. 
1899 Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Maine, U.S.A. 

1894 Bower, Major-General Sir Hamilton, K.O.B., o/o Messrs. Cox and Co., 

16, Charing Cross, S.W.I. 
1912 Boyd-Richardson, Commander S. B., R.N., Highfield Paddock, 

Niton-Undercliff , Isle of Wight. 
1924 Bray, Mrs. Constance, Causeway House, Adel, Nr. Leeds. 
1920 Brewster, A. B., Esq., Eiengrove, Chelston, Torquay. 

1919 Brickwood, Sir John, Portsmouth. 

1893 Brighton Public Library, Royal Pavilion, Church Street, Brighton. 

1890 British Guiana Royal Agricultural and Commercial Society, George- 
town, Demerara. 

1847 British Museum, Department of Ceramics and Ethnography. 

1847 British Museum, Department of Printed Books. 

1896 Brock, Henry G., Esq., 1612, Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa., 
U.S.A. 

1920 Brook-Fox, Evelyn, Esq., Tokerwadi, P.O., Poona District, India. 
1899 Brookline Public Library, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

1899 Brooklyn Mercantile Library, 197, Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y., 
U.S.A. 

1922 Brown, A. S., Esq., 52, New Road, Edmonton, N.9. 

1899 Brown, Arthur William Whateley, Esq., Sharvclls, Milford-on-Sea, 
Hants. 

1920 Brown, Dr. C. J. Macmillan, Holmbank, Cashmere Hills, Christ- 
church, N.Z. 

1922 Brown and Lawrence, Messrs., 52, New Road, Edmonton, N.9. 



zxxu 

1924 Bruwn University, East Side Station, Providence, Rhode Island, 

191G Browne, Prof. Edward G., M.A., M.B., Firwood, Trumpington Road, 
Cambridge. 

1920 Browne, Lieat.-Comdr. R. R. Gore, Leckhampstead Rectory, 

Buckingham. 

1921 Bryant, George Clarke, Esq., Ansonia, Conn., U.S. A. 
1921 Burgoyne, Cuthbert, Esq., Maiincourt, Oxshott, Surrey. 
192<) Butler, G. Grey, Esq., Ewart Park, Wooler, Northumberland. 

1921 Byatt. Sir Horace A., K.C.M.G., Government House, Port of Spain, 

Trinidad. 
1914 Byers, Gerald, Esq., o/o Messrs. Butterfield and Swire, Shanghai. 



C. 

1 91 3 Cadogan, Lieut. -Commander Francis, R.N., Hatherop Castle,Fairf ord, 

Gloucestershire. 

1921 Calcutta, Presidency College Library. 

1903 California, University of, Berkeley, CaL, U.S.A. 

1847 Cambridge University Library, Cambridge. 

1847 Canada, The Parliament Library, Ottawa. 

1896 Cardiff PubUo Library, Trinity Street, Cardiff. 

1920 Cardinall, A. W., Esq., Springfield, The Weald, nr. Sevenoaks. 

1 847 Cariton Club Libraiy, 94, PaU Mall, S.W.I. 

1899 Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 

1920 Carton, Alfred T., Esq., 76, W. Monroe Street, Chicago. Ill 
U.S. A. 

1914 Casserly, John Bernard, Esq., The Pacific Union Club, Comer 

Mason and California Streets, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 

1920 Cathro, E. A., Esq., Longforgan, Dundee, N.B. 

1910 Cattams, Richard, Esq., Great Somerford, Wilts. 

1847 Chetham's Library, Hunt's Bank, Manchester. 

1910 Chicago, Geographic Society of. Field Museum, Chicago, 111., U.S.A. 

1899 Chicago Public Library, Chicago, 111., U.S.A. 

1899 Chicago University Library, Chicago, 111., U.S.A. 

1890 Christ Church, Oxford. 

1899 Cincinnati Public Library, Ohio, U.S.A. 

191 .S Clark, James Cooper, Esq., South College, Elgin, Scotland. 

1 9 1 :i Clarke, Sir Rupert, Bart. , Clarke Buildings, Bourke Street, Melbourne. 

1922 Cleevcs, Charles E., Esq., Heddfan, Sketty, Swansea. 

1917 Clements, R. V., Esq., The Red House, Findon Hill, Nr. Durham. 
19i:i Coates, O. R., Esq., H.B.M. Consul, Tengyueh, W. China. 

191«» Coleman, H., Esq., 34-36, Golden Square, W.l. 

1847 Colonial Otlice, The, Downing Street, S.W.I. 

1S99 Columbia University, Library of. New York, U.S.A. 

1918 Commonwealth ParUament Library, Melbourne. 

1923 Conkling, Roseoe P., Esq., CatskiU, New York, U.S.A. 

1920 Converse Memorial Library, Amherst College, Amherst, liFass 

U.S.A. 

1921 Conway, (i. R. G., Esq., Light and Power Co., Ltd., Apartado 124 

His, Mexico City. 
1890 Conway. Sir William Martin, M.P., Allington Castle, Maidstone, 
Kent. 

1921 Coode, Major Honry P. R., Oriental Club, Hanover Square, W.l. 
1903 Cooke. William Charles, Esq., Vailima, Bishopstown, Cork. 

1922 Coombo, W., Es(i., Messrs. Carson & Co., Ltd., Colombo, Ceylon. 



XXXUl 

1924 Copenhagen, Royal Library, Copenhagen. 

1919 Copenhagen University Library, Copenhagen. 
1847 Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. 

1920 Cox, Major-Gen. Sir Percy Z., G.C.LE., K.C.S.L, K.C.M.G., c/o 

CivU Commissioner, Baghdad. Mesopotamia. 

1919 Cozens, J. W., Esq., Gore Hotel, 189, Queen's Gate, S.W.7. 

1920 Crandon, Dr. L. R. G., 366, Commonwealth Avenue, Boston, Mass., 

U.S.A. 
1919 Crawshay, Miss Lisa F., Femeherst, 1, The Park, Cheltenham. 
1923 Crowther, Dr. W. L., D.S.O., 180, Macquarie Street, Hobart, 

Tasmania. 
1904 Croydon Public Libraries, Central Library, Town Hall, Croydon. 
1893 Curzon of Kedleston, The Right Hon. the Marquess, K.G., G.C.S.L, 

G.C.I.E., F.R.S., 1, Carlton House Terrace, S.W.I 



D. 

1913 Dalgliesh, Percy, Esq., Guatemala, C.A. 

1917 Damer-Powell, Lieut. J. W., D.S.C., R.N.R., " Merton," Southside. 

Weston-super-Mare. 
1847 Danish Royal Navy Library (Marinens Bibliothek), Gronningen. 

Copenhagen, K. 
1912 Dartmouth College Library, Hanover, N.H., U.S.A. 
1908 Darwin, Major Leonard, late R.E. 
1921 Davis, J., Esq., Edith Villa, Crayford, Kent. 
1920 Dawson, Rev. J. C, M.A., Asterby Rectory, Louth, Lines. 
1920 Dearing, F. Morris, Esq., c/o Department of State, Washington, 

D.C., U.S.A. 
1911 Delbanco, D., Esq., 253, St. James's Court, Buckingham Gate, S.W.I. 
1919 Derby, Rt. Hon. the Earl of, K.G., G.C.V.O., C.B., c/o Major M. H. 

Milner, Knowsley, Prescot. 
1899 Detroit Pulalic Library, Michigan, U.S.A. 
1923 Dickson, P. L., Esq., Western House, The Park, ^Nottingham. 
X893 Dijon University Library, Rue Monge, Dijon, Cote d'Or, France. 
1923 Dixson, WUliam, Esq., " Merridong," Gordon Road, Killara, Sydney, 

AustraUa. 

1918 Dominion Museum, The, Wellington, New Zealand. 

1919 Douglas, Capt. H. P., C.M.G., R.N., Hydrographic Department, 

Admiralty, S.W.I. 

1920 Douglas, W. Bruce, Esq., Messrs. W. H. & F. J. Homunan & Co., 

Ltd., 27 to 33, Wormwood Street, E.C.2. > 

1 902 Dublin, Trinity College Library. 
1017 Durban Municipal Library, Natal (Mr. George Reybum, Librarian). 



E. 

1924 East, Frank Russell, Esq., 31, Sketty Avenue, Swansea. 

1913 Ecole des Langues Orientales Vivantes, Paris. 

1921 ^cole Frangaise d*Extrdme Orient, Hanoi, Indo-Chine. 

1906 Edge-Partington, J., Esq., Wyngates, Burke's Rd., Beaoonsfield. 

1019 £!dgell. Commander 1. A., R.N., Hydrographic Department, 

Admiralty, S.W.I. 

1892 Edinburgh Public Library, George IV. Bridge, Edinburgh. 

c 



1941 Edinburgh University Library , Edinburgh. 
1920 Edwardes, U. S. W., Esq., Godshill, Fordingbridge, Hants. 
1847 Edwards, Franois, Esq., 83, High Street, Marylebone, W.l. 
1920 Elger, L. C, Esq., Dick Kerr Works, Box No. 71, Preston. 
1913 Eliot, The Rt. Hon. Sir Charles, K.C.M.G., C.B., British Embassy, 
Tokio, Japan. 

1922 Emerson, Miss Gertrude, 30, West 9th Street, New York City, U.S.A. 
1919 English, Ernest E., Esq., c/o The Eastern Telegraph Co., Cairo, Egypt. 
1906 Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. 

1917 Essex Institute, The, Salem, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

1923 Evans, Montgomery, 2nd, Esq., 900, De Kalb Street, Norristown, 

Pa., U.S.A. 
1922 Eveland, A. J., Esq., University aub, 2a, Bucareli 35, Mexico, 
D.F., Mexico. 



F. 

1910 Fairbrother, Colonel W. T., C.B., Kilcoleman Park, Enniskean, 

Co. Cork, Ireland. 
1922 Fairweather, W. Cranston, Esq., 62, Saint Vincent Street, Glasgow. 
1899 Fellowes Athenseum, 46, Millmont Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

1920 Fenton, A. H., Esq., 10, Vineyard Hill, Wimbledon. 

192<» Ferguson, Henry G., Esq., 2330, California Street, Washington, D.C. 

1919 Fisher, Gordon, Esq., Queen Anne's Mansions, St. James's Park, 

S.W.I. 

1896 Fitzgerald, Major Edward Arthur, 5th Dragoon Guards. 

1914 FitzGibbon, F. J., Esq., 228, Upton Lane, Forest Gate, E.7. 

1924 Ford, Charles, Esq., 218, West 40th Street, New York City, U.S.A. 

1893 Forrest, Sir George William, CLE., Rose Bank, Iffley, Oxford. 

1902 Foster, Francis Apthorp, Esq., Edgartown, Biass., U.S. A. 

1893 Foster, Sir William, CLE., India Office, S.W.I. 

1921 Freeman, George B., Esq., cyo D. R. Heaton, Esq., Blackfriars 

House, Plymouth. 

1920 Frere, Major A. G., 1/3 Madras Infantry, c/o Messrs. Thos. Cook & 

Son, Bombay. 
1920 Frt'shfield, Douglas W., Esq., D.C.L., Wych Cross Place, Forest 
Row, Sussex. 



G. 

1913 Gardner, Harry G., Esq., "The Mount," Kenley, Surrey. 

1919 Gardner, Stephen, Esq., 662, West 12th Street, Chicago, HI., U.S.A. 
l<)2n (iauntlett. R. M., Kscj., 55, Pcnerley Road, Catford, S.E.6. 

1910 (Jenoa, Bibliotoca Civica Berio, Genoa, Italy. 

1847 Georgo, Charles VVilliain, Esq., 51, Hampton Road, Bristol. 

1920 (Jibraltar Garrison Library. 

1920 Gibson, Sir Herbert, K.B.E., Estancia Bella Vista, Cachari F.C.S., 

Buonos Aires. 

1920 (iillx^rt, W. L.. Ksq., 207, Calle 25 de Mayo, Buenos Aires. 

1901 Gill, William Harrison, Esq., Marunouohi, Tokyo. 

1847 Glasgow University Library, Glasgow. 

1913 Glyn, The Hon. Mi's. Maurice, Albury Hall, Much Hadham. 

1919 Goss, Lieut. C. Richard, Staff Officers' Quarters, Regent's Park 

Barracks, N.W.I. 

1920 (JoHM, Mrs. George A., 30, Church Street, Waterbury, Conn., U.S.A. 



XXXV 

1919 Gosse, Philip, Esq., 25, Argyll Road, Kensington, W.S. 

1920 Gostliiig, A. E. A., Esq., c/o Messrs. Scott & Hume, Maipu 73, 

Buenos Aires. 
1847 Gottingen University Library, Gottinsen, Germany. 
1877 Gray, Sir Albert, K.C.B., K.C. {President), Catharine Lodge, 

Trafalgar Square, Chelsea, S.W.3. 
1903 Greenlee, WiUiam B., Esq., 70, Scott Street, Chicago, 111., U.S.A. 
1920 Grieve, T., Esq., Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States. 
1899 Grosvenor Library, Buffalo, N.Y., U.S A. 
1847 Guildhall Library, E.C.2. 
1923 Guille-All^s Library and Museum, Guernsey. 
1887 Guillemard, Francis Henry Hill, Esq., M.A,, M.D., The Old Mill 

House, Trumpington, Cambridge. 



H. 

1910 Haokley Public Library, Muskegon, Mich, U.S.A. 

1922 Haig, Lieut. -Col. Sir T. Wolseley, K.C.I.E., c/o Messrs. H. S. King 
&Co., 9, PaUMall, S.W.I. 

1919 Haigh, Ernest V., Esq., C.B.E., Royal Thames Yacht Club, 60, 
Knightsbridge, S.W.I. 

1847 Hamburg Commerz-Bibliothek, Hamburg, Germany. 

1922 Hamilton, Sir Robert W., Ford Lodge, Wiveliscombo, Somerset. 

1901 Hammersmith Public Libraries, Carnegie (Central) Library, Hammer- 
smith, W.6. 

1898 Hannen, The Hon. Henry Arthur, The Hall, West Farleigh, Kent. 

1924 Harlow, Vincent T., Esq., University College, Southampton. 

1924 Harman, Capt. H. A., D.S.O., King's College, Lagos, Nigeria. 

1916 Harrington, S. T., Esq., M.A., Methodist College, St. John's, New- 
foundland. 

1906 Harrison, Carter H., Jr., Esq., 409, The Rookery, Chicago, U.S.A. 

1918 Harrison, Comdr. R., D.S.O., R.N.R., Camera Club, 17, John Street, 

Adelphi, W.2. 

1919 Harrison, T. St. C, Esq., Central Secretariat, Lagos, Nigeria. 

1905 Harrison, Wm. Preston, Esq., 2400, South Western Avenue, Los 
Angeles, Cal., U.S.A. 

1920 Hart-Synnot, Brig.-Gen. A. H. S., C.M.G., D.S.O., ViUa du Golfe, 

Cap d'Antibes, Alpes Maritimes, France. 
1847 Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 

1921 Hatcher, Harry T., Esq., 33, West 42nd Street, New York City. 
1920 Hawkes, W. Blackbume, Esq., c/o The Mines Office, Kuala Lumpur, 

Federated Malay States. 
1913 Hay, E. Alan, Esq., Bengco House, Hertford. 

1919 Hay, G. Goldthorp, Esq., 18, Stonebridge Park, Willesden, N.W.IO. 
1924 Hazlett, Edgar C, Esq., Dunedin, New Zealand. 

1887 Heawood, Edward, Esq., M.A., Church Hill, Merstham, Surrey 
(Treasurer). 

1920 Hedley, Theodore F., Esq., 3, Elton Gardens, Darlington. 

1921 Hemingway, Mrs. B. M., 45, Iddesleigh Road, Bournemouth. 
1904 Henderson, George, Esq., 13, Palace Court, W.2. 

1916 Henderson, Capt. R. Ronald, Little Compton Manor, Moreton-in- 
Marsh. 

1922 Hendry, C. A., Esq., C.T.A. Buildings, 69, St. George's Terrace, 

Perth, West Australia. 
1921 HiU, Donald G., Esq., Mercantile Chambers, Plot No. 22, Graham 
Road, Bombay. 

o2 



Id20 Hill, H. Brian C, Esq., c/o Messrs. Llojrds Bank, Ltd., King's Branch, 

Calcutta. 
1917 Hinks, Arthur Robert. Esq., C.B.E., F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S., 1, Percy 

Vaias, Campden Hill, W.8. 
1874 Hippisley, Alfred Edward, Esq., 8» Herbert Crescent, Hana Plaoe, 

S.W.I. 

1921 Hirst, Maurice H., Esq., Elmdon Road, Marston Green. Warwick- 

shire. 
1020 Hobden, Ernest, Esq., c/o The flastem Extension Australasia and 
China Telegraph Co., Ltd., Shanghai, China. - 

1923 HodgJH>n, X. V., Esq., P.O. Box 18, Opotiki, New Zealand. 

1922 Holstein, Major Otto, Casilla 155, Trujillo, Peru, S. America. 
1913 Hong Kong University, c/o Messrs. Longmans k Co., 38, Paternoster 

Row, E.C.4. 
1890 Hoover, Herbert Clark, Esq., 8, Old Jewry, E.C.2. 
1887 Homer, Sir John Francis Fortescue, K.C.V.O., Mells Park, Frome, 

Somerset. 
1911 Hosldns, G. H., Esq., c/o G. & C. Hoskins, Wattle Street, Ultimo, 

Sydney, N.S.W. 
1915 Howland, S. S., Esq., Union Ciuh, 1, East 51st Street, New York 

City, U.S.A. 
1 890 Hiigcl, Baron Anatole A. A. von. Curator, Museum of Archseology and 

Ethnology, Cambridge. 
1922 Hughes, T. E., Esq., MIombozi, Ntondwe, Zomba, P.O., Nyasaland. 

1924 Hull, Lieut. -Col. F. R., Ilh^os, Bahia, Brazil. 
1894 Hull Public Libraries, Baker Street, Hull. 

1020 Hutton, J. H., Esq., Old HaU, Dolau R.S.O., Radnorshire. 
1915 Hyde, Sir Charles, Bart., 2, Woodboume Road, Ekigbaston. 
1920 Hyderabad. The Nizam's Government State Library. 



I. 

1912 Illinois, University of, Urbana, 111., U.S.A. 

1800 Im Tlium, Sir Everard, K.C.M.G., K.B.E., C.B., Cockenzie House, 

Prrston Pans, East rx)thian. 
1847 India Office, St. James's Park, S.W.I. [9 copies.] 
1899 Ingle, AVilliam Brouncker, Esq., 10, Pond Road, Blapkheath, S.E.3. 
1922 Ingram, Capt. W. H., Chake Chake, Zanzibar Protectorate. 
1919 Inman, Arthur C, Esq., Garrison Hall, Garrison Street, Boston, 

Mass., U.S.A. 
1 892 Inner Temple, Hon. Society of. the. Temple, E.C.4. 
192.'} Inatitute of Historical Research, London University, Malet Street, 

W.C.I. 
1910 Ireland, National Library of, Dublin. 
1922 Irish, H. J. IL, Esq., 43, Pall Mall. S.W.I. 



J. 

1920 Jackson, Richard H., Esq., Wellington Lodge, Oldham. 

1898 James, Arthur Curtiss, Esq., 39, East 69th Street, New York City, 
U.S.A. 

1911 James, Norman, Esq., The James Lumber Co., P.O. Box D2, Balti- 
more, Md., U.S.A. 



XXX Vll 

1920 Jeffery, Charles T., Esq., P.O. Box 2838, Boston. Mass., U.S.A. 

1922 Jeffreys, M. D. W., Esq., Ikot Ekpene, Southern Nigeria. 

1847 John Carter Brown Library, 357, Benefit Street, Providence, Rhode 

Island, U.S.A. 
1847 John Rylands Library, Deansgate, Manchester. 
1847 Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. 
1910 Jones, L. C, Esq., M.D., Falmouth, Mass., U.S.A. 
1922 Jones, Comdr. C. Harold, D.S.O., R.N., 32, Avonmore Road, 

London, W.14. 
1919 Jourdain, Lieut. -Col. H. F. N., C.M.G., Fyfield Lodge, Fyfield Road, 

Oxford. 
1919 Joyce, T. A., Esq., British Museum, W.C.I. (Hon. Secretary) (2). 
1922 Jupp, W. D., Esq., Aboyne, 13, St. Quintin's Avenue, N. Kensington, 

W.IO. 



K. 

1903 Kansas University Library, Lawrence, Kans., U.S.A. 
1917 Kay, Richard, Esq., 1, Brazil Street, Manchester. 
1924 Kelso, Wm. G., Jr., Esq., 14, WaU Street, New York City. 
1887 Keltic, Sir John Scott, LL.D., 88, Brondesbury Road, N.W.6. ( Vice- 
PresiderU). 

1898 Kinder, Qaude WiUiam, Esq., C.M.G., " Bracken," Churt, near 

Famham, Surrey. 
1890 King's Inns, The Hon. Society of the, Henrietta Street, Dublin. 

1899 Kitching, John, Esq., Oaklands, Queen's Road, Kingston Hill, S. W. 1 6. 

1921 Klein, Walter G., Esq., 7, Eldon Road, N.W.3. 

1923 Knickerbocker Club, 807, Fifth Avenue, New York City. 
1913 Koloniaal Instituu t, Amsterdam. 

1910 Koninklijklnstituut voor de Taal Land en Volkenkunde van Neder- 
landsch Indie. The Hague. 

1922 Kuala Lumpur Book Club, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States. 



L. 

1922 Laithwaite, J. G., Esq., India Office, S.W.I. 

1899 Langton, J. J. P., Esq., 230, West 108th Street, New York City, 

U.S.A. 
1899 Larohmont Yacht Qub, Larchmont, N.Y., U.S.A. 
1913 Laufer, Berthold, Esq., Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. 
1920 Laycock, Major T. S., M.C., 88, Dunvegan Road, S.E.9. 

1923 Layman, Eric, Esq., The Salvador Railway Co., Ltd., San Salvador, 

C.A. 
1923 Lee, Bertram T., Esq., Calle SAnchez Carri6n, B., Barranco, via 

Lima, Peru. 
1919 Leeds Central Public Library, Leeds. 
1899 Leeds Library, 18, Commercial Street, Leeds. 
1899 Lehigh University, South Bethlehem, Pa., U.S.A. 
1893 Leipzig, Library of the University of Leipzig. 



1912 LeUnd SUnfoid Junior University, Library of, Stanford University, 

CaL, U.&A. 
1912 liDcU Walter, Eaq., Finca Helvetia. Retalhaleu, Guatemala, C.A* 
1923 lisboD, Bibliotheca Nacional, Lisbon, Portugal. 
1^7 liverpool Free Public Library, William Brown Street, Liverpool. 
1899 liverpod. University of LiverpooL 
1921 Loch, £. R. A., Esq., 515, City Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1911 Loder, Gerald W. £., Esq., F.S.A., Wakehurst Place, Ardingly, 

Sussex. 
19:^* Logie, W. J., Esq., 90, Graham*s Road, Falkirk. 
1847 London Library, 14, St. James's Square, S.W.I. 
1999 London University, South Kensington, S.W.7. 
1995 Long Island Historical Society, Rerrepont Street, Brooklyn, N.Y., 

U.S. A. 
1999 Los Angeles Public Library, Los Angeles, CaL, U.S.A. 
1999 Lowrey, Sir Joseph, K.B.E., The Hermitage, Loughton, Essex. 

1912 Luaid, Colonel Charles Eckford, M.A., 1, Park Terrace, Oxford. 
1890 Lucas, Sir Charles Prestwood. K.C.B., K.C.M.G., 65, St. George's 

^uare, S.W.I . {Vtce^PresiderU.) 
1895 Lucas, Frederic Wm.. Esq., 21, Surrey Street, Strand, W.C.2. 
1912 Luke, H. C, Esq., M.A., St. James's aub, Piccadilly, W.l. 
1922 Lund, K. Univereitets-Biblioteket, Lund, Sweden. 
1898 Lydenberg. H. M., Esq., New York Public library. Fifth Avenue 

and Forty-second Street, New York City, U.S.A. 
1880 Lyons University Library, Lyon, France. 
l9*Jt> Lytton Ijbrary, The, M.A.O. CoUege, Aligarh, India. 



M. 

1923 McCarthy, G. E., Esq., Clifton, Fermoy, Co. Cork. 

1922 McGegan, J. E., Esq., Hydrographic Department, Admiralty, S.W.I. 

1922 McLean, C. M., Esq., 3,' Chestnut Street, Binghamton, New York, 

U.S.A. 

1923 MatHler. P., Esq., Domacherstr., 24, Basel, Switzerland. 
llH»8 Maggs Brothers, Messrs., 34, Conduit Street, W.l. 

19:^^ Makins, Capt. A. D., D.F.C., 143, Richmond Road, Twickenham, 

8.\V. 

1847 Manchester Public Free Libraries, Piccadilly, Manchester. 

1910 Manciuster University. 

1921 Manitoba, University Library, Kennedy Street, Winnipeg, Canada. 
191 :• Mardoii, Kmest G., Esq., Sneyd Park House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol. 
1919 Marsden, \V., Esq., 186, Elms Road, Clapham, S.W.4. 

1919 Marsh-Edwards, J. C, Esq., St. Martin's College, Scarborough. 

1847 Massachusetts Historical Society, 1154, Boylston Street, Boston, 

Mass., U.S.A. 
1905 Maudslay, Alfred Percival, Esq., D.Sc, Momey Cross, Hereford. 
1919 Maxwell, Lieut. -Commander, P. S. E., R.N., c/o Hydrographic 

Department, Admiralty, S.W.I 
1919 Ma vers, Sidney F., Esq., British and Chinese Corporation, Peking, 

* X. China. 
1914 Means, Philip Ainsworth, Esq., Bluefens, Stockbridge, Mass., U.S.A. 

1922 Melbourne University, Central Library, Melbourne, Victoria, Aus- 

tralia. 

1923 Mellor, Ernest M., Esq., The Redlands, Uttoxeter, Staffs. 

\90\ Merriman, J. A., Esq., c/o Standard Bank, Cape Town, S. Africa. 



XXXIX 

1920 Merriman, Lieut. -Comdr. Reginald D., R.I.M., o/o Lloyd's Banki 

King's Branch, 9, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 

1911 Messer, Allan E., Esq., 2, Wyndham House, Sloane Gardens, S.W.I. 

1893 Michigan, University of, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. 

1899 Middletown, Conn., Wesleyan University Library, U.S.A. 

1920 Miller, H. Eric, Esq., 1-4, Great Tower Street, London, E.G. 4. 
1847 Mills, Colonel Dudley Acland, R.E., Drokes, Beaulieu, Hants. 

1921 Milne, George, Esq., Craigillie, Lonmay, Aberdeenshire. 
1896 Milwaukee Public Library, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A. 
1895 Minneapolis Athensenm, Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A. 

1899 Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul, Minnesota, U.S.A. 

1899 Mitchell Library, 21, Miller Street, Glasgow. 

1899 Mitchell, Wm., Esq. 

1902 Mombasa Club Library, Mombasa. 

1899 Monson, The Right Hon. Lord, C.V.O., Burton Hall, Lincohi. 

1919 Montagnier, Henry F., Esq., Chalet Beau Reveil, Champ^ry, Salais, 

Switzerland. 

1921 Moore, Thomas, H., Esq., Billown, Castletown, Isle of Man. 

1918 Moore -Bennett, Arthur J., Esq., Peking, China. 

1918 Moieland, W. Harrison, Esq., C.S.I., G I.E., Bengeo Old Vicaiage, 

Hertford. 

1919 Morrell, G. F., Esq., Avenue House, Holly Park, Crouch Hill, N. 

1920 Morris, D. Llewellyn, Esq., c/o E. K. Green & Co., Ltd., P.O. Box 

1192, Cape Town. 
1893 Morris, Henry Cecil Low, Esq., M.D., The Steyne, Bognor, Sussex. 
1899 Morrisson, James W., Esq., 540, W. Randolph Street, Chicago, 

HI., U.S.A. 

1919 Morse, Hosea Ballou, Esq., Arden, Camberley, Surrey, 

1895 Moxon, Alfred Edward, Esq., c/o Mr. Francis Edwards, 83, High 
Street, Marylebone, W.l. 

1920 MuUer, W. J„ Esq., Kuantan, Pahang, Federated Malay States. 
1920 Munns, John Willoughby, Esq., Kent End House, 59, London Road. 

Forest Hill, S.E.23. 



N. 

1913 Natal Society's Library, Pietermaritzburg, S. Africa. 

1899 Nathan, Lt.-Col. Right Hon. Sir Matthew, G.C.M.G., R E., Govern- 
ment House, Brisbane, Queensland. 

1920 National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

1894 Naval and Military Club, 94, PiccadiUy, W.l . 

1909 Nebraska University Library, Lincoln, Nebraska, U.S.A. 

1924 Nederlandsch Historisch Scheepvaart Museum, de Lairesse, hoek. 
Com. Schuytstraat, Amsterdam. 

1913 Needham, J. E., Esq., The Prongs, Totland Bay, I. of W. 

1880 Netherlands, Royal Geographical Society of the (Koninklijk Neder- 
landsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap), Saxen-Weimarlaan 28, 
Amsterdam. 

1899 Netherlands, Royal Library of the, The Hague. 

1847 Newberry Library, The, Chicago, 111., U.S.A. 

1847 Newcastle-upon-Tyne Literary and Philosophical Society, Westgate 
Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1899 Newcastle-upon-Tyne Public Library, New Bridge Street, Newcastle- 
on-Tyne. 

1920 Newport Public Libraries, Dock Street, Newport, Mon. 



xl 

1M9 New Somtk Wales, PaUks libntiy of, Sydney, N.S.W. 

Ittt Newton, Plol. A. P., King's CoD^, Strand, W.C.2. 

ISM New York Athletio Clnb, Gentral Park, South, New York City, 

U.&A. 
1806 New York PaUio library, 40, Lafayette Place, New York City, 

U^A. 
1 847 New York Stale library, Albany, New York, U.S.A. 
Its I New York UniTeisity Library, Univeraity Heights, New York City, 

U.fiJL 
ISM New York Yaokt Qab, 37 West 44 Street, New York City, U.S. A . 
1897 New Zealand, The Hlg^ Commiasioner for, 415, Strand, W.C.2. 
19S2 Nicbobon, CSodfrey, Esq., Christ Church, Oxford. 
1917 SiooU, Lieut. C. L. J., Royal Indian Marine, o/o Director R.LM., 

Bombay. 
191 1 Nijboff, Hartinus, The Hague, Holland. 

1922 Xiren, C. Rex. Eaq., M.C., St. Pteter's Rectory, Dorchester, Dorset, 
1920 XoU, Maurice G., Esq., Estrella, Sheridan Road, Merton Park, S.W.19. 
1896 North Adams PuUic Library (e/o ICss A. B Jackson), Massachusetts, 

U.S.A. 
1924 North China Union Language School of Peking, China. 
191 7 Northweateni University Library, Evanston, Illinois, U.S.A. 
1899 Nottingham Public Library, Sherwood Street, Nottingham. 



0. 

1922 0*Connor, J. R., Esq., c o American Consul, Caracas, Venezuela. 

1919 CHaen, O. GroUe, Esq., Post Box 225, Bergen, Norway. 

1 890 OrienUl Ciuh, 1 8, Hanover Square, W. 1 . 

1919 Oriental Studies, School of, 11, Finsbury Circus, E.C.2. 

1847 (>*lo University Library, Oslo, Norway. 

1899 Oxford and Cambridge Club, 71, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 

1847 Oxford Union Society, Oxford. 



P. 

191 1 Pan-American Union, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

1W7 Paris, Bibliotheiiue Nationale, Rue de Richelieu, Paris. 

1S4T Paris, Institut de France, Quai de Conti 23, Paris. 

192.*} Parker, (Jet>rge A., Ksq., 394, Ra*?lyn Avenue, Westmount, P. Q., 

Canada. 

1880 Peabody Institute, Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. 

1893 PtH.'k, Sir Wilfred, Bart., c/o Mr. Grover, Rousdon, Lyme Regis. 

1904 Peirce, Harold, Esq., 222, Drexel Building, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 

192U Pennington, Tlu' Ven< mblo Areluleacon G. E., The Vicarage, Grey- 

tovMi. Natal, S. Africui. 

1920 Pennsylvania I'niversity Libran*, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 

1911 Penrose, K. A. F., Esq.^ Bullitt 'Buildings, Philadelphia, U.S.A. 

1919 Penzer, N. M., Esq., 12, Clifton Hill, St. John's Wood, N.W.8. 

[2 COPIES.] 

1899 Pequot Library, Southport. Conn., U.S.A. 

1920 Perry, Frederick A., Esq., c/o British American Tobacco Co. (China), 

Ltd., Hongkong, China. 
1920 Peters, Sir Byron, K.B.E., Windlcsham Moor, Windlesham, Suriey. 
1913 Petersen, V., Esq., Chinese Telegraph Administration, Peking, China. 
1924 Peine, James A., Esq., 28, Windsor Street, Edinburgh. 



xU 

1895 Philadelphia Free Libraiy, 13th and Loonst Street, Philadelphia, Pa., 

U.S.A. 
1899 Philadelphia, Library Company of, N.W. comer Juniper & Locust 

Streets, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 
1918 Philipps, Capt. J. E. T., Army and Navy Club, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 
1924 Phillips, Walter C, Esq., G.-2, American Forces in China, Tientsin, 

China. 
1924 Phillpotts, Miss Bertha S., O.B.E., LL.D., Girton College, Cambridge. 

1918 Philpott, R. H., Esq., Mutarakwa, Sotik, Kenya Colony. 

1919 Pitt, Colonel William, C.M.G., Fairseat House, Fairseat, Sevenoaks, 

Kent. 

1920 Plummer, G. S., Esq., c/o The British Borneo Timber Co., Ltd., 

Sandakan, B.N. Borneo. 

1921 Plymouth Command Naval Oflficers' Library, R.N. Port Library, 

Devonport. 
1920 Plymouth Public Library, Plymouth. 

1920 Poliako£F, V., Esq., 49, Queen's Gate Gardens, Kensington, S.W.7. 
1920 Poole, Lieut.-Colonel F. G., D.S.O., O.B.E., Wellow, Shortheath, 

Nr. Famham, Surrey. 

1918 Pope, Charles A., Esq., Casilla 659, Buenos Aires. 
1899 Portico Library, 57, Mosley Street, Manchester. 

1919 Potter, J. Wilson, Esq., Enton Mill, nr. Godalming, Surrey. 

1923 Potts, Norman, Esq., P.O. Box 18, Opotiki, New Zealand. 

1924 Prestage, Edgar, Esq., Chenisiton House, 1, Kensington Court, W.8. 
1916 Princeton University Library, Princeton, N.J., U.S.A. 

1912 Provincial Library of British Columbia, Victoria, British Columbia. 



1894 Quaritch, Bernard, Esq., 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W.l. 

[12 OOFIES]. 

1913 Queen's University, The, Kingston, Ontario, Canada. 
1920 Quigly, Richard, Esq., The Quay, Peel, Isle of Man. 
1913 Quincey, Edmund de Q., Esq., Oakwood, Chislehurst. 



R. 

1890 Raffles Museum and Library, Singapore. 

1920 Rand Club, Johannesburg, South Africa. 

1920 Rawnsley, Mrs. Walter, Well Vale, Alford, Lines. 

1914 Rawson, Lieut. G., Pasadena, St. Kilda Road, Melbourne. 

1922 Rees, T.'Ifor, Esq., Bronceiro, Bowstreet, S.O., Cardiganshire. 

1847 Refonn Qub, 104, Pall Mall, S.W.I . 

1922 Beyne, Commander F. A., R.N., Hydrographic Department, 

Admiralty, S.W.I. 

1920 Rhodes, Miss Alice G., The Elms, Lythara, Lanes. 

1920 Richards, F. J., Esq., I.C.S., 6, Lexham Gardens, W.8. 

1907 Ricketts, D. P., Esq., Parkwood, Harrietsham, Kent. 

1916 Riggs, E. Francis, Esq., 1617, Eye Street, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

1919 Rio de Janeiro, Bibliotheea Nacional do, Rio de Janeiro. 

1917 Robertson, Wheatley B., Esq., Gledswood, East Lisa, Hants. 

1920 Robieson, W. D., Esq., 93, MiUbrae Road, Langside, Glasgow. 
1917 Rodger, A., Esq., F.L.S., Forest Park, Dehra Dun, U.P., India. 



xlii 

1920 Rom, H. A., Esq., Milton House, La Haule, Jersey, Channel Islands. 
1906 RotterdamBoh Leeskabinet, Rotterdam. 

1917 Rouse, W. H. D., Esq., LittD., Perse School House, Glebe Road, 

Cambridge. 
1917 Routledge, Scoresby, Esq., Carlton Gub, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 
1911 Royal Anthropolo^oal Institute, 50, Great Russell Street, W.Cl. 

1921 Royal Asiatic Society, 74, Grosvenor Street, London, W.l. 
1847 Rojral Colonial Institute, Northumberland Avenue, W.C.2. 

1896 Royal Cruising aub, 1, New Square, Linoobi*8 Inn, W.C.I. 
1847 Royal Engineers* Institute, Chatham. 

1847 Royal Geogntphioal Society, Kensington Gore, S.W.7. 
1890 Royal Scottish Geographical Society, Synod Hall, Castle Terrace, 
E^dinburgh. 

1897 Royal Societies aub, 63, St. Jameses Street, S.W.I. 
1 847 Royal United Service Institution, Whitehall, S. W. 1 . 

1899 Runciman, The Right Hon. Walter, M.P., Doxford, Chathill, North- 

umberland. 
1924 Russell, The Hon. F. G. Hamilton, J.P., D.L., 3, Cambridge Gate, 
Regent's Park, N.W.I. 

1 900 Ryley, John Horton, Esq., 8, Rue d'Auteuil, Paris. 



S. 

1899 St. Andrews University, St. Andrews. 

1899 St. Deiniors Library, Hawarden, Flintshire, N. Wales. 

1890 St. Louis Mercantile Library, St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A. 

191 1 Saise, Walter, Esq., D.Sc., M.Inst.C.E., Stapleton, Bristol. 

1913 Salby, George, Esq., 65, Great Russell Street, W.C.I. [2 oopies.] 

1915 San Antonio, Scientific Society of, 1 and 3, Stevens Buildings, San 

Antonio, Texas, U.S.A. 
1920 Sanders, Bernard H., Esq., Itabira de Matto Dentro, Minas Geraes, 

Brazil. 
1899 San Francisco Public Library, Civic Centre, San Francisco, Cal., 

1920 Soholefield. Dr. Guy Hardy, O.B.E., Pownall Street, Masterton, 

New Zealand. 
1919 Schwa be, A. J., Esq., 11, Place Royale, Pau, B.-P., France. 
1899 Sclater, Dr. William Lutley, 10, Sloane Court, S.W.I. 
ll>20 Seager, Richard B., Esq., c/o Baring Bros. & Co., 8, Bishopsgate, 

London, E.C.2. 
1899 Seattle Public Library, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 
1906 Seligman, C. G., Esq., Court lieye. Toot Baldon, Oxford. 

1919 Selinger, Oscar, Esq., 7, Wadham Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W.3. 
1894 Seymour, Admiral of the Fleet the Right Hon. Sir Edward Hobart, 

G.C.B., CM., G.C.V.O., LL.D., Hedsor View, Maidenhead. 
{Vice-President.) 

1923 Shafroth, J. F., Jr., Lieut. -Comdr. U.8.N., U.S.S. Seattle, c/o Post- 
master, N.Y., U.S.A. 

ll»20 Sharnian, J. D., Esq., Public Works Dept., Victoriaborg, Accra, 
Gold Coast. 

1898 Sheffield Free Public Libraries, Surrey Street, Sheffield. 

19U Sheppard, S. T., Esq., Byoulla Club, Bombay, No. 8. 

1920 Sheppard, T. Clive, Esq., Corroo Casilla 84a, La Paz, Bolivia. 
1847 Signet Library, 11, Parliament Square, Edinburgh. 

1890 Smolair, Mrs. William Frederic, 102, Cheyne Walk, Chelsea, 
S.W.IO. 



xliii 

1913 Skinner, Major R. M., R.A.M. Corps, c/o Messrs. Holt and Go., 3» 

Whitehall Place, S.W.I. 
1921 Smith, Gordon P., Esq., Pasaje de Aguirre, Gaatemala, C. America. 
1924 Smith, Ir\'ing G., Esq., Katoomba, New South Wales, Austzalia. 
1906 Smith, J. de Bemiere, Esq., 4, Gloucester Terrace, Regent's Park* 

N.W.I. 
1913 Smith, The Right Hon. James Parker, Ryvra, North Berwick* N.B. 
1904 Smith, John Longford, Esq., H.B.M. Consular Service, China, o/o £. 

Greenwood, Esq., Frith Knowl, Elstree. 

1918 Smith, Capt. R. Parker, " Darley," CUrendon Road, Brooklands 

Av^Que, Cambridge. 
1920 Snow, G. H. A., Esq., c/o Kailan Mining Administration, Tangahan, 

Chihli, N. China. 
1899 Society Geografica Italiana, Via del Plebiscite 102, Rome. 
1920 Solomon, Lieut. -Colonel Harold J., O.B.E., M.C., Cavalry dab, 127, 

Piccadilly, W.l. 
1899 South African Public Library, Queen Victoria Street, Cape Town, 

South Africa. 
1916 Soutter, Commander James J., Fairfield, Edenbridge, Kent. 

1923 Sprent, F. P., Esq., British Museum, W.C.I. 

1919 Steers, J. A., Esq., "Wycombe House,*' 2, Goldington Avenue, 

Bedford. 
1916 Stein, Sir Aurel, K.C.I.E., D.Sc, D.Litt., P.O. Srinagar, Kashmir. 

1918 Stephen, A. G., Esq., Hongkong & Shanghai Bank, ShanghaL 

1920 Stephen, Robert, Esq., c o I^. J. A. Innee, Elmbank Terrace, 

Aberdeen. 
1847 Stevens, Son, and Stiles, Messrs. Henry, 39, Great Russell Street, 
W.Cl. 

1919 Stevenson, J. A. D., Esq., c/o Messrs. R. and H. Green and Silley 

Weir, Ltd., Royal Albert Dock, E.16. 

1924 Stewart, Harold C, Esq., Maison Amitie, Grouville, Jersey, C.I. 
1847 Stockholm, Royal Library of (Kungl, Biblioteket), Sweden. 

1920 Stradbroke, Colonel the Earl of, K.C.M.G., C.B., C.V.O., C.B.B., 

Henham Hall, Wangford, Suffolk. 

1919 Stuart, E. A., Esq., 89, Albert Bridge Road, Battersea Park, S.W. 11. 

1920 Superintendent Hamidya Library. Bhopal State, Central India. 

1919 Sutton, Morris A., Esq., Thomey, Howick, Natal, S. Africa. 
1909 Swan, J. D. C, Dr., 9, Castle iHreet, Barnstaple. 

1920 Sweet, Henry N., Esq., 60, Congress Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 
1908 Sydney, University of. New South Wales. 

1899 Sykes. Brigadier-General Sir Percy Moksworth, K.C.LE.. C.B., 

C.M.O. 
1919 Symons, C. T.,Esq., Government Analysts* Office, Colombo, Ceylon. 



T. 



1922 Tanner, Thomas Cameron, Esq., 190, Cromwell Road, S.W.6. 
1914 Taylor, Frederic W., Esq., 3939, West Seventh Street, Los Angeles, 
California. 

1921 Taylor, J. B., Esq., Chiltems, Wvnberg Park. S. Africa. 

1922 Teichman, Capt. Oskar, D.S.O. M.C., Hollington, Chislehurst, Kent. 
1899 Temple, Lieut.-Col. Sir Richard Camac, Bart., C.B., CLE., India 

Office, S.W.I. 



xliv 

1920 Tbeomin, D. £., Esq., o/o Measn. Glendermid, Ltd., 18, Dowling 

Street, Dnnedin, New Zealand. 
Its nioniM, ▲. &« Em., c/o Dominian Bank, Vancouver, B.C., Canada. 
19H Thoamatu & Basil Home, K.aK, 81, Victoria Road, Kensincton, 

w.a 

1906 Thomaon, Coknel Gharies FitzGerald, late 7th Hussars, Kilkenny 
Houae, Sion HiD. Bath. 

1915 Thonie, J. A., Esq., LC.S., East Hill, CaHcut, Malabar, S. India. 

1921 Thome, R. C, Esq., 12, Cossington Road, Westcliffe-on-Sea. 
1920 lillej, J. 8., Esq., c/o McKenaies, Ltd., Siwri, Bombay, India. 
1914 Toronto Legislative Library, Toronto, Ont., Canada. 

1896 Toronto Public Library, Toronto, Ont., Ctuiada. 

1890 Toronto University, Toronto, Ont., Canada. 

1911 Tower, Sir Reginald, K.aM.G., C.V.O., Travellers' Oub, PaU MaU, 

8.W.1, and Ifemories, Ash, Canterbury. 

1847 TraveUers* Hub, 106, Pall Mall, S.W.I. 

1913 Trinder, W. H., Esq., Northerwood Park, Lyndhurst, Hants. 

1847 Trinity College, Cambridge. 

1847 Trinity House, The Hon. Corporation of. Tower Hill, E.C.3. 

1922 Truninger, Ulrich B., Esq., Estancia " San Diego,*' Rocamora, 

F.aE.R., Argentina. 
1920 Tucker, H. Scott, Esq., 2, Laurence Pountney Hill, E.G. 
1911 Tuckerman, Paul, Esq., 43, Cedar Street, New York, U.S.A. 

1918 Tumbull Library, The, Bowen Street, Wellington, New Zealand. 
1922 Toson, Mrs. Isabel, Eldama Ravine, Kenya Colony, B.E. Africa. 

1 902 Tweedy, Arthur H., Esq., Widmore Lodge, Widmore, Bromley, Kent. 
1922 TyrreO. E. Bowes, 'Esq,, 17, Camden Terrace, Clifton Vale, Bristol. 

U. 

1847 United States Congress, Library of, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

1899 United States National Museum (Library of), Washington, D.C., 

U.S.A. 
1847 United States Naval Academy Library, Annapolis, Md., U.S.A. 

1916 University Club Library, Fifth Avenue and 54th Street, New York, 

U.S.A. 

1920 University College Library. Cathays Park, Cardiff. 
1847 Upsala University Library, Upsala, Sweden. 

l!)2U Uslier, Harry, Esq., Calie Florida 783, Buenos Aires. 

V. 

1921 Vajiranana National Library, The, Bangkok, Siam, 

1920 Van den Bergh, Henry, Esq., 8, Kensington Palace Gardens, W.8. 

1922 Vassar College Library, Poughkeepsie, New York, U.S.A. 

1919 Vaughan, Paymaiter-Lieut. H. R. H., The Lime House, Marlesford, 

Suffolk. 

1899 Vernon, Roland Venables, Esq., Colonial OfiBce, Downing Street, 
S.W.I. 

1899 Victoria, Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of, Mel- 
bourne, Australia. 

1909 Villicrs, J. A. .1. de, Esq., Cleveland, Maidenhead. 

W. 

1920 Wakefield, Lioui.-Col. T. M., D.S.O., Officers' Mess, Clarence Barracks, 

Portsmouth. 



xlv 

1019 Wales, National Library of, Aberystwyth, Wales. 

1022 Walker, 0. L., Esq., 365, Franklin Avenue, River Forest, 111., U.S.A. 

1921 Walker, Harr^^ Leslie, Esq., 144, East 54th Street, New York Citv. 

1920 Walker, Capt. J. B., R.A.F., 11, Broom Water, Teddington, S.W'. 
1902 War Office Library, Whitehall, S.W.I. 

1847 Washington, Department of State, D.C., U.S.A. 

1847 Washington, Library of Navy Department, Washington, D.C., 

U.S.A. 
1924 Washington University Library, St. Louis, Minnesota, U.S.A. 
1918 Watanabe, Count Akira, 7, Takanawa Minamicho, Shibaku, Tokyo, 

Japan. 
1899 Watkinson Library, Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A. 
1923 WeU, Miss Elsie F., 30, West 9th Street, New York City, U.S.A. 

1921 Weir, John, Esq., *' Dunbritton," The Drive, South Woodford, E.18. 
1899 Weld, Rev. George Francis, 122, Eucalyptus Lane, Santa Barbara, 

California. 
1899 Westaway, Engineer Rear-Admiral Albert Ernest Luscombe. 
Meadowcroft, 15, Longlands Road, Sidcup, Kent. 

1913 Western Reserve Historical Society, Cleveland, U.S.A. 
1899 Westminster Public Library, Great Smith Street, S.W.I. 

1898 Westminster School, Dean's Yard, S.W.I. 

1921 Whibley, Miss Gertrude, The Chase, Wyke Hill, Winchester. 

1914 White, John G., Williamson Building, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 
1893 Whitewav, Richard Stephen, Esq., Grayswood, Haslemere. 
1921 Widdows'on, W. P., Esq., 31, Saxby Street, Leicester. 

1923 Williams, Miss K. A., Assistant Secretary, Royal Astronomical 
Society, Burhngton House, London, W.l. 

1899 Waiiams, O. W., Esq., Fort Stockton, Texas, U.S.A. 

1914 Williams, Sidney Herbert, Esq., F.S.A., 32, Warrior Square, St. 

Leonards-on*Sea. 
1920 Williamson, H., Esq., Gable Cottage, Cornwall Road, Harrogate. 

1920 Wilson, G. L., Esq., Holland House, Bury Street, London, E.C.3. 
1896 Wisconsin, State Historical Society of, Madison, Wise, U.S.A. 

1921 Wise, W. G., Esq., c/o Bank of London and South America, Ltd., 

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 

1918 Wood, A. E., Esq., Secretariat for Chinese Affairs, Hongkong. 
1913 Wood, Henry A. Wise, Esq., 501, Fifth Avenue, New York City. 

1900 Woodford, Charles Morris, Esq., C.M.G., The Grinstead, Partridge 

Green, Sussex. 
1899 Worcester, Massachusetts, Free Library, Worcester, Mass., U.S.A. 
1910 Worcester College Library, Oxford. 

1922 Worswick, A. E., Esq., c/o S. Pearson & Son, 47, Parb'ament Street, 

S.W.I. 
1920 Wright, Rev. Frederick George, D.D., Kingscote, King Stieet, 
Chester. 

Y. 

1847 Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. 

1919 Young, L. W. H., Esq., Shepherd Buildings, 120, Frere Road, 

Bombay. 

Z. 
1847 Zurich, Zentralbibliothek, Zurich, Switzerland 



1 



H 






f